OBSTETRICS AND 
GYNECOLOGY 
FOR 
Health Science Students 
Lecture Note 
Hawassa Health Sciences College 
Hawassa University
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
For 
Health Science Students 
Lecture Note 
Samson Negussie, Assistant Professor 
M.D. Obstetrician and Gynecologist 
April 2006 
In collaboration with The Carter Canter (EPHTI) and The 
Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia Ministry of 
Education and Ministry of Health
TABLE OF CONTENTS 
Preface i 
Acknowledgement ii 
About the lecture note iii 
Abbreviations v 
SECTION ONE – BASICS 
CHAPTER 1 Reproductive anatomy, physiology and embryology 1 
CHAPTER 2 Obstetric and gynecology evaluation 9 
SECTION TWO – NORMAL AND ABNORMAL PREGNANCY 
CHAPTER 3 Normal physiology and diagnosis of pregnancy 17 
CHAPTER 4 Common minor disorders of pregnancy 22 
CHAPTER 5 Antenatal care 27 
CHAPTER 6 Abnormal bleeding during first and second trimesters of 
pregnancy 
31 
CHAPTER 7 Antepartum hemorrhage 44 
CHAPTER 8 Hypertensive disorders of pregnancy 49 
CHAPTER 9 Disturbances of amniotic fluid 55 
CHAPTER 10 Premature rupture of membranes and preterm labour 58 
CHAPTER11 Multiple pregnancy 63 
CHAPTER12 Rh isoimmunization 67 
CHAPTER13 Medical disorders of pregnancy 70 
SECTION THREE – NORMAL AND ABNORMAL LABOUR 
CHAPTER 14 Physiology and management of normal labour 84 
CHAPTER 15 Induction and augmentation of labour 92 
CHAPTER 16 Operative deliveries 97 
CHAPTER 17 Malpresentations and malpositions 105 
CHAPTER 18 Dystocia 115 
CHAPTER 19 Obstructed labour and ruptured uterus 121 
CHAPTER 20 Fetal distress 127 
SECTION FOUR – NORMAL AND ABNORMAL PEUPERIUM 
CHAPTER 21 Normal puerperium and its management 131 
CHAPTER 22 Postpartum hemorrhage 135 
CHAPTER 23 Postpartum complications 141 
SECTION FIVE – GYNECOLOGY 
CHAPTER 24 Menustral cycle and its abnormalities 147 
CHAPTER 25 Climacteric and related problems 158 
CHAPTER 26 Vaginal discharge and vulvar pruritis 161 
CHAPTER 27 Pelvic inflammatory disease 167 
CHAPTER 28 Family planning 171 
CHAPTER 29 Infertility 179 
CHAPTER 30 Tumor conditions of the female genital tract 183 
CHAPTER 31 Uterovaginal prolapse and urinary incontinence 193 
PREFACE 
Ethiopia is one of the countries in the world with unacceptably high maternal mortality rate. 
Various strategies are being implemented to reduce this rate and improve the overall health 
of women. One such strategy is ensuring the provision of preventive, curative and 
i
rehabilitative health services to the population by improving access and quality of services by 
training competent midlevel and front line health workers. 
Currently a number of higher learning institutions are involved in the training of health 
officers. One of the objectives of health officer training is producing competent professionals 
capable of delivering comprehensive emergency obstetric care and managing other common 
gynecologic problems. 
One of the problems encountered during the training is shortage of standardized training 
materials gauged to meet the objective of the health officers training. Different training 
institutions use different text materials and the emphasis given to different topics varies. The 
emphasis given to common obstetric and gynecologic topics prevalent in resource poor 
countries varies greatly. 
The Ethiopian Public Health Training Initiative (EPHTI) has recognized this critical problem 
and was involved in development of standardized training materials (modules and lecture 
notes) in different public health and clinical subjects. 
This lecture note is prepared to help in standardizing the training in different teaching 
institutions. It also aims to provide a quick reference for students and is believed to initiate 
further reading. This final version was designed and prepared to address the needs of health 
officer training. It emphasizes mainly on detection, diagnosis and management of emergency 
obstetrics problems and common gynecologic diseases. 
ii
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT 
My deepest gratitude goes to The Carter Center and the Ethiopian public health training 
initiative for providing technical and financial support. Special thanks goes for Ato Aklilu 
Mullugeta whose unrelenting follow up made this lecture note a reality. The following people 
were involved in the development of the first draft and need to be credited: Dr. Habtemariam 
Tekle (Gondar University), Drs. Fassil Mengistu and Endris Mohammed (Debub University), 
Dr Mussie Abera (Alemaya University) and Dr. Zerai Kassaye (Jimma University). 
I am highly indebted to Dr. Solomon Kumli, Dr. Yirgu G/Hiwot of Addis Ababa University, 
Gynecology and Obstetric department for their constructive comments and suggestions 
without which this lecture note wouldn’t have takes its present shape. 
iii
ABOUT THE LECTURE NOTE 
Organization 
This lecture note is organized into five sections. The first section deals with the basic topics 
needed to deal with obstetrics and gynecology. A short summary of anatomy, physiology and 
embryology of the female genital tract is followed by an outline of obstetric/ gynecologic 
history and physical examination. The second section deals with normal changes of 
pregnancy, antenatal care and various antenatal complications of pregnancy. The third 
section gives description of normal and complicated (abnormal) labour along with their 
management. The fourth section is entitled for puerperium and abnormalities associated with 
postpartum period. The final section deals with normal menustral cycle and different 
gynecologic problems. Review questions follow each chapter. Because of repetition of 
reference materials used for each topic, the author preferred to give references for the 
different topics are given at the end of each section. Malpresentations are included in section 
three (normal and abnormal labour) because of their importance in terms of maternal and 
neonatal complications is related to their occurrence in labour and the need to stress the 
different emergency maneuvers used in malpresentation for a health officer student. In 
section five (gynecologic section) related topics are lumped under one chapter. Tumor 
conditions of the female genital tract are organized into benign and malignant conditions. 
Preparation 
Preparation of this lecture note was started some 18 months back. Representatives from four 
different universities (Alemaya, Jimma, Gondar and Debub now Awassa) divided the topics 
among themselves and took the task of developing the first draft. The then Debub University 
(now Awassa University) took the task of compiling and editing the first draft. During this 
reviewing/ editing process a number of problems were encountered. The major one is most 
of the draft developed was so detailed and did not take into consideration the level of 
competence required of a health officer. The other is failure to get the first draft from some of 
the universities in time. Internal reviewing done on the available draft suggested significant 
remodeling to be done on the first draft. Modification/ rewriting of the first draft to meet the 
above objective could not be done in time because of the fact that most of the professionals 
involved in the development of the first draft left their respective universities. So finalization of 
the lecture note was delayed. After discussion with the responsible people in The Carter 
Center, the author took the responsibility of reshaping and rewriting the final version of this 
lecture note. During this preparation the curriculum for health officer training, the first draft 
iv
and different references were consulted and appropriate modifications were made. Financial 
and other technical support was provided by The Carter Center. 
This final version was designed and prepared to address the needs of health officer training. 
It emphasizes mainly on detection, diagnosis and management of emergency obstetrics 
problems and common gynecologic diseases. Conditions that can not be diagnosed/ 
managed at a health center setting and/ or require specialist care are omitted or are briefly 
mentioned. 
Application 
This lecture note is designed to be used by a health officer student as a guide for further 
reading. It can also be used as a quick reference by other cadre of health science students 
(medical students, midwives and nurses) taking obstetrics and gynecology as part of their 
training. It can be used as a reference by instructors of Obstetrics and Gynecology. 
Limitations 
This lecture note is by no means a replacement for standard texts in obstetrics and 
gynecology. It only gives an outline of the important aspects of the topics that are relevant for 
health officer training. It omits detailed description of some aspects of the topics involved. 
Some topics not included in the curriculum are not included in this lecture note. Sophisticated 
and recent diagnostic/ treatment modalities not applicable in the setting a health officer works 
and details of pathogenesis are not given due emphasis. The user is thus advised to use the 
mentioned references for such details. 
v
ABBREVIATIONS 
ACTH – Adrenocorticotrophic hormone 
AFI – Amniotic fluid index 
ANC – Antenatal care 
ARM – Artificial rupture of membranes 
APH - Antepartum hemorrhage 
AUB – Abnormal uterine bleeding 
BPD – Biparietal diameter 
CPD – Cephalopelvic disproportion 
C/S – Caesarian section 
DNA – Deoxyribonucleic acid 
DUB – Dysfunctional uterine bleeding 
DVT – Deep vein thrombosis 
E&C/ D&C – Evacuation and curettage/ dilatation and curettage 
EDD – Expected date of delivery 
FHB – Fetal heart beat 
GH – Growth hormone 
GTD – Gestational trophoblastic tumors 
HCG – Human chorionic gonadotrophic hormone 
HDP – Hypertensive disorders of pregnancy 
HPO – Hypothalamo pitutary ovarian axis 
IUCD – Intrauterine contraceptive devise 
LMP/LNMP – Last menustral period/ last normal menustral period 
MSH – Melanocyte stimulating hormone 
MTCT – Mother to child transmission 
MVA – Manual vacuum aspiration 
vi
OCP – Oral contraceptive pills 
OL – Obstructed labour 
PAC – Post abortion care 
PID – Pelvic inflammatory disease 
PIF – Prolactin inhibitory factor 
PIH – Pregnancy induced hypertension 
PMI - Point of maximum impulse 
PMS - Premenstrual syndrome 
PPH - Post partum hemorrhage 
PROM - Premature rupture of membranes 
POP – Progestin only pills 
RH - Rhesus factor 
STD/STI – Sexually transmitted diseases/ sexually transmitted infections 
TORCH 
TSH – Thyroid stimulating hormone 
UTI – Urinary tract infection 
VDRL – Venereal disease research laboratory 
vii
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
PART I: BASICS 
CHAPTER 1 
REPRODUCTIVE ANATOMY, PHYSIOLOGY 
AND EMBRYOLOGY 
By Dr. Habtemariam Tekle 
Learning objective 
To know the anatomy of the female reproductive system 
To know the physiology of the female reproductive system 
To know the normal development of the female genital tract 
Introduction 
It is mandatory to know the anatomy and physiology of the female reproductive system to 
manage obstetric and gynecologic problems. 
1. ANATOMY OF THE FEMALE PELVIC ORGANS 
1.1. External female genitalia (vulva or pudendum ) 
1.1.1. Anatomic landmarks 
The vulva includes mons pubis, labia majora, labia minora, clitoris, vestibule and perineum 
which are all visible on external examination. It is bounded anteriorly by the mons pubis, 
laterally by the labia majora and posteriorly by the perineum. 
A. Mons Pubis 
It is the pad of subcutaneous fatty tissue in front of the pubis. It is covered by the pubic hair 
in inverted triangle fashion. 
B. Labia majora 
It is the elevation skin and subcutaneous tissue which forms the lateral boundaries of the 
vulva. Posteriorly each labia majora fuses medially to form the posterior commissure. The 
labia majora contains sebaceous glands, sweat glands and hair follicles. The dense 
connective tissue and adipose tissue beneath the skin is richly supplied with venous plexus 
which may produce hematoma, if injured. The labia majora are homologous with the scrotum 
in the male. 
1
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
C. Labia minora 
These are two thick skin folds, devoid of fat, lying on either side within the labia majora. 
Anteriorly they are divided to enclose the clitoris and unite with each other in front and behind 
the clitoris to form the prepuce and frenulum respectively. Posteriorly each labia minora fuse 
to form a fold of skin called fourchette. Labia minora don not contain hair follicle. It is 
homologous with the ventral aspect of the penis. 
D. Clitoris 
This is a small cylindrical erectile body situated in the most anterior part of the vulva. It 
consists of the glans, body and two crura. It is analogous to the penis in the male. 
E. Vestibule 
It is a triangular space bounded anteriorly by the clitoris, posteriorly by the fourchette and on 
either side by labia minus. There are erectile tissues bilaterally situated beneath the mucus 
membrane called the vestibular bulb. Each bulb lies anterior to the Bartholin’s gland and is 
incorporated within the bulbocavernous muscles. They are homologous to the single bulb of 
the penis and corpus spongiousum in the male. 
There are four openings into the vestibule. 
I. Urethral opening which is situated in the midline just anterior to the vaginal orifice. 
II. Vaginal orifice which is located posterior to the urethral opening. In virgins and 
nulliparous the opening is closed by the labia minora but in parous, it may be 
exposed. The orifice is incompletely closed by a septum of mucus membrane called 
hymen. 
III. Bartholin’s duct opening (one on each side): The Bartholin’s glands are situated 
in the superficial perineal pouch posterior to the vestibular bulb. It secretes abundant 
alkaline mucus, during sexual excitement which helps in lubrication. Each gland has 
got a duct which opens just anterior to the Hymen. The Bartholin’s gland 
corresponds to the bulbourethral gland in the male. 
F. Perineum (Perineal body) 
This is a pyramidal shaped tissue where the pelvic floor and the perineal muscles and fascia 
meet. It is located between the vagina and the anal canal. 
2
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
1.1.2. Blood supply of the Vulva 
A. Arteries 
Branches from the internal pudendal arteries (labial artery, transverse perineal artery, artery 
to the vestibular bulb and deep and dorsal arteries to the clitoris) and femora artery 
(superficial and deep pudendal arteries) supply the different parts of the vulva. 
B. Veins 
The veins of vulva form plexus and drain into internal pudendal vein, vesical or vaginal 
venous plexus and the long saphenous vein. 
1.1.3. Nerve supply to the vulva 
It is supplied by cutaneous branches from the ilioinguinal, genital branches of genitofemoral 
nerve, pudendal branches from the posterior cutaneous nerve of the thigh and labial and 
perineal branches of pudendal nerve. 
1.2. Internal female genital organs 
The internal genital organs in female include vagina, uterus, fallopian tubes and the ovaries. 
These require special instruments for inspection. 
A. Vagina 
It is a fibro-musculo-membraneous canal communicating the uterine cavity to the exterior at 
the vulva. It has four walls: anterior, posterior and two lateral walls. The length of the anterior 
wall measures 7 centimeters and the posterior wall is about 9 centimeters. The projection of 
the cervix through the anterior vaginal wall at the top of the vagina (vault) creates clefts 
known as fornices. There are four fornices (anterior, posterior and two lateral). 
Its wall is composed of four layers. The four layers from within to outwards are mucus 
membrane lined by stratified squamous epithelium, sub mucous layer, muscular layer( inner 
circular and outer longitudinal) and fibrous coat. 
The vaginal secretion is very small but sufficient to make the surface moist. The pH is acidic 
and ranges between 4.0- 5.5 in reproductive age groups. The Doderlin’s bacilli are 
responsible for conversion of Glycogen from the exfoliated squamous cells to lactic acid. 
The vagina serves as excretory channel for menstrual blood and uterine secretions, organ for 
sexual intercourse and passage for the fetus during birth. 
3
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
Blood supply 
The arteries supplying the vagina are cervico vaginal branch of the uterine artery, vaginal 
artery (a branch fro internal iliac artery), and middle rectal and internal pudendal artery. 
These anastomose with one another and form two azygous arteries, one anterior the other 
posterior. 
Veins drain into internal iliac and internal pudendal veins. 
B. Uterus 
This is a hollow pyriform muscular organ situated between bladder and rectum. It is normally 
anteverted and anteflexed. It measures 8 centimeters long, 5 centimeters wide and 1.25 
centimeters thick. It has three parts. 
I. Body or corpus which is the part between the isthmus and the opening of the 
fallopian tubes. The part that is above the opening of the fallopian tubes is called 
the fundus. 
II. Isthmus is a constricted part situated between the body and the cervix. It measures 
about 0.5 centimeters. 
III.Cervix is the lower most part of the uterus which is cylindrical in shape and 
measures about 2.5 centimeters. It is divided into supravaginal part (part lying 
above the vagina) and portiovaginalis (which lies within the vagina). It has two 
openings the internal os and the external os with cervical canal in between. 
The uterine wall consists of three layers. 
I. Perimetrium is the serous coat covering the underlying myometrium 
II. Myometrium consists of thick bundles of smooth muscles arranged in various 
directions. 
III. Endometrium is the mucus lining of the endometrial cavity. It consists of the 
surface epithelium and laminia propiria.The surface epithelium is a single layer of 
ciliated columnar epithelium and the lamina propria contains stromal cells, 
endometrial glands, vessels and nerves. 
Blood supply 
The arterial supply is mainly from the uterine artery and the other sources are vaginal and 
ovarian arteries. 
The venous channel corresponds to the arterial course and drain into internal iliac veins. 
4
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
C. Fallopian Tube 
The uterine tubes are paired structures which are attached to the lateral angle of uterine 
cavity. It has four parts intramural or interstitial (part inside the uterine wall), the isthmus (the 
straight part), ampulla (the tortuous part) and the infundibulum. The abdominal ostium is 
surrounded by a number of radiating fimbria, one of these is longer than the rest and is 
attached to the outer pole of the ovary - ovarian fimbria. 
D. Ovary 
Ovaries are paired sex glands or organs. Each measures 3centimetres by 2 centimeters by 1 
centimeter. Each is attached to the uterus by the utero-ovarian ligament, to the lateral pelvic 
wall by infundibulopelvic ligament and to the posterior wall of the broad ligament by the 
meso-ovarium. 
They are covered by a single layer of germinal epithelium. The substance of the ovary has 
cortex and medulla. The cortex is the functional layers which include primordial follicles, 
mature follicles, Graffian follicles, corpus luteum and atretic follicles or corpus albicans. 
Medulla consists of loose connective tissue, muscle cells, blood vessels and nerves and 
hilus cells. 
Blood supply 
Arterial supply is from the ovarian artery, a branch of the abdominal aorta. Venous drainage 
is through pampiniform plexus to form ovarian veins which drain to inferior vena cava on the 
right side and to the left renal vein on the left side. 
Nerve supply 
It receives sympathetic supply from T10. 
2. PHYSIOLOGY OF THE FEMALE REPRODUCTIVE ORGANS 
The physiology of female reproductive system is concerned with the functions from birth 
through puberty and adult hood to the menopause. This is achieved through the 
neuroendocrine mechanism that involves the cortico-hypothalamic-pituitary-ovarian axis. The 
hypothalamo pitutary ovarian axis is a well coordinated axis and the hormones liberated from 
the hypothalamus, pituitary and the ovary are dependent on one another. 
The secretion of the hormones from these glands is modified through feedback mechanisms 
operating through this axis. The axis may also be modified by hormones liberated from the 
thyroid and adrenal glands. 
5
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
A. Hypothalamus 
It produces specific releasing and inhibitory hormones or factors which have effect on the 
production of pituitary hormones. 
I. Gonadotrophic releasing hormones (GnRh) is concerned with the synthesis storage 
and release of gonadotrophic hormones, FSH and LH. 
II. Prolactin inhibitory factor/ hormone (PIF) inhibits the release of prolactin. 
III. Thyrotrophin releasing hormone (TRH) stimulates the release of TSH. 
IV.Corticotrophin releasing hormone (CRH) stimulates the release of ACTH. 
V. Growth hormone releasing hormone stimulates the release of growth hormone. 
B. Pituitary 
It has two parts, the anterior pituitary (adenohypophysis) and the posterior pituitary 
(neurohypophysis). 
The adenohypophysis produces 
I. Gonadotrophins which include follicle stimulating hormone (FSH) and leutinizing 
hormone (LH). FSH is mainly stimulates the growth and maturation primary ooytes of 
which only one develops into graffian follicle. In conjunction with LH, it is also involved 
in ovulation and steriodeogenesis. The main function of LH is steriodeogenesis but 
along with FSH, it is responsible for full maturation of the Graffian follicle and 
ovulation. 
II. Prolactin is responsible for the production of the milk in the breast. 
III. The other hormones TSH (thyroid stimulating hormone), ACTH (adrenocorticosteroid 
hormone), GH (growth hormone) and MSH (melanocyte stimulating hormone). 
C. Ovary 
The function of ovary is ovulation and production of ovarian hormone. The major ovarian 
hormones are estrogen and progesterone, also called the female sex hormones. The other 
hormones produced by the ovary are androgens and inhibin. 
Estrogen is produced by granulosa cells. Its functions include 
I. Development of female secondary sexual characteristics including deposition of fat in 
the breast, thighs & hips and growth and development internal & external female 
genital organs. 
II. Decreases FSH and LH secretion by negative feedback mechanism during the 
menstrual cycle except at mid cycle at which time it increases LH secretion by 
positive feedback mechanism. 
6
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
III. In the breast it stimulates the growth of the ducts and fat deposition. 
Progesterone is secreted by the lutenized theca granulosa cells. Its functions are 
I. Increases the glandular secretions of the endometrium and diminishes the 
contractility of myometrium. 
II. Stimulates the growth of the acini in the breast. 
III. In large doses it inhibits LH secretions. 
IV. Increases basal body temperature. 
Androgens are produced mainly by the theca interna cells. They are source for estrogen 
synthesis. Inhibin and relaxin are other hormones produced by ovary. 
Hypothalamo-Pituitary-Ovarian (HPO) Axis at different stages of life 
I. Fetal life- HPO axis remains active and functional from 20 weeks of life. 
II. Infancy and childhood- high level of FSH and LH at birth gradually decline and 
minimum level achieved by two years of age. 
III. Prepuberity – hypothalamus is very much sensitive to negative feedback by even a 
small amount of estrogens (estrogen produced by peripheral conversion of 
testosterone to estrogen). Hence, FSH and LH secretions are inhibited. 
IV. Puberty –hypothalamus become more insensitive to estrogen to estrogen negative 
feedback. Hence increasing amounts of GnRH, FSH and LH are secreted, which in 
turn stimulate the ovary to secrete estrogen and progesterone. This eventually results 
in thelarche, adrenarche and menarche. 
V. Pregnancy- the gonadotrophins level remains low. 
VI. Menopause- ovarian follicles become scarce and resistant. Hence FSH and LH 
levels increase while estrogen and progesterone levels decrease. 
3. EMBRYOLOGY OF THE REPRODUCTIVE ORGANS 
Introduction 
In early pregnancy, both internal and external genital organs are undifferentiated. During 
development, because of “X” and “Y” chromosomes and other hormones, the 
undifferentiated genitalia differentiate either to male or female genital organ. Male sex is an 
induced sex because it requires specific messages to develop. Genital and urinary systems 
are in close proximity. During development of one system induces the development of the 
other system. This explains why congenital malformations of genital system are often 
associated with abnormalities of urinary and musculoskeletal system. 
7
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
Development of gonads 
On fourth week after fertilization, primordial germ cells migrate from yolk sac through the 
mesentery of the hind gut to the posterior body wall mesenchyme at the tenth thoracic level. 
Their arrival induces proliferation of adjacent mesonephros and celomic epithelium to from 
the genital ridge. The celomic epithelium forms the cortex, the mesenchyme forms the 
medulla and the germ cells originate from the endoderm. This stage of gonadal development 
is called the indifferent stage (bipotential gonads). 
Further development is influenced by the Y chromosome which has the sex determining 
region (SRY). In its presence the indifferent gonad develops into testis. In its absence like in 
XX or XO fetus it develops into an ovary. 
In further development of the ovary the medulla regresses to form rete ovary and the cortex 
forms the ovarian follicles. Between the seventh and ninth months the ovary descends to the 
pelvis to be attached to the ligaments. 
Development of internal female genital organs 
Two major ducts give rise to the internal genital organs, namely the Wollfian duct (male duct) 
and the Mullerian duct (female duct). In the presence of testis the Wollfian duct develops 
(effect of testosterone produced by Leydig cells) and the Mullerian duct regresses (effect of 
Mullerian regressing factor produced by the Sartoli cells). But, in the absence of functional 
testis the reverse happens. The Mullerian duct is formed by invagination of celomic 
epithelium. The two Mullerian ducts grow downwards and medially. Eventually their lower 
ends fuse into one. Further development results in cavitations to form hollow organs at fifth 
month of gestation. 
The fallopian tubes develop from upper unfused horizontal part of the Mullerian duct. Uterus 
develops from intermediate horizontal and adjoining vertical part of Mullerian duct. The lining 
epithelium and glands develop from coelomic epithelium. Myometrium and endometrial 
stroma arise from mesoderm. Broad ligament is formed as a broad transverse fold as the 
Mullerian ducts approach midline. It extends from lateral side of fused duct to pelvic side 
wall. It has vestigial remnants like epoophoron, paroophoron and ducts. 
Vagina is formed in third month of gestation. There are two concepts for the development of 
vagina. One says the whole vagina is developed from the urogenital sinus. The other argues 
that vagina is mainly developed from Mullerian duct with only one third contributed by the 
urogenital sinus. 
8
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
Development of External genital Organs 
In the fifth week of embryonic life, folds of tissue form on each side of cloacae. Development 
of coronal partition, called urorectal septum, separates the endodermal cloacae into two 
parts. The dorsal part, which at its lower end is covered by the anal membrane, develops into 
rectum and anal canal. The ventral part which is now called the urogenital sinus develops 
into the external genital organs. It lower end is lined by the bilaminar urogenital membrane. 
The site of fusion between urorectal septum and the urogenital membrane is the primitive 
perineal body. 
Further development of the urogenital sinus differentiates it into three parts. The upper or 
vesicourethral part forms the mucus membrane of bladder and major part of female urethra. 
The middle pelvic part receives the united caudal part the two paramesonephric (Mullerian) 
ducts in the midline. It later gives rise to the epithelium of the vagina, the Bartholin’s gland 
and the hymen. The lower phallic part is lined by the bilaminar urogenital membrane. The 
phallic part has one genital tubercle, and two genital folds and urogenital swellings 
(labioscrotal folds). 
Clitoris is developed from the genital tubercle. Labia minora are developed from the genital 
folds. Labia majora are developed from urogenital swellings (labioscrotal swellings). 
Bartholin’s Glands develop as out growth from the caudal part of the urogenital sinus. 
Vestibule develops as urogenital groove from urogenital sinus. Hymen is developed from the 
junction of the sinovaginal bulbs and urogenital sinus. 
Some congenital malformations 
Failure of development of both mullerian ducts results in absence fallopian tubes, uterus, and 
upper two thirds of vagina (Mullerian agenesis). 
Failure of development of one mullerian duct results in unicornuate uterus with single 
oviduct. 
Failure of recanalization of the lower part of the fused Mullarian duct results in isolated 
atresia of upper vagina and cervix causing hematometra. 
Failure of fusion of mullerian duct depending on the degree results in uterus didelphys with 
two cervix and vagina canals, arcuate uterus and uterus bicornis. 
Fallopian tube abnormalities are not common. Rarely accessory ostia or diverticulum or 
abnormally short or long tubes may occur. 
Failure of canalization of the urogenital membrane results in imperforate hymen. Failure of 
development of the external genitalia results in ambiguous genitalia. 
Reminants of Wollfian duct result in Gartner’s cyst found in the upper part of the vagina. 
9
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
CHAPTER 2 
OBSTETRIC AND GYNECOLOGIC EVALUATION 
By Dr. Habtemariam Tekle 
Learning objective: 
· To enable the student take proper history and physical examination to reach to the 
diagnosis. 
Introduction 
To come to a clear understanding of a patient’s problem, detailed history and physical 
examination is important. 
1. OBSTETRICS HISTORY & PHYSICAL EXAMINATION 
1. History 
1.1. Identification 
· Name 
· Age – significant if less than 20 years and greater than 35 years 
· Martial status 
· Address- far distance from health institution 
· Religion 
· Occupation 
· Date of admission 
· Ward and bed number 
1.2. Chief complaints- 
Patients may have come for routine antenatal care follow up or may come with one or more 
specific complaints. Note the duration of each complaint. 
1.3. History of present pregnancy 
Get information on the following points 
· Gravidity- all forms of pregnancy whether it is term, live births, still birth, abortion, 
ectopic pregnancy or molar pregnancy. 
· Parity- fetus delivered after 28 weeks of gestation for Ethiopia and United kingdom 
and greater than or equal to 20 weeks – according to WHO 
10
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
· Abortion 
· Last normal menstrual period (LNMP) 
· Expected date of delivery (EDD) which could be calculated by 
1- Naegale’s rule (using European calendar) 
- LNMP- 3 months + 7 days 
2- Ethiopian calendars 
· NLMP+ 9 months +10 days if pagume is not passed 
· NLMP+ 9 months + 5 if pagume is passed ( 4 in leap year ) 
· Calculate gestational age in completed weeks and days 
· Quickening – the first time the mother felt fetal movement 
- In primigravida it is around 18-20 weeks and in multigravida 
at 16-18 weeks of gestational age. 
- Used to date pregnancy if LNMP is unknown 
· Presence of antenatal care elsewhere. place and number of visits. 
· Elaboration of chief complaints 
· Danger symptoms of pregnancy (vaginal bleeding, severe headache, blurring 
of vision, epigastric or severe abdominal pain, profuse vaginal discharge, 
absence or reduction of fetal movement, fever, persistent vomiting) 
· Common complaints in pregnancy ( like nausea and vomiting, weakness 
· Pregnancy - unplanned , unwanted and unsupported 
· Ask positive and negative statement according to the patient complaints 
1.4. Past obstetric history 
The following should be asked for all previous pregnancies in chronologic order 
· Date, month and year of gestation for example first delivery in May 2000 
· Length of gestation - abortion (< 28 weeks), preterm (<37 completed 
weeks), term (>37 completed to 42 completed weeks), post term (greater 
than 42 completed weeks) 
11
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
· Significant antenatal medical problems like hypertension, ante partum 
hemorrhage, diabetes 
· Onset of labor (spontaneous or induced) 
· Fetal presentation 
· Duration of labor 
· Mode of delivery (spontaneous vaginal, instrumental, caesarian section, 
destructive delivery) 
· Fetal outcome (alive or dead, sex of the newborn, weight of the newborn, 
malformations, current condition) 
· Post partum complications postpartum hemorrhage 
1.5. Gynecology history 
· Family planning methods - use , type , duration and side effects 
· Sexual history- assess risk of sexually transmitted infections and 
HIV/AIDS 
· Gynecology operations- Female genital mutilation , laparatomy, dilatation 
and curettage ,evacuation and curettage, manual vacuum aspiration 
· Menstrual history ( age of menarche, interval of period 21-36 days, 
amount of flow 10 –80 ml, duration of flow 1-8 days, normally dark red and 
non-clotting). 
1.6. Past medical and Surgical History 
· History of diabetes mellitus, hypertension, hypo or hyper thyroidism 
which may the affect pregnancy or get aggravated by pregnancy 
· Blood transfusion important in hemolytic disease of new born 
· Drugs risk of teratogenicity or allergic reactions 
· Maternal infection – TORCH Syndrome. 
1.7. Personal, family and social history 
· Childhood development 
12
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
· Educational status 
· Habits like alcohol , smoking and elicit drugs 
· Occupation- exposure to radiation, anesthesia- halothane, chemical 
factory and others 
· Income- low socio-economic status associated with obstetric problems like 
preeclampsia ,preterm labor 
· Family history- diabetes mellitus, hypertension, multiple pregnancy, 
genetic disorders 
1.8. Review of Systems 
· Check all systems 
2. Physical examination 
Examination must be done in a private room in the presence of a chaperone. Proper 
explanation must be offered to the patient before during and after the examination. Bladder 
should be emptied and the patient properly positioned on the couch. Warm hands and 
instruments must be used. Adequate light, appropriate gloves and swabs should be 
prepared. Always keep eye contact throughout the examination. 
2.1. General appearance 
2.2. Vital signs and anthropometric measurements 
· Blood pressure positions include left lateral with 300 tilt to the left to avoid 
supine hypotensive syndrome or sitting position in ambulatory patient. 
· Pulse rate -increases 10-15 beats/minute in pregnancy 
· Respiratory rate -increases 1-4 breath /minute in pregnancy 
· Temperature 
· Weight – increment of more than 1kg/week is abnormal 
· Height- less than 150 centimeters could be constitutional but may be a 
risk factor. Strikingly short for every society is risk factor. 
2.3. HEENT 
13
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
· Emphasis on conjunctiva, sclera, teeth and buccal mucus membrane to 
see pallor, jaundice, mucosal congestion and dental carries. 
2.4. Lymphoglandular System 
· Thyroid gland for hyper or hypo thyroidism signs. 
· Breast for nipple refraction, pigmentation, lumps, discharge, colour change 
2.5. Respiratory and cardiovascular system 
Steps in examination are essentially same as non pregnant patient. Note that 
the following are normal findings in pregnancy. 
· Decreased diaphragmatic excursion due to diaphragm elevation by gravid 
uterus 
· PMI deviation to left is possible in pregnancy 
· S3 gallop may be heard 
· Functional systolic murmur may be heard 
2.6. Abdomen 
2.6.1Inspection 
· Linea nigra- midline hyper pigmentation due to melanocyte stimulating 
hormone 
· Striae gravidarum – purplish in new striae and white in old striae. In both 
cases is due to distension, which causes stretching. 
· Umbilicus may be inverted, flat or everted 
· Surgical or non surgical scar 
· Distended veins, flank fullness, fetal movement 
2.6.2. Palpation 
· Superficial palpation – checks for rigidity, tenderness, superficial mass and 
characterize it, abdominal wall defects. 
· Deep palpation – palpate for mass, organomegally and characterize the 
mass 
· Obstetric palpation or Leopold’s maneuver 
14
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
A. The first Leopold maneuver or fundal palpation 
I. Fundal height measurement: first correct for asymmetry before 
measurement. Then use one of the following methods: 
1- Finger method – one finger above umbilicus is equal to two 
weeks and below umbilicus one finger is equal to one week. 
Uterus felt at symphysis corresponds to 12 weeks. At the 
umbilicus it is 20 weeks and at xiphysternum it is 38 weeks. 
2- Tape measurement: symphysis to funded height in centimeter 
with tape meter between 18-34 weeks is accurate to within two 
weeks of actual gestational age. 
II. Determine what occupies the fundus. If soft, irregular bulky mass 
is found it is the breech. If hard round ballotable mass is found, it is 
the head. 
B. The second Leopold maneuver or lateral palpation 
I. Determines the lie of the fetus which could be longitudinal, 
transverse or oblique lie. . 
II. In longitudinal lie it determines on which side of the abdomen is the 
fetal back. The back of the fetus is linear, rigid and smooth in outline. 
The extremities are felt as small irregular and bulky masses. The fetal 
heart beat is best heard on back side. 
C. The third Leopold maneuver or Pelvic palpation 
I. Determines what part of the fetus occupies the lower uterine pole 
which is also called the presentation. The possibilities are the head 
(cephalic presentation), the breech (breech presentation), and the 
shoulder (shoulder presentation). 
II. In cephalic presentations it determines the descent by using rule of 
fifth which measures the distance between upper border of the 
symphysis to anterior shoulder. 
5/5 is floating head, 4/5 is fixed head, 2/5 denotes engaged head. 
III. In conjunction of the findings of the second maneuver it 
determines the attitude of the fetus (relation of head to the trunk). In 
extended attitude the cephalic prominence is on the same side of the 
15
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
back. In flexed attitude the cephalic prominence is on the opposite 
side of the back. In military attitude the cephalic prominence is felt on 
both sides at the same level. 
D. The fourth Leopold maneuver or Pawlik grip 
It is the only maneuver that is done with one hand. It assesses 
presentation of he fetus. 
2.6.3. Percussion 
· Shifting and flank dullness 
· Fluid thrill 
2.6.4. Auscultation 
· Fetal heart beat is first heard in the back side at16-18 weeks in multiparas 
and 18-20 weeks in primigravida. In complete breech it is heard above 
umbilicus. In cephalic presentations it is below umbilicus .IN occipito 
posterior it is heard in the flanks. . 
2.7. Genitourinary system 
· Costovertebral and suprapubic tenderness 
· Pelvic examination- to be done two times in pregnancy except in cases of 
complications and if labor is suspected 
I. First trimester (early) – To diagnose pregnancy, for dating of the 
pregnancy by measuring uterine size and to diagnose pelvic problems 
II. Late in pregnancy greater than 37 weeks 
A. To diagnose contracted pelvis (refer chapter on) 
- B. To assess Bishop score- (refer to chapter on induction) 
III. In labor assess cervical dilatation and effacement, status of the 
membranes and color of liquor, presenting part, station of presenting 
part and position, molding, caput, clinical pelvimetry. 
2.8. Intgumentary system 
· Hyper pigmentation on breast, lower and mid line abdomen genitalia are 
normally seen in pregnancy 
· Vascular Changes- Spider angiomata and palmar erythema 
16
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
2.9. Extremities 
· Check for edema, dilated vessels and calf tenderness. 
Dependent edema (pretibial and pedal), seen in 80% of normal pregnancies. 
Pathological edema (non dependent) involves the face, fingers or the whole 
body. 
2.10. Central nervous system 
· As non pregnant 
2. GYNECOLOGY HISTORY AND PHYSICAL EXAMINATION 
1. History 
1.1. Identification 
· As obstetric history 
1.2. Chief complaints 
Patient comes with the following gynecologic complaints. The 
common complaints are cessation of menses, vaginal bleeding and 
discharge, lower abdominal pain or deep pelvic pain, pain during intercourse 
(dysparunia), pain during menstruation (dysmenorrhea), protruding mass 
out of the introitus, genital ulcer, urinary incontinence and others. 
1.3. History of present illness 
· Gravidity, parity and abortion 
· Detail of each complaint (localization, duration, date and time of onset, 
aggravating and relieving factors, sequence of symptoms, evolution with 
time, effect on life style, relation to menstrual cycle and others) 
· LMP should be included details of menstrual history if pertinent to the 
complaints 
· Negative and positive statements pertinent to the presenting complaint 
· Treatment received 
17
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
1.4. Menstrual history 
· Age of menarche 
· Interval between period 
· Duration of flow 
· Amount & character of flow 
· Dysmenorrhea , premenstrual symptoms 
· Age of menopause 
1.5. Gynecologic history 
· As obstetric history 
1.6. Past obstetric history 
· As obstetric history 
1.7. Past medical and surgical history 
· As obstetric history 
1.8. Personal social family, history 
· As obstetric history 
1.9. Review of systems 
· As obstetrics history 
2. Physical examination 
Preparation for examination is similar to obstetric examination. In addition slides, 
applicator, test tube, gloves, speculum and fixative are needed. 
2.1. General Condition 
2.2. Vital signs 
· Blood pressure,pulse rate, respiratory rate, temperature 
2.3. HEENT 
· As nonpregnant 
2.4. Lymphoglandular system 
18
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
· Lymph nodes- to see for metastatic cancer check mainly 
supraclavicular and axillary nodes. 
· Thyroid gland- hypo and hyper thyroidism affects reproductive 
function 
· Breast examination- inspection and palpation 
2.5. Chest and cardiovascular system 
· As non pregnant 
2.6. Abdomen 
· As non pregnant (Inspection, auscultation, palpation and percussion) 
2.7. Genitourinary system 
· Costovertebral and suprapubic tenderness 
· Pelvic examination 
I. Examination of external genitalia 
Pubic hair- diamond shaped in male and inverted 
triangle in female. 
Labia majora and minora – ulcer, swelling and 
` discoloration 
Discharge from urethra and vaginal introitus 
Hymen- intact or torn 
II.Speculum Examination 
Vagina- note color (normally pink), vaginal 
septum, rugae folds, fornices, discharge, scar, 
laceration 
Cervix – note color (normally pink) pink, cervical 
os (pin- pointed in nulliparous and slit-like in 
multiparous), dilatation, effacement and 
bleeding, mass 
III. Digital vaginal & bimanual pelvic examination 
Vagina- mass and tenderness 
19
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
Cervix- Closed normally, moves 2- 4cm with out discomfort, 
smooth surface and like tip of nose in 
consistency. 
Uterus- normally non-tender, mobile, 9 cm in length, 
pear shaped smooth and firm. 
Adnexa (tubes, ovaries, parametrium and broad ligaments): 
normally adenexal structure not palpable except in thin women 
with soft abdomen, description of masses. 
IV- Rectal and recto vaginal examination 
Rectal examination- In virgin and children 
Rectovaginal examination- For rectovaginal and uterosacral 
ligament nodularity or malignant infiltration 
To differentiate rectocele from enterocele 
2.8. Intgumentary 
· As non pregnant 
2.9. Extremities and central nervous system 
· As non pregnant 
PART II 
NORMAL AND COMPLICATED 
PREGNANCY 
20
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
CHAPTER 3 
NORMAL PHYSIOLOGY & DIAGNOSIS OF PREGNANCY 
Learning Objective: 
To describe the important physiologic changes in each organ system during pregnancy 
To describe the diagnosis of pregnancy 
21
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
Introduction- 
Pregnancy results in tremendous changes in the physiologic functions of organs, systems 
and the body as whole. These changes ensure that the needs of the growing fetus are met 
and prepare the mother for parturition and lactation. Changes in the maternal endocrine 
system along with hormones produced by the placental / fetal unit are responsible for 
majority of the changes. Knowledge about changes due to normal pregnancy is important to 
reassure the pregnant woman and manage the minor disorders of pregnancy. Understanding 
the normal physiologic changes also gives us the basis to understand the abnormal 
conditions during pregnancy. 
Terminologies 
Pregnancy is a maternal condition of having a developing fetus in the body. It starts at 
fertilization where fusion of the ovum (23x) and matured spermatozoa (23x or 23y) takes 
place in the fallopian tubes. Zygote (46xx or 46xy) is a cell that results from fertilization. The 
zygote divides and redivides forming daughter cells named blastomeres. When the zygote 
reaches 16 cell stage, it is named morula. When fluid filled cavity appears in the morula a 
blastocyst is formed. The cells of a blastocyst are arranged into layers. The outer layer is 
called the trophoblast which eventually develops into the placenta. The inner layer is called 
the embryoblast which later gives rise to the fetus. The embryo is the stage after the inner 
layer formed two layers (bilaminar disc). The embryonic period is a period where major 
structures are formed and extends up to the end of seven weeks after fertilization. 
Developing conceptus after the embryonic period is called the fetus. All tissue products of 
conception (embryo/ fetus, fetal membranes and placenta) are called conceptus. On day 4 
after fertilization the blastocyst enters into the uterine cavity. By day 7, it starts embedding 
itself into the prepared endometrium which is now called the decidua. This process is called 
implantation. 
Placenta and its hormones 
The placenta is formed from the trophoblast and decidua basalis. It contains villi covered by 
the cytotrophoblast and syncitiotrophoblast. The placental barrier (formed by the 
syncitiotrophoblast, cytotrophoblast, the basement membrane and the fetal vascular 
endothelial cells) ensures almost complete separation of the maternal and fetal blood. For 
this reason the human placenta is of hemo-chorio- endothelial type. In a mature placenta the 
villi are grouped into 15- 20 cotyledons, each supplied by one to two spiral arterioles. At 20 
22
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
weeks the discoid placenta reaches full development. The placenta on average has a 
diameter of 18 centimeters, a thickness of 23 millimeters, a volume of 497 milliliters, a weight 
of 508 grams and villous surface area of 
15 square meters. Placenta is a blue red discoid organ with two surfaces. The maternal 
surface is made of the decidua basalis with visible septated cotyledons. The fetal surface is 
smooth and shiny and is covered by the amnion. The branching fetal vessels are visible 
under the amnion. 
The placenta acts to the fetus as the lung (exchange of oxygen and carbon diaoxide), gastro 
intestinal tract (provision of nutrients), kidney (excretion of hydrogen ion and urea), liver 
(detoxifies drugs), immunologic system (transfer of antibodies) and endocrine gland 
(production of hormones). 
It is connected to the fetus by the umbilical cord or the funis. It has an average length of 50- 
60 centimeters (range 30- 100) and diameter of 0.8- 2 centimeters. It contains two umbilical 
arteries and one umbilical vein. In addition to acting as conduit for umbilical vessels, it also 
allows fetal mobility. 
Placenta is a source of incredible amounts of protein and steroid hormones. The major 
protein hormone is human chorionic gonadotrophic hormone (HCG), also called the 
pregnancy hormone. It has two subunits the alpha and the beta subunits and is produced in 
increasing amount to reach a peak between 8 -10 weeks. It maintains the function of the 
corpus luteum until the placenta takes over progesterone production. It also plays important 
role in male sex differentiation by stimulating testosterone production by the fetal testis. It 
also forms the basis for laboratory diagnosis of pregnancy. 
In addition placenta produces a number of protein hormones. It is also a source of significant 
amounts of progesterone and estrogens. Since placenta lacks some of the enzymes 
necessary to synthesize estrogens, it relies on provision os substrates by the fetus and the 
mother (fetal-placental –maternal unit). 
Organ system changes 
I. Cardiovascular system 
Cardiac out put increases by 30-50%. The increase in cardiac output is mainly distributed to 
the uterus (major share), kidneys, breast and the skin. Heart rate increases by 15-20 % and 
stroke volume increases by 25-38%. 
23
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
Blood pressure remains largely unchanged with small drop in diastolic pressure. This is the 
result of progesterone mediated reduction in peripheral resistance. Blood pressure highest 
when seated, lower when supine and lowest when ling on the side. Near term there is a 
tendency to develop hypotension when women lie on their back, a condition called supine 
hypotension syndrome. 
Total blood volume increases up to 45%. Plasma volume increases 35-50% where as red 
blood cell volume increases by 20-25%. This results in hemodilution leading to a drop of 
hemtocrite and is called physiologic anemia of pregnancy. 
Venous pressure rises in lower extremities and central venous pressure unchanged as the 
result of pressure by the gravid uterus. This may result in leg edema and development of 
varicose veins. 
The point of maximum impulse is shifted to the left as the result of elevation of the 
diaphragm. Splitting of the first and second heart sounds could be found. High cardiac out 
put state may result in gallop and systolic functional murmurs. 
II. Respiratory System 
Vasodilatations of the nasal vessels result in nasal stuffiness and epistaxis. Diameter and 
circumference of chest increase. Altered sense of smell is commonly reported. To meet the 
increased oxygen consumption respiratory rate increases. Because of elevation of the 
diaphragm by the gravid uterus, diaphragmatic excuration decreases. 
III. Alimentary tract 
Appetite increases but nausea and vomiting in the morning, which typically occur in the first 
trimester, may reduce food intake. Pica (craving for unusual food items of very low nutritional 
value like clay and soap) if excessive may result in nutritional deficiencies. 
Ptyalism (inability of nauseated women to swallow normal amount of saliva) is an early 
symptom of pregnancy. There is no increased production of saliva by the salivary glands. 
Gums are edematous and soft. Gum bleeding and acceleration of dental caries from 
reduction in oral PH occur. Epulis gravidarum, a tumorous gingivitis with pedunculated 
lesions rarely occurs and may cause significant bleeding. 
Heartburn due to relaxed esophageal sphincter is a common complaint. Decreased gastric 
acid secretion and increased gastric mucus secretion result in relief of symptoms of peptic 
24
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
ulcer disease in majority of women. Delay in gastric emptying is responsible for increased 
tendency of aspiration pnumonitis in pregnant women undergoing general anesthesia. 
Progesterone induced reduction in peristalsis helps in absorption of nutrients and water from 
the small and large intestines. As the result constipation is common and hemorrhoids could 
occur. 
IN the gall bladder residual volume increases and stasis of bile occurs. This, along with 
increased biliary cholesterol saturation, favors gall stone formation. 
There are no significant changes in the anatomy of the liver. Liver function tests are normal 
except elevation of alkaline phosphatase, whose origin is the placenta. Spider angiomata 
and palmar erythema, which are signs of chronic liver disease, are normal findings in 
pregnancy. 
IV. Urinary System 
There is enlargement of the kidneys. The renal calyces and ureters show dilatation which 
causes stasis of urine. Bladder tone is also reduced resulting in increased capacity and 
incomplete emptying after urination. These changes make a pregnant woman vulnerable to 
urinary tract infections. 
Renal plasma flow increases by 75% and glomerular filtration rate by 50%. Creatinine 
clearance is also increased. Blood urea nitrogen, creatinine and uric acid levels decrease. 
Plasma osmolality falls. There is increased glucose and amino acid excretion. Protein loss 
amounts to 100-300mg/day. 
V. Intgumentary and skeletal system 
Vascular changes include spider angiomata and palmar erythema. Cortisol induced changes 
in connective tissue result in striae gravidarum. Increased levels of melanocyte stimulating 
hormone cause hyper pigmentation of the nipples, areola, axilla, perineum, umbilicus and 
linea Alba (forms linea nigra). The mask of pregnancy (chloasma or melasma) is seen on the 
cheek bones. Increased secretion of sweat and sebum are other features. Occasionally 
pigmented nevi are seen. 
In an attempt to maintain the center of gravity, there is exaggerated lordosis and drooping 
back of the shoulders. This leads to common complaint of back ache. Parasthesia of the 
hands may be caused if there is excessive drooping of the shoulders, which stretch the 
brachial plexus. 
Loosening of ligaments of symphysis pubis and sacroiliac joint by relaxin causes is aimed to 
facilitate vaginal delivery. Pelvic discomfort and gait problems may arise occasionally. 
25
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
VI. Hematology 
Red blood cell indices increase. White blood cell counts rise. Platelet count falls. Most 
coagulation factors increase creating a hypercoagulable state. 
VI. Endocrine & metabolic Changes. 
There is massive increase in placental hormones mainly estrogen, progesterone, human 
chorionic gonadotrophic hormone and human placental lactogen. 
Of the pitutary hormones, follicle stimulating, leutinizing and growth hormones are reduced, 
while prolactin levels are high. There is no change in thyroid stimulating and 
adrenocorticotrophic hormones. 
Thyroid gland shows diffuse enlargement with euthyroid state. There is significant elevation 
of plasma cortisol levels. 
Pregnancy has a diabetogenic effect due to peripheral insulin resistance caused by high 
levels of anti insulin hormones like human placental lactogen. 
VII. Genital Systems 
Uterus increases in weight from 70 gm of non pregnant state to 1000gm at term. Uterine 
blood flow reaches 600ml/minute with 85% supplying the placenta. 
Increased vascularity gives the vagina and the cervix bluish color. The cervix becomes soft 
from congestion. Increased vaginal discharge may be noted. 
Corpus luteum begins to regress at the eight week due to negative feed back mechanism of 
estrogen and progesterone on pitutary. 
VII. Breast 
Both acinar and ductal breast growth occur due to increased estrogen, progesterone and 
prolactin levels. Erectile capacity increases. But lactation is inhibited by placental 
progesterone which prevents the action of prolactin on the production of lactaalbumin. 
VIII. Immune system 
HCG reduces immune response of the mother. Serum IgG, IGm and IgA decrease from 
tenth week to thirtieth week then they will remain at same level. 
IX. Weight gain in pregnancy 
On average 12.5 kilograms is gained during pregnancy (range 9kg -15kg).The average 
distribution is as follow: the fetus 3300 gm, the placenta 600 gm, amniotic fluid 800 ml, uterus 
26
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
900-1000 gm, breast 400 gm, blood 1200 ml, deposition of fat 2500gm and extra cellular fluid 
2600 ml. 
Diagnosis of pregnancy 
It is based on symptoms, signs and additional investigations. 
I. Presumptive findings of pregnancy 
· Weakness or fatigue 
· Nausea and/or vomiting 
· Breast swelling and tenderness 
· Increased frequency of Urination 
· Amenorrhea 
· Discoloration of vaginal mucosa 
· Increased skin pigmentation & striae 
· Quickening 
· Constipation, weight gain 
II. Probable findings of pregnancy 
· Uterine enlargement 
· Change in consistency of cervix & uterus 
· Ballottement rebound-16-20 weeks 
27
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
· Braxton Hicks contraction 
· Positive pregnancy test 
· Symptoms as presumptive finding 
III. Positive findings of pregnancy 
· Fetal movement perceived by the health personnel 
· Fetal heart beat heard by fetoscope (18 weeks) or Doppler (10 weeks) 
· Fetal heart beat and fetal body seen by ultrasound 
Pregnancy tests 
All employ changes in the levels of HCG molecule which can be detected in the maternal 
serum as early as nine days. Tests include biologic tests and immunologic tests 
(agglutination, radioimmunoassay, radio receptor assay and ELISA). 
Review questions 
1. Describe the physiologic changes in the cardiovascular system during pregnancy. 
2. Discuss the diagnosis of pregnancy. 
28
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
CHAPTER 4 
MINOR DISORDERS OF PREGNANCY 
Learning Objectives 
· To describe the minor disorders of pregnancy of pregnancy. 
· To discuss the management of the common minor disorders of pregnancy. 
Introduction 
The physiologic and anatomic changes of pregnancy may result in development of 
symptoms and signs that could be managed by educating and providing explanation. 
1. Nausea and vomiting (morning sickness) 
Some degree of nausea and vomiting during first trimester especially between the first and 
the second missed periods is a very common complaint. It usually continues until about the 
fourteen weeks of gestation. It can appear at any time of the day but is generally worse in the 
morning, thus the name morning sickness. This condition is believed to be caused by high or 
rapidly rising level of human chorionic gonadotrophic hormone and estrogen. 
It is worse in multiple pregnancy and gestational trophoblastic diseases. 
Psychological problems like anxiety can aggravate the situation. 
Eating small feedings at more frequent intervals and avoiding food items whose smell 
precipitate or aggravate the symptoms helps in relieving this problem. If persistent, anti-emetics 
can be given. 
2. Heartburn 
Heartburn, epigastric burning sensation, is one of the most common complaints of pregnant 
women especially during late pregnancy. The symptom is usually mild. It is caused by reflux 
of gastric content into the lower esophagus due to upward displacement and compression of 
the stomach by the enlarging uterus and progesterone induced relaxation of the lower 
esophageal sphincter. 
29
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
It is relieved by having smaller meals, avoiding bending over or lying flat. Antacid 
preparation (aluminum hydroxide or magnesium trisilicate alone orb in combination). In 
severe cases H2 - blockers like cimetidine and ranitidine can be used safely. 
3. Pica 
Pica, craving of pregnant woman for items of low nutritional value like ice (pagophagia) or 
clay (geophagia), can occur. No known cause has been identified but it is known to be 
common in patients with iron deficiency anemia. In these cases, it is relieved by correction of 
anemia. Some pregnant women may have the symptom with out anemia. Educating the 
woman is all that is needed. 
4. Ptyalism 
Ptyalism, excessive salivation, is also common. It is not related to increased saliva 
production; rather it is the result of reduced swallowing from nausea. Simple explanations 
will suffice. 
5. Constipation 
Progesterone induced relaxation of smooth muscles and pressure by the uterus in the latter 
part of pregnancy result in the common complaint of constipation. The problem is more 
common with consumption of low fiber diet. This condition can be treated with high fiber diet 
and increasing fluid intake. Sometimes bulk forming laxatives may be needed. 
6. Hemorrhoids 
Hemorrhoids, varicosities of the rectal veins, may first appear during pregnancy. More often 
pregnancy causes exacerbation or recurrence of previous hemorrhoids due to increased 
pressure in the rectal veins caused by obstruction of venous return by the large uterus. 
Constipation during pregnancy also contributes for development of hemorrhoids. 
Hemorrhoids can be asymptomatic or present with rectal bleeding, rectal pain or as a 
prolapsed mass through the anal orifice. The later one can be strangulated and cause severe 
pain. Thrombosis occurring in the dilated veins can also cause severe pain. 
30
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
Treatment includes topically applied anesthetic and anti-inflammatory agents for pain and 
swelling, warm soaks (sitz bath), laxatives and modification of bowel habits. Surgery is 
reserved for thrombosed and strangulated hemorrhoids. 
7. Urinary frequency 
Increased glomerular filtration rate and in the latter part of pregnancy pressure by the 
enlarging uterus explain the common complaint of frequency of urination. Urinary tract 
infection is also common as the result of incomplete emptying of the bladder and stasis of 
urine. Microscopy of urine must be done in all cases. Once UTI is ruled out simple 
explanation is enough. 
8. Vaginal discharge 
Pregnant women normally develop increased vaginal discharge in many instances. It is 
clear, whitish and odorless. This is the result of estrogen mediated increased mucus 
secretion by the cervical glands. Reassurance is usually sufficient. If it is a cause of concern 
vaginal douche with water mildly acidified with vinegar can be used. Vaginal infections like 
trichomoniasis and candidiasis should be ruled out in every patient with this symptom. 
Recurrent vulvo - vaginal candidiasis is common. Curd like vaginal discharge and vulvar 
pruritis are major manifestations. Identification of Candida albicans by potassium hydroxide 
stains confirms the diagnosis. Treatment with antifungal vaginal suppositories suffices. 
Systemic antifungals are contraindicated. 
. 
9. Low Back and pelvic pain 
Exaggerated lordosis and relaxation of the lumbar ligaments cause the common complaint of 
low back pain. Minor degrees of pain may follow excessive strain or fatigue, bending, lifting 
or walking. Its severity increases with the duration of pregnancy. Low back pain can be 
reduced by having the woman squat rather than bending over when reaching down, 
providing back support with a pillow when sitting down, and avoiding high heeled shoes. 
31
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
Severe back pain with localized spinal tenderness should not be attributed simply to 
pregnancy and further evaluation is needed. 
Relaxation of the joints of the pelvic girdle, cause pelvic pain and gait abnormalities. In 
severe cases there may be tenderness over the symphysis pubis which prevents mobility. 
This condition is called pelvic osteoarthropathy and necessitates admission. 
10. Varicose veins 
Varicose veins, dilatation of the superficial veins of the lower extremities, could develop in 
predisposed women. It becomes more prominent as pregnancy advances, weight increases, 
and the length of time spent upright is prolonged. It is due to progesterone mediated smooth 
muscle relaxation of the blood vessels and increased venous pressure in the femoral veins 
due to compression by the enlarging uterus. 
In most, it is asymptomatic. The only concern in these women is cosmetic. In few it causes 
discomfort of variable degree. 
Treatment is periodic rest with elevation of legs and use of elastic stocking or both. Surgical 
corrections like injection of sclerosing agents, ligation and stripping are not generally 
advisable during pregnancy. 
11. Dependent edema 
Edema of the lower extremities is common. It is as the result of increased venous pressure of 
the lower extremities. It appears near the end of the day and disappears after a period of 
rest. 
It is important to rule out preeclampsia especially in those with persistent dependant edema. 
12. Other complaints 
Fatigue is the other common complaint during early pregnancy. The woman will have a 
desire for excessive sleep. This symptom remits spontaneously by the fourth month of the 
pregnancy and has no special significance. 
Palpitation is another common complaint. If significant, cardiac pathologies must be ruled 
out. 
Chloasma and striae are other sources of concern for which no treatment is required. These 
often regress but may not totally resolve after delivery. 
32
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
Occasionally women complain about leg cramps. It is believed to be the result of 
phosphorous deficiency and is relieved by dietary adjustment. 
Parasthesia of the hands which usually occurs in the morning signify stretching of the roots 
of the brachial plexus by drooping back of the shoulders in an attempt to maintain the center 
of gravity. 
Epistaxis and gum bleeding occur as the result of vascular congestion and do not need 
special treatment. In rare cases surgical excision is needed for tumorous condition of the 
gums called Epulis gravidarum. 
Hyperemesis gravidarum 
Severe nausea and repeated vomiting that precludes oral intake and leads to dehydration 
and ketoacidosis is termed as hyperemesis gravidarum. 
I. Pathophysiology 
The cause is unknown but high levels of estrogen and HCG, vitamin B 6 deficiency and 
psychologic factors are implicated. It is common in molar pregnancy, multiple pregnancy and 
those with family or past history of this condition. 
Because of starvation ketone bodies are formed from metabolism of fatty acid. Some of the 
ketone bodies appear in the urine. In an attempt to restore the PH of the blood the 
respiratory rate increases. Inadequate fluid intake results in dehydration, weight and reduced 
urine output. Alkalosis from loss of gastric hydrochloric acid in the vomitus and hypokalemia 
also develop. 
II. Diagnosis 
Presence of exaggerated nausea, excessive vomiting, weight loss and signs of dehydration 
like fatigue, dry oral mucosa, weak pulse, low blood pressure and reduced urine are 
hallmarks of this condition. Ketone in the urine confirms the diagnosis after exclusion of other 
possible causes of excessive vomiting. 
III. Differential diagnosis 
33
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
Gastroenteritis, cholecystitis, hepatitis, pyelonephritis, intestinal parasitosis, peptic ulcer 
disease and drug induced vomiting should be ruled out by history, physical examination and 
laboratory investigations. 
IV. Management 
Once the diagnosis is confirmed the woman should be admitted after counseling of the 
partners. The modalities include: 
· Restricting oral intake 
· Correcting dehydration and electrolyte deficit by intravenous crystalloid solution 
preferably lactated ringer solution to maintain fluid balance 
· Correcting acidosis by providing calories in the form of glucose in the intravenous 
fluids 
· Treating underlying causes by parenteral vitamin B 6 (if unavailable vitamin B 
complex) 
· Parenteral antiemetics like promethazine , chlorpromazine or metoclopramide 
· Treatment of identified medical problems 
· Monitor response to treatment by subjective feeling of the patient, weight, urine out 
put and urine ketone determination 
With clinical response, the patient can be started on oral feeding and antiemetics continued. 
Therapeutic abortion is an option if the condition persists despite aggressive medical 
treatment. 
V. Complication 
Prerenal azotemia, Mallory-Weis tears in the esophagus, in prolonged cases Werinkes 
encephalopathy from thiamine deficiency. 
34
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
Review Questions 
1. Describe the measures that may be taken in a pregnant mother with nausea and 
vomiting. 
2. Discuss the possible causes of severe nausea and vomiting during pregnancy. 
3. Describe important measures that may be taken in order to relieve the heartburn that 
occurs during pregnancy in some mothers. 
35
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
CHAPTER 5 
ANTENATAL CARE (ANC) 
Learning objective 
· To discuss the contents of ANC, frequency and time of visit 
· To describe the new WHO antenatal care model 
· To enumerate high risk factors in pregnancy 
Introduction- 
Antenatal care (ANC) is a medical and general care that is provided to pregnant woman 
during pregnancy. It is goal oriented with the aim of meeting both the psychological and 
medical needs of pregnant woman with in the context of health care delivery system, culture 
36
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
and religion in which the woman lives. ANC programs should be based on local situation and 
should address risk assessment, health promotion and care provision. ANC has been found 
to be effective in the treatment anemia, hypertension and sexually transmitted diseases. 
Frequency and timing of visit 
Traditional or standard (Western) model recommends the first visit to take place as early 
as the first missed period. This allows accurate dating of the pregnancy and design 
appropriate preventive and therapeutic interventions. Thereafter, subsequent visits are 
planned every four weeks until 28 weeks, every two weeks between 28-36 weeks and every 
week after 36 weeks. More frequent visits are required for high risk patients. 
The new WHO ANC model recommends a minimum of four visits. It limits the number of 
visits and restricts laboratory tests and procedures. First visit takes place at 16 weeks or 
before. The second visit is planned between 24-28 weeks, the third at 32 weeks and the 
fourth at 36- 38 weeks. The initial visit takes 30-40 minutes and the other visits take around 
20 minutes each. Women with risk factors should not be enrolled in this model. 
Activities of the new WHO ANC model 
I. First visit at 16 weeks 
Major activities are diagnosis of pregnancy and determination of the gestational age; risk 
assessment and determination of the medical status of the mother; health promotion by 
education on nutritional supplement, danger signs of pregnancy and finally care provision like 
malaria prophylaxis, control MTCT of HIV, iron supplementation and immunization with 
tetanus toxoid. 
II. Second visit between 24- 28 weeks 
Major activities are screening for hypertension, multiple gestation, anemia, preterm labor, 
diabetes mellitus and RH sensitization; further health promotion and care provision and plan 
birth place. 
III. Third visit at 32 weeks 
Major activities are screening for hypertension, anemia, multiple pregnancy, diabetes mellitus 
and RH sensitization; health promotion and care provision and plan birth place. 
37
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
IV. Fourth visit at 36 weeks 
Major activities are screening for hypertension, antepartum hemorrhage, multiple gestations; 
check for fetal lie, presentation, growth and well being; health promotion and care provision 
and finally up date individualized birth plan. 
Contents of ANC visit 
I. Assessment 
Detailed history and physical examination (refer to chapter 2) along with necessary 
laboratory investigations should be done in the initial visit to assess the general medical 
status of the woman and pick risk factors. For this reason the initial visit takes 30-40 minutes. 
Subsequent visits look into new developments, therefore, take much shorter time. 
A. Initial visit 
The pertinent elements of the history during the initial visit include 
1. History of present Pregnancy- identification (name, age, address, marital status, 
occupation); pregnancy facts (planned or unplanned pregnancy, wanted or unwanted, 
supported or unsupported); gravidity , parity, abortion, LMP, gestational age, 
contraceptive use prior to pregnancy, symptoms and signs of pregnancy , danger signs 
and symptoms, fetal quickening , client concern or complaints 
2. Past history - antepartum and postpartum hemorrhage, multiple pregnancy, 
preeclampsia, eclampsia, sepsis, sexually transmitted infections, operative deliveries, still 
birth and neonatal death, preterm delivery, low birth weight baby, chronic medical 
illnesses (hypertension, diabetes, drug allergy and cardiac diseases) and surgical 
problems, genital mutilation 
3. Others- personal, social and family history 
General physical examination as described in chapter 2 should be performed. It includes the 
general appearance, vital signs, weight and height, general systemic examination including 
checking for signs of anemia, physical abuse and surgical scars. Specific obstetric 
examination should focus on determining the uterine size, fetal lie and presentation, fetal 
growth and well being, fetal heart beat. Pelvic assessment is performed upon indications. 
38
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
In the standard model baseline laboratory investigations are hemtocrite, blood group and 
Rhesus factor, urinalysis (protein, ketone and microscopy), VDRL and stool examination for 
ova and parasites. Others that could be done upon indication or when resources permit are 
pap smear, cervical /vaginal smear, urine culture and sensitivity, complete blood count, 
pregnancy test, serology for HIV, hepatitis b virus and TORCH screening, oral glucose 
tolerance test, maternal serum alpha fetoprotein on 16 weeks, amniocentesis 
,ultrasonography and others. 
In the new WHO model urine dip stick for bacteria and protein, VDRL and blood group and 
Rhesus factor determination are only done in the first visit. Hemtocrite is only done if there 
are clinical signs of anemia. 
In the new WHO model, in the initial visit women are grouped into two using the classifying 
form. Women with out any risk factor are enrolled in the basic component of the new model 
that needs only three visits till delivery. Women with any identified risk factor need special 
care that may need frequent visits or even referral for specialized care. 
The classifying form has 18 components that are grouped into three: 
· Obstetric history- previous stillbirth/ neonatal loss, history of three or more 
consecutive abortions, birth weight of less than 2500 or more than 400 grams, 
admission in the last pregnancy for preeclampsia or hypertension, previous uterine or 
cervical surgery- 
· Current pregnancy - diagnosed or suspected multiple pregnancy, age less than 16 
or more than 40, RH isoimmunization, vaginal bleeding, pelvic mass, diastolic blood 
pressure of more than 90 mmhg 
· General medical condition- insulin dependent diabetes mellitus, renal or cardiac 
disease, known substance abuse, any other severe medical illness 
B. Subsequent visits 
History focuses on new complaints and problems since the last visit, intercurrent illnesses 
and medications, quickening time and fetal movement, danger symptoms of pregnancy and 
any changes in the personal history of the woman. 
Physical examination focuses on the general appearance, vital signs mainly the blood 
pressure, weight, checking for signs of anemia, fundal height, fetal lie and presentation, fetal 
heart beat, leg edema and other examinations based on the complaints. 
39
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
In the standard model hemtocrite is done at 24-28 and 32 weeks, antibody screening and 
oral glucose tolerance test at 28 weeks, ultrasound and maternal alpha feto protein at 16 
weeks and fetal survellance tests starting 32 weeks. 
In the new WHO model dipstick of urine for bacteria is done in all visits. Urine dipstick for 
protein is only done for nulliparous women or for those with history of preeclampsia or 
hypertension currently. Hemtocrite is done at the third visit. 
II. Health promotion (advice and counseling) 
Advice the woman about the importance of balanced diet and avoidance of drugs, smoking 
and alcohol: adequate rest; hygiene and safe sex. 
Discuss about minor complaints of pregnancy and the danger symptoms of pregnancy. 
Discuss about whom to contact and where to go if these symptoms develop. 
Inform the woman to record the time of quickening. Education about labor and preparation 
for labor/ delivery should be done starting from the third visit. The need for clean and safe 
delivery should be stressed. Breast feeding and family planning after delivery should be 
discussed. 
III. Care provision (care provided) 
Individualized delivery plan in should be planned starting from the first visit and continued 
during subsequent visits including arrangement of transportation in cases of emergency. 
Place of birth and who attends birth should be planned. 
Universal ferrous sulfate prophylaxis for nutritional anemia should be given starting from the 
first visit. Tetanus toxoid vaccination should be given according to WHO guidelines. 
Appropriate prophylaxis and treatment of intestinal parasites and malaria should be offered. 
Where indicated antiretroviral therapy should be offered to HIV positive pregnant women. 
Appropriate management of complaints and identified problems/ complications should be 
done in each visit. 
Timing and importance of next visit should be discussed. Appointment should then be 
scheduled. 
High risk factors (not inclusive) 
I. Past obstetric history 
· Ectopic pregnancy and recurrent spontaneous abortion 
· Multiple pregnancy or preterm labor 
40
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
· Antepartum or postpartum hemorrhage 
· Malpresentation 
· Intrauterine fetal death, stillbirth or early neonatal death 
· Birth weight of less than 2500 or greater than 4000 grams 
· Difficult operative deliveries and caesarian section 
II. Present obstetric history 
· Short stature (height of less than 150 cm), age of less than 16 or greater than 40 
· Primigravida or grandmultiparity 
· Vaginal bleeding at any gestational age 
· Uterine size to gestational age discrepancy (big or small for date uterus) 
· Multiple gestation 
· Premature rupture of the membranes 
· Raised blood pressure during pregnancy 
· Malpresentation after 34- 36 weeks 
· Unwanted pregnancy 
· Extreme social disruption and deprivation 
Review questions 
1. Briefly describe the new WHO ANC model. 
2. List the routine laboratory investigations in ANC. 
3. List the high risk factors in pregnancy. 
41
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
CHAPTER 6 
ABNORMAL BLEEDING DURING FIRST AND SECOND TRIMESTERS OF PREGNANCY 
Learning objectives 
· To identify the common causes of abnormal bleeding during pregnancy by trimester. 
· To list the different types of abortion with their clinical features. 
· To describe the clinical feature of ectopic pregnancy. 
· To describe the management the different types of abortion and ectopic pregnancy. 
· To define the spectrum of GTD 
· To discuss the clinical features of GTD 
42
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
· To list the main treatment modalities of GTD 
· To enumerate the possible complications GTD and their treatment 
Introduction 
When a woman becomes pregnant, the menstrual bleeding stops until sometime after the 
end of the pregnancy. However, abnormal bleeding from the genital tract can complicate 
some pregnancies. Statistically, more than 25% of all gestations will present to health care 
provider at least in early pregnancy with vaginal bleeding and/or pelvic pain. These 
symptoms may indicate a minor or a life threatening condition that can result in death. 
Successful management of any one of these conditions is of paramount importance and 
rests on timely diagnosis. This in turn requires proper evaluation of the patient by taking the 
history and doing physical examination. There may be a need to do some laboratory studies 
to help the evaluation process. The primary goal of the evaluation should focus on identifying 
immediate life threatening conditions like shock. Generally, abnormal uterine bleeding during 
pregnancy can result from obstetric or non-obstetric causes. Conditions like abortion, ectopic 
pregnancy, placenta abnormalities like placenta previa and abruptio placentae, and 
gestational trophoblastic diseases are some of the obstetric causes. While conditions like 
genital infections, trauma to the genital organs and neoplastic changes affecting them are 
some of the non-obstetric causes. Systemic illnesses affecting blood coagulation can also 
result in abnormal bleeding during pregnancy. 
1. ABORTION 
1.1. Importance 
Abortion is an important cause of bleeding during pregnancy, as it is one of the five leading 
causes of maternal death in the developing world. The other causes being obstructed labor, 
hypertensive disorders of pregnancy, hemorrhage and infection. 
1.2. Definition: 
Abortion is the expulsion of the fetus from the uterus or termination of pregnancy before fetal 
viability. This is usually taken to be so if it happens before 28 completed weeks of gestation 
or less than 1000g weight in Ethiopia & United Kingdom. 
1.3. Classification 
43
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
1.3.1. By occurrence 
Abortion could occur spontaneously or could be induced. 
A. Spontaneous abortion 
An abortion is said to be spontaneous if it occurs with no intervention. The incidence of 
spontaneous abortion is between 10% and 20% of all pregnancies. It is most commonly due 
to fetal chromosomal defects such as trisomies, monosomies and polyploidy. This usually 
occurs during the first trimester. 
B .Induced abortion 
An abortion is said to be induced if it results from medical or surgical intervention that can 
cause abortion. It could be safe or unsafe abortion. Unsafe abortion characterized by lack or 
inadequacy of skill of provider, hazardous technique and unsanitary facilities or both. This is 
important type of abortion as it accounts for the major proportion of abortion and is cause of 
immense maternal mortality and morbidity. Moreover, it is related to unwanted pregnancy 
and unawareness of the reproductive physiology by the woman .It can largely be prevented if 
there is provision of contraceptive service and making the woman knowledgeable about her 
reproductive physiology. Of the 210 million pregnancies that occur each year, about 46 
million (22 per cent) end in abortion. About 20 million of those abortions are unsafe –that is, 
performed by someone without the skills or training to perform them safely, or in a place that 
does not meet minimal medical standards or, both. Every year, more than 70,000 women die 
as a result of unsafe abortion; hundred of thousands more suffer from serious, often 
permanent, disabilities. Everyday, 200 women die from unsafe abortion. More than 95% of 
deaths and injuries occur in developing countries. In Ethiopia maternal losses from abortion 
and its complication account for 25-50%. The majority of deaths from abortion result from 
hemorrhagic shock and sepsis. Proper management of abortion can prevent the death and 
the other complications that result from it. 
C.Therapeutic abortion 
Subset of safe abortion which is performed for the purpose of saving the life of the mother (3) 
or if the fetus has congenital / chromosomal / metabolic disorders that is incompatible with 
life after birth. 
1.3.2. By clinical stages 
Threatened abortion: is a clinical condition that is characterized by vaginal bleeding before 
28 weeks of gestation. In addition there is crampy lower abdominal pain and the cervix 
44
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
remains closed. The fetus is alive and there is a chance of continuing the pregnancy to 
viability. 
Inevitable abortion: is a clinical condition characterized by vaginal bleeding of variable 
amount and crampy lower abdominal pain. The cervix is open but no products of conception 
have been expelled. There is no chance of salvaging the pregnancy. 
Incomplete abortion: is a clinical condition in which vaginal bleeding continues and cervix 
remains open despite expulsion of part of the products of conception. 
Complete abortion: is a clinical condition in which vaginal bleeding stops and the cervix 
closes following expulsion of all products of conception. The uterus is small for the duration 
of the pregnancy and it is firmer. Before 14-16 weeks it is difficult to tell if an abortion is 
complete or not because to make sure it is complete one has to identify the fetus and the 
placenta with the membranes as fully formed structures. Before 14-16 weeks these 
structures are not sufficiently well formed. 
Missed abortion: is a clinical condition in which the fetus dies in utero and is retained for at 
least four weeks. There is usually history of threatened abortion preceding it. Decidual 
necrosis may result in brownish vaginal discharge. Pregnancy symptoms like morning 
sickness, breast tenderness and abdominal girth increment disappear. Cessation of fetal 
movement is reported by the mother if it occurs after 18 weeks. Failure of uterine growth 
results in small for gestational age uterus. Pregnancy test takes 8 weeks to become 
negative. 
1.3.3. By associated infection 
Septic abortion: is a clinical condition in which offensive vaginal discharge, temperature of 
more than 38 o centigrade and lower abdominal pain / tenderness accompany any of the 
clinical stages of abortion. Majority follow unsafely induced abortions. Infection starts in the 
uterus and if untreated spreads to adjacent pelvic organs (pelvic peritonitis) or to the general 
peritoneum (generalized peritonitis) or the blood stream (sepsis). It eventually results in 
death by causing septic shock. 
Postabortal sepsis: is pelvic infection after a complete abortion. 
1.3.4. Other definitions 
Recurrent abortion: occurrence of three or more consecutive spontaneous abortions. It was 
previously known as habitual abortion. 
45
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
1.4. Initial assessment 
Any woman of reproductive age experiencing at least two of the following symptoms should 
be considered as a possible abortion patient. 
· Vaginal bleeding 
· Cramping and/or lower abdominal pain 
· A possible history of amenorrhea 
Complete clinical assessment is necessary to determine all conditions that are present in 
order to decide the order in which to treat them. 
1.4.1. History 
· Length of amenorrhea 
· Bleeding (duration, amount) 
· Cramping (duration and severity) 
· Abdominal or shoulder pain 
· Drug allergy 
· History of interference and method employed 
· Symptoms of infection 
1.4.2. Physical examination 
· Check vital signs 
· Note general health of the women 
· General systemic examination 
· Abdominal examination 
Check –abdominal distension, movement with respiration, bowel 
sound, 
Location and severity of tenderness and rebound tenderness, 
Uterine size, masses, shifting dullness 
· Pelvic examination(speculum and bimanual digital examination) 
46
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
Remove any visible products of conception from the vaginal canal or cervical canal. 
Then note for the amount of bleeding and presence of offensive discharge, the extent 
of cervical dilation and presence of cervical excitation tenderness, size and consistency 
of the uterus, adenexal masse and other pelvic masses. Check for cervical laceration 
1.4.3. Laboratory examination 
Based on clinical assessment when indicated: - 
· hemoglobin / hemtocrite, blood group and rhesus factor 
· white cell count, erythrocyte sedimentation rate, urinalysis, renal function test, liver 
function test, platelet count, prothrombin time, partial thromboplastin time 
· Plain film of the abdomen (erect), pelvic ultrasonography 
· Pregnancy test 
1.5. Management 
Life threatening conditions like shock (hypovolumic or septic), severe anemia and sepsis 
should be treated aggressively prior to instituting specific treatment. These include 
intravenous fluids, parenteral antibiotics, blood transfusion and /or other ventilatory supports. 
Preparations for laparatomy must be made in cases suspected or diagnosed to have uterine 
perforation or generalized peritonitis or pelvic abscess. Specific management for each stage 
of abortion should be offered only after attending to the above conditions. Appropriate and 
timely referrals are life saving. 
1.5.1. Threatened abortion 
· Bed rest at home which could be reinforced by sedatives like diazepam. Women who 
have bled much (regardless of the gestational age) or have bad obstetric history or 
live far away and cannot get help if bleeding becomes much worse, especially during 
the night should be admitted for observation. 
· Avoid intercourse and douching 
· Monitor progress by subsequent assessment. Where available ultrasonography 
should be done to check for viability. 
· If there is any sign of pelvic infection evacuation of the uterus should be performed. 
47
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
1.5.2. Complete abortion 
If completeness is confirmed either by examination of the conceptus tissue or 
where available by ultrasound 
· Administer ergometrine 0.5mg 
· If justified provide therapeutic or prophylactic antibiotics 
Evacuation of the uterus must be done if completeness can not be assured as 
in early abortion or expulsion occurred out of the health institution. 
1.5.3. Inevitable abortions 
A. Less than 14 weeks of gestation: 
Evacuation of the uterus is the mainline of treatment .Evacuation can be done 
either by sharp metallic curettage or by manual vacuum aspirator (MVA). MVA is 
much safer and recent technology which is said to be associated with less 
complications and pain, more efficient in evacuating the uterus in less time and 
thus can safely be used by lower level health professionals. 
Mandatory indications for evacuation 
1. Considerable bleeding 
2. Bleeding which continues for more than 24 hours. 
3. Patients in whom the retained products of conception are obviously still 
present on vaginal examination.. 
B. More than 14 weeks of gestation 
In the absence of heavy bleeding evacuation of the uterus is not advised before the 
expulsion of the fetus .Management includes 
· Admission and monitoring the vital signs and the amount of bleeding 
· Once the fetus / placenta are expelled completeness should be checked 
.Evacuation of the uterus must be done if incomplete or the bleeding 
continues. 
· Ergometrine or oxytocin as drip should be given for continued bleeding after 
expulsion or evacuation and monitoring should continue. 
· Exploration of the uterus for remnants or perforation should be done if these 
measures fail and the patient continues to bleed. 
48
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
1.5.4. Incomplete abortion 
Uterine evacuation should be done preferably by MVA. Antibiotics as needed can be 
given. 
Methods of Uterine evacuation 
Determined by uterine size 
If uterine size < 14 weeks 
· Manual / electrical vacuum aspiration or evacuation and 
curettage(E&C)/dilatation and curettage (D&C)if cervix is closed 
If uterine size > 14 weeks 
· Oxytocin infusion or evacuation and curettage(E&C)/dilatation and 
curettage when appropriate 
Oxytocin administration 
Add 10ml (ampoules) to 1000ml lactated Ringer's solution (100mu/ml) 
Start at 0.5ml/mi (50mu/mi), increase at 30 to 40min intervals up to a maximum rate 
of 2mml/mi (200mu/min). If effective contractions are not established at this infusion 
rate, increase the concentration. Discard all but 500ml of the remaining solution. Add 
additional 5 ampoules of oxytocin (200mu/ml). Reduce the rate to 1ml/mi (200mu/mi). 
Increase up to 2ml/mi (400mu/mi), continue at this rate for 4-5hrs or until fetus is 
expelled. 
1.5.5. Missed abortion 
A. Expectant management up to 4 weeks 
· This is based on the fact that 95% women with missed abortion will abort 
spontaneously in 4 weeks time, whatever the duration of the pregnancy. After 4 
weeks the chance of developing disseminated intravascular coagulation or dead 
baby syndrome is significant. 
· During this time coagulation profile is monitored weekly. Evacuation of the uterus 
is done if the patient did not expel in 4 weeks or before 4 weeks if coagulation 
derangement occurs. 
B. Aggressive management 
49
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
This entails evacuation of the uterus. Methods include dilatation and curettage 
(D&C) for uterine sizes up to 12 weeks or induction of labor by prostaglandins 
/oxytocin infusion if uterine size is more than 12 weeks. Since there is a risk of 
uterine perforation and coagulopathy with this form of management appropriate 
referral to proper health facility should be made. 
1.5.6. Management of Complications 
I. Uterine perforation 
The following signs seen during uterine evacuation indicate perforation. 
· An instrument (sound, cannula, and curette) extends beyond the expected 
limit of the uterus. 
· Fat or bowel is found in the tissue removed from the uterus 
· Severe pain and continuous bright red bleeding 
· In apparent vital sign derangement (hypotension in the absence of bleeding) 
Management 
· Stabilize the patient and do not give anything per os. 
· Monitor vital signs 
· Start broad spectrum antibiotics (parenteral) 
· Immediate referral to a facility capable of performing gynecologic surgeries. 
If evacuation is complete 
· Give ergometrine 0.5mg 
· Observe her for two hours 
· If patient become stable and bleeding stops, give ergometrine and 
continue observation overnight 
· If the condition gets worse and the bleeding doesn’t stop 
emergency laparatomy is performed. 
If evacuation is not complete 
· Immediate laparatomy to complete evacuation under direct vision Depending 
on the findings either repair or hysterectomy is done. 
II. Intraabdominal injury 
50
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
The following signs and symptoms indicate intra abdominal injury 
Symptoms 
· Nausea, vomiting, shoulder pain,fever,abdominal pain and cramping 
Signs 
· Distended abdomen, decreased bowel sound, tense hard abdomen 
· Rebound tenderness 
Management 
· Resuscitation, parenteral antibiotics, 
· Immediate referral for laparatomy 
III. Sepsis 
Etiology is polymicrobial (gram positives, gram negatives and anaerobes) 
The following symptoms and signs indicate that either local or generalized infection is 
likely: 
Symptoms 
· Chills, fever, sweating, history of interference 
· Prolonged bleeding, general discomfort, flu like symptoms 
Signs 
· Foul smelling vaginal discharge, distended abdomen 
· Tenderness, low blood pressure 
Assess women’s risk for developing septic shock 
Low risk 
· First trimester abortion, mild to moderate fever (< 38.50 c) 
· Stable vital signs, no evidence of Intraabdominal injury 
High risk 
· second trimester abortion, high fever (> 38.50 c) 
· Any evidence of intra abdominal injury, shock 
Management 
51
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
· Resuscitation, monitor vital signs, start broad spectrum antibiotics 
intravenously 
If low risk and stable 
Uterine evacuation, continue antibiotics, observe for 48 hrs. 
If high risk 
· Continue antibiotics 
· If there is shock ---- manage as shock 
· If intra abdominal injury--- laparatomy 
· If DIC present -- treat with clotting factors and fresh blood products 
IV. Other complications and their management 
· Anemia - manage according to severity by either hemathenics or blood 
transfusion 
· Renal failure - manage accordingly 
· Give tetanus toxoid as indicated and tetanus antitoxin for non immune women 
· Give anti-D for Rh negative mothers (see protocol for management of Rh 
isoimmunization) 
1.5.7. Post abortion family planning 
All women receiving post abortion care need counseling and information to ensure 
that they understand: 
· They can become pregnant again before the next menses 
· There are safe methods to prevent or delay pregnancy 
· Where and how they can obtain family planning service 
1.5.8. Antibiotic choices and administration in the management of abortion 
Empiric therapy antibiotic covering wide variety of aerobic, anaerobic, gram 
negative/positive organisms is used. 
Regimen 1 
Ampicillin or benzyl penicillin plus chloramphenicol or clindamycin or metronidazole 
plus gentamycin 
52
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
Regimen 2 
Ceftriaxone or ciprofloxacin plus gentamycin or metronidazole 
Regimen 3 
Doxycycline with metronidazole 
· Once started, therapy can be continued until the patient is afebrile at least for 24 
hours, preferably 48 hours 
· If there is no response in 48 hours the antibiotics should be changed and/or 
complications considered 
· When recovery is underway, intravenous therapy should be followed by oral 
medication, for 10 to 14 days. 
1.5.9. Components of Post abortion care (PAC) 
· Emergency treatment of incomplete abortion and potentially life threatening 
complications 
· Post-abortion family planning counseling and services 
· Links between post-abortion emergency services and the reproductive health care 
system. 
· Community service provider partnership 
· Counseling 
2. ECTOPIC PREGNANCY 
2.1. Definition 
Ectopic pregnancy is implantation of the fertilized ovum outside of the uterine endometrial 
cavity. 
2.2. Incidence and predisposing factors 
Ninety–nine percent of ectopic pregnancy occurs in the fallopian tube. The commonest site is 
the ampulla which accounts for 55% of ectopics. The rest occurs in the isthmus (25%), the 
fimbria (17%) and the interstitial part (2.5%). Rare forms of ectopic pregnancy include 
cervical ectopic, ovarian ectopic and abdominal pregnancy. Very rarely bilateral ectopic or 
53
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
combined intrauterine and ectopic pregnancy is seen. In many parts of the world one in every 
50 to 200 pregnancies is ectopic. 
Any condition that alters the length, contour, peristaltic movement or size of the tubal lumen 
will predispose to ectopic gestation. Common conditions that predispose to ectopic gestation 
are: 
· Previous gonococcal or Chlamydia endosapingitis 
· Postoperative like previous ectopic surgery/tuboplasty or inflammatory pelvic 
adhesions distorting the tubes 
· Congenital abnormalities of the tubes 
· Some family planning methods like progestasert and progesterone only pills 
· Medically assisted conception 
2.3. Natural Coarse of tubal ectopic pregnancy 
Majority of ectopic gestations end as gynecological/obstetric emergencies in the first or early 
second trimester. It is a very rare occurrence for an ectopic gestation to advance to term. As 
the fertilized ovum grows, it progressively distends the tube which leads to unilateral lower 
abdominal pain. Further distension eventually leads to either rupture into the lumen (tubal 
abortion) or more commonly into the peritoneal cavity (tubal rupture). This results in extrusion 
and death of the zygote accompanied by intraperitoneal bleeding from the edges of the 
ruptured tube. For isthmic ectopic this occurs 3-4 weeks from the LMP while in ampullary it is 
around 6-8 weeks and in interstitial it is around 12 weeks. Unless surgical intervention is 
undertaken majority of patients die of massive intraperitoneal bleeding. Rarely an abdominal 
pregnancy results if the zygote survives and implants in the peritoneal cavity. 
Sometimes chronic ectopic gestation results if pelvic adhesions limit the extent of the 
bleeding forming a pelvic mass. . 
2.4. Clinical features and diagnosis 
The clinical features are often atypical and diverse especially before rupture. As it is one of 
the most devastating and potentially fatal gynecologic emergencies, every clinician should be 
suspicious of it all the time. The adage ’any woman of child-bearing age (15-50) who has 
abdominal pain (with or without amenorrhea) may have an ectopic gestation unless proven 
otherwise’ is a useful one to bear in mind. 
Typically women present with the three triad of symptoms – variable period of missed 
menstrual period, abnormal vaginal bleeding and lower abdominal pain. Commonly there is a 
54
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
short period of missed period but in some women the vaginal bleeding may coincide or even 
precede the expected time of menses. The vaginal bleeding is often dark red and small in 
amount with heavy bleeding being a rarity. Sometimes passage of decidual cast may 
confuse the diagnosis with abortion. The lower abdominal pain is initially unilateral and 
constant in nature but after tubal rupture it becomes diffuse. Syncopal attack may be 
reported at the time of rupture. With significant hemoperitoneum shoulder pain and rectal 
fullness may be reported. Presence of predisposing factors should be sought. High grade 
fever is unusual. 
Physical signs are also variable and largely depend on the presence or absence of rupture. 
Vital signs may range from normal to profound shock. Pallor is also variable. Peritoneal 
irritation (direct tenderness/rebound tenderness/guarding) of variable degree is always 
present, which could be localized to the lower abdomen or diffuse. Shifting dullness indicates 
hemoperitoneum. 
The most significant findings on pelvic examination include closed cervix with positive 
cervical excitation tenderness, unilateral adenexal tenderness with or without tender mass 
and tense/tender pouch of Douglas. Uterine enlargement up to 8 weeks size is a normal 
finding. 
The most valuable bedside diagnostic procedure for ruptured ectopic pregnancy is 
culdocentesis.This involves aspirating fluid from the pouch of Douglas by passing needle 
through the posterior fornix. Finding dark red non clotting blood is invariably diagnostic. 
Negative culdocentesis does not rule out ectopic pregnancy. 
Laboratory investigations (where available) that could help in the diagnosis of unruptured 
ectopic include Serum b HCG determination in conjunction with pelvic ultrasound. 
2.5. Management 
The treatment can be medical or surgical depending on the type of the ectopic pregnancy. 
The best management for ruptured ectopic is emergency laparatomy to ligate the bleeding 
vessels coupled with aggressive resuscitation to counteract the effects of hypovolemia. 
Timely referrals to a hospital setting with continued resuscitation along the way is life saving. 
Unruptured ectopic is usually managed using drugs like methotraxate or conservative tubal 
surgery. 
Resuscitation 
· Correcting hypovolemia with intravenous fluid 
55
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
· Blood transfusion before operation; this may in fact be undesirable if it delays very 
urgent surgery to stop bleeding. 
Surgical treatment- Salpigectomy /sapingeo-oophoerctomy 
Upon discharge women should be counseled about the risk of recurrence in future 
pregnancy and the importance of visiting a clinician as soon as they miss their menses. 
3. GESTATIONAL TROPHOBLASTIC DISEASES (NEOPLASMS) 
3.1. Definition 
Pregnancy-related pathological conditions in which there is abnormal growth and 
development of the trophoblast. GTDs include the tumor spectrum of hydatidiform mole, 
invasive mole or chorioadenoma destruens, and choriocarcinoma. 
3.2. Classification 
There are various schemes of classification, but the following is a commonly used one: 
1. Benign GTD includes hydatidiform mole (complete and partial). 
2. Malignant GTD falls into two groups: 
a. Non-metastatic includes persistent hydatidiform mole, invasive mole and 
choriocarcinoma which has not metastasized. 
b. Metastatic includes metastatic mole and choriocarcinoma. 
3.3. Unique Features 
Gestational trophoblastic diseases have a number of unique characteristics: 
· They consist of tissue “foreign” to the patient. They arise from the fetal tissue in the 
maternal host. 
· They secrete an accurate and sensitive tumor marker, the human chorionic 
gonadotrophic hormone (HCG). 
· They are markedly sensitive to chemotherapy so that even advanced disease may be 
cured. 
· Unlike other epithelial tumors malignant GTDs spread mainly by vascular route. 
· Normal pregnancies are possible following molar pregnancy. 
56
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
3.4. Benign GTDs (Hydatidiform mole) 
3.4.1. Types of molar pregnancy 
A. Complete mole 
Uterus is filled with multiple grapes like vesicles. There is no fetus or amnion. 
Microscopically, there is pronounced and generalized hydropic swelling and edema of 
villous stroma, avascular villi and marked proliferation of syncitiotrophoblastic and 
cytotrophoblastic elements surrounding the villi. The incidence of postmolar GTD is 15 
to25 % (17 % is non metastatic type). 
B. Partial or Incomplete mole 
An abnormal fetus or embryo is present, but it usually dies in the first trimester. Focal 
vesicles are seen. Microscopic features include localized hydropic villi and trophoblastic 
proliferation along with presence of fetal tissue, and blood vessels. Post molar GTD 
develop in 5 to 10 % of patients (almost always of non metastatic type). 
3.4.2. Incidence and risk factors 
Hydatidiform mole (molar or vesicular pregnancy) is the most common form of GTD. 
Incidence is very variable ranging from 1:200 – 1:300 in South East Asia to 1:1500-1:2000 
in U.S.A. Risk factors include: 
· Age less than 20 or more than 40 years 
· Genetic factors 
· Low socioeconomic status 
· Protein, folic acid and carotene deficiency 
· Previous molar pregnancy (recurrence rate is around 1:76 for the first and 
1:6 for the second) 
3.4.3. Clinical features 
· Vaginal bleeding after a period of amenorrhea (usually starting from the first 
trimester) 
· Serosangineous vaginal discharge 
· Passage of the “grape-like” vesicles, if occurs, is considered to be 
pathognomonic. 
57
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
· Exaggerated symptoms and signs of pregnancy mainly hyperemesis 
gravidarum 
· Pre-eclampsia occurring before the gestational age of 20-24 weeks is seen in 
around 30% of patients 
· The uterus will be big-for-date in half of patients but small-for-date in a third 
and appropriate for gestational age in the rest. 
· The uterus is doughy with no fetal parts felt except in the situation of partial 
mole. 
· FHR tones are absent except partial mole. 
· The ovaries may be palpably enlarged by the theca lutein cysts. 
· One may also find clinical and/or biochemical signs of hyperthyroidism due to 
the elaboration of thyrotropin by the tumor or as the effect of elevated HCG. 
3.4.4. Diagnosis 
.Whenever molar pregnancy is suspected on clinical grounds the patient should be 
referred to an appropriately equipped facility for confirmation of the diagnosis and 
management. The most important investigations that help in the diagnosis are 
determination of serum or urinary B-HCG in titer 
which reveal very high values and ultrasonography which reveal the typical snow- storm 
appearance without gestational sac or fetus. Other modalities like amniography which 
shows the honey comb pattern are no more used. 
3.4.5. Complications of molar pregnancy 
Medical complications include anemia and shock from hemorrhage, pre-eclampsia, 
hyperemesis gravidarum, hyperthyroidism and intrauterine infection with or without 
sepsis. Congestive heart failure and pulmonary edema could result from trophoblastic 
deportation, fluid overload during treatment or from pre-eclampsia / severe anemia/ 
hyperthyroidism. Trophoblastic deportation may result in acute respiratory distress within 
6-8 hours of evacuation. 
Post molar GTD and future recurrence other problems. Uterine perforation could result 
during treatment. There may be deposition of trophoblast in the lungs but spontaneous 
regression occurs. 
58
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
3.4.6. Management 
Since molar pregnancy is associated with many disease and treatment related 
complications, its management should be in a facility that is capable of handling them. 
Furthermore prolonged follow up is needed for early detection and management of post 
molar GTD. For these reasons timely referral from the health center is crucial. 
Management in an appropriate setting includes 
· Performing baseline investigations – B-HCG level, chest X-ray, liver and renal 
function tests and complete blood count. 
· Treatment of medical complications 
· Evacuation of the molar tissue. The method of choice is suction curettage. 
Medical induction by uterotonic drugs is not favored because it carries risk of 
hemorrhage and embolization. Hysterectomy with mole in situ is the preferred 
treatment for women having more than three children and /or women older than 
40 years. Sharp metallic curettage is contraindicated. 
· Follow up using history, physical examination and B-HCG titer done weekly until it 
is negative three times then monthly for one year. Combined oral contraceptives 
are given during this period to prevent pregnancy. 
· Platueing or rising HCG levels , rising levels after negative HCG ,HCG still high 
after 6 months of evacuation and any clinical sign of metastasis are indicative of 
post molar GTD and require chemotherapy. 
3.5. Malignant GTDs 
3.5.1. General 
These are mainly invasive mole and choriocarcinoma. 
A. Invasive mole makes up around 15% of GTN and is reported in 10-15 % of patients 
who have had primary molar pregnancy. It invades the myometrium and the uterine 
vessels extensively; therefore, the diagnosis is usually made from pathologic examination 
of hysterectomy specimens. 
B.Choriocarcinoma is rare, making up only 2-5% of all cases of GTD and follows 2-10% 
of molar pregnancy. It is an aggressive fast-growing tumor with disordered trophoblastic 
proliferation, myometrial invasion, hypervascularity, necrosis and hemorrhage, the 
59
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
absence of villous structures and metastases. 50% follow hydatidiform mole. A quarter 
follow term pregnancies and another quarter follow abortion or ectopic pregnancy. It 
spreads both by local invasion and via vascular route which occurs early. Common sites 
of metastasis are the lungs (80%), anterior vaginal wall (30%), the brain (10%) and the 
liver (10%). All GTDs that follow normal pregnancy are choriocarcinoma. 
3.5.2. Clinical Features 
· Severe vaginal bleeding which may be absent in some cases. 
· Fulminant pre-eclampsia and hyperthyroidism 
· Metastases may occur to the lungs, liver, brain, vagina, gastrointestinal tract, 
and bones and may manifest as follows: 
· Pulmonary metastasis with cough, chest pain, hemoptysis 
· Liver secondary with abdominal pain, hepatomegally, 
jaundice 
· Brain metastasis with headache, convulsion, focal neourologic 
deficit 
· Vaginal metastasis with a bleeding blue-purple vaginal 
mass 
· GI metastasis with hematemesis, melena, hematochezia 
· Bone metastasis with pain, pathological fractures 
3.5.3. Diagnosis 
Finding elevated B- HCG levels along with pathologic identification of typical lesions 
confirms the diagnosis. Chest and bone X-rays, cerebrospinal fluid analysis and 
ultrasound may help in identifying metastasis. 
3.5.4. Management 
This is best if done in specialized centers or at least in centers where the appropriate 
investigations can be done and the patient can receive the right treatment. The 
management modality is single or combination chemotherapy. Surgical removal of 
persistent cases is a secondary option. 
3.6. Long-term sequelae 
60
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
The prognosis is always excellent for hydatidiform mole. Also, almost all patients with 
malignant non-metastatic GTD are cured with appropriate therapy .Recurrence, when it 
occurs, is usually in the first several months of termination of therapy but may sometimes 
occur as late as 3 years or more. There is high risk of recurrence of GTD in future 
pregnancies. The effect on the subsequent fertility of young patients is insignificant. But 
because of the slightly increased risk of choriocarcinoma, B-HCG should be determined 
at 3 week and 3 months following delivery. 
Review Questions: 
1. Define unsafe abortion and recurrent abortion 
2. Describe the clinical stages of abortion with respect to bleeding, cervical status, 
uterine size and other signs. 
3. Outline the management of incomplete abortion and septic abortion. 
4. List the methods of uterine evacuation for uterine size less than 14 weeks. 
5. Discuss the essential components of post-abortion care. 
6. Discuss the clinical features of ectopic pregnancy. 
7. Describe culdocentesis. 
8. Describe the spectrum of gestational trophoblastic diseases. 
9. Discuss the most important clinical features of molar pregnancy. 
10. Describe how molar pregnancy is managed and also discuss how post-evacuation 
follow-up is undertaken. 
CHAPTER 7 
ANTEPARTUM HEMORRHAGE 
Learning Objectives 
· To identify the major causes of ante partum hemorrhage 
61
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
· To list important risk factors for ante partum hemorrhage 
· To discuss the evaluation of a patient with antepartum hemorrhage 
· To indicate the important precautions that should be taken in evaluating and 
managing mothers with antepartum hemorrhage 
· To explain the basic principles of the management of antepartum hemorrhage 
Introduction 
Antepartum Hemorrhage (APH) is bleeding from the genital tract of the pregnant mother after 
the fetus has reached the age of viability (which is after 28 completed weeks or fetal weight 
of 1000gm or more) and before the fetus is delivered. It occurs in 2-4% of all pregnancies. 
The causes could broadly be grouped into two. 
· Obstetric causes which include placenta previa, abruptio placentae, bleeding from 
vasa previa, ruptured uterus and heavy show. 
· Non obstetric (local or incidental causes) include 
1. PLACENTA PREVIA 
1.1. Definition and grades 
Placenta previa is bleeding from a placenta implanted in the lower uterine segment and thus 
lies ahead of the presenting part. 
· Grade 1 or low-lying placenta –the placenta occupies the lower uterine segment, but 
does not reach the internal cervical os. 
· Grade 2 or placenta previa marginalis—the placenta reaches the internal os but does 
not cover it. 
· Grade 3 or placenta previa partialis—the placenta covers the internal os but only 
partially, even at full dilatation 
· Grade 4 or placenta previa totalis--placenta covers the whole internal os even at full 
cervical dilatation. 
1.2. Incidence 
1 in 200 to 250 deliveries it is more common in multiparas. 
62
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
1.3. Predisposing factors 
The exact cause is unknown, but there are a number of predisposing factors. These 
include: 
· Any uterine scar secondary to previous vigorous curettage, cesarean section, 
myomectomy 
· multiparity 
· Bulky placental tissue as in multiple pregnancy and erythroblastosis fetalis 
· Others include high altitude, smoking, previous history of antepartum hemorrhage. 
1.4. Pathophysiology 
Bleeding usually occurs in the third trimester when progressive formation of the lower 
segment results in tearing and exposure of the blood vessels in the placental bed. The 
bleeding is maternal in origin and is almost always revealed. 
1.5. Clinical Features 
The typical presentation is painless bright red bleeding in the third trimester which in 
amount could range from spotting to massive. It tends to come without warning but may 
follow coitus or pelvic examination. It is recurrent in nature with increasing bleeding 
occurring in subsequent episodes. 
Changes in maternal pulse, blood pressure and the degree of pallor are usually 
proportional to the external blood loss. The usual findings on abdominal examination are 
non-tender, normal-toned uterus (in labor relaxes completely between contractions); high 
presenting part and abnormal fetal lie. Fetal distress occurs if the mother is in shock or in 
labor as the result of downward pressure on the placenta. 
Since it may be attended by severe bleeding, digital or speculum vaginal examination 
should never be done in any woman with APH until placenta previa is ruled out. 
1.6. Diagnosis 
The diagnosis of placenta previa is strongly suggested by the clinical features discussed 
above. Confirmation requires ultrasonographic localization of the placenta. 
Ultrasonogrpahy is used to diagnose placenta previa and its grade as well as to evaluate 
63
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
the condition of the fetus including its gestational age. Examination done before 30 weeks 
should be repeated later as the position of the placenta may change as the lower segment 
forms and increases in size. 
Alternative method to diagnose placenta previa and its grade is to do vaginal examination 
in the operating theatre with everything ready for caesarian section if necessary (double-set 
up examination). This procedure can cause severe hemorrhage and thus should not be 
routinely recommended. It should only be done in instances where ultrasound is not 
available and termination of pregnancy is planned. 
1.7. Management 
All cases of suspected or proven placenta previa should be admitted and managed in a 
hospital with 24 hours comprehensive emergency obstetric service including blood 
transfusion. Early referral of patients from health centers to such facilities is crucial. 
Women with life-threatening hemorrhage should receive aggressive resuscitation which 
has to be started in the referring unit and continued during transportation. Patient should be 
delivered by emergency caesarian section whatever the length of gestation or the grade of 
the placenta previa is. 
The management of women without severe bleeding requires admission to hospital. 
Further management depends on the gestational age, condition of the fetus and extent of 
bleeding. Termination of pregnancy either by induction (grade I and II anterior placenta 
previa) or caesarian section (grade II posterior and IV placenta previa) should be done if 
one of the following is present: 
· Gestational age of more than 37 completed weeks 
· Fetal death, fetal distress or presence of malformation incompatible with life 
· Onset of active labor 
· Continued bleeding after admission 
In the absence of these conditions expectant management is followed. This includes 
complete bed rest, avoidance of coitus or vaginal manipulation, and close clinical and 
laboratory monitoring. Ferrous sulphate is routinely prescribed. 
. 
2. ABRUPTIO PLACENTA (ACCIDENTAL HEMORRHAGE) 
64
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
2.1. Definition and classification 
Abruptio placenta is premature separation of the normally implanted placenta before the 
third stage of labor. The bleeding could be concealed (internal) or revealed (external) but in 
most clinically apparent cases it is a combination of internal and external bleeding. 
Depending on clinical and laboratory features, it is graded into mild (grade I), moderate 
(grade II) and severe (grade III) types. Grades one and two each account for around 40% 
while grade three only for 15%. The important features of the different grades are shown in 
the table below. 
Grade Bleeding Contractions BP HR FHR DIC 
I Minimal complete 
relaxation 
Normal Normal Normal not present 
II Mild-moderate 
Incomplete 
relaxation 
Postural 
hypotension 
Increased distressed not present 
III Moderate 
to severe 
Tetanic/ 
board like 
Reduced/ 
unrecordable 
Fast, 
weak/ 
feeble 
dead present 
2.2. Incidence 
It complicates 1% of all deliveries, the range being 0.3-1.6%. 
2.3. Predisposing factors 
The exact cause of abruptio placentae is unknown but there are a number of well-established 
risk factors, including: 
· Hypertensive disorders of pregnancy – single most important factor 
· Trauma such as a hard abdominal blow 
· Sudden decrease in uterine volume, as follows rupture of membranes in a mother 
with polyhydramnios and following delivery of first twin 
· Previous abruption placentae (recurrence is 10% after one episode and increases 
to 25% after two) 
· Others like poor socioeconomic condition and malnutrition, smoking and short 
cord 
65
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
2.4. Pathophysiology 
An Abruptio placenta is typically an evolving process. The bleeding begins in arterial 
vessels in the basal layer of the decidua, which is split by the hemorrhage. The retro 
placental hematoma expands, compressing the placental tissue. This further separates the 
placenta which in turn causes more bleeding and hematoma formation. Some of the retro 
placental bleeding separates the membranes and escapes to the external. But most remain 
concealed behind the placenta. With building pressure some of it splits the myometrial cells 
causing bruised appearance of the uterus, the so called Couvelaires uterus. Occasionally 
blood may find its way into the amniotic fluid resulting in bloody amniotic fluid. Damage to 
the myometrium along with sequestration of clotting factors causes disseminated 
intravascular coagulation. Profound shock eventually ends up in acute renal failure. Rarely 
this process may be self-limiting. 
2.5 Clinical Features and diagnosis 
This varies with the grade of abruption. Vaginal bleeding, usually small in amount and dark 
red in color is present in most. In some cases of concealed bleeding, this may be absent. 
Abdominal pain of variable degree is another major manifestation, ranging from labor like 
pain to unrelenting pain. In severe cases bleeding from the other site may occur. History of 
hypertension, trauma and past history should be sought. 
Vital signs derangement is indirectly proportional to the degree of blood loss. Abdomen is 
almost always tender. In moderate cases there is incomplete relaxation between 
contractions. In severe cases the uterus is board like and tetanically contracted uterus. The 
fetus is in distress or dead. The presenting part is usually deeply engaged. 
There are no specific diagnostic tests and therefore diagnosis is mainly made on clinical 
grounds. Ultrasound is not helpful in diagnosis. 
2.6. Complications 
Common complications are severe bleeding and shock, consumptive coagulopathy, acute 
renal failure, postpartum hemorrhage, fetal distress and intrauterine fetal death 
2.7. Management 
After admission one should secure an intravenous line, determine hemtocrite and blood 
group / Rhesus factor assessment, prepare at least two units of cross matched blood. 
Crystalloids should be administered depending on the needs. Assessment of the 
coagulation factors using fibrinogen levels, prothrombin and partial thromboplastin times is 
not feasible in most settings. 
66
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
Simple bedside tests like whole blood clotting time and bleeding time can be used as rough 
guides to the coagulation system. Fresh frozen plasma should be given in cases of 
disseminated intravascular coagulation. 
Unless there are contraindications, vaginal route of delivery preferred whether the fetus is 
alive or dead. Labor is usually short and close fetal monitoring is needed to detect fetal 
distress. Shortening of the second stage by instruments can be done. Unnecessary 
episiotomy or laceration to the genital tract should be avoided. Third stage should be 
managed actively. 
Fetal distress in the first stage mandates caesarian section. 
3. RUPTURE OF VASA PREVIA 
Vasa previa develops when the fetal blood vessels course over the membranes and cross 
the internal os in conditions such as placenta succenturiata and velamentous insertion of 
the cord leading to bleeding from the fetal circulation. 
It is a rare occurrence, the incidence being 1 in 5000 singletons, but much higher in 
multiple pregnancies. Although a rare occurrence, it is yet very important because it leads 
to fetal hemorrhage which frequently may result in fetal death and stillbirth. 
This condition may be confused with placenta previa. The mother presents with painless 
bright red bleeding which usually start after rupture of the membranes accompanied by 
evidences of fetal distress. 
Apt test is done to detect the presence of fetal blood in the vaginal blood. In this test few 
drops of blood from the vagina is mixed with an equal amount of 25% sodium hydroxide. 
Maternal blood will turn light brown, whereas fetal blood will not change color 
because of its resistance to alkali. 
A live viable fetus should be delivered immediately by emergency caesarian section as 
even a small hemorrhage may be fatal. The neonatal hemoglobin should be determined 
after birth. 
4. OTHER CAUSES 
Local lesions of the cervix and vagina such as vaginitis, cervicitis, cervical cancer or 
polyps, foreign bodies, etc may cause vaginal bleeding in the antepartum period. Their 
diagnosis depends on proper examination. Management depends on the cause. 
67
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
Antepartum hemorrhage could originate from the placenta. Hemangioma of the placenta is 
especially important. It occurs in approximately 1% of placentas. It sometimes may be 
large enough to cause antepartum hemorrhage. 
5. UNKNOWN CAUSES 
These account for a significant proportion of cases of antepartum hemorrhage. In fact, in 
many cases of antepartum hemorrhage, no cause is found. And some of these are thought 
to be due to abruption placentae that are so small to be diagnosed by clinical evaluation or 
special investigations. 
GENERAL BASIC PRINCIPLES OF THE MANAGEMENT OF APH 
I. Resuscitation should be started immediately, before referral if the later is contemplated. 
II. All patients with APH should be admitted to a hospital. 
III. No digital vaginal examination should be performed until a placenta previa has been 
ruled out except under the condition of double-set up. 
IV. Confirmation of the specific cause should be given emphasis in order to decide on the 
specific management. 
V. Mothers with antepartum hemorrhage, particularly abruption placentae, are at an 
increased risk for postpartum hemorrhage. Thus universal active third stage management 
has to be implemented. 
Review Questions 
1. Describe the major causes of antepartum hemorrhage and the clinical features that 
may help to distinguish between them. 
2. Describe the precautions that should be taken during evaluation and management of 
a pregnant mother with antepartum hemorrhage. 
CHAPTER 8 
HYPERTENSIVE DISORDERS OF PREGNANCY (HDP) 
68
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
Learning objectives 
· To define hypertension and significant proteinuria during pregnancy 
· To define pre-eclampsia and eclampsia 
· To describe the features of severe pre-eclampsia 
· To list the complications of pre-eclampsia 
· To explain the basic principles of the management of eclampsia 
· To identify the indications for termination of pregnancy in pre-eclampsia 
Introduction 
Hypertensive disorders (HDP) are one of the major causes of maternal death both in 
developed and developing countries. They are also major contributors to intrauterine growth 
restriction and intrauterine fetal death. Timely diagnosis and proper treatment can avert 
these major complications and others. 
1. Definitions: 
Hypertension during pregnancy is defined as single blood pressure measurement of 
160/110 mm Hg or more OR two consecutive blood pressure measurements of 140/90 mm 
Hg or more measured on at least two occasions 6 hours or more apart. 
Severe hypertension in pregnancy is defined as single measurement of diastolic blood 
pressure of 120 mm Hg or more OR diastolic blood pressure 110 mm Hg or more on two 
occasions measured 4 hours or more apart. 
Significant Proteinuria in Pregnancy is defined as urinary protein excretion of 300 mg or 
more per 24 hour (quantitative) OR 2+ or more protein on dipstick of two clean-catch 
midstream specimens of urine collected 4 hours or more apart (qualitative). 
Pathologic edema is defined as dependent edema that persists after nights rest OR any 
type of non dependent edema that involves the face, the hands or the whole body OR 
abnormal weight gain of more than 2 pounds per week. 
69
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
Pre-eclampsia is occurrence of hypertension, proteinuria and/ or edema which occurs after 
20 completed weeks of gestation and resolves within 6 weeks postpartum. Preeclampsia 
before 20 weeks is associated with molar pregnancy. It is classified into mild and severe 
forms. The presence of any of the following classifies it as severe preeclampsia. 
· severe hypertension (refer definition) 
· proteinuria of 5 grams or more in 24 hours (quantitative) or 3+ or more on dipstick on 
two random specimens (qualitative) 
· Oliguria (urine output of less than 400 milliliters in 24 hours) with or out raised renal 
function tests. 
· epigastric or right upper quadrant pain with or out elevated liver function tests 
· Thrombocytopenia 
· Cerebral symptoms like persistent frontal or occipital headache resistant to ordinary 
analgesics, blurring of vision or scotoma, altered consciousness along with signs of 
cerebral irritability like exaggerated deep tendon reflexes. 
· intrauterine growth restriction 
· pulmonary edema 
· HEELP syndrome – haemolysis, elevated liver function test and thrombocytopenia 
Chronic hypertension is hypertension that is present before pregnancy or is first detected 
before 20 weeks of gestation and persists after 6 weeks postpartum with or without long term 
complications. 
Gestational or transient hypertension is recurrent mild hypertension that develops 
between 20 weeks of gestation and 24 hours postpartum without other signs of preeclampsia 
or chronic hypertension and resolves within 10 days postpartum. 
Superimposed preeclampsia is worsening of hypertension (rise in systolic blood pressure 
by 30 mmhg or/and rise in diastolic blood pressure by 15 mmhg from mid pregnancy levels) 
and worsening or development of proteinuria with or without pathologic edema in a woman 
with chronic hypertension. 
Ecclampsia is tonic clonic convulsions or coma occurring during pregnancy, labour or within 
7 days postpartum unrelated to other cerebral conditions like epilepsy in a woman with 
neglected or fulminant preeclampsia. It occurs in 50 % antepartum, 25% intrapartum and 
70
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
25% postpartum. Atypical ecclampsia is ecclampsia occurring before 20 weeks of gestation 
and after 48 hours postpartum. 
2. Incidence of HDP 
Hypertensive disorders of pregnancy complicate 7-10% of pregnancies. Preecclampsia 
occurs in 5% of pregnancies accounting for 70% of hypertensive disorders of pregnancy. The 
incidence of ecclampsia is 0.1-0.5%. 
3. Classification of HDP 
Different classification schemes are used, some of which are complicated for routine use. 
According to the American collage of Obstetricians and Gynecologists (ACOG) HDP is 
classified into four. 
· Preeclampsia ecclampsia syndrome 
· Chronic hypertension 
· Chronic hypertension with superimposed preeclampsia (pregnancy aggravated 
hypertension) 
· Gestational or transient hypertension 
In some cases it becomes difficult to classify hypertension into any of the groups because of 
inadequate information like unknown gestational age, hypertension that is first detected after 
20 weeks, labour or postpartum period. In these cases it is best to manage them as having 
preeclampsia. 
Some use the term pregnancy induced hypertension (PIH) to describe 
preeclampsia/ecclampsia and gestational hypertension. 
4. Etiology of pre-eclampsia 
The exact cause of pre-eclampsia is unknown. A number of theories are forwarded, so 
preeclampsia is said to be a disease of theories. 
5. Risk factors for preeclampsia 
Risk factors associated with pure preeclampsia are 
· nulliparity especially at extremes of reproductive age (less than 20 and greater 
than 35 years) 
· conditions with hyperplacentosis (multiple pregnancy, RH isoimmunization, non 
immune hydrops fetalis) 
71
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
· molar pregnancy 
· family history of pre-eclampsia in mother or sister 
· new paternity 
· black race and low socioeconomic status 
Risk factors associated with superimposed preeclampsia are 
· chronic hypertension before pregnancy 
· strong family history of hypertension 
· chronic renal disease 
· diabetes mellitus 
· connective tissue disorders 
6. Pathophysiology of pre-eclampsia and eclampsia 
The hallmark in the pathophysiology of preeclampsia is widespread vasoconstriction which 
results in marked increase in peripheral resistance. This process starts 3-4 months prior to 
the development of hypertension. The subsequent effects of this change are: 
· Development of arterial hypertension which is proportional to the increase in 
peripheral resistance. In severe cases decrease in venous return may lead to 
normotensive preeclampsia. 
· Decreased blood volume from reduced vascular space. Preeclamptic women, 
therefore, can not tolerate blood loss at any time during pregnancy and delivery. 
· Decreased tissue perfusion resulting in capillary endothelial damage in various 
organs. In the kidneys it is called glomeruloendotheliosis and manifests with 
proteinuria (albuminuria). 
· Increased capillary permeability results in increase in interstitial fluid resulting in 
edema formation and concomitant reduction in intravascular volume which results in 
hemoconcentration. 
· Capillary endothelial damage results in the formation of micro thrombi in different 
organs mainly liver, kidneys, brain. This results in reduction in platelet count and 
other clotting factors. 
7. Complications of preeclampsia 
72
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
Preeclampsia, if untreated, is associated with high maternal and perinatal mortality and 
morbidity. The common complications are eclampsia, abruptio placenta, acute renal 
failure, hepatic failure and rupture of subcapsular hematoma, HEELP syndrome and 
disseminated intravascular coagulation, cerebral hemorrhage and pulmonary edema and 
heart failure. Intrauterine growth restriction and death are fetal complications. 
8. Diagnosis and clinical evaluation 
The diagnosis of hypertensive disorders of pregnancy is straight forward. The major task 
is to differentiate between different types of HDP (mild and severe preeclampsia, chronic 
hypertension, superimposed preeclampsia) and identify presence of complications. To 
achieve this complete history, physical examination and necessary investigations should 
be carried out. 
Important points that should be included in the history are: 
· Gravidity, parity, gestational age and marital history for new paternity 
· Symptoms related to pathologic edema: leg swelling that persists after rest, tightness 
of the rings, puffiness of the face, 
· Symptoms related to severe preeclampsia: decrease in urine output, fetal movement, 
· Symptoms of imminent eclampsia: severe and persistent global or occipital 
headache, blurring of vision, epigastric or right upper quadrant pain 
· Presence of convulsions 
· Symptoms of long term complications of chronic hypertension: visual symptoms, 
neurologic symptoms, cardiac symptoms 
· Past or family history of hypertension and drugs used in treatment 
· History of renal disease and other medical illnesses 
· Treatment received so far 
Important areas to emphasize in the physical examination are: 
· Blood pressure and weight 
· Fundal height and fetal heart beat 
· Dependant and non dependent edema: pitting pedal and pretibial edema, abdominal 
wall edema, periorbital edema, ascitis 
73
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
· Cardiac vascular examination: cardiomegally, murmurs, peripheral pulses and renal 
artery bruit 
· Deep tendon reflexes, fundoscopy, sensory and motor functions 
Depending on the availability the laboratory investigations include: 
· Urine protein: mid stream urine for dipstick (more applicable) and 24 hour urine 
protein 
· Complete blood count: hemtocrite, platelet count 
· Blood chemistry: renal and liver function tests, uric acid 
· Ultrasonography : gestational age, biophysical profile 
9. Management 
I. Preeclampsia 
Termination of pregnancy is the definitive and curative treatment for preeclampsia resulting 
in resolution of the condition within 48 hours. It is the most appropriate treatment for the 
mother. Any management short of this is palliative and should have the objective of reducing 
the perinatal mortality associated with preterm birth. 
The factors that determine whether to embark on aggressive (delivery) or conservative 
management are the gestational age, the severity of the disease, the fetal maturity and fetal 
condition. 
A. Aggressive management 
Indications for aggressive management are gestational age of 37 weeks or more, mature 
fetus as evidenced by lung maturity tests, severe preeclampsia, worsening preeclampsia 
despite conservative management, imminent ecclampsia, ecclampsia, HEELP syndrome and 
fetal compromise (fetal distress, abnormal fetal wellbeing tests or fetal growth restriction). 
Important components are 
Administer short acting antihypertensive drugs like hydralazine (5 mg IV stat followed by 5 
mg in 10 minutes, then 5-10 mg every 20 minutes to a maximum of 60 mg)or nifedipine(10 
mg sublingual to be repeated after 30 minutes) intermittently when the diastolic blood 
pressure is 110mmhg or more. Excessive lowering of the blood pressure compromises 
placental perfusion and should be avoided. 
74
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
Start infusion of parenteral anticonvulsants using diazepam (10-20 mg by slow IV bolus over 
2-3 minutes followed by slow IV infusion of 30-40 mg in 1000 ml of 5% dextrose in water over 
24 hours. 10 mg IV bolus can be repeated if convulsions recur) or magnesium sulphate 
Depending on the prevailing conditions, decide on the mode of delivery (either by induction 
or caesarian section). Since these women are anesthetic risks, caesarian section is reserved 
for those with contraindication for induction. (Refer to chapters 15 and 16). 
Monitor frequently blood pressure, deep tendon reflexes, urine output, level of consciousness 
and if being induced monitor induction according to the protocol hourly, 
For vaginal delivery, shorten the second stage by instrumental delivery 
In the third stage, do not give ergometrine 
Continue monitoring the blood pressure, the level of consciousness, the deep tendon 
reflexes, the urine out put 
Continue antihypertensive. Continue anticonvulsant infusion for at least 24- 48 hours 
postpartum. 
B. Conservative management 
Based on the above considerations, if termination is not indicated and the decision is to 
postpone delivery, then 
Admit all cases to a hospital setting capable of managing complications 
Perform base line history, physical examination and investigations as described in subtopic 
8. 
Order bed rest in left lateral position, with necessary mobility permissions. Do not restrict salt 
intake. Restrict visitors. 
Take daily history of headache, blurring of vision, right upper quadrant pain, urine output, 
fetal movement (kick chart), extent of edema 
Measure blood pressure frequently (every 15 minutes to every 6 hours, depending on 
severity) 
Record weight, edema, deep tendon reflexes, fetal heart beat and urine out put daily, 
Monitor fetal growth by fundal height or ultrasound weekly 
Monitor fetal well being two or more times a week 
Monitor urine albumin daily 
Monitor uric acid, renal and liver function tests, platelet and hemtocrite weekly 
75
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
Start medium acting antihypertensive like alpha methyl dopa (250-500 mg 6-hourly) only if 
the diastolic blood pressure is 100mmhg or above. Diuretics and angiotensin converting 
enzyme inhibitors are contraindicated. 
Once the condition of the patient is stabilized, she may be discharged and followed as an 
outpatient provided that blood pressures is between 140-160/90-100 mm hg, proteinuria is 
1+ or less by dipstick or less than 500 mg in 24 hrs, there is no fetal jeopardy and the patient 
is compliant. 
Outpatient management consists of frequent ANC follow up with blood pressure and 
random urine protein measurements at least twice per week and daily fetal movement 
counting by the mother. The mother should be educated about the imminent 
symptoms and signs and warned of the need to report immediately if she has any of 
them at any time. 
II. Eclampsia 
This is an acute obstetric emergency which if not managed appropriately results in the 
death of the mother and the fetus. 
Start the ABC of resuscitation (clear the airway by suction, start an intravenous line, position 
the woman in lateral position to prevent aspiration, administer oxygen nasally and if in 
respiratory arrest assist ventilation artificially) 
Prevent trauma to the tongue by inserting a mouth gag and fall accidents by bed rails 
Catheterize the bladder by an indwelling folley catheter 
Order necessary investigations 
Start short acting antihypertensive as described above 
Start anticonvulsants as described in aggressive management 
Terminate the pregnancy as described in aggressive management. Unfavorable cervix is 
usually an indication for caesarian section. 
Monitor the patient as described in aggressive management but more aggressively (vital 
signs including respiratory rate, pulse rate and temperature every half to 1 hour) 
Continue monitoring for 24 -48 hours after delivery. If the patient convulses later than 48 
hours after delivery, other possible causes should be entertained. 
Review Questions: 
76
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
1. Define the following: Hypertension during pregnancy: Significant proteinuria during 
pregnancy and Pre-eclampsia and eclampsia 
2. List the risk factors and complications of pre-eclampsia. 
3. List the features of severe pre-eclampsia 
4. Outline the management of pre-eclampsia and eclampsia 
CHAPTER 9 
77
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
DISTURBANCES OF AMNIOTIC FLUID VOLUME 
Learning Objectives 
· To discuss the mechanism of production and absorption of amniotic fluid 
· To list the important functions of amniotic fluid 
· To list the causes and complications of polyhydramnios 
· To list the causes and complications of polyhydramnios 
1. INTRODUCTION 
Amniotic fluid invests and protects the fetus during its intrauterine life, growth and 
development. Its volume has an average value in normal pregnancy but there may be 
abnormalities of this volume (excess or reduction) which indicate the presence of an 
underlying problem in the fetus and which also may result in certain complications. 
Abnormally small volume of amniotic fluid is especially more associated with serious 
problems in the fetus compared to excess. 
1.1. Production and Absorption of the amniotic fluid 
In the first trimester amniotic fluid is produced as the feto-maternal serum dialysate or ultra 
filtrate. In the second and third trimester its source is mainly fetal urination. Secretions by the 
pulmonary epithelium and amnion cells also have some contributions. 
Fetal swallowing is the major mode of absorption of amniotic fluid. Some is absorbed by the 
pulmonary epithelium. 
The normal volume at term is 500 to 1200 ml, the average being 800 ml. 
1.2. Functions of amniotic fluid 
· It acts as a cushion against trauma 
· It also acts as a constant temperature buffer 
· It functions as a waste deposit area 
· It plays important role in the development of the renal, gastrointestinal and 
pulmonary systems and the development of fetal musculature 
· It forms a reservoir for proteins, minerals and fluid. 
78
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
· It prevents the skin and eye from drying. 
2. POLYHYDRAMNIOS (HYDRAMNIOS) 
2.1. Definition 
Polyhydramnios refers to term amniotic fluid volume of more than 2000 ml. But this is usually 
not practical and the diagnosis is based on clinical evaluation and ultrasound assessment of 
the volume of the amniotic fluid. At term amniotic fluid pool of more than or equal to 8 
centimeters and /or an amniotic fluid index (AFI) of more than or equal to 20-25 cm are 
suggestive. 
Hydramnios may be acute or chronic. The acute form tends to develop rapidly in the third 
trimester and usually causes greater discomfort to the mother. 
2. 2. Etiology 
Majority of polyhydramios is idiopathic (>60 %). The rest arise either from conditions that 
increase the surface area of the placenta and amnion or disrupt the integument of the fetus 
or hamper the normal swallowing process of the fetus. Diabetes mellitus, placental tumors, 
fetal anomalies like esophageal atresia, tracheoesophageal fistula, spina bifida and 
anencephaly, RH isoimmunization, nonimmune hydrops and multiple gestations are clinical 
conditions associated with polyhydraminos 
2.3. Clinical Features and diagnosis 
Symptoms are purely mechanical, arising from pressure within or around the distended 
uterus. Abdominopelvic discomfort, shortness of breath, edema of the lower limbs and lower 
abdomen and in severe cases decreased urine output could be reported by the patient. 
These could be exaggerated in acute cases. 
The finding of big-for-date uterus, difficulty to feel fetal parts, easy ballotment of the fetus and 
distant or faded fetal heart tones should arouse suspicion. 
Ultrasound is the method of confirming the diagnosis. 
79
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
2.4. Complications 
Premature rupture of the membranes, preterm labor, malposition and malpresentation, 
abruption placentae and postpartum hemorrhage should be anticipated. Increased rate of 
operative deliveries also occurs. 
2.5. Management 
Management is best done in well equipped settings capable of handling the complications. 
Termination of pregnancy is the management of choice for polyhydramnios caused by 
malformations incompatible with life. In the absence of this termination should be delayed as 
much as possible until fetal maturity. Bed rest along with serial therapeutic amniocentesis is 
the modalities of treatment. Non steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs like indomethacin can be 
given. 
3. OLIGOHYDRAMNIOS 
3.1. Definition 
Oligohydramnios is term used when amniotic fluid volume of less than 500 milliliters. The 
ultrasound criterion for diagnosis is amniotic fluid pool of less than 1-2 centimeters and/or an 
AFI of less than 5-7 centimeters. 
3.2. Etiology 
Prolonged rupture of membranes is the most common cause. Others are postdate 
pregnancy, intrauterine growth retardation or death, congenital anomalies especially renal 
agenesis and drugs such as angiotensin converting enzyme inhibitors. 
3.3. Clinical Features 
Symptoms, if present, reflect the underlying condition. The common sign is small-for-date 
uterus. 
3.4. Complications 
80
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
Pulmonary hypoplasia, cord compression and amniotic band syndrome are known 
complications of prolonged oligohydramnios. Intrauterine fetal death and variable 
decelerations in labor are others. 
3.5. Management 
Treatment is directed against the cause. Immediate delivery is the best management for an 
alive fetus nearing maturity. Continuous intrapartum monitoring is needed to detect 
deceleration from cord compression. Aminioinfusion, where practiced, can be used in 
pregnancies remote from term. Termination of pregnancy should be considered if congenital 
malformation is the cause. 
Review Questions 
1. Discuss the production and absorption of amniotic fluid. 
2. Describe the clinical features and complications of polyhydramnios. 
3. Describe the complications of oligohydramnios. 
81
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
CHAPTER 10 
PREMATURE RUPTURE OF MEMBRANES (PROM) 
AND PRETERM LABOR 
Learning Objectives 
· To define premature rupture of membranes and preterm labor 
· To list the risk factors for premature rupture of membranes 
· To list the risk factors for preterm labor 
82
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
· To describe the diagnosis of PROM 
· To list the complications of premature rupture of membranes 
· To outline the management of PROM 
· To discuss the contraindications for suppression of labor in a mother with 
premature labor 
1. PREMATURE RUPTURE OF MEMBRANES (PROM) 
1.1. Definition 
Premature rupture of membranes is rupture of membranes at least one hour before the 
onset of labor, regardless of the gestational age. It is further subdivided into preterm PROM 
and term PROM depending on whether the rupture of membranes occurred before or after 
37 completed weeks of gestation. 
Latency period is defined as the period between the time of rupture of membranes and the 
onset of true labor. If the latency period extends more than 24 hours it is called prolonged 
premature rupture of membranes. 
1.2. Incidence 
It varies widely ranging between 6-12%. Majority occur at term. 
1.3. Etiology 
In most no apparent cause is found, but a number of conditions that either increase 
intrauterine pressure or reduce the strength of the membranes are implicated. 
Chorioamnionitis, polyhydramnios, multiple pregnancies, cervical incompetence, trauma and 
a variety of lower genital tract infection are clinical conditions that in one way or another 
associated with PROM. 
1.4. Clinical features and diagnosis 
History gives unequivocal diagnosis in most cases. In typical cases the patient gives history 
of sudden gush of clear fluid per vagina followed by persistent uncontrolled leakage. In less 
typical cases one may get small intermittent leakage of clear fluid. 
Physical examination in typical cases will reveal moist perineum with amniotic fluid seen 
flowing from the vagina. Digital pelvic examination should not be done in a patient suspected 
of having PROM unless delivery is planned in 24 hours. Instead, sterile speculum 
examination is done to confirm the diagnosis. 
83
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
During the speculum examination, finding a pool of amniotic fluid in the posterior fornix and 
observing amniotic fluid trickling from the cervical opening clinches the diagnosis. Performing 
Valselva maneuver of application of fundal pressure may help. 
If in doubt, additional tests can be done to confirm the diagnosis. These include tests that 
rely on amniotic fluid characteristics. Nitrazine paper test (changes from yellow to deep blue) 
and litmus test (changes from red to blue) is based on the alkaline nature of the amniotic 
fluid. Ferning test (air drying a drop of the fluid on a slide and examine for arborization under 
light microscopy) is positive. 
Other tests like dye instillation tests are not routinely done. Ultrasound is not helpful but may 
give indirect evidence if one finds oligohydramnios. 
1.5. Complications 
PROM is associated with increased maternal and perinatal morbidity and mortality. 
Intrauterine infection (chorioamnionitis) 
Umbilical cord prolapse and compression 
Malpresentation 
Preterm labour and its complications 
Oligohydramnios, if prolonged causes pulmonary hypoplasia and compression deformities 
Abruptio placenta 
Neonatal complications mainly congenital pneumonia and sepsis and the effects of 
prematurity 
1.6. Management 
The management depends on the presence or absence of chorioamnionitis, fetal distress or 
death or established labour. In the absence of these management depends on the 
gestational age. 
I. Complicated PROM 
Delivery should be accomplished in the presence of the following. Depending on the existing 
conditions, the route of delivery can either be vaginal or abdominal. 
A. Chorioamnionitis 
Diagnostic features are fever with chills, abdominal pain, offensive amniotic fluid, 
tachycardia, uterine tenderness and fetal tachycardia. Leukocytosis with left shift is often 
found. Diagnosis is confirmed by finding microorganisms in amniotic fluid sample. 
84
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
The complications are sepsis, septic shock and neonatal sepsis. 
Management is administration of broad spectrum antibiotics (ampicillin and gentamycin) and 
termination of pregnancy preferably by induction. Antibiotics should be continued after 
delivery. The neonate should be treated by combination ampicillin gentamycin 
intramuscularly. 
B. Fetal distress 
C. Fetal death 
D. Established labour 
II. Uncomplicated PROM 
Management depends on the gestational age. 
A. Gestational age of 34 weeks or more 
The risk of intrauterine infection is higher than the risk of prematurity. Therefore, delivery of 
the fetus by induction or caesarian section should be done. Some wait for 12-24 hours in 
hope of spontaneous onset of labour. 
B. Gestational age of less than 34 weeks 
The risk of prematurity is higher than the risk of intrauterine infection. Therefore, 
postponement of delivery till fetal maturity (or 34 weeks) while closely monitoring for 
complications is the management of choice. 
Admit the woman. 
Monitor the vital signs every 6 hours. 
Monitor for uterine contraction, uterine tenderness and fetal well being (fetal heart beat and 
kick chart) on daily basis (or more frequently). 
Monitor the white cell count daily. 
Monitor fetal growth by fundal height or by ultrasound every week. Check for lung maturity 
Prophylactic antibiotics and tocolytics are not generally advised. 
2. PRETERM LABOR 
2.1. Definition 
Preterm labor is the onset of regular uterine contractions and progressive cervical 
dilatation and effacement occurring between 28 and 37 completed weeks of gestation 
85
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
resulting in the birth of a physically immature neonate with birth weight between 1000 and 
2499 grams. 
It is classified as spontaneous and induced preterm labour. 
2.2. Incidence and importance 
Preterm labour complicates 5-15% of all deliveries. Its importance lies on its effect on the 
perinatal outcome. It accounts for up to 80% of neonatal deaths in some institutions. Mortality 
is mainly related to gestational age at birth. Four of the six major causes of neonatal deaths 
are associated with preterm labour. Survivors have increased risk of cerebral palsy and 
mental retardation. The cost of caring the preterm neonate is very high. 
2.3. Etiology and risk factors of spontaneous preterm labour 
The exact cause is unknown. Risk factors are identified in only 50 % of the cases. These risk 
factors are 
Past obstetric and gynecologic factors: uterine anomaly (like unicornuate and bicornuate 
uterus), submucosal myomas, cervical incompetence, previous preterm labour 
Current pregnancy complications: PROM, polyhydramnios, multiple gestation, amniotic fluid 
infection syndrome, 
Surgical/ medical complications: acute febrile illnesses, abdominal surgery especially on 
appendix and adenexa, penetrating abdominal trauma, asymptomatic bacteruria 
Demographic factors: non white race, low socioeconomic status, maternal age of lees than 
18 and greater than 40, smoking, alcohol abuse, exhausting work 
2.4. Diagnosis 
Diagnosis is based on the following findings 
· Gestational age between 28 and 3 completed weeks plus 
· Regular uterine contractions occurring 5- 8 minutes apart or closer (others use 4 
contractions in 20 minutes or 8 in 60 minutes) each with duration of more than 30 
seconds plus 
· Any one of the following with or without ruptured membranes ( cervical effacement of 
more than 80 or dilatation of the cervix of 3 cms and more or progressive change in 
the cervix over time by digital examination or ultrasound) 
2.5. Prevention 
86
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
A variety of regimens have been used to reduce the occurrence of spontaneous preterm 
labour in those with risk factors but all with limited success. These include 
Intensive patient education programs with weekly pelvic examination or serial ultrasound 
Limiting activity to bed rest in late second and early third trimester 
Adequate hydration 
Treating treatable medical conditions like febrile illnesses, asymptomatic bacteruria and 
vaginal infections 
Others like prophylactic tocolysis and cerclage 
In induced preterm labour iatrogenic immaturity should be prevented as much as possible. 
This is done by ensuring the gestational age and performing fetal lung maturity test. 
2.6. Management: 
Labour is allowed to continue in the following conditions. Preparations must be made to 
manage/prevent complications in the newborn. 
Fetal: fetal death, major malformation, fetal distress, multiple gestation, intrauterine growth 
restriction, gestational age of more than 34 weeks 
Maternal: APH, severe preeclampsia, cardiac disease and others 
Others: PROM, chorioamnionitis, advanced labour (cervix greater than 3 cm) 
In the absence of the above factors conservative management can be instituted. For the 
interest of the newborn such management should be given in a setting with intensive 
neonatal care unit (referral to such setting is essential). These include 
Non specific measures with bed rest, rapid hydration and sedation 
In the absence of contraindications, suppression of labour by using B mimetic drugs (like 
ritodrine or terbutaline) or magnesium sulphate 
Acceleration of fetal lung maturity by corticosteroids like betamethasone or dexamethasone 
given at least 24 hours before delivery. 
2.7. Intrapartum Management] 
This is generally similar to the management of labor at term except that certain precautions 
are necessary in order to prevent complication in the neonate. Among these is the prevention 
of intracranial hemorrhage during labor. Intraventricular hemorrhage affects 30-60% of all 
very low birth weight babies, the majority of whom are preterm. Measures that can be taken 
to minimize this risk are: 
87
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
Prevention of intrapartum hypoxia 
Perform controlled delivery of the fetus. Forceps delivery is usually recommended for the 
same reason as an episiotomy; but it may prove harmful in some cases 
Elective cesarean section is a preterm baby is growth-retarded and also with a breech 
between 1000 and 1500 grams 
2. 7. Neonatal complications 
Respiratory distress syndrome (hyaline membrane disease), intraventricular hemorrhage, 
hypothermia, hypoglycemia, cerebral palsy, congenital malformations and mental retardation 
are some of the major complications that contribute to mortality and morbidity of theses 
newborns. 
For these reasons all preterm neonates require close medical care after delivery. 
2.8. Contraindications for suppression of labor 
· Fetal: intrauterine fetal death, congenital abnormalities incompatible with life, 
pregnancy of gestational age more than 34 weeks or proven lung maturity, fetal 
distress, intrauterine growth restriction, PROM, multiple gesation 
· Maternal: intrauterine infection (chorioamnionitis),complications that necessitate 
delivery like severe preeclampsia, APH, 
· Conditions that contraindicate the administration of tocolytics like cardiac diseases, 
uncontrolled diabetes, thyrotoxicosis 
Review Questions 
1. Define premature rupture of membranes and preterm labor 
2. Describe the diagnoses of premature rupture of membranes and preterm labor. 
3. List the complications of premature rupture of membranes. 
4. Describe the risk factors for preterm labour. 
5. Discuss the management of premature rupture of membranes. 
88
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
CHAPTER 11 
MULTIPLE PREGNANCY 
89
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
Learning Objectives 
· To discuss the different types of multiple pregnancy 
· To describe the risk factors for multiple pregnancy 
· To list the maternal and perinatal complications of multiple pregnancy 
· To discuss the clinical features and the diagnosis of twin pregnancy 
· To describe the antepartum, intrapartum and postpartum management of twin 
pregnancy 
1. Introduction 
Multiple pregnancy (also called multiple gestation) is a pregnancy with more than one fetus. 
It is a high-risk pregnancy associated with significantly higher rates of maternal and perinatal 
morbidity and mortality. Therefore, mothers with multiple pregnancy will need special 
antepartum, intrapartum and postpartum care which ideally should be provided in specialized 
centers (at least in a hospital). 
Multiple pregnancies include twins, triplets, and quadruplets and higher order pregnancies, 
but the most common of these is twin pregnancy and the following discussion will focus on 
twin pregnancy. 
2. Types and incidence of twin pregnancy 
Depending on the number of ova involved, twin pregnancy is divided into two types. 
Dizygotic twins (fraternal twins) result from fertilization of two separate ova by two 
spermatozoa. They are always diamniotic – dichorionic and usually have separate placenta. 
Their sex may or may not be the same. Their genetic content is different. 
It accounts for two-thirds of twin pregnancy. The incidence varies, ranging between 1.3 and 
49 per 1000 pregnancies. A traditional method of approximation (Hellin’s rule) is used to 
estimate the incidence of multiples roughly: 
Incidence=1:80n-1 where n is the number of fetuses. 
There are several factors that increase the incidence of dizygotic twins. These are 
Race (more in blacks than whites) 
Family history of twinning especially on the maternal side 
Increasing maternal age (the peak maternal age for dizygotic twinning is 35-40years) 
Previous history of twin pregnancy 
90
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
Pregnancy soon after stopping oral contraceptives (greater rebound gonadotrophin 
secretion) 
Ovulation induction using human pituitary gonadotrophins or clomiphene citrate (this may 
also increase the incidence of monozygotic twinning) and 
Assisted reproductive technology. 
Monozygotic twins (identical twins) result from division of a single zygote. They have 
identical genetic material and are always of same sex. They have one placenta but other 
features depend on the time of division of the fertilized ova. 
If division occurs before 72 hours of fertilization a diamniotic-dichorionic placenta with 
two fetuses result accounting for 30% of monozygotic twins. 
If division occurs between the third and eights day of fertilization, a diamniotic-monochorionic 
placenta with two fetuses result which makes up 69% monozygotic twins. 
If division occurs between eight and thirteen days a monoamniotic-monochorionic 
placenta with two fetuses result making up <1% of monozygotic twins. 
If division occurs after day 13 conjoined twins/ Siamese twins result. These could be 
pygopagus (sacro-coccyx), thoracopagus (thoracic cage), omphalopagus (area between the 
umbilicus and the xiphysternum), thoraco-omphalopagus (a combination of the above two) 
and craniopagus (cranium). 
Further postponement of division after day 16 results in incomplete twinning producing, for 
example, twins with two heads but a single body (dicephalus). 
Monozygotic twins account for around a third of twins. The incidence is random and constant 
throughout, ranging between 2.3 and 4 per 1000 pregnancies. Unlike dizygotic twins, there 
are no known risk factors. 
3. Determination of zygocity 
Following delivery one can determine the zygocity in the following manner. First look at the 
sex of the twins. If they are different then the zygocity is dizygotic. If the sex is the same 
proceed further to examine the placenta and the membranes. Presence of only one placenta 
without dividing membranes or dividing membrane with only two layers confirms monozygotic 
twins. Presence of one placenta with four layered dividing membrane or presence of two 
placentas can exist in both monozygotic and dizygotic twins. For these cases further 
evaluation is needed like determining the blood group of the neonates or DNA fingerprinting. 
Antenatal determination of zygocity is possible by ultrasonography. 
91
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
4. Diagnosis 
Early diagnosis is important for successful outcome. The diagnosis of multiple pregnancy 
needs a high degree of suspicion. 
Suggestive symptoms are exaggerated pregnancy symptoms like excessive vomiting, 
abnormally fast increase in abdominal girth and excessive fetal movement. Risk factors like 
family and personal history of twinning may be present. 
Physical findings include large-for-date uterus, feeling of multiple fetal parts with three poles 
identified and auscultation of two or more distinctly different fetal heart beats with difference 
of at least 10 beats/ minute. Abnormal increase in weight, anemia and preeclampsia are 
common. 
Confirmation of the diagnosis needs performing ultrasound or plain abdominal X-ray. 
Ultrasound is the best method because besides confirming the diagnosis it also checks for 
the gestational age, malformation, placental localization and zygocity. 
5. Complications 
Generally perinatal morbidity and mortality is increased in multiple pregnancy as compared 
to singletons. This is more so with monozygotic twins especially if they are of monoamniotic 
type. The second twin is usually the smaller and will suffer more from the effects of abruption 
placentae, hypoxia, constriction ring dystocia, operative manipulation and prolonged 
anesthesia. Maternal morbidity is also increased by 3- 7 times. 
Multiple pregnancy is associated with almost all known complications of pregnancy, childbirth 
and postpartum period. 
Antepartum complications include spontaneous abortion, congenital malformations, 
hyperemesis gravidarum, preeclampsia/ ecclampsia, antepartum hemorrhage, PROM and 
preterm labor, intrauterine growth restriction, malpresentations, polyhydramnios, anemia and 
cord accidents (compression, entanglement and prolapse). 
Intrapartum complications include uterine dysfunction, malpresentation in labour (40% are 
vertex-vertex, 35% are vertex-breech or vise versa, 10% are breech-breech, 10% are 
transverse with breech or vertex and rarely both may be transverse), increased operative 
delivery especially caesarian section, cord prolapse and retained second twin. 
Postpartum complications include postpartum hemorrhage and puerperal sepsis. 
Complications unique to multiple pregnancy include discordant twins, intrauterine fetal 
death of one twin, twin to twin transfusion and conjoined twins. 
92
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
6. Differential diagnosis of big for date uterus 
These are wrong date, macrosomic fetus, polyhydramnios, molar gestation, abdominal tumor 
with the pregnancy such as fibroids or ovarian masses and in early pregnancy full bladder. 
7. Management 
7.1. Ante partum management 
Since multiple pregnancy is a high-risk pregnancy requiring specialized care, diagnosing the 
pregnancy as early as possible is essential. These mothers are followed as high-risk with 
more frequent antenatal visits. Tasks to be performed during the antenatal period are 
· Dietary advice on the need to take more calories, proteins and vitamins 
· Supplementation with iron and folic acid 
· Frequent and careful fetal monitoring using fundal height, kick chart and where 
available serial ultrasound and fetal wellbeing tests 
· Provision of adequate rest especially after the 24th week 
· Prevention, if possible, and/or early detection and treatment of complications 
(including referrals) associated with multiple pregnancies. 
· Education on the need for hospital delivery 
· Decision on the mode of delivery, which in the absence of other complications, is 
determined by the number of fetuses, the presentation of the first twin and the 
presence of conjoining. Caesarian section is indicated in triplets and above, if the first 
twin is non vertex and in conjoined twin. 
7.2. Intrapartum management 
Ideally, labour should be attended in a hospital setting with personnel skilled in intrauterine 
manipulation and neonatal resuscitation and with capacity to monitor both fetuses and with 
set up to perform emergency caesarian section and blood transfusion and with set up for 
intensive neonatal care. At least delivery should be in a hospital with facilities for caesarian 
section. 
In the first stage, admit the patient in early labor, secure an intravenous line and start 
infusion of crystalloids. A minimum of two units of blood should be cross matched. Close 
monitoring of the vital signs, uterine contractions and fetal heart beat of both fetuses should 
be done. Monitor progress of labour by periodic cervical examination. If labour is prolonged 
caesarian section must be done. Augmentation is contraindicated. 
93
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
In the second stage, deliver the first twin. Clamp and cut the cord. Immediately following this 
perform abdominal palpation to determine the lie of the second twin and auscultate for its 
fetal heart beat. Assess also the degree of vaginal bleeding. 
Await spontaneous delivery if the lie is longitudinal and there is no fetal distress or excessive 
vaginal bleeding. Augment with oxytocin If uterine contractions are not adequate. 
If the lie is transverse one should attempt external cephalic version. If successful proceed as 
above. If this fails either perform internal podalic version followed by total breech extraction. 
This should only be done by persons with considerable expertise in an operating theatre. If 
this can not be done the second twin should be delivered by caesarian section. 
In the presence of fetal distress or excessive vaginal bleeding deliver the second twin fast by 
instrumental delivery (if vertex) or by total breech extraction (if breech) or by internal podalic 
version and breech extraction (if transverse) or by caesarian section (if the above procedures 
are contraindicated or have failed). 
Third stage is managed actively. The placenta and the membranes are delivered with care 
for subsequent examination. 
Review Questions 
1. Describe the two types of twin pregnancy. 
2. List the factors that increase the risk of dizygotic twinning. 
3. List the complications of multiple gestation in the antenatal period. 
4. Discuss the diagnosis of multiple gestation. 
5. Outline the intrapartum management of twin pregnancy. 
94
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
CHAPTER 12 
RH ISOIMMUNIZATION 
Learning Objectives 
· To define Rh isoimmunization and hemolytic disease of the newborn 
· To describe the pathogenesis of Rh isoimmunization 
· To describe the effects of Rh isoimmunization on the fetus-newborn 
· To outline the management of Rh negative unsensitized pregnancy. 
1. Introduction 
Many different antigens are found on the surfaces of red blood cells and they may cause 
important isoimmunization in obstetrics. The most important of these is the Rh group. 
Next to the ABO system, the Rh system is the second most important blood group system. 
The Rh antigens are found on red blood cell membrane protein. Although more than 40 
different antigens in the Rh system have been described, five determinants account for the 
vast majority of phenotypes. One of the systems used to designate Rh antigens is the 
Fishers CDE system. Inheritance of Rh antigens follows Mendellian law, which is an 
individual is either homozygous or heterozygous for each antigen. 
The D antigen, also called the Rh factor is the most powerful and important of the Rh 
antigens. An individual who possess it is labeled as Rh positive and who lack it as Rh 
negative. Some people react weakly to anti D antibody and are labeled as Du positive. The 
incidence of Rh negative people varies from population to population (15% in Caucasians 
and 4% in African blacks). Exposure of these Rh-negative people to even small amounts of 
Rh-positive cells, by either transfusion or pregnancy, can result in the production of anti-D 
alloantibody, a condition called Rh sensitization or isoimmunization. 
2. Definitions 
95
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
I. Rh incompatibility is the presence of different Rh types in a woman and her partner. In 
obstetrics, the significant incompatibility is when the woman is Rh negative and the partner is 
Rh positive. 
II. Rh isoimmunization (Rh sensitization) is production of antibody against the Rh factor by 
an Rh negative woman following exposure to Rh-positive cells. 
III. Erythroblastosis fetalis is the condition in which large numbers of nucleated red cells 
are seen in the fetal circulation, occurring in response to excessive destruction of fetal red 
blood cells. 
.IV. Hydrops fetalis is generalized edema in the fetus and collection of serous fluid in body 
cavities of the fetus resulting from a variety of pathologic conditions (immune hydrops and 
non immune hydrops). 
V. Hemolytic disease of the newborn is occurrence of progressive anemia and 
hyperbilirubinemia in a newborn caused by haemolysis of red blood cells, in most cases 
antibody mediated. 
3. Pathogenesis 
For Rh isoimmunization to occur, the following prerequisites must be fulfilled: 
I. Rh negative mother carrying Rh positive fetus 
The chance of having Rh positive fetus from Rh positive father ranges from 50% (if the father 
is heterozygous) to 100% (if the father is homozygous). Non paternity explains the 
development of hemolytic disease of the newborn. 
II. Entry of the fetal Rh positive red blood cells into maternal circulation 
This occurs following transfusion of incompatible blood (rare nowadays because of screening 
before transfusion) or more commonly following fetomaternal hemorrhage (through leaks in 
the placenta). 
Fetal red blood cells are detected in maternal circulation in 6% in the first trimester, 15% in 
the second trimester and 30% in the third trimester. It may be silent or may follow obstetric 
complication. Fetomaternal hemorrhage occurs in more than 50% during delivery especially 
in the third stage. Conditions that aggravate fetomaternal hemorrhage are spontaneous or 
induced abortion, ectopic gestation, antepartum hemorrhage especially abruptio placenta, 
amniocentesis, abdominal trauma, and external cephalic version. Conditions that worsen 
96
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
fetomaternal bleeding during labour are manual removal of placenta, twin delivery and 
caesarian section. 
III. Development of Rh antibodies by the mother 
The maternal immune system responds by producing antibodies which are initially of Igm 
type (big immunoglobulin that can not pass the placental barrier). Fetomaternal bleeding in 
the subsequent pregnancies results in the anamenstic reaction producing an Igg type of 
antibody (small antibody that can pass the placental barrier). 
Factors that affect this maternal response are inborn responsiveness of the mother (30% are 
non responders), volume and rate of hemorrhage (as little as 0.1 ml is enough), and 
presence of ABO incompatibility (reduces risk by 50 -75%). 
The overall risk of isoimmunization of an Rh positive ABO compatible fetus is 16%. 
Antibodies can be detected before the delivery of the first Rh positive fetus in 1% and in 
another 8% it will be detected within 6 months of delivery and in another 8% the level is so 
low that it cannot be detected until the early part of the second pregnancy. 
In addition, for hemolytic disease of the newborn and hydrops fetalis to develop transfer of 
the Igg type antibody and antibody mediated destruction of fetal red blood cells must occur. 
The first neonate is usually spared but subsequent Rh positive fetuses are affected, extent 
worsening with each pregnancy. 
4. Effects on the fetus and the newborn 
Hemolytic anemia develops, the extent of which depends on the amount of antibody. To 
compensate for the ensuing anemia the fetal bone marrow and later the extramedullary sites 
that produce RBC (liver, spleen and placenta) are called to produce red blood cells at fast 
rate. This results in the appearance of young nucleated cells in the blood stream. 
In severe cases even extramedullary hematopoiesis can not cope with the degree of 
destruction. This results in progressive anemia which eventually leads to congestive heart 
failure and tissue hypoxia. The liver parenchyma is replaced by hematopoeitic tissue. Serum 
albumin falls as the result. Portal hypertension develops from obstruction of the portal veins. 
The combination of these causes generalized edema of the fetus called hydrops fetalis. 
Eventually fetal death occurs. 
Before delivery the bilirubin, mainly of unconjugated type is cleared by the placenta. 
Following the delivery of the fetus, increasing amounts of unconjugated bilirubin accumulate 
in the neonatal circulation (because the limited capacity of the liver to clear). The 
unconjugated bilirubin crosses the blood brain barrier and damages the basal ganglia to 
cause kernicterus. 
97
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
The neonate may die of severe anemia or kernicterus. 
5. Management of Rh negative unsensitized pregnancy 
I. Identification of pregnancies at risk at the initial ANC visit 
Determine blood group & Rh factor and indirect coombs test for antibody screening for all 
pregnant mothers. The possible outcomes are 
a. Rh positive with negative antibody screen – no further testing needed 
b. Rh positive with positive antibody screen – consider atypical antibodies 
c. Rh negative with positive antibody screen – manage as sensitized pregnancy 
d. Rh negative with negative antibody screen – manage as unsensitized pregnancy 
II. Management of unsensitized pregnancy 
Determine the blood group and Rh factor of the partner 
Repeat indirect coombs test at 28 weeks and at 36 weeks. If negative consider antepartum 
prophylaxis with 300 micrograms of anti D gamma globulin at 28 weeks. If positive manage 
as sensitized pregnancy. 
Provide anti D prophylaxis in cases with amniocentesis, APH, external cephalic version. 
Following delivery determine blood group of the newborn and antibody screening. If the 
newborn is Rh negative no further treatment is needed. If antibody screen is positive monitor 
the newborn for haemolysis and manage next pregnancy as sensitized. If newborn is Rh 
negative and antibody screen is negative, provide anti D gamma globulin within 72 hours. 
The usual dose is 300 micrograms but ideally should be determined by the extent of 
fetomaternal hemorrhage. This is done by performing Kleihauer Betke test (acid elusion 
test). For abortion of less than 12 weeks gestation the dose is 50 micrograms. 
6. Management of sensitized mother 
These women need specialized care with measurement of antibody levels in titers at 
regular intervals, amniocentesis for bilirubin levels, serial ultrasound for detection of 
hydrops and management of neonatal anemia and hyperbilirubinemia. Therefore, referral 
of these women is the correct approach at health center level. 
Important points about ABO hemolytic disease 
· It occurs when the mother has group O blood (with anti-A and anti-B antibodies in her 
serum) and fetus is group A, B or AB. 
98
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
· Unlike Rh isoimmunization, 40-50% of ABO incompatibilities occur in the first-born 
infant. 
· ABO hemolytic disease is primarily manifest following birth, when the infant becomes 
jaundiced within the first 24 hours with a variable amount of anemia and 
hyperbilirubinemia which is usually mild. Serious complications almost never occur. 
· The management consists of measurement of bilirubin serially and provision of 
phototherapy to the newborn. 
Review Questions 
1. Discuss the pathogenesis of Rh isoimmunization. 
2. Outline the management of unsensitized Rh negative pregnancy. 
3. Describe the important features of ABO hemolytic disease. 
CHAPTER 13 
COMMON MEDICAL DISORDERS IN PREGNANCY 
Learning objectives 
To enumerate the common medical disorders in pregnancy. 
To describe the clinical features of each of the common medical disorders in pregnancy and 
their causes. 
To outline the management of each of the common medical disorders in pregnancy. 
To describe the effect of each of the common medical disorders on the pregnant woman and 
her child with their implications. 
ANEMIA IN PREGNANCY 
1.1. Definition: 
Anemia during pregnancy is defined as a hemoglobin level of 11 g/dl or less (hemtocrite of < 
33%) except during the second semester, when the cut-off point is reduced to 10.5 g/dl. It is 
said to be severe if the hemoglobin is less than 8gm/dl. 
1.2. Incidence and causes 
99
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
It affects approximately 5- 50% of pregnant women in tropics and < 2% of in developed 
countries. It is ore severe in tropics. It is the leading cause of indirect maternal mortality and 
morbidity. It is the most common hematological abnormality during pregnancy. 
Majority are nutritional anemias. Iron deficiency anemia account for 80-95 % of nutritional 
anemias during pregnancy. Megaloblastic anemias from folate and vitamin b 12 deficiency 
account for only 3-4% of nutritional anemias. Other causes of anemia (hemoglobinopathies, 
leukemia, hemolytic anemias anemia of chronic illness and the like) are not common during 
pregnancy. 
1.3. Pathophysiology of nutritional anemia 
The requirement of iron during pregnancy is around 1000mg. (450mg for red blood cells and 
uterine muscle, 270 mg for fetal iron, 170-200 mg for daily loss and 90 mg for placenta). 
There are additional needs for blood loss during delivery (190 mg) and lactation (1mg/day). 
Assuming the stores are adequate a pregnant woman average daily dietary requirement is 
3.5 mg/day. Failure to meet this demand eventually ends up in anemia. The sequence of 
events in the development of frank anemia is depletion of the stores followed by deficient 
hematopoiesis (microcytic and hypochromic RBC with abnormal RBC indices) and finally 
reduction in RBC production results in evidences of frank anemia (decreased hemtocrite and 
pallor). 
The predisposing factors for iron deficiency anemia are 
Inadequate intake of iron: food taboos, poor dietary habit, low socioeconomic state 
Low store at the beginning of pregnancy: short interval between pregnancies, excess 
menustral flow, hookworm infestation 
Blood loss during pregnancy: early and late pregnancy bleeding, hookworm 
Increased demand: multiple pregnancy, chronic infections 
1.4. Complications 
Anemia is associated with adverse pregnancy outcome. 
Fetal: spontaneous abortion, preterm delivery, low birth weight, intrauterine growth 
restriction, stillbirth, 
Maternal: congestive heart failure and pulmonary edema especially in labour and postpartum 
period, postpartum hemorrhage, puerperal sepsis, delayed wound healing, apathy, increased 
risk of other infections like tuberculosis 
100
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
Neonatal: anemia of infancy 
1.5. Treatment 
It depends on the cause, severity and the gestational age. 
I. Iron deficiency anemia 
Ferrous sulfate 300mg containing 60 mg elemental iron of which 10%is absorbed, 
three times per day, orally. Continue treatment for 3 months after the hemoglobin 
concentration returned to normal. Alternatives are ferrous fumarate and ferrous gluconate. 
Follow up with weekly hemoglobin and reticulocyte determination should be done. 
Parenteral route of treatment in cases of intolerance of oral route or refractory to treatment 
by oral route, and for very severe anemia. 
Indications for blood transfusion are presence of congestive heart failure, severe anemia with 
hemoglobin of<4.4 gm/dl, anemia with sepsis and renal failure, anemic patient with 
hemoglobin of <6-7gm/dl seen for the first time in labour, abortion or in the last 4 weeks of 
pregnancy. Packed RBC should be used. 
Underlying causes, if any (like hook worm, malaria and chronic illnesses), other than 
nutritional deficiency, should be treated also. 
II. Megaloblastic anemia 
Folic acid 5 mg three times / day and continued at a dose of 5 mg / day for the rest of 
pregnancy. 
1.6. Prevention of anemia 
improve diet and dietary habit, socioeconomic status 
Prevent and treat hookworm (deworming) and malaria 
Child spacing by family planning 
Universal supplementation of iron and folic acid to all pregnant women throughout pregnancy 
iron fortification of staple diet 
2. CARDIAC DISEASE IN PREGNANCY 
2.1. Introduction 
A woman with a known cardiac illness can become pregnant or a healthy pregnant woman 
can develop cardiac illness while pregnant. In a woman with a preexisting cardiac illness, the 
101
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
increased homodynamic burden of pregnancy, labor and delivery can aggravate the 
symptoms of the illness and/or precipitate complications. The risk of congestive heart failure 
is the highest around 24 weeks of gestation, labour and the immediate postpartum period. 
During each uterine contraction in labor about 200-300 ml blood is squeezed from the 
contracting uterine muscles, increasing the cardiac output by about 20%. 
2.2. Significance 
Cardiovascular diseases are the most important non-obstetric cause of disability and death 
of pregnant women, occurring in 0.4-4% of pregnancies. The most common cardiovascular 
disease that complicates pregnancy is rheumatic heart disease. The reported maternal 
mortality rate ranges from 0.4% in patients with New York heart association classifications I 
and II to 68%or higher among patients with class III and IV severity. Patients with valvular 
heart disease may develop subacute infectious endocarditis. It is also associated with 
adverse fetal outcome like spontaneous abortion, preterm labour, low birth weight, and 
intrauterine fetal death. 
2.3. Classification 
The degree of functional disability due to cardiac disease is graded according to the New 
York Heart Association classification as follows: 
Class I: No symptoms limiting ordinary physical activity. 
Class II : Slight limitation with mild to moderate activity with no symptoms at rest 
Class III: Marked limitation with less than ordinary activity; dyspnea or pain on minimal 
activity. 
Class IV: Symptoms at rest or with minimal activity and symptoms of frank congestive heart 
failure. 
Note: With rare exceptions, women in class I and most in class II go through pregnancy 
without morbidity. As much as possible patients in classes III and IV should avoid pregnancy. 
Therapeutic abortion is an option in early pregnancy. If the pregnancy is continued, 
prolonged hospitalization or bed rest will often be necessary. These women tolerate major 
surgical procedures poorly. 
2.4. Management 
Once diagnosed, these patients should be referred for specialized care by obstetrician, 
internist and neonatologist. The general principles in the management are: 
102
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
I. Antepartum 
Bed rest 
Moderate dietary restriction 
Provision of diuretics (chlorothiazides are accepted) with potassium supplementation 
Prophylactic digitalization 
Frequent ANC for maternal and fetal monitoring 
II. Intrapartum 
Unless contraindicated vaginal route of delivery is preferred 
Conduct labour and delivery in lateral decubitus position 
Provide adequate pain relief 
Restrict intravenous fluids 
Provide oxygen with breathing mask along with continuous pulse oxymetery 
Provide prophylaxis for SBE for those with structural lesions 
Shorten the second stage by instrumental delivery 
Do not use ergometrine in the third stage 
Prevent postpartum pulmonary edema by keeping the woman in sitting position 
Provide thrombus prophylaxis by early ambulation and/ or low dose aspirin 
Note: A patient with a known heart disease should consult her physician before becoming 
pregnant in order to determine the advisability and optimum timing for pregnancy. In a 
pregnant woman with a cardiac disease: 
Recognize the presence of preexisting cardiac diseases. 
Assess the degree of disability 
Understand the impact of the added homodynamic changes of pregnancy. 
Anticipate, prevent, diagnose and treat complications such as arrhythmia, congestive heart 
failure when they arise. 
Advise the patient regarding discontinuation or continuation of the pregnancy and risk of 
future pregnancies. 
103
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
3. INFECTIOUS DISEASES IN PREGNANCY 
3.1. Tuberculosis in pregnancy 
It is a commonly encountered medical problem in pregnancy. Its effects on pregnancy 
include preterm delivery, intrauterine growth restriction and low birth weight which increase 
the perinatal mortality by 6 fold. 
Adverse outcome on pregnancy correlate with late diagnosis, incomplete or irregular 
treatment and advanced disease. 
Diagnosis and management is similar to nonpregnants. With the exception of streptomycin 
and pyrazinamide, all the first-line antituberculous drugs are safe to be used during 
pregnancy. Streptomycin causes congenital deafness in the new born. The safety of the use 
of pyrazinamide during pregnancy is not ascertained. Therefore, drugs used for treatment of 
tuberculosis include: isoniazid (INH), rifampicin and ethambutol. However, pyrazinamide can 
be included into the regimen if there is drug resistance. (Refer to the module on tuberculosis 
for further detail). 
Neonatal Tuberculosis 
Neonates, though rare, can get tuberculosis infection in utero if the mother is suffering from 
active tuberculosis. The incidence of congenital infection increases if the mother is HIV 
positive. The tuberculous lesions in the new born are usually found in the liver. This can be 
prevented if the mother is properly treated while pregnant. 
3.2. Malaria in pregnancy 
Types 
Stable malaria occurs in endemic areas where there is repeated infection since childhood. 
Community immunity is well developed and epidemics do not occur. During pregnancy 
immunity slackens resulting in increased parasitemia and relapse rate of dormant 
exoerythrocytic stages. Episodes of malarial infection increase by three to four folds during 
the latter two trimesters of pregnancy and two months postpartum. Severity of falicparum 
malaria is increased. 
Unstable malaria occurs in areas with intermittent transmission. Community immunity is 
poorly developed and epidemics occur. Malarial attacks are severe and cerebral malaria is 
common especially in nulliparous women. 
104
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
Effects 
They are related to pyrexia, haemolysis, placental parasitization (in immune) and 
transplacental infection (in nonimmune). 
Maternal: increased number of attacks, anemia from folic acid deficiency induced by 
haemolysis, cerebral malaria, puerperal pyrexia 
Fetal: spontaneous abortion, preterm labour and prematurity, intrauterine growth restriction, 
intrauterine fetal death (stillbirth), congenital malaria in nonimmune in few days after delivery 
Diagnosis 
In immune women constitutional symptoms are subtle. Non immune women present with 
constitutional symptoms with fever and chills. Blood film identifying the plasmodium parasite 
confirms the diagnosis. 
Treatment 
Once diagnosed, malaria should be treated aggressively. Severe forms need inpatient 
treatment with parentral antimalarials. Drug of choice depends on the type of plasmodium 
parasite and the degree of resistance in the community. Chloroquine, sulfadoxine-pyrimethamine, 
mefloquine and quinine are safe to be used in pregnancy. For details refer to 
modules on malaria. 
Prophylaxis 
This is given for nonimmune people traveling to endemic areas. The drug should be taken 1- 
2 weeks before travel and continued for4 weeks after return. Depending on the pattern of 
resistance, drugs like chloroquine, mefloquine or sulfadoxine-pyrimethamine can be used. 
3.3. HIV infection and pregnancy 
I. Epidemiology 
Since its discovery in 1981, HIV/AIDS has become a serious health problem worldwide. The 
problem is most prevalent in developing countries. 80% of HIV-infected women are of 
childbearing age. 
The prevalence of HIV infection among pregnant women attending antenatal care services in 
East and Central Africa ranges from 20% to 30%. In Ethiopia it is 10% to 20%. HIV/AIDS is 
now a common cause of death among young women, most importantly pregnant women. 
AIDS related maternal deaths are increasing dramatically and are displacing common 
105
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
obstetric causes. It also increases childhood mortality directly as the result of childhood AIDS 
or indirectly from neglect off orphans. 
II. Effects of HIV on pregnancy 
HIV infection is associated with increased adverse obstetric outcomes like spontaneous 
abortion, preterm delivery, low birth weight and stillbirth. Another significant effect is mother 
to child transmission of infection (MTCT), which is by far the largest source of HIV infection in 
children. There is also increased maternal morbidity and mortality from intrapartum and 
postpartum infection. 
III. Effects of pregnancy on HIV 
Pregnancy induced immune suppression accelerates the progress of HIV infection only in 
women in late stages of the disease but not in asymptomatic HIV positive women. When 
comparing changes in CD4 count/percentage over time, there is no difference between HIV-positive 
pregnant and non-pregnant women, suggesting that pregnancy does not accelerate 
decline in CD4 cells in asymptomatic carriers. 
IV. Mother to Child Transmission (MTCT) 
MTCT of HIV infection occurs during pregnancy (5-10%), delivery (10-20%) and through 
breast feeding (10-20%). The overall rate of HIV transmission from an HIV positive mother to 
her child is 25-50% In developed countries 15-25%). Factors affecting MTCT of HIV are 
General factors: maternal viral load and CD4 counts (more in advanced disease and recent 
infections), type of virus (HIV2 has 20 times risk than HIV1), treatment with antiretroviral 
drugs (reduces MTCT by 50%) 
Antenatal factors: prematurity, obstetric procedures (amniocentesis and external cephalic 
version), obstetric complications (abruptio placenta and placenta previa), infections (malaria 
and STI), vitamin A deficiency and smoking 
Intrapartum factors: prolonged labour, chorioamnionitis, prolonged rupture of membranes 
(risk increases by 2% every hour after 4 hours) invasive procedures (internal monitoring, 
scalp sampling, operative vaginal delivery and episiotomy) 
Note: elective caesarian section reduces risk but caesarian section done after labor 
has started especially in the presence of rupture of membranes or prolonged labor 
increases risk. Another problem with caesarian section is increased risk of 
postpartum infection by 5-7 times. 
106
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
Breast feeding factors: cracked nipples, acute mastitis, neonatal oral thrush and other 
gastrointestinal lesions, mixed feeding, duration of breast feeding of ore than 14- 16 weeks 
V. Prevention of MTCT (PMTCT) 
For effective PMTCT, a four pronged approach has been developed by WHO. These basic 
components of comprehensive PMTCT are 
I. Primary prevention of HIV in women: 
Provision of VCCT for all women 
Helping HIV negative women to remain HIV seronegative through risk reduction behaviors 
(abstinence, limiting partners and safe se by use of condoms) 
II. Prevention of unwanted pregnancy in HIV positive women: 
Counseling about the effects of HIV on pregnancy, health of the mother, long-term health of 
the mother and child and risk of transmission to the newborn 
Provision of family planning services 
III. Prevention/ reduction of transmission of HIV virus during pregnancy, childbirth and 
breast feeding: 
A. Antepartum: 
Universal VCCT service for all pregnant women 
Reduce viral load by short coarse antiretroviral therapy (niverapine 200 mg at the start of 
labour to be repeated if not delivered in 48 hours and single dose 2 mg/ kg for the neonate 
within 72 hours of delivery. If delivery occurs less than 1 hour after the maternal dose two 
doses are given for the neonate one as soon after delivery as possible and the second dose 
after 48-72 hours of the first dose). Other regimens include zidovudine, lamivudine, 
combination of zidovudine and niverapine/ lamivudine and finally highly active antiretroviral 
therapy (see below). 
Additional measures: risk reduction behaviors including safe sex, treatment of nutritional 
deficiencies and concomitant STI, prophylaxis for malaria and avoidance of smoking 
Note: There may be no need to increase the number of visits unless there evidences 
of obstetric complications and signs/symptoms of advanced infection (opportunistic 
infection and other AIDS indicator illnesses). 
B. Intrapartum 
Improving obstetric practices to prevent avoidable exposure to the virus at birth 
107
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
Avoid prolonged rupture of membranes and prolonged labour by proper use of partograph 
Avoid artificial rupture of membranes as long as labour is progressing well. If it is done 
delivery has to occur within 4 hours. Some use anti septic preparation of the vagina when 
rupture of membranes is more than 4 hours. 
Avoid repeated pelvic examinations, internal monitoring of the fetus and fetal scalp blood 
sampling 
Treat chorioamnionitis aggressively 
As much as possible avoid caesarian section after rupture of membranes. Provide 
prophylactic antibiotics to the mother. 
Avoid routine pubic hair shaving, unnecessary episiotomy or instrumental delivery 
Prevent tears by controlled delivery of the fetus 
Clamp the cord immediately after delivery. Cut the cord after pulsation stopped under light 
gauze. Do not milk the cord towards the newborn 
Avoid/ reduce suction by nasogastric tube. If needed do it gently. Provide universal neonatal 
care to the neonate. 
Apply universal precautions throughout 
Educate about the infectiousness of the lochia and how to handle sanitary napkins. 
C. Breast feeding 
Modify infant feeding practices. Depending on the resources, two options: exclusive 
replacement feeding and exclusive breast feeding for 6 months followed by abrupt 
weaning. Ideally decision should be made during pregnancy and necessary preparations 
made. Mixed feeding should be avoided. 
IV. Care and support of the mother (PMTCT Plus): 
Continued care of the mother after delivery by provision of antiretroviral drugs, treatment of 
opportunistic infections 
Social and economic support 
Other drug regimens in PMTCT 
I. Zidovudine: Antepartum: treatment is initiated at14-34 weeks and continued 
throughout pregnancy, being administered 2-5 times per day, depending on the dose. 
Intrapartum: zidovudine is given IV over 1 hour followed by continuous infusion until 
108
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
delivery. Postpartum: zidovudine is given orally to the newborn for the first 6 weeks of life, 
beginning at 8-12 hours after birth. 
II. Zidovudine/Lamivudine: Antepartum: Zidovudine and lamivudine given orally at the 
onset of labor followed by Zidovudine orally every 3 hour until delivery with lamivudine 
orally every 12 hours. Postpartum: Zidovudine orally every 12 hours with lamivudine 
orally every 12 hours for 7 days 
III. Zidovudine/Nevirapine: Intrapartum: Zidovudine IV bolus followed by continuous 
infusion until delivery with nevirapine single oral dose at the onset of labor. Postpartum: 
Zidovudine orally every 6 hours for 6 weeks with nevirapine single oral dose at age 48-72 
hours 
3.4. Urinary Problems in Pregnancy 
I. Asymptomatic bacteruria 
Definition and incidence 
It is defined as presence of greater than 105 colony forming units (CFU) of bacteria of single 
pathogen per ml of clean-catch midstream urine sample with no clinical symptoms of urinary 
tract disease. 
Asymptomatic bacteruria occurs in 7% of pregnant women (ranging from 2%-12%). The 
predisposing conditions are reduced peristalsis and dilatation of the ureters and the bladder 
causing incomplete emptying and stasis of urine and pregnancy induced glycosuria. 
Significance 
If untreated, about 25%-30% of patients with asymptomatic bacteruria will later develop 
acute pyelonephritis as compared to only 2%-3% of patients who have been treated. It is 
also associated with preterm labour and postpartum endometritis. Acute pyelonephritis is one 
cause preterm birth and perinatal death. 
Etiology 
In 80 to 90% of cases the etiology is E coli, the other causes are Klebsiella, Proteus, 
Pseudomonas, S saprophyticus and C trachomatis. 
Diagnosis and management 
Sine it has no symptoms and is associated with adverse obstetric outcome, routine urine 
culture for all women is recommended in ANC. Once diagnosed al women with 
109
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
asymptomatic bacteruria should be treated with appropriate antibiotics. Urine culture should 
be repeated to confirm cure. 
Empirical treatment with antibiotics should be started until culture and sensitivity result is 
ready. Commonly used antibiotics (since the most common pathogen is E coli) are: 
amoxicillin, amoxicillin/clavulanate potassium, cephalexin, nitrofurantoin, trimethoprim-sulfamethoxazole 
or one of the third generation cephalosporins. The antibiotic should be safe 
to be used during pregnancy and given for duration of 10-14 days. Culture of urine should be 
done 1-2 weeks after therapy is begun and monthly for the remainder of pregnancy. 
Treatment failure can be due to resistance and patient non compliance. 
II. Acute cystitis 
It is the inflammation of the bladder in this case due to infection. The predisposing factors 
and etiologic agents are similar with that of asymptomatic bacteruria. 
Clinical features are urinary frequency, urgency, dysuria, suprapubic discomfort or pain, 
and suprapubic tenderness. The urine may be cloudy and malodorous. Systemic symptoms 
like nausea, vomiting, fever and chills are unusual. 
Diagnosis is made by microscopic examination of urine (shows bacteria, leukocytes and red 
blood ells) and urine culture. 
Treatment: similar with that of asymptomatic bacteruria. 
III. Acute pyelonephritis 
Acute pyelonephritis is the infection of the renal pelvis and the kidneys. The single most 
important predisposing factor for acute pyelonephritis during pregnancy is asymptomatic 
bacteruria. The etiologic agents are similar with those of asymptomatic bacteruria and acute 
cystitis. Acute pyelonephritis affects 1% - 2% of all pregnant women. 
Clinical features generally develop rapidly over a few hours or a day. Symptoms include 
fever (usually > 390C), shaking chills, nausea, vomiting, bilateral flank pain and possibly 
diarrhea. Symptoms of cystitis may or may not be there. In some hematuria may be evident. 
On physical examination, there is pyrexia and tachycardia along with costovertebral angle 
tenderness on one or both sides. 
Diagnosis is made by urine microscopy showing pyuria (in centrifuged urine >10 WBC per 
high power field), bacteruria, hematuria (1-2 RBC in centrifuged urine or ≥5 RBC in 
uncentrifuged urine per high power field) and leukocyte casts, leukocytosis (WBC 
>15,000/mm3) with left shift and positive urine/blood cultures. 
110
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
Complications are septic shock, acute renal failure, preterm labour and low birth weight 
baby. 
Management: Admit for parentral antibiotics. Start high dose parentral antibiotic until the 
patient is afebrile for 24-48 hours (usually 3-5 days) then continue orally for 7- 10 days. 
Antibiotics are initially started empirically but later can be adjusted according to culture 
results. (Examples: ampicillin 1 gm four times plus gentamycin 80mg three times a day or 
ceftriaxone 1-2g daily). 
Supportive care includes correction of dehydration, antipyretic agents as required for control 
of fever and monitoring vital signs and urinary output. 
4. DIABETES MELLITUS IN PREGNANCY 
4.1. Definition 
Diabetes mellitus is a chronic disorder of metabolism affecting carbohydrates, proteins, and 
fats. It is characterized by an absolute or relative lack of insulin, hyperglycemia and 
glycosuria. The worldwide incidence of diabetes mellitus during pregnancy is 1-4%. 
4.2. Classification 
I. Pregestational (overt) diabetes: This is diabetes existing before pregnancy. It is further 
classified into: 
Type I diabetes: It is also known as juvenile or insulin dependent diabetes mellitus. There is 
autoimmune destruction of β-cells of the pancreas resulting in absolute lack of insulin in the 
body. Patients require exogenous insulin for treatment and to prevent ketoacidosis. 
Type II diabetes: It is also known as maturity-onset or non-insulin dependent diabetes 
mellitus. In this type there is abnormal insulin secretion and insulin resistance in target 
tissues. It is hereditary. Most patients are obese. 
II. Gestational diabetes (GDM or Type III diabetes): This is defined as carbohydrate 
intolerance of variable severity with onset or first recognition during pregnancy. This 
definition applies regardless of whether or not insulin is used for treatment. “Gestational” 
diabetes implies that this disorder is induced by pregnancy, perhaps due to exaggerated 
physiologic changes in glucose metabolism. An alternative explanation is that gestational 
diabetes is maturity-onset or type II unmasked or discovered during pregnancy. Actually, 
some women with gestational diabetes have previously unrecognized overt diabetes. 
111
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
4.3. Diagnosis 
I. Overt diabetes 
Previous history of diabetes along with symptoms of polyuria polydypsia polyphagia and 
weight loss and in long standing cases finding of signs of organ damage (retinopathy 
nephropathy and atherosclerosis) suggest the diagnosis. It is confirmed by finding high 
plasma glucose levels and / or glycosuria 
II. Gestational diabetes mellitus 
The process of diagnosis of gestational diabetes involves a two-step screening and 
diagnostic glucose tests on patients with risk factors for gestational diabetes. Since 35-50 % 
of women with gestational diabetes have no risk factors, it is wise to adopt universal 
screening of all pregnant women. 
A. Risk factors 
Maternal age greater than 35 years 
Bad obstetric history: recurrent abortion, previous unexplained stillbirth, previous macrosomic 
(>4000g) infant, history of congenital malformed fetus, previous unexplained neonatal death, 
history of polyhydramnios or PIH in multipara 
History of pregnancy with GDM 
Family history of diabetes mellitus in first degree relative 
Obesity (>90 kg) 
Recurrent urinary tract infection or vulvovaginal candidiasis 
Persistent glycosuria. 
B. Screening for GDM 
Screening for GDM should be performed between 24 and 28 weeks by giving 50 gm glucose 
orally and determining plasma glucose after 1 hour. Plasma glucose level of > 140 (135) 
mg/dl is abnormal and mandates oral glucose tolerance test. If it is < 140 (135) mg/dl no 
further test is needed. 
C. Diagnostic test 
Oral glucose tolerance test (OGTT) performed by administering 100gm of glucose after 8- 
14hrs overnight fast and 3 days carbohydrate loading. Blood glucose is determined every 
hour for three hours. It is abnormal if two or more of the following are found: (FBS > 95 mg/dl, 
112
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
1 hour plasma glucose > 180 mg/dl, 2hour plasma glucose > 155mg/dl, 3 hr plasma glucose 
> 140 mg/dl). 
4.4. Complications 
Unlike GDM, over diabetes has significant impact on pregnancy outcome. The adverse 
outcome depends on the degree of glucose control and to the intensity of the long term effect 
of the diabetes on the mother’s health. Some of the effects are: 
Fetal: spontaneous abortion, congenital malformation, intrauterine growth retardation, 
polyhydramnios/ oligohydramnios, prematurity, macrosomia, sudden intrauterine fetal death 
Maternal: preeclampsia, recurrent vulvovaginal candidiasis, urinary tract infection, operative 
deliveries, worsening nephropathy and retinopathy, increased dose of insulin 
Neonatal: hypoglycemia, hyaline membrane disease, hypocalcaemia, hyperbilirubinemia, 
traumatic delivery of macrosomic neonate 
Depending on the degree of hyperglycemia, the following are some of the adverse effects of 
GDM. 
Fetal: macrosomia, polyhydramnios, unexplained intrauterine fetal death, congenital 
malformations 
Maternal: preeclampsia, operative deliveries, Urinary tract infection, candidiasis, postpartum 
endometritis, 
4.5. Management 
I. Overt diabetes 
Preconception: Counseling on the complications of diabetes, evaluation of the diabetic 
status, achieving adequate glycemic control. 
Pregnancy: Target glucose levels to be achieved during pregnancy are fasting glucose of 
105 g/ dl (60-90mg/dl preferable), postprandial glucose <130mg/dl at 1 hr or 120mg/dl at 
2hrs without development of significant hypoglycemia (plasma glucose <70mg/dL) during the 
hours of sleep. 
This is achieved by multiple insulin injection adjusted to bring glycemic control, dietary 
adjustment and/ or exercises. Optimum glucose monitoring assured by repeated self glucose 
determination. Insulin requirement increases during pregnancy to reach maximum at 16-18 
weeks. Fetal growth and well being is followed by fundal height, kick chart, ultrasound and 
other fetal wellbeing tests. 
113
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
Delivery: If the glucose control is optimal and the fetal condition is reassuring, delivery can 
be accomplished near term. In the presence of arrested fetal growth, intrauterine growth 
restriction, abnormal fetal well being tests, maternal complications like severe preeclampsia 
and mature fetus delivery should be accomplished either by induction or caesarian section. 
Intrapartum glycemic control is achieved by regular insulin and hourly monitoring of the blood 
glucose levels. 
Postpartum: Insulin requirements drop drastically. Prevent neonatal complications like 
hypoglycemia (early feeding). 
II. Gestational diabetes 
Glycemic control is achieved in most cases by dietary adjustment. If this fails insulin in low 
doses is used. Insulin is indicated when FBS>95mg/dL and 1 hr postprandial glucose 
concentration > 120mg/dL on two or more occasions within a two weeks interval despite 
attempted dietary control. Fetal growth and well being monitoring is conducted as for overt 
diabetes. 
Note: Oral hypoglycemic agents are contraindicated during pregnancy. 
4.6. Postpartum consequence of GDM 
There is a 50% likelihood of women with GDM of developing overt diabetes within 20 years 
of delivery. If fasting hyperglycemia develops during pregnancy, diabetes is more likely to 
persist postpartum. Therefore, it is recommended that women diagnosed to have GDM 
undergo evaluation with 75-g oral glucose tolerance test after 6 to 12 weeks after delivery. 
Fasting blood sugar ≥140 mg/dl and 2 hr plasma glucose level ≥ 200mg/dl in this 75-g oral 
glucose tolerance test indicate overt diabetes. 
Review Questions 
1. Discuss the causes and consequences of anemia during pregnancy. 
2. Describe classification and general management principles of cardiac disease in 
pregnancy. 
3. Discuss the measures taken to prevent MTCT. 
4. Discuss the diagnosis and complications of asymptomatic bacteruria. 
5. Discuss the risk factors and screening methods of GDM. 
114
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
115
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
References 
1. DeCherney AH, Pernoll ML Current. Obstetrics and Gynecologic diagnosis and 
treatment, 8th edition, 1994. 
2. Lawson J. B, Stewart D. B, Obstetrics and Gynecology in the Tropics and developing 
countries 
3. Scott JR., DiSaia PJ, Hammond CB, Spellacy WN: Danforth’s obstetrics and Gynecology, 
8th edition, 1999. 
4. Novak’s text of Obstetrics & Gynecology, 10th edition, 1981. 
5. Addis Ababa University faculty of medicine department of Obstetrics and Gynecology: 
Guideline for management of obstetric and gynecologic problems, 1st edition, 2003. 
6. Bennett V.Ruth and Brown Linda K.: MYLES text book for mid wives, 13th edition 
7. Llewellyn Jones D, Fundamentals of Obstetrics and Gynecology, Volume 1, Fifth edition, 
1990 
116
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
8. Kenneth R. Niswander, Manual of Obstetrics, diagnosis and therapy, 1st edition, 1982 
9. John Cook, Surgery at district hospital, Obstetrics and Gynecology 1991 
10. Dreissen F, Obstetric problems, A practical manual, 1991 
11. WHO, Department of reproductive health and research, integrated management of 
pregnancy and childbirth. Managing complications in pregnancy and childbirth. A guide for 
midwives and doctors, 8. 
12. MOH/ FHD, Technical Guidelines in managing maternal and new born care 
13 Cunningham F. Gary et. al, Williams Obstetrics,20th edition, 1993 
14. King M, Bews P, Karins, Thornton J: Primary surgery, Volume 1 (Non trauma); Oxford 
medical publication, 1990 
15. WHO, Safe Abortion: Technical and Policy Guidance for Health Systems, 2003. 
16. WHO, Clinical Management of Abortion Complications: A Practical Guide., 1994. 
17. Addis Ababa University, Faculty of Medicine, Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology, 
The Management of Abortion and Post Abortion Care. September 2001. 
117
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
PART II 
NORMAL AND ABNORMAL LABOUR 
118
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
CHAPTER 14 
PHYSIOLOGY AND MANAGEMENT OF NORMAL LABOUR 
Learning objectives 
· To define true labour and describe its difference from false labour 
· To describe the stages of labour 
· To describe cardinal movements in the mechanism of labour 
· To discuss the management of normal labour 
· To list the types and complications of episiotomy 
I. Definitions 
True labour (parturition) is a continuous process in which progressive regular uterine 
contractions result in the expulsion of the products of conception from the uterus through the 
birth canal after progressive effacement and dilatation of the cervix. 
Labour can be preterm (if it starts before 37 completed weeks) or term (if it starts between 
37- 42 weeks) or post term (if it starts after 42 weeks). It can be spontaneous or induced. 
Labour is said to be normal only if the following are met. These are: 
· It starts spontaneously 
· It starts at term (37- 42 completed weeks) 
· The fetus presents by vertex 
· Delivery is effected vaginally spontaneously 
· It ends in a birth of healthy newborn with minimal morbidity 
119
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
False labour is a painless irregular uterine contraction occurring in the last 4-8 weeks of 
gestation and which doesn't result in cervical dilatation and effacement. 
Differences between true labour and false labour 
false labour true labour 
contractions occur at irregular intervals contractions occur at regular intervals 
with time contractions remain the same or 
decreases in intensity, frequency 
with time contractions increase in intensity, 
frequency and duration 
contractions disappear with analgesics contractions persist despite analgesics 
lower abdominal and back pain present only lower abdominal discomfort present 
can occur in the last trimester occurs when labour commences 
there is no cervical effacement and 
dilatation 
there is progressive cervical dilatation and 
effacement 
occurs at night occurs at any time 
Braxton-hicks contraction is an irregular painless contraction which occurs in the last 
trimester of pregnancy with no effect on the cervix. 
Lightening is a sensation (the fetus falling down into the pelvis and emptiness in the upper 
abdomen) felt by most primigravidas in the last weeks of pregnancy prior to the onset of 
labour. It denotes engagement of the fetal head. 
II. Stages of Labour 
Even though labour is a continuous process, for the sake of management, it is classified into 
the following four stages. 
1. First stage of labour 
It extends from the onset of regular uterine contractions to full cervical dilatation. It 
is further subdivided into two phases the latent phase and the active phase. The latent 
phase extends from the onset of labour to three to four centimeters of cervical dilatation. 
The active phase extends from three centimeters to full cervical dilatation (10 
centimeters). The active phase has acceleration phase, phase of maximal 
slope (average rate of cervical dilatation is greater than 1.2 cm/hr for primigravida 
and 1.5 cm/hr for multigravida) and deceleration phase. 
2. Second stage of labour 
120
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
It extends from full cervical dilatation to delivery of the fetus. It is characterized by 
more frequent and strong contractions. In addition to uterine contractions maternal 
voluntary efforts play major role. Descent is more during this stage. 
3. Third stage of labour 
It extends from the delivery of the fetus to the delivery of the placenta and 
membranes. Its duration is equal in multiparas and primiparas. In majority it lasts 15 
minutes. 
4. Fourth stage of labour 
It extends from the delivery of the placenta and membranes to one hour 
postpartum. 
Mean duration of primigravida and multigravida 
Stage of labour Primigravida Multigravida Factors 
Latent first stage 8 hours 4-6 hours parity, uterine contraction, ability of 
the cervix to dilate, feto pelvic 
diameter, presentation, position 
Active first stage 6- 8 hours 4-6 hours 
Second stage 1 hour 20-30 minutes parity, contraction, soft tissue 
resistance, feto pelvic diameter, 
presentation, position, maternal 
effort 
Third stage 15-30 minute 15-30 minutes speed of separation of placenta 
Rate of cervical 
1.2 cm/ hr 1.5 cm/ hr - 
dilatation 
Rate of descent 1 cm/ hr 2 cm/ hr - 
III. Theories for initiation of labour (parturition) 
Many theories have been proposed over the years to explain labour and delivery. The 
physiological processes in human pregnancy that results in initiation of labour and onset of 
labor are not defined. The mother, fetus and placenta contribute to the initiation of labour. 
121
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
IV. The mechanism of labour 
The mechanism of labour refers to the changes in the positions of the presenting part during 
its passage in the birth canal. It is a process of adaptation in which the smallest diameter of 
the presenting part is presented to the various portions of the pelvis. The major force for 
these changes comes from uterine contractions. 
There are seven cardinal movements in the mechanism of labour. 
1. Engagement: is said to occur when the largest diameter of the presenting part passes the 
plane of the pelvic inlet. For occiput presentation the largest diameter is the biparital diameter 
(BPD). In nulliparous engagement occurs in the last weeks of pregnancy and is experienced 
as lightening by the mother. But in multiparous this usually occurs at the onset of labour. 
Engagement occurs in occiput transverse or oblique position. 
2. Descent: occurs in discontinuous manner. In women with engaged head descent starts in 
late first stage or in the second stage. In others it starts with engagement with the greatest 
rate occurring in the deceleration phase. 
3 Flexion occurs as a passive movement resulting from the resistance of the soft tissues of 
the pelvis. Flexion ensures presentation of smaller diameter of the fetus to birth canal. It is 
important for both engagement and descent. 
4. Internal Rotation occurs at the pelvic floor at the level of the ischial spines. The sagittal 
suture rotates 450 (in left or right occipito anterior position) or 900 (in left or right occipito 
transverse positions) so that the sagittal suture lies in the anteroposterior diameter. It occurs 
because of the force exerted by the uterine contraction and resistance created by the v-shaped 
levator ani muscles. This helps the head to pass the ischial spines. 
5. Extension: After further descent and flexion the head reaches the introitus. Delivery of 
the head is then achieved by extension where the lower border of the symphysis acts as the 
fulcrum for the occiput and the fetal face sweeps the perineum to be delivered. Following 
delivery of the head, the head restitutes to the oblique lateral position. 
6. External rotation is evidenced when the face starts to look to the side. This indicates 
internal rotation of the shoulders. 
7. Lateral flexion of the body or expulsion results in the delivery of the anterior shoulder 
under the symphysis to be followed by the posterior. 
One can remember the cardinal movements by the mnemonic Every Decent Family In 
Europe Eats Eggs. 
122
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
V. Physiologic changes in labour 
Contractions increase in intensity and frequecy as labour progresses. With contractions, the 
uterus differentiates into an active upper segment (which gets progressively thicker) and a 
passive lower segment (which gets progressively thinner). 
In response to the increased hydrostatic pressure of the amniotic fluid and direct pressure of 
the fetus, the cervix initially undergoes effacement (taking up of the cervix into the lower 
segment so that 3 centimeters long cervix becomes a circular orifice with paper thin edges) 
and later dilatation (from closed state to 10 centimeters). 
The fetal head descends in the birth canal dictated by the mechanisms of labour. Pressure 
over the leading part of the head results in edematous swelling, called caput succedaneum. 
Overlapping of the fetal skull bones called molding may accompany the caput. 
In the second stage, uterine contractions are intense and frequent. At this time most will have 
the urge to defecate and vomiting along with appearance of beads of sweat on the face. 
During this stage the most important force to expel the fetus is maternal voluntary expulsive 
force. 
In the third stage, sudden reduction in uterine cavity results in decrease in the surface area 
of the placental attachment. The placenta becomes thicker and eventually gives way at the 
decidua spogiosa. Separation proceeds through this layer until it is complete. Then, the 
placenta is delivered by the help of uterine contraction and maternal effort. There are two 
mechanisms of separation: Schueltz method (central separation with clot behind so that the 
placenta is delivered by the fetal side like an inverted umbrella) and Mathew- 
Dunken method (peripheral separation with blood escaping ahead of the placenta so that the 
placenta is delivered sideways by the maternal side). 
VI. Diagnosis of labour 
Labour can be diagnosed if three of the following present: 
· Presence of regular painful contractions at least 2 in 10 minutes 
· Bloody show which is expulsion of the cervical mucus plug of pregnancy along with 
some blood 
· Cervical dilatation of 3 cm. or more which is progressive 
· Cervical effacement of 80% or more 
VII. Management of normal labour 
1. Major objectives 
123
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
· Prevention minimize infection which could be intrinsic or extrinsic 
· Prevent dehydration and ketosis 
· Prevent or minimize trauma to the fetus and the mother 
· Provide pain relief 
· Avoid asphyxia to the newborn 
· Prevent postpartum hemorrhage 
2. Initial assessment 
Its objective is to diagnose labour and its stage and identify significant problems. This is done 
by brief history and physical examination and appropriate investigations (mainly hemtocrite 
and urine protein). If available, antenatal data should be reviewed. 
In the history one should get information on time of onset of contractions, status of fetal 
membranes and time of rupture, presence/absence of vaginal bleeding and show, presence 
and quality of fetal movement, symptoms of severe preeclampsia (head ache, blurring of 
vision, epigastric pain), presence of fever, history of allergy, time and content of last ingestion 
of food or fluid and use of any medications. Information should also be gathered on the 
presence of ANC and significant problems during pregnancy. Review of past obstetric 
medical, surgical, personal, social and family history must be made. (Refer to chapter 2) 
In the physical examination, special attention should be given to vital signs, weight, signs of 
anemia and dehydration, fetal position and presentation (proper Leopold’s maneuver), fetal 
heart rate and its pattern, frequency, duration and quality of uterine contractions and 
estimation of fetal weight. If there is no contraindication digital pelvic examination must be 
done to assess degree of cervical effacement and dilatation, status of membrane and the 
color of the liquor, the presenting part , its position and station, in cephalic presentation 
degree of caput and molding and when indicated clinical pelvimetry (pelvic inlet, mid pelvis, 
pelvic outlet). 
Correct diagnosis and identification of high risk patient is made for adequate surveillance 
through out labour and delivery. 
3. Subsequent management 
This depends on the stage of labour and identified problems. 
3.1. First stage of labour 
124
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
The woman is admitted to the delivery ward. Ambulation can be allowed except in those with 
ruptured membranes or having vaginal bleeding or are sedated. Left lateral position should 
be adopted while lying in bed. She should be allowed to take sips of fluid, but not solid diet. 
Parenteral fluids are reserved for those with vomiting or have prolonged labour of more than 
12 hours. Routine use of cleansing enema and pubic hair shaving are not recommended. 
Monitoring of labour has the following components (refer to annex 2 for partograph). 
· Monitoring the fetal condition by auscultation of the fetal heart beat every 30 minutes 
(for high risk every 15 minutes) for 1 minute after the end of contraction 
· Monitoring the maternal condition by taking the vital signs every 1-2 hours (more 
frequent in high risk woman) and measuring the urine output 
· Monitoring the progress of labour by assessing uterine contraction for 10 minutes 
every 30 minutes and cervical dilatation (and decent of the presenting part) every 4 
hours. Vaginal examination is made every 4 hours to assess cervical dilatation, 
station, degree of caput and molding and status and color of liquor. Vaginal 
examination has to be done at any time following rupture of the membranes or if there 
is unexplained fetal distress or if second stage is suspected. 
3. 2. Second stage of labour 
· Position the woman in lateral recumbent or lithotomy position with the knees 
supported 
· Monitor vital signs more frequently ( every 30 minutes to 1 hour) 
· Fetal heart rate is checked every 15 minutes (if high risk every 5 minutes) looking 
for late decelerations which is common (strong contractions, premature separation, 
tightening of loops of cord) 
· Vaginal examination is performed frequently. Prepare for delivery when the head 
crowns and perineum bulges. If needed, perform episiotomy. 
· Clean any feces that soil the perineum with sponges soaked with dilute soap 
solution 
· Deliver the fetus in controlled way. Deliver the head slowly. This is facilitated by 
using modified Ritegen’s maneuver (gentle upward pressure at the chin thigh the 
perineum just in front of the coccyx). Check for nuchal cord. If present slip it over 
the head or cut it after double clamping. Suction any fluid from the nose and mouth 
by soft rubber suction bulb or catheter. After external rotation, apply gentle 
125
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
downward traction by holding to the sides of the head to deliver the anterior 
shoulder. As soon as the anterior shoulder slips under the symphysis apply 
upward traction to deliver the posterior shoulder. 
· Provide immediate neonatal care. Clamp the cord after 15- 20 seconds by two 
clamps placed 4-5 centimeters from the fetal abdomen and cut the cord using 
sterile scissors. Later tie the cord tightly. Airway cleared of blood and amniotic fluid 
by soft suction bulb or catheter. Dry the baby, wrap with blanket and put under 
radiant heat. Examine for gross malformations and take Apgar score. 
3. 3. Third stage of labour 
A. Expectant or traditional method: controlled cord traction 
· Determine the height and consistency of the uterus and assess the degree of bleeding. 
Until the signs of placental separation are observed, frequently assess the tone but do 
not massage 
· When the signs of placental separation (gush of blood from the vagina, lengthening of the 
cord, uterus becomes globular and rises in the abdomen) are observed, deliver the 
placenta by controlled cord traction using either 
1. Pastore technique: Stand on the patient’s left. Hold the fundus by the right 
hand and put the left hand superior to the symphysis to prevent the uterus coming down. 
If signs of placental separation noticed, massage the fundus gently to let the placenta 
into the vaginal canal. 
2. Modified Brandt-Andrews technique: This controlled cord traction with the 
left hand superior to the symphysis to support the uterus. 
Credes manuvoere of delivering the placenta (traction of the cord with 
concomitant fundal pressure) is an abandoned technique that predisposes to uterine 
inversion. 
After delivery of the placenta give uterotonic drugs as described below 
B. Active third stage management 
It is universally recommended method of management of the third stage for all women. Its 
components are: 
· Secure an intravenous line; get blood for hemtocrite and blood group and cross 
match. 
126
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
· Depending on the presenting part and twin (in vertex: after the delivery of the anterior 
shoulder, in breech immediately after delivery of the fetus, in twins after the delivery 
of both fetuses) give uterotonic as below: 
1. Oxytocin: 10 IU intramuscular or 10-20 IU added in 1000 ml of IV fluids to run 
over 1 hour or 
2. Ergometrine 0.2-0.5 mg intravenous slowly if not 
contraindicated. 
· Apply controlled cord traction without waiting for signs of placental separation. If the 
placenta is not delivered within 6-10 minutes perform manual removal of the placenta. 
C. Subsequent management 
· Examine the placenta, cord and the membranes for completeness and 
abnormalities. If incomplete or if excessive bleeding occurs perform intrauterine 
exploration 
· Examine the genital tract for laceration 
· If performed, repair episiotomy 
3.4. Fourth Stage of labour: 
It is a critical stage of labour where most maternal deaths occur. 
· Monitoring of maternal vital signs at least every 30 minutes (blood pressure must be 
more than 90/60 mmhg and pulse rate must be less than 90/ minute) 
· Examination of the uterus for its tone and size (it should be firmly contracted and at 
the level of the umbilicus) 
· Inspect the vulva for bleeding and hematoma 
EPISIOTOMY 
Episiotomy (periniotomy) is an intentional incision made into the perineum with an objective 
of widening the vulva to allow easy passage of the fetus. The common types of episiotomy 
are midline (median) and mediolateral, each with its own advantages and disadvantages 
(see table below). 
127
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
Median episiotomy is an incision made vertically in the midline of perineum over the 
perineal raphae starting at the posterior fourchette and ends just anterior to the anal 
sphincter. 
Mediolateral episiotomy is an incision made at an angle of 450 from the midline beginning 
at the midpoint on the posterior fourchette. 
Medial Mediolateral 
Technically easier to make and repair relatively difficult 
Healing better Less 
Blood loss less more 
Dysparunia less more 
Anatomic end result Better Less satisfactory 
Extension into the rectum relatively more common rare 
risk of rectovaginal fistula higher lower 
Routine use of episiotomy is not advisable. Episiotomy should only be done in conditions 
where perineal tear is imminent or likely. Such conditions include macrosomia, tight 
perineum, breech delivery, shoulder dystocia, instrumental deliveries especially forceps 
delivery and destructive deliveries. 
Procedure 
I. Incision of episiotomy 
Infiltrate 5 - 10 ml of local anesthetic agent such as 1% lidocaine into the intended site of 
episiotomy. Insert the needle at posterior fourchette and give the local anesthetic in fan 
manner. Perform the incision, preferably when the perineum is thinned out and the 
presenting part has crowned, by sharp tissue scissors in one go. 
II. Repair of Episiotomy 
After the delivery of the placenta, insert a rolled vaginal pad and inspect the episiotomy site 
for extension. Identify the apex. Start suturing 0.5-1 centimeters above the apex using 
chromic 2/0 catgut. Suture the vaginal mucosa continuously upto the hymen, the perineal 
muscles by 2-3 interrupted sutures and the perineal skin by interrupted sutures. Perform 
rectal examination to check for any sutures that may have passed (If found remove the 
suture). Remove any vaginal pad. 
128
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
Proper anatomic approximation of tissues, careful handling of tissues and proper hemostasis 
are essential for success of the repair. 
Subsequent care 
The episiotomy wound should be cleaned with plain water and soap at least once or twice a 
day and after voiding or defecation. Cool sitz bath can be used for relief of the pain. Simple 
analgesics like parcetamol relieve the pain. Increasing swelling, persistent/ increasing pain 
and offensive discharge call for inspection of the episiotomy. 
Complications 
· Extensions to upper vagina and even the cervix causing PPH 
· Extensions to the anal sphincter and rectum 
· Episiotomy site hematoma manifests with increasing swelling and pain in the first 
48 hours. The site must be opened, bleeding points identified and ligated and 
wound is then resutured. 
· Episiotomy site infection manifests with increasing pain and swelling along with 
offensive discharge usually occurring after the third day. Management includes 
removal of sutures and drainage, wound cleaning and debridement and later 
secondary closure. Antibiotics are needed only if there are signs of systemic 
infection. 
· Episiotomy breakdown/ dehiscence 
· Rectovaginal fistula and anal incontinence 
· Dysparunia from vulvar stenosis 
· Gaping vulva 
Review Questions 
1. Define episiotomy 
2. Discuss the types of episiotomy with their advantages and disadvantages 
3. List the steps of making an episiotomy and repairing it 
4. List the complications of episiotomy and their management 
129
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
CHAPTER 15 
INDUCTION / AUGUMENTATION OF LABOR 
Learning Objectives 
To define induction and augmentation of labor 
To list indications for induction of labor 
To list contraindications for induction of labor 
To out line the steps in induction of labor 
1. Definition 
Induction of labor is initiation (stimulation) of uterine contraction artificially for the purpose 
of delivering the fetus after the fetus has reached viability (after the 28th week of gestation). It 
can be elective (planned) or emergency. 
130
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
Augmentation of labor is enhancing uterine contractions that are inadequate to allow 
normal progress of labour. 
2. Indications 
The decision to induce labor is largely governed by the assessment of obstetric balance. The 
three factors that should be considered are 
The risk if the pregnancy continues 
The risk if the pregnancy is interrupted and 
The hazards of induced labour 
Because of associated risks, induction of labour should be performed only upon specific 
maternal or fetal indications. The following are common indications for induction of labor (not 
inclusive): 
Hypertensive disorders of pregnancy 
Antepartum hemorrhage from abruptio placenta and some types of placenta previa 
Post term pregnancy 
Intrauterine fetal death and intrauterine growth restriction 
Premature rupture of membranes 
Polyhydramnios and oligohydramnios 
Gross congenital malformations incompatible with life 
Recurrent intrauterine fetal death at term 
Rh isoimmunization 
Medical disorders like diabetes mellitus, chronic hypertension, cardiac diseases 
3. Contraindications 
I. Absolute contra indications 
Cephalopelvic disproportion more than border line (macrosomia or contracted pelvis) 
Transverse or oblique lie, footling breech 
Previous history of uterine surgery like classical caesarian section, two or lower segment 
caesarian section, myomectomy entering the endometrial cavity 
131
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
Diagnosed major placenta previa 
Extensive vaginal plastic operations like repaired fistulas or pelvic tumors obstructing delivery 
like cervical cancer and tumor previa 
Cord presentation 
Abnormal fetal heart rate pattern 
Absence of caesarian section facility 
II. Relative contraindications 
Elderly primigravida or grand multiparity or 
Uterine over distention from polyhydramnios or multiple pregnancy 
One lower segment caesarian section 
Frank breech 
These conditions require internal or external continuous monitoring of uterine 
contractions and the fetal heart beat. In the absence of such monitoring, they become 
absolute contraindications. 
Unfavorable cervix is another relative contraindication especially for elective induction. 
Favorability of the cervix for induction is evaluated by pelvic examination to assess the 
Bishop score. Bishop score of more than eight is taken as favorable for elective induction. 
Cervix is said to be unfavorable if the score is lees than five. The chance of vaginal 
delivery is guarded in unfavorable cervix. 
The Bishop Score 
Factor 
Rating 
0 1 2 3 
Dilation (cm) Closed 1-2 3-4 >5 
Effacement (%) 0-30 40-50 60-70 >80 
Station -3 -2 -1,0 +1,+2 
Cervical consistently Firm Medium Soft - 
Position of cervix Posterior Midposition Anterior - 
4. Prerequisites 
132
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
Presence of clear indication 
No contraindication 
Presence of caesarian section facility 
For elective induction screening for iatrogenic prematurity 
Ripening of the cervix using prostaglandins or folley catheter. 
5. Methods of induction 
5.1. Medical induction – Intravenous oxytocin administration 
The goal of oxytocin induction is to get sufficient (adequate) contractions without causing 
hyperstimulation and fetal distress. 
The principles of oxytocin induction are 
Use oxytocin diluted in balanced salt solution or 5% dextrose in water as continuous 
intravenous infusion 
It has to be started from the minimum dose capable of causing contractions and increased 
every 30- 40 minutes until adequate contraction is achieved or hyperstimulation and fetal 
distress occurs or maximum dose is reached. 
Continuous bed side attendance by a trained health professional should be provided 
Close monitoring of uterine contractions and fetal heart beat (intermittently or continuously) 
should be done 
If hyperstimulation or fetal distress occurs discontinue the infusion 
Complications of intravenous oxytocin are uterine hyperstimulation (more than 5 
contractions in 10 minutes or contractions that last more than 1 minute) and fetal distress, 
uterine rupture, water intoxication from antidiuretic effect of oxytocin if high dose is used 
for prolonged periods, congestive heart failure from fluid overload and atonic PPH. 
Different protocols to administer oxytocin are in use. Depending on the available 
resources, some use high dose regimen while others use low dose. In our country the 
low dose regimen is used. 
Add 5 IU (for primigravida) or 2 IU (for multiparas) of pitocin in 1000 cc of 5% 
dextrose in water. Start with 10 drops/ minute and double the drop rate every 20 
minutes until 3-4 contractions each lasting 40- 60 seconds is achieved. 
Rate in drops/min Pitocin in milli units/minute 
133
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
Primipara Multipara 
10 2.5 1 
20 5 2 
40 10 4 
80 20 8 
If adequate contraction is not achieved, add another 5 IU (for primigravida) or 2 
IU (for multipara) of pitocin into the same bag of intravenous fluid. Start with 40 drops/ 
minute and proceed as above. 
Rate in drops/min Pitocin in milli units/minute 
Primipara Multipara 
40 20 8 
80 40 16 
If adequate contraction is not achieved, add 5 IU ( for primigravida) or 2 IU (for 
multipara) of pitocin for multipara into the same bag. Start with 40 drops/ minute and 
proceed as above. 
Rate in drops/min Pitocin in milli units/min 
Primipara Multipara 
40 40 16 
60 60 24 
80 80 80 
Maintain the drop rate that brought adequate contractions till delivery and 
continue for one hour after delivery. 
Note: For augmentation the same regimen using half the dose of the pitocin 
used for induction. 
5.2. Surgical induction - Artificial rupture of the membranes (ARM) 
ARM stimulates labour mainly by initiating by release of prostaglandins from the 
membranes. 
134
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
Contraindications for ARM are high (floating) presenting part, abnormal lie and 
presentation, cord presentation, intrauterine fetal death, active genital herpes, maternal 
HIV infection and history of unidentified APH. 
Complications of ARM are umbilical cord prolapse and compression, chorioamnionitis, 
abruptio placenta, adverse changes in fetal position and transmission of infection to the 
fetus (HIV and genital herpes). Rare complications are amniotic fluid embolism and 
rupture of vasa previa. 
Procedure can be done either before or sometime after starting medical induction. 
Discuss the procedure to the mother. 
Check fetal heart rate pattern, 
Wear sterile gloves and clean the vulva with antiseptic solution. 
Perform pelvic examination and check the presenting part, the station of the head and for 
cord. 
Introduce one or two fingers through the cervix and pass Kocher forceps along side the 
fingers towards the fore waters. 
Hook or scratch the membranes and gently turn it to rupture the membranes. Allow the liquor 
to drain slowly so that the head settles down. 
Check thoroughly for the cord and note the color of the liquor. 
Remove the fingers from the vagina and check the fetal heart for any variability. 
If there is no adequate contraction in 1- 2 hours start oxytocin. 
Give prophylactic antibiotics if not delivered in 12 hours. 
5.3. Stripping of the membranes 
6. Conduct of induction 
Document the indication 
Obtain informed consent after discussing about the indication, the methods, and risks 
including the possibility of caesarian section 
Thorough evaluation of the mother (to exclude contraindications and detect medical 
problems). 
135
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
For elective induction, if there is unfavorable cervix, use cervical ripening drugs the day 
before. Start induction early in the morning. Emergency induction should be started at any 
time of the day. 
Start induction using either medical or surgical method or combination of these methods as 
described above. 
Monitor induction by following dose of oxytocin, vital signs every 1 hour, uterine contractions 
every 30 minutes, fetal heart beat every 20- 30 minutes, pelvic examination for cervical 
dilatation and station every 4 hours, input output chart and urine output. 
If labour starts follow with partograph. If the patient develops tetanic type of contraction, stop 
the pitocin drip, sedate the patient and consider cesarean section. If the patient is not in 
established labour after 6 hours of maximum dose of pitocin, the induction is said to have 
failed. 
Antibiotics cover when membranes are ruptured for more than 12 hours. Continue pitocin 
drip until 1 hour after delivery. 
t 
7. Complications 
Besides the complications of oxytocin and ARM, failure of induction and prematurity 
(known or missed) are other complications. 
Review questions 
Define induction of labor 
Outline the steps in ARM 
List the maternal and fetal contraindications for induction of labor 
List the maternal and fetal complications of induction of labor 
136
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
CHAPTER 16 
OPERATIVE DELIVERIES 
137
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
Learning Objectives 
To describe the parts of the obstetrics forceps and vacuum extractor 
To describe the classification of forceps delivery 
To list the indications, prerequisites and complications of instrumental deliveries. 
To name the types, prerequisites and complications of destructive deliveries 
To describe the major types of caesarian section with their advantages and disadvantages 
To list the major complications of caesarian section 
INSTRUMENTAL DELIVERY 
Forceps delivery and vacuum delivery constitute instrumental deliveries. These are 
techniques used to assist a laboring mother mostly in the second stage of labour. Except for 
some variations the indications, prerequisites and complications of these procedures are 
similar. They are entirely different in the type of instruments and the technique used to apply 
the instruments. 
1. Forceps delivery 
Forceps delivery is a means of extracting the fetus with the aid of paired metallic instrument 
called obstetric forceps. 
1.1. Description of obstetric forceps 
The obstetric forceps consists of two matched parts that articulate or "lock". It is designed to 
fit to the sides of the fetal head with primary functions of traction, compression and in some 
cases rotation of the fetal head. Each part of the obstetric forceps is composed of a blade, 
shank, lock and the handle. 
The blade, which may be fenestrated or solid, possesses two curves: the cephalic curve, 
which permits the instrument to fit accurately to the sides of the fetal head and the pelvic 
curve, which fits the curved axis of the maternal pelvis. The blades are referred to as left 
blade and right blade according to the side of mother's pelvis on which they lie after 
application. After articulation the left blade is held by left hand and the right blade is held by 
the right hand of the operator. The shank could be short or long depending on the type of 
forceps. The shanks are either overlapping or separate. The two blades articulate at the 
lock. Most obstetric forceps possess a fixed type of lock (either English type or French type) 
where as very few like the Kielland forceps possess sliding type lock. The lock leads to the 
138
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
most proximal parts of the forceps which are the shoulder and the handle where the hand 
of the operator rests to apply traction. 
1.2. Classification of Forceps Delivery 
Based on the station and the degree of rotation of the head, forceps delivery is classified as 
Outlet forceps: head has reached the pelvic floor and is visible at the vulva with the sagittal 
suture in anteroposterior or one of the oblique diameters 
Low forceps: head at station +2 cm or lower but has not reached pelvic floor 
Mid forceps: head is engaged but station is above +2. It should be done as a trial of forceps 
in an operating theatre. 
High forceps: head is above station 0 and is not engaged. It is obsolete in modern obstetrics. 
1.3. Indications 
Fetal distress in the second stage of labor 
Prolonged second stage of labor: inefficient uterine contraction or maternal exhaustion or 
malpositions. 
Maternal conditions which need shortening of the second stage of labor, where pushing is 
contraindicated like cardiac disease, hypertensive disorders of pregnancy and previous 
cesarean section 
After coming head of breech 
1.4. Prerequisites (for outlet and low forceps) 
Well documented indication should be present 
Cervix must be fully dilated 
Membranes must be ruptured 
Presenting part must be either vertex, mento anterior face presentation or after coming head 
of breech 
Head must be engaged and station should be below +2 
Exact position of the head should be determined 
No gross cephalopelvic disproportion (contracted pelvis or macrosomia) 
Maternal bladder should be empty 
Appropriate anesthesia should be given and prophylactic episiotomy done 
Adequate skill and experience 
139
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
1.5. Technique of out let forceps delivery 
Check the indication and the prerequisites 
Put the mother in lithotomy position at the edge of the delivery coach. Clean and drape the 
vulva. 
Empty the bladder and insure adequate anesthesia (pudendal, local infiltration) Select the 
appropriate forceps. Articulate the forceps in front of the vulva (phantoms application) in the 
direction of fetal position. 
Lubricate the blades with antiseptic solution 
Hold the left blade with the left hand and insert 2-3 fingers of the right hand into the left side 
of the vagina. Slide the left blade gently between the head and the fingers in an arc to put it 
on the side of the fetal head. Initially hold it vertically then bring it to the horizontal position 
through a smooth arc. 
Repeat the same step for the right blade holding it in right hand and fingers of the left hand in 
the vagina 
Depress the handles and lock the forceps. If difficulty is encountered, remove the blades and 
recheck the position of the fetal head. 
After locking, check for proper application. (I. Posterior fontanel should be located midway 
between the sides of the blades with lambdoid suture equal distance from the blades and 
one finger breadth above the plane of the shank II. Fenestration of the blades should be 
barely felt and the amount of fenestration should be equal (in solid blade no more than a 
fingertip should be able to be inserted between the blade and the head). III. Sagittal suture 
must be perpendicular to the plane of the shanks throughout its length.) 
Apply traction along the axis of the pelvis using no more force than a force exerted by flexed 
forearms. Traction should be applied gradually and sustained at its maximum intensity for not 
more than 30 seconds. Then relieve for 15-20 seconds. 
As head crowns make adequate episiotomy 
After the head is delivered unlock and remove the forceps 
Following the delivery of the placenta, inspect the lower genital tract for tear and episiotomy 
for extension. Repair episiotomy and any tear. 
Provide care for the neonate and check for complications on the neonate. 
Document your findings 
1.6. Complications of forceps delivery 
140
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
The fetal/ newborn complications are laceration of face and scalp, cephalhematoma, 
subgaleal bleeding, facial nerve injury, fracture of face and skull, intra cranial bleeding and 
increased risk of mother to child transmission of HIV. 
The maternal complications include tears of genital tract (perineal, vaginal, and cervical), 
episiotomy extension and uterine rupture with or without bladder rupture. 
2. Vacuum (vantous) delivery 
The vacuum extractor is a traction instrument used as an alternative to the obstetric forceps. 
It is designed to deliver the fetal head by drawing the scalp into the cup forming an artificial 
caput called the chignon. 
The vacuum extractor has the following advantages over obstetric forceps 
The vacuum cup does not take up room in the often limited space in the birth canal 
The vacuum extractor brings about “autorotation” of the fetal head at the level of the pelvis 
where this is best, rather than where the person using forceps choose to rotate the fetal head 
Generally anesthesia is not required and the mother shares in the delivery and helps to push 
Episiotomy is not always necessary 
2.1. Description of the vacuum extractor 
The vacuum extractor has the cup, hoses that connect the cup to the trap bottle and the 
pump, trap bottle with manometer and a pump which is either manual or electrical.. There 
are various types of cups made either from metals or plastics like silastic. The Malmstrom 
cup is a metallic cup of three different sizes (40 mm. 50mm, 60mm) with narrow rim. It has a 
hole at the center of the cup through which the chain passes. The chain passes through a 
hose and gets attached to the metal cross bar. Threading the chain attaching it to the metal 
bar takes some time. For these reasons the Bird's modification of the cup is developed It 
has a chain permanently attached to its center on the back and a hole for the hose at the 
periphery of the cup. This modification eliminates the need to thread the chain through the 
hose. Later silastic cups were developed. These are soft, easy to manipulate and vacuum 
is attained more quickly. 
2.2. Indications 
The indications are similar to forceps delivery except after coming head of breech. 
2.3. Prerequisites 
The prerequisites are similar to forceps but need modifications in the following. 
141
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
· Cervix need not be fully dilated. Vacuum can be applied if cervix is more than 8 
centimeters dilated. 
· Presenting part must be vertex 
· Position need not be known 
· It can be applied for higher stations. Head must be engaged station 0 or below 
(descent of less than 2/5) 
· Live fetus at term 
· Need for anesthesia is less and routine prophylactic episiotomy is not a must 
2.4. Procedure 
Check the indication and the prerequisites 
Put the mother in lithotomy position at the edge of the delivery coach. Clean and drape the 
vulva. 
Empty the bladder and insure adequate anesthesia (pudendal, local infiltration) Select the 
largest cup that can easily be introduced. 
Introduce the cup unto the vagina and position it over the sagittal suture about 3 centimeters 
in front of the posterior fontanel. 
Check the full circumference of the cup for entrapped maternal tissue 
Create a vacuum of 0.6- 0.8 kg/ cm3. For silastic cups it can be done rapidly over 1 minute 
where as for metallic cups gradual increment of 0.2 kg/ cm3 every 2 minutes allows adequate 
caput formation. 
Check again for tissue entrapment before traction. 
Apply perpendicular traction using two handed technique (fingers of one hand placed at the 
rim of the cup and the other hand grasps the traction bar). Sustained traction in the direction 
of the pelvic curve should be applied coincident with uterine contractions and maternal 
pushing. 
As soon as the head is delivered release the cup and complete the delivery of the fetus and 
the placenta. 
Following the delivery of the placenta, inspect the lower genital tract for tear and episiotomy 
for extension. Repair episiotomy and any tear. 
Provide care for the neonate and check for complications on the neonate. 
142
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
Document your findings 
2.5. Complications 
The fetal and maternal complications are similar to forceps delivery but generally occur at 
reduced incidence. Localized scalp edema which disappears in few hours, scalp abrasions 
and lacerations and necrosis of scalp from prolonged application of the cup is usual. 
DESTRUCTIVE DELIVERY 
Destructive delivery is vaginal operative delivery that accomplishes delivery of the fetus by 
reducing its size in a woman with obstructed labour with dead fetus. The advantages of 
destructive delivery over caesarian section for a woman with obstructed labour and fetal 
death are 
The uterus will remain intact, thus avoids the risk of rupture of the uterus in the subsequent 
pregnancies. 
Peritoneal contamination by infected uterine contents is avoided 
Risks of anesthesia and prolonged postoperative stay in bed are avoided 
1. Types of destructive delivery 
I. Craniotomy is destructive delivery done on the head. It involves reducing the size of the 
head by removing the brain tissue through an opening made in the skull of the fetus. 
Depending on the presentation the brain tissue can be approached through the suture lines 
and fontanel or the palate or the foramen magnum. 
II. Decapitation is destructive delivery for impacted shoulder presentation with hand 
prolapse. It involves severing the neck of the fetus allowing the delivery of the rest of the 
body and later the head. 
143
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
III. Evisceration is also a destructive operation for impacted shoulder presentation with hand 
prolapse. It involves removing the abdominal and thoracic viscera through an opening made 
in wall of the thorax or abdomen. 
IV. Clediotomy is a destructive operation for shoulder dystocia. It is reduction of the 
biacromial diameter by cutting the clavicles. 
Note: Destructive operations should ideally be performed in an operating theatre under 
general ansthesia with at least two units of cross matched blood available. 
2. Prerequisites 
Clear indication- obstructed labour (gross CPD, impacted shoulder presentation, shoulder 
presentation) 
Fully dilated cervix 
Dead fetus (need to be confirmed by ultrasound or auscultation by three people 
Accessible presenting part for the type of procedure selected ( head with decent of less than 
2/5 for craniotomy, neck for decapitation, axilla or abdomen for evisceration) 
Imminent rupture or rupture of the uterus ruled out 
Access for immediate laparatomy and blood transfusion 
Adequate skill and ansthesia 
3. Complications 
Major complications are rupture of the uterus, genital tract lacerations (perineal, vaginal and 
cervical), bladder and rectal damage. 
CAESARIAN SECTION (C/S) 
Caesarian section is delivery of fetus or fetuses along with the placenta and membranes by 
an incision made through the abdominal and uterine wall after the fetus has reached viability. 
144
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
The correct terminology for the surgical delivery of a previable fetus is hysterotomy. 
Caesarian section is classified as elective (caesarian section that is performed before the 
onset of labor or before the appearance of any complication that mandates an urgent 
delivery) and emergency (caesarian section that is performed after the onset of labor or 
appearance of a complication that mandates urgent delivery). Primary caesarian section is 
one that is done for the first time while repeat caesarian section is the one that is done for 
more than one time. 
1. Types of caesarian section incision 
I. Lower segment transverse (Kerr) caesarian section 
In this type the lower segment is incised transversely after incising and reflecting the vesico 
uterine fold of peritoneum. This is the most commonly done type of cesarean section and has 
long been the standard operation because it has the following advantages 
Less blood loss, easy to repair 
Good wound healing therefore less risk of future rupture 
Less risk of adhesion formation because of its peritoneal coverage. 
The major disadvantages are: 
Lateral extension with damage to uterine vessels and ureters 
Bladder injury especially in repeat cases. 
II. Classic (Sanger) caesarian section 
In this type uterine incision is made vertically through the corpora uteri (upper segment). It is 
simple and fast to perform but is associated with a number of disadvantages 
More blood loss and difficult to close 
Poor healing of the incision, therefore high chance of future rupture 
Risk of adhesion formation with bowel and omentum 
Therefore it is not a routine method of caesarian section and is only done upon specific 
indications. 
Inaccessible lower segment because of dense adhesions from previous caesarian section 
Large myoma over the lower segment 
Highly vascular lower segment from anterior placenta previa 
145
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
Fetal malformations like conjoined twin and transverse lie with back down 
III. Less common types 
Lower segment vertical (Sellheim) caesarian section 
Delee incision – J-shaped extension of the lower segment transverse incision 
Inverted T incision lower segment incision 
2. Indications 
Caesarian section is done in cases in which vaginal delivery either is not possible or would 
impose undue risks to mother or baby or both. Some of the indications are clear and 
absolute while others are relative. Common indications for caesarian section include 
Cephalopelvic disproportion 
Mal presentations (transverse lie, breech, persistent brow) 
Cord presentation and prolapse 
Fetal distress in the first stage of labor 
Failed induction/ augmentation and instrumental delivery 
Ante partum hemorrhage (placenta previa, abruption placenta) 
Conditions with unripe cervix where rapid delivery is needed like preeclampsia, ecclampsia, 
Previous caesarian section after failed trial of scar or electively 
Carcinoma of the cervix 
The X-factor relative indications, which considered separately, might not warrant caesarian 
section but when taken together constitute a valid indication. Example is post term plus 
elderly primigravida or prior infertility problem. 
3. Procedure and patient care 
Informed consent should be obtained. An intravenous line is opened and crystalloids started. 
Hemtocrite and blood group should be determined. Blood should be cross matched and be 
146
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
readily available. Self or catheter assisted bladder emptying is done. Prophylactic antibiotics, 
if indicated, are given. Non particulate antacids with gastric decompression by nasogastric 
tube should be done in emergency cases. 
Both inhalational (general) and regional (spinal, epidural) ansthesia can be used. Proper 
preparation of the operative site is done. 
Abdomen is opened by midline, paramedian or pfannenstein (transverse suprapubic) 
incisions. The abdomen is then opened in layers. The vesicouterine fold of peritoneum is 
opened transversely and bladder reflected down. The lower uterine segment is opened 
transversely and the fetus extracted. The cord is clamped and cut. The placenta is delivered. 
The endometrial cavity is mopped of any reminants by sterile moist pack. The edges of the 
uterine incision are caught by Greenarmytage forceps. Uterine incision closed in one or two 
layers by chromic 0 or 1. Hemostasis secured. Bladder peritoneum closed by continuous 
chromic 2/ 0. Abdominal wall closed in layers. 
Postoperatively the level of consciousness, vital signs and degree of vaginal bleeding should 
be monitored frequently. Intravenous fluids are continued until the woman is taking fluids. 
Do not give anything orally until bowel sound returns. Antibiotics and transfusion are given if 
indicated. Encourage early ambulation. 
Upon discharge ensure that she is taking regular diet, wound is clean, dry 
and not infected and there is no fever. Counsel on future risks and need to 
have hospital delivery in future pregnancies. 
4. Complications 
Complications occur during the operation or in the post operative period. Intraoperative 
complications include bladder laceration especially in repeat cases, ureteral injury, 
hemorrhage from damaged uterine vessels, anesthetic complications like Mendelsons 
syndrome, fetal blood loss from incision through placenta or laceration at the time of incision, 
trauma at time of extraction and fetal hypoxia from venacaval compression and anesthetic 
drugs. 
147
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
Postoperative complications include hemorrhage from atonia or incision site, pelvic 
hematoma, endomyometritis, wound site infection, deep vein thrombosis and future risk of 
rupture of the scar in subsequent pregnancies. Other post operative complications seen in 
any surgical patient can be encountered. 
5. Vaginal birth after caesarian (VBAC) 
In the absence of absolute contraindications a woman with caesarian section scar can be 
given the chance to deliver vaginally. These contraindications which mandate elective 
caesarian section are 
Classic or inverted T or low vertical incision with extension to the corpus 
Two or lower segment incisions or the type of incision is unknown 
Gross CPD from macrosomia (estimated weight of more than 3500 grams) or any degree of 
pelvic contracture 
Multiple pregnancies 
Malpresentation 
Conditions that preclude vaginal delivery or need induction 
Review Questions 
1. List the indications of forceps and vacuum delivery. 
2. List the prerequisites to forceps and vacuum delivery. 
3. List the complications of forceps and vacuum delivery. 
4. Name the types of destructive deliveries. 
5. List the prerequisites and complications of destructive delivery. 
6. Describe the major types of caesarian section with their advantages and 
disadvantages. 
7. List the complications of caesarian section. 
148
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
CHAPTER 17 
MALPRESENTATIONS AND MALPOSITIONS 
Learning Objectives 
· To list the types of mal presentations and mal positions with their predisposing 
factors. 
· To define breech presentation and describe the varieties of breech 
presentations with there diagnostic approaches. 
· To describe the maternal and fetal risks associated with vaginal breech 
delivery. 
· To describe the techniques of conducting vaginal breech delivery. 
· To know how to diagnose and manage the other mal presentations. 
· To describe the options of management for persistent occipito posterior 
positions. 
Introduction 
Malpresentation and malpositions are essentially abnormalities of fetal position, presentation, 
attitude or lie. They collectively constitute the most common cause of fetal dystocia occurring 
in approximately 5% of all labors. 
Breech presentation is the commonest malpresentation. The other malpresentations are 
face presentation, brow presentation, shoulder presentation, and compound presentation. 
149
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
The malpositions include occipito posterior position and persistent occipito transverse 
positions. 
Often no cause is identified but any condition that changes the proportional volume of the 
fetus and amniotic fluid resulting in increased or decreased mobility of the fetus predisposes 
to malpresentations. These conditions are well known and fall into three major groups. 
Fetal factors: fetal anomalies like e.g. hydrocephalus, multiple gestation, prematurity, 
polyhydramnios and oligohydramnios. 
Maternal factors: uterine anomalies like septate and bicornuate uterus, contracted pelvis, 
submucus myoma, grand multiparity and past history of malpresentations. 
Placental factors: placenta previa. 
1. BREECH PRESENTATION 
Breech presentation is a fetal presentation where the fetus lies longitudinally and the 
buttocks or the fetal lower extremities occupy the pelvic inlet with the cephalic pole occupying 
the fundus. 
1.1. Types and incidence 
There are four types of breech presentation 
Frank breech presentation: fetal with flexed hips and extended knees so that the thighs 
are apposed to the abdomen and the lower legs to the chest. The presenting part is the 
buttocks. It accounts for 60% - 65%of all breech presentations at term and 40% before term. 
Footling breech presentation (single or double): fetus with one or both hips and knees 
extended so that the feet become the presenting part. It accounts for 25%-35% of breech 
presentations at term and 50%before term. 
Complete breech presentation: fetus with flexed hips and knees so that the buttocks and 
the feet become the presenting part. it accounts for 10% of all breech presentations at any 
gestational age. 
Knee presentation is a rare form seen in a fetus with extended thighs and flexed knees. 
Incidence depends on the gestational age and the fetal weight. Breech presentation 
accounts for 3-4% of all births but occurs in 15% of low birth weight (<2500gm) infants. Its 
incidence in premature fetuses is high and decreases as gestational age increases. 
150
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
1.2. Diagnosis 
There are no specific symptoms but occasional tightness or discomfort in the upper abdomen 
may be reported. 
Leopold’s maneuver reveals round, globular, smooth head occupying the fundus, which will 
be ballotable if adequate amniotic fluid is there and narrow and softer breech occupies the 
lower pole of the uterus. Fetal heartbeat will be heard more easily at or above the umbilicus. 
Pelvic examination in labour identifies the soft irregular mass with anal orifice, the ischial 
tuberosities, genital groove and external genitalia. In footling and complete breech 
presentation one or both feet are felt. 
The important differential diagnosis at this point is face presentation which should be 
differentiated by the presence of the hard maxilla and if the fetus is alive the presence of 
suckling. 
Ultrasonography and plain film of the abdomen can be done to confirm the diagnosis. 
1.3. Mechanism of labour (frank breech in left sacrotransverse position) 
The denominator of breech presentation is the sacrum and the diameter is bitrochanteric 
diameter. The eight possible positions are recognized: sacrum anterior (SA), sacrum 
posterior (SP), left sacrum transverse (LST), right sacrum transverse (LST), left sacrum 
anterior (LSA), left sacrum posterior (LSP), right sacrum anterior (RSA) and right sacrum 
posterior (RSP). 
In labour the breech engages as the bitrochanteric diameter passes the plane of the pelvic 
inlet, usually in one of oblique diameters. Decent occurs with further flexion. Internal rotation 
ordinarily takes place when breech reaches levator musculature which brings the 
bitrochanteric diameter to anteroposterior position. Further decent with flexion brings the 
pelvic outlet. Delivery of the buttocks, first the anterior to be followed by the posterior, occurs 
by lateral flexion. 
As the trunk is delivered the shoulders enter the pelvic inlet in the transverse diameter 
causing rotation of the trunk so that the back faces up. The shoulders descend in the birth 
canal and at the level of the pelvic floor internal rotation occur causing external rotation of the 
body. At this point the back is directed to the left side of the mother, which indicates 
readiness for the delivery of the shoulders. The shoulders are then delivered by lateral 
flexion, anterior followed by posterior. 
At the time the shoulders rotate internally the head engages in the transverse diameter of the 
inlet. The head, after decent rotates internally at the pelvic floor. This causes rotation of the 
151
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
rest of the body so that the back faces up. Further decent results in the delivery of the head 
by flexion (the face sweeps the perineum). 
1.4. Management 
I. Antepartum management 
Breech presentation diagnosed before 32 weeks of gestation should be managed 
expectantly with frequent follow up. Spontaneous version to cephalic presentation at 
the latter weeks of gestation is likely. 
After 36 weeks the chance of spontaneous version is less likely. If the there are 
no contraindications external cephalic version should be performed. This requires 
expertise and facilities for emergency caesarian section. If external cephalic version is 
contraindicated a decision on the mode of delivery (vaginal breech delivery or elective 
caesarian section) has to be made before labour starts. For these reasons pregnant 
women with breech after 36 weeks have to referred for hospital management. 
II. Intra partum management – vaginal breech delivery 
All breech deliveries should ideally be conducted in a set up with caesarian section 
facility. In the absence of such facility laboring mothers with breech presentation in 
whom delivery is not imminent (cervical dilatation of less than 8 cm) should be referred. 
Women in whom delivery is imminent should be attended in the same health facility. This 
justifies why all health workers dealing with laboring women need to be skilled in 
conducting vaginal breech delivery. 
Vaginal breech delivery trial should be allowed in: 
Estimated fetal weight of less than 3500gms 
Frank or complete breech with flexed head 
Pelvis should be judged to be adequate with favorable shape 
Live fetus with normal heart rate pattern or gross malformation or dead fetus 
No other obstetric factor (X factor) 
Evaluation at admission is like any laboring mother (refer to). This confirms the diagnosis 
and identifies parameters for allowing vaginal breech delivery. Artificial rupture of 
membranes should not be done. 
First stage of labor should be followed as described in chapter 14. Vaginal examination 
should be done and fetal heart beat checked following spontaneous rupture of membrane to 
152
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
rule out cord prolapse. Progress of labor in breech presentation is not remarkably different 
from vertex presentation. The occurrence of in coordinate uterine action, uterine inertia, 
arrest or delay in cervical dilatation or failure of descent of breech warrants urgent caesarian 
section. There is no place for augmentation of breech presentation with poor progress of 
labour. The mother should be instructed not to push till full cervical dilatation is achieved. 
In the second stage of labour, before conducting delivery, pelvic examination should be done 
to confirm full cervical dilatation. Bladder must be emptied and the mothered positioned into 
lithotomy position. There are three types of vaginal breech delivery. 
1. Spontaneous vaginal breech delivery where the infant is expelled entirely 
spontaneously with out any help other than support. This occurs rarely except for premature 
babies in a multipara. It is associated with higher perinatal mortality. 
2. Assisted vaginal breech delivery (Partial breech extraction) where the fetus is 
delivered upto the level of the umbilicus spontaneously and the rest of the body is delivered 
with the assistance of the health professional using special maneuvers. 
3. Total breech extraction where the entire fetus is delivered from the birth canal by the 
assistance of the health professional. It is associated with significant maternal and fetal risks. 
This procedure is only performed for the delivery of the second twin. 
Third stage is managed actively and the genital tract explored for tears. 
III. Techniques of assisted breech delivery 
A. Delivery of the buttocks and legs 
Instruct the mother to bear down with every contraction. Do episiotomy when the fetal 
anus is visible and perineum distended. Allow the breech to be delivered with out 
intervention up to the level of the umbilicus. After the delivery of the buttocks, supporting 
the baby around the hips without pulling and keeping it below the horizontal is all that is 
needed. The baby should be grasped with clean towel moistened with warm water. 
Holding the baby around the hips avoids fetal visceral damage. Ensure the anterior 
position of the sacrum and the back until the lower border of the scapula is visible. 
In frank breech, if the legs can not be delivered spontaneously, it can be assisted by 
splinting the medial thigh of the fetus with the position parallel to the femur and exerting 
pressure laterally so as to sweep the legs away from the midline (Pinnard maneuver). 
Apply gentle and steady down word traction until the lower halves of the scapula are 
delivered. 
153
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
B. Delivery of the arms and shoulders 
After the lower border of the scapula is visible pull a length of umbilical cord. 
Ensure the back is facing to the right or left side before delivering the arms. Introduce two 
fingers into the vagina over the chest of the fetus and feel for both arms. If the arms are not 
felt it indicates extended or nuchal arm. If the arms can’t be delivered spontaneously, 
deliver the arms in one of the following ways: 
I. Lovset maneuver 
Holding the baby’s hip rotate the fetus by half a circle (1800) keeping the back 
uppermost and applying downward traction at the same time. This delivers the posterior 
arm, which now becomes the anterior arm, beneath the pubic arch. This may be assisted by 
placing one or two fingers on the upper part of the arm flexing it, which sweeps the arm 
over the chest. Then reverse the rotation (half a circle (1800) keeping the back 
upper most to deliver the remaining arm beneath the symphysis. 
II. Delivery of the posterior arm followed by anterior (or the reverse) 
Put one or two fingers into the vagina over the back of the baby. Slip the fingers 
over the shoulders, place them parallel to the humerus and apply downward pressure 
to deliver the arm. 
III. Extraction of the posterior arm 
It is useful for extended arm and the Lovset maneuver is not successful. 
C. Delivery of the head 
Allow the baby to hang until the nape of the neck or posterior hairline is visible. 
Then deliver the head in one of the following ways: 
I. Mauriceau Smellie Veit maneuver 
Introduce the non-dominant hand into the vagina over the face of the fetus which 
is supported by the forearm. Place the first (index) and the third (ring) fingers on the right 
and left cheek bones and place the second (middle) finger into the baby’s mouth. Pull the 
jaw down to flex the head. 
At the same time introduce the dominant hand into the vagina over the back of the 
fetus. Put the first and third fingers over the shoulders and the middle finger over the 
occipital prominence. Press down on the occiput to assist in flexion of the head. 
Ask an assistant to give supra pubic pressure by the base of the hand. Pull gently 
to deliver the head by making an arc following the pelvic curve. 
154
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
II. Wigand maneuver 
The procedure is like Mauriceau Smellie Veit maneuvers but differs by 
1. The dominant hand instead of being introduced into the vagina it is put on the 
supra pubic area to provide supra pubic pressure. 
2. An assistant is not needed to apply supra pubic pressure. 
III. by Pipers forceps 
D. Difficulties during vaginal breech delivery 
I. Nuchal arms (extended arms found behind the neck of the fetus) should be 
managed by Lovset maneuver or by rotating the fetus counter clock wise to deliver the 
right arm and often clock wise to dislodge and deliver the left arm. 
II. Extended arm is diagnosed when the arms are not felt on the chest. 
Management is like the nuchal arm. 
III. Arrest of the after coming head could be caused by incompletely dilated 
cervix, extended head, hydrocephalus or cephalopelvic disproportion (contracted pelvis 
or big baby) 
1.5. Complications 
Breech presentation is associated with high perinatal morbidity and mortality. Possible 
complications contributing to maternal mortality and morbidity are obstructed labor, genital 
tract lacerations and increased risk of operative delivery. Fetal complications are cord 
prolapse, birth injury (superficial tissue damage, edema and bruising, fractures of the 
humerus, clavicle or femur, dislocation of shoulder or hip, Erb’s palsy, trauma to internal 
organs especially a ruptured liver or spleen, damage to adrenals, spinal cord damage or 
fracture of the spine and intracranial hemorrhage) and associated congenital malformations. 
2. FACE PRESENTATION 
155
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
Face presentation is a kind of cephalic presentation where the neck of the fetus is fully 
extended so that the occiput lies on the back and the face (area of the fetal face between the 
orbital ridges and the chin. 
It is a rare condition occurring in 1 in 550 births. 
2.1. Diagnosis 
Antenatal diagnosis is often difficult. Diagnosis is usually made in labour by vaginal 
examination. Diagnosis by Leopold maneuver is based on finding long ovoid uterus with no 
bulges in the flanks, S shaped ill defined fetal back with marked depression between the 
occiput and the back, and palpation of the cephalic prominence on the same side as the fetal 
back. Fetal heart beat is heard on the side of the feet in mento transverse and difficult to 
identify in mento posterior. 
On vaginal examination, with sufficiently dilated cervix, feeling the orbital ridges, eyes, nose 
and mouth clinches the diagnosis. Confusion may arise with breech presentation in 
prolonged labor with edema of the presenting part. The mouth may be open and the hard 
gums are diagnostic and the fetus may suck the examining finger. 
2.2. Mechanism of labour 
The denominator is the mentum (chin). The presenting diameter is submento- bragmatic 
which is 9.5 centimeters. Eight possible positions exist depending on the relation of the chin 
to the various positions of the pelvis. 
Engagement occurs when the submento-bragmatic diameter passes the pelvic inlet. Decent 
with extension of the head occurs. At the pelvic floor internal rotation occurs. In most rotation 
of the chin occurs anteriorly so that the fetus assumes mento anterior position. In few the 
chin rotates towards the sacrum assuming persistent mentoposterior position. 
For mento anterior further decent with extension occurs till it reaches the perineum. Delivery 
occurs by flexion so that the sinciput, vertex and the occiput sweep the perineum. 
Restitution, external rotation and delivery of the shoulders by lateral flexion occur in the same 
manner as vertex presentation. 
For persistent mento posterior there is no further mechanism of labour. Unless relieved, 
further impaction results in obstructed labour. 
2.3. Management of labour 
Caesarian section is indicated in the presence of big baby, contracted pelvis, previous 
uterine scar like previous caesarian section and elderly primi or woman with bad obstetric 
history. In labour persistent mentoposterior position, poor progress of labour and fetal 
156
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
distress are indications for caesarian section. Appropriate evaluation before or at the start of 
labour and proper follow up of labour is, therefore, essential. 
Follow up in the first stage of labour is like in vertex. 
Labour may be slow but as long as it is progressing nothing has to be done. The old saying 
"if a face is progressing leave it alone” is still valid. Augmentation of labour is generally 
contraindicated. 
Low forceps may be needed for mentoanterior position in prolonged second stage. 
2.4. Complications 
These include cord prolapse, facial bruising and swelling which disappear in one week and 
1-2 days respectively, cerebral hemorrhage, extensive perineal lacerations, increased 
operative delivery and obstructed labour. 
3. BROW PRESENTATION 
Brow presentation is a kind of cephalic presentation in which there is partial extension of the 
fetal head so that the brow (area between the anterior fontanel and the orbital ridges) 
becomes the presenting part. 
It occurs in 0.06 % of deliveries. 
3.1. Diagnosis 
Diagnosis by abdominal palpation is possible but unusual. Usually diagnosis is made in late 
labour. Finding the frontal suture, anterior fontanel, the orbital ridges and the base of the 
nose on vaginal examination with dilated cervix clinches the diagnosis. 
3.2. Mechanism of labour 
The denominator is the anterior fontanel or the frontal bone. The presenting diameter is 
mentovertical diameter which is 13 centimeters. Engagement does not occur as this diameter 
is larger than the diameters of the pelvic inlet. Unless it reverts to either face or vertex 
presentation, there is no mechanism of labour for brow presentation. Spontaneous delivery 
of a term brow is unlikely. If no intervention is made the end result is obstructed labor. 
3.4. Management 
In the absence of other conditions that mandate caesarian section, determination of the 
pelvic capacity and fetal size must be made. Emergency caesarian section is indicated for 
macrosomia and contracted pelvis. 
157
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
In early labour, in the absence of such conditions, management is expectant. This is based 
on the assumption that a brow may spontaneously revert to face or vertex, which occurs in 
30 % of the cases. If it persists, the fetus has to be delivered by caesarian section. 
Augmentation of labour for arrested labour is not recommended. 
4. COMPOUND PRESENTATION 
Compound presentation is a presentation in which an extremity (hand or foot) prolapses or 
descends along side the presenting part. The most common type is upper extremity 
prolapsing with vertex. Other varieties are upper extremity with breech or rarely lower 
extremity with vertex. 
Incidence is 1 in 1000 pregnancies. 
Diagnosis is made on vaginal examination in labour by palpating fetal extremity adjacent to 
the presenting part. If diagnosis is suspected but uncertain, ultrasound or X-ray can be used 
to locate the position of the extremities and search for mal formations. 
Management depends on gestational age, type of presentation and whether the hand or foot 
is prolapsing. Viability of the fetus should be documented prior to delivery since compound 
presentation is associated with prematurity. Labour should be allowed and delivery 
anticipated, if the fetus is non-viable (<28 weeks according to our country's protocol) or has 
gross congenital malformation or is dead. 
For viable fetus, hand prolapsing with vertex labour could be allowed to continue with the 
hope of spontaneous retraction of the hand as labour progresses. Any attempt to reduce the 
extremity by digital manipulation is contraindicated. Persistent cases should under go 
caesarian section. 
Vertex with foot and breech with hand are indications for caesarian section. 
5. SHOULDER PRESENTATION (TRANSVRESE LIE) 
Shoulder presentation is a presentation in which the long axis of the fetus is at right angles to 
the axis of the uterus so that the presenting part becomes the shoulder. It is the most 
dangerous of the fetal presentations. Occasionally the lie is oblique but this does not persist 
as the uterine contractions during labour make it longitudinal or transverse. 
Incidence is 1:300 deliveries at term but is higher in preterm. 
5.1. Diagnosis 
158
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
Diagnosis is easy but can be overlooked. On abdominal examination, the uterus is 
transversely oval with the fundus scarcely above the umbilicus. The fundal height is less than 
expected for the period of gestation. There is no fetal pole in the fundus and the pelvic inlet. 
The fetus lies crosswise with head in one side of the abdomen. These findings may be 
obscured after membrane rupture in late labour A very high and unreachable presenting part 
on vaginal examination highly suggests transverse lie. Ultrasound confirms the diagnosis and 
identifies the possible causes. 
In labour vaginal examination identifies the shoulders and/ or the ribs or in neglected cases 
the hand prolapsing through the vulva. 
5.2. Mechanism of labour 
There is no mechanism of labour for an average sized fetus. If labour is allowed to continue 
obstructed labour develops. 
In women with capacious pelvis and premature fetus, delivery could occur by doubling up or 
spontaneous version. 
5.3. Management 
· If transverse lie is diagnosed antenatal, refer the patient to hospital as term 
approaches. 
· If shoulder presentation is diagnosed during labour, refer the patient immediately to 
hospital. 
· Shoulder presentation diagnosed before term should be managed expectantly since 
there is a chance of spontaneous version. 
· Shoulder presentation reaching term can be managed by external cephalic version. 
7.6. Complications 
· Cord prolapse 
· Uterine rupture with possible maternal death. This is especially true in neglected 
shoulder presentation. 
6. UMBILICAL CORD PRESENTATION AND PROLAPSE 
It is decent of the umbilical cord into the lower uterine segment. Intermittent or continuous 
compression by the presenting part compromises the fetal circulation causing fetal hypoxia 
and eventually death. It may take the following forms: 
159
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
Overt cord prolapse: presentation of the cord beyond the cervix after rupture of the 
membranes, so that loop of cod is palpable or visible during examination. 
Occult cord prolapse: with ruptured membranes the cord has prolapsed along side the 
presenting part but not in front of it. This is not palpable during vaginal examination 
Cord presentation: the cord is in front of the presenting part with intact membranes so that 
it is felt through the membranes during vaginal examination. 
Incidence varies with the type of presentation. For overt cord prolapse it is 0.5% in cephalic, 
0.5% in frank breech, 5 % in complete breech, 15 % in footling breech and 20% in transverse 
lie. 
Any condition that provides space between the presenting part and the pelvic inlet 
predisposes to cord presentation and prolapse. 
Maternal factors are contracted pelvic inlet, multi parity, tumor previa 
Fetal factors are malpresentation, long umbilical cord, low lying placenta, prematurity, 
multiple gestation, conditions that cause rupture of membranes before engagement of the 
presenting part like in PROM and polyhydraminos 
Iatrogenic factors are artificial rupture membrane done for fetus at high station 
Diagnosis of overt cord prolapse is done by finding loops of cord in the vagina or cervix. 
Feeling loops of cord through the membrane ahead of the presenting part diagnoses cord 
presentation. Diagnosis of occult cord prolapse is suspected by finding variable deceleration 
following rupture of the membranes. 
Management 
I. Cord presentation- emergency caesarian section if the fetus is mature or is nearing 
maturity. 
II. Occult cord prolapse – perform pelvic examination to rule out overt prolapse. Put in a 
position that corrects the fetal decelerations. If this does not correct it and the deceleration 
persists deliver the fetus by the fastest route (instrumental delivery or caesarian section. 
III. Overt cord prolapse – depends on presence of cord pulsation and cervical dilatation. 
If there is no pulsation await spontaneous delivery with or without destructive delivery. 
If pulsations are felt deliver by the fastest route (caesarian section if cervix is not fully dilated, 
instrumental delivery if cephalic and cervix is fully dilated, total breech extraction if breech 
and cervix is fully dilated). 
160
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
Note: If fetus is viable (FHB positive and cord pulsating) until the patient is ready for 
caesarian section put the patient in knee-chest position, apply continuous up ward 
pressure against presenting part , put the cord inside the vagina and give oxygen to the 
mother 
Complications are maternal (complications of operative deliveries) and neonatal (prognosis 
depends on the degree and duration of umbilical cord compression occurring before 
the diagnosis is made and neonatal resuscitation is begun. If the duration of complete cord 
occlusion is less than 5 minutes, the prognosis is good). 
Prevention and early detection 
· Artificial rupture of membrane should be avoided until the presenting part is well 
applied to the cervix. 
· After spontaneous or artificial rupture of membrane, careful and prompt pelvic 
examination should be done to rule out cord prolapse. 
· Before doing ARM, check for the presence of cord. 
7. MALPOSITIONS (VERTEX-MALPOSITION) 
Occipito posterior (OP) may be normal in early labor. Most change by spontaneous rotation 
to occipitoanterior position. Progress of labor is not different from that of occipitoanterior 
position. But slow progress is common as the result of minor degrees of disproportion and 
the long rotation of the fetal head. In 10% it persists in occipito posterior position. 
Mechanism of labor in right occipito posterior position (long rotation) is the same as that of 
occipito anterior position except that it undergoes long rotation. In some cases the occiput 
takes short rotation to assume persistent occipitoposterior position and is delivered with face 
to pubis. 
Diagnosis is easily made by manual vaginal examination when one finds the posterior 
fontanel directed towards the sacrum. Women may 
complain of continuous and severe backache worsening with contractions. 
Management of persistent occipitoposterior position is similar to that of occipitoanterior 
position. One should anticipate prolonged labour from abnormal shape of the pelvis and the 
long rotation of the head. In the absence of CPD, augmentation of labour is possible for 
hypotonic uterine action. 
161
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
Possibilities for vaginal delivery in persistent occipitoposterior position include spontaneous 
vaginal delivery with generous episiotomy, forceps delivery with or without rotation, vacuum 
delivery and caesarian section for CPD. 
Review questions 
1. Describe the general causes of malpresentation 
2. Describe the techniques used in assisted breech delivery. 
3. Describe the mechanism of labour in face presentation. 
4. Discuss the diagnostic features of transverse lie. 
5. Describe the management of overt cord prolapse. 
CHAPTER 18 
162
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
DYSTOCIA 
Learning Objectives 
To define dystocia and list its main causes. 
To discuss the difference between hypo and hyperactive uterine dysfunction. 
To list the major causes and complications of macrosomia. 
To define shoulder dystocia and enumerate the steps in the management. 
To discuss the clinical features and management of hydrocephalus. 
To describe ideal obstetric pelvis and list the indications for pelvic assessment. 
To define and classify contracted pelvis. 
Dystocia is difficult labor, which is characterized by abnormally slow progress of labor. It is 
the most common indication for primary caesarian section. Dystocia is a consequence of 
faults in the five P’s operating alone or in combination. 
· Power (uterine contraction and voluntary muscular efforts) 
· Passage (bony pelvis and soft tissues of the birth canal) 
· Passenger (the fetus) 
· Psyche and physician 
1. Faults in the power (Inefficient uterine contraction or uterine dysfunction) 
Myometrial contractions in normal labor start from one of the pacemakers located in the 
uterine cornu. These contractions are characterized by triple descending gradient, which 
constitutes 
· Propagation of contraction which is downward from the fundus to the cervix. 
· Intensity of contraction that is stronger in the upper part of the uterus. 
· Duration of contraction that is longer in the upper part. 
· Peak of uterine contraction which occurs simultaneously in all parts. 
163
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
The net result of this is to provide effective uterine contraction, which pushes the fetus 
downwards, thus dilating the cervix. In normal labor effective uterine contraction should fulfill 
the following. 
· Frequency of 3-4 contractions per 10 minutes 
· Duration of 45-60 seconds during each contraction 
· Intensity of 20-60 mm Hg with resting tone of 10-15 mm Hg (fundus of the 
uterus can not be indented at the height of contraction) 
Any deviation from this pattern results in uterine dysfunction. In majority of uterine 
dysfunctions the cause is unknown. In the rest the following are implicated: 
· Minor to moderate degrees of CPD, which result in poor application of the 
presenting part to the cervix. 
· Uterine overdistension as in polyhydramnios or multiple pregnancy. 
· Anxiety and emotions (psychological factors), which depress release of 
oxytocin from the posterior pituitary. 
Uterine Dysfunction is common in primigravida than in multiparas (4% vs. 2%). It leads to 
prolonged labor which intern results in maternal exhaustion, increased risk of intrapartum 
and postpartum infection of the mother and fetus, fetal distress and operative deliveries. 
There are two types of uterine dysfunction 
a. Hypotonic uterine dysfunction (uterine inertia) 
b. Hypertonic uterine dysfunction (in coordinate uterine action) 
: 
Hypotonic UD Hypertonic UD 
Resting tone decreased Resting tone increased 
Normal gradient pattern with fundal 
dominance present 
Distorted gradient pattern lower 
segment dominance or complete 
assynchronism of electrical impulses. 
Contractions are decreased in intensity 
with slight rise in pressure therefore, 
less pain and uterus is indentable at the 
height of the contraction 
Contractions are increased in but are 
disorganized ,therefore, contractions 
more painful leading to ketosis 
Responds favorably to oxytocin gets accentuated by oxytocin 
2. Faults in the passenger 
164
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
The fetus may be the cause of dystocia if the presentation is abnormal, if it is big sized or if it 
is grossly malformed. 
I- Malpresentation 
In the absence of contracted pelvis or/and big sized fetus most malpresentations and 
malpositions do not cause dystocia. Significant dystocia is a rule in shoulder presentation, 
persistent brow presentation, persistent mentoposterior presentation and breech with 
extended head, nuchal arm and hydrocephalus. 
II- Macrosomia 
Macrosomia is defined as fetal weight exceeding 4000 grams. The general rule is, the larger 
the size of the fetus the higher the chance of dystocia. There is no clear cut fetal weight limit 
implicated in causing dystocia. In a woman with normal sized pelvis dystocia is unusual if 
fetal weight is less than 3500 grams. 
The causes of macrosomia are maternal diabetes mellitus especially of gestational type and 
post date pregnancy. Increasing parity, increasing age and size of the mother are associated 
with macrosomia. 
Macrosomia should be suspected in a woman with big abdomen, fundal height of the uterus 
bigger than the calculated gestational age from the LMP, fetus seems large with minimum 
amount of amniotic fluid and non-engagement of fetal head at term. Fetal weight can be 
estimated by Johnson’s formula and ultrasound. 
Fetal weight in gram= fundal height in centimeters –n * 155 
n= 12 if the vertex is above the ischial spine 
n= 11 if the vertex is below the ischial spine 
The anticipated complications of macrosomia are deep transverse arrest, shoulder dystocia, 
post partum hemorrhage from uterine atonia or genital tract tears and obstructed labor and 
its complications. 
III. Shoulder dystocia 
Shoulder dystocia is an acute obstetric emergency in which following the delivery of the head 
the shoulders of the fetus can not be delivered despite the performance of routine obstetric 
maneuvers. It results from impaction of the anterior shoulder above the symphysis pubis in 
an antero- posterior diameter. 
165
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
Risk factors for shoulder dystocia, which are identified in only less than 50%, include fetal 
macrosomia, maternal obesity; prolonged labor especially prolonged second stage of labor, 
previous history of shoulder dystocia and difficult operative vaginal deliveries. 
Diagnostic features include 
· Turtle sign – following the delivery of the head the neck is retracted and the 
head recoils against the perineum with the chin pressed against the maternal 
thigh. 
· Spontaneous restitution doesn’t occur and the face becomes plethoric. 
· Failure to deliver the shoulders with maternal expulsive effort and gentle down 
ward traction on the fetal head. 
Complications of shoulder dystocia are post partum hemorrhage from genital tract tears and 
uterine rupture, birth injuries (fractures, brachial plexus injury) and fetal asphyxia and death. 
Shoulder dystocia requires prompt and skillful management. The following steps are useful. 
Step1- Stop maternal expulsive efforts. Stop desperate pulling on the fetal head. Call for 
help. 
Step2- Disimpact the anterior shoulder by one or combination of the following 
maneuvers. 
· McRoberts maneuver (hyper flexion of both legs on the maternal 
abdomen) 
· Rubins maneuver (application of suprapubic pressure in lateral direction 
on the posterior aspect of the anterior shoulder) 
Step 3- Rotational maneuvers (effective anesthesia needed) 
· Wood screws maneuver – rotating the posterior shoulder backward through 
1800(half circle). 
· Rubin rotational maneuver-Rotating the posterior shoulder forward through 
1800. 
Step 4- Extraction of posterior arm 
Step 5- if the above fail perform symphysiotomy and clediotomy 
IV- Congenital malformations 
1. Hydrocephalus 
166
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
Hydrocephalus is progressive enlargement of the cranium resulting from excess 
accumulation of cerebrospinal fluid in the ventricles of the brain. It accounts for 12% of 
malformations at birth and occurs in 1:1000 deliveries. In one third associated defects like 
spina bifida are found. Breech presentation is found in one third of cases. Significant 
dystocia from gross CPD is a rule. 
Clinical features, which may head in diagnosis, are broad firm mass above symphysis in 
cephalic presentation and in labour finding on vaginal examination of tense large 
fontanel, widened suture line and indentable thin cranial bones 
Definite diagnosis requires ultrasound examination, which shows dilated ventricles. Plain 
x-ray of abdomen may show large globular head with small face and thin cranial bones. 
The management of diagnosed hydrocephalus is drainage of excess cerebrospinal fluid 
by cephalocentesis (ventriculocentesis). This procedure involves passing long needle 
through the dilated suture lines into the ventricles. It can be done vaginally (after 3-4 cm 
cervical dilation in cephalic presentation or after the body and shoulders are delivered in 
breech presentation) or transabdominally before the onset of labor. 
2. Others 
Malformations that may cause dystocia include congenital goiter and other neck 
swellings, abdominal masses including ascitis, distended fetal bladder, enlargement of 
liver, kidneys and spleen and conjoined twins. 
Diagnosis is often difficult and should be suspected if dystocia arises after delivery of the 
head .Often stillbirth is the end result. 
3. Faults in the passage 
3.1. Bony dystocia 
The true pelvis has an inlet, mid-cavity and outlet. An ideal obstetric pelvis fulfills the 
following: 
· Round or transversely oval pelvic brim (inlet) without undue projection of the 
sacral promontory. The inclination of the brim should be less than 550 below 
the horizontal, obstetric conjugate (anteroposterior diameter) of 12 cm and 
available transverse diameter of 12.5cm. 
· The cavity should be shallow with straight sidewalls from which the ischial 
spines do not project unduly and large sciatic notches with sacrospinous 
ligament accommodating two fingers (3.5cm). 
167
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
· Outlet with rounded sub pubic angle of 850 or more (two fingers) with inter 
tuberous distance of at least 10cm (4 knuckles). 
CONTRACTED PELVIS results if one or more of the critical internal diameters of the 
pelvis are shortened by 2cm or more. It is classified into: 
I. Generally contracted pelvis-involves contracture of the inlet, midcavity and outlet. 
II Inlet contracture – anteroposterior diameter of less than 10 cm OR transverse 
diameter of less than 12 cm. 
III. Midcavity contracture – anteroposterior diameter of less than 11.5cm or 
transverse diameter of less than 9.5cm. 
IV. Outlet contracture- intertuberous diameter of less than 8cm 
The causes of contracted pelvis are classified as follows. 
I. Normal development of the pelvic bones but with abnormal shape: android type 
pelvis (triangular brim) and platypelloid type pelvis (flat oval brim which is more 
common in women with short stature). 
II. Nutritional deficiency from rickets (Vitamin D deficiency) in child hood and 
osteomalacia in adult. 
III. Diseases or injury in the spines (kyphosis, scoliosis), pelvis (pelvic tumors, 
fractures) and the limbs (poliomyelitis in childhood) 
IV. Congenital disorders of spines (spondtlolistesis, high assimilation pelvis), pelvis 
(Naegels pelvis and Roberts’s pelvis) and the limbs (congenital dislocation of hips) 
Pelvic assessment 
The capacity of the pelvis can be assessed by clinical and X-ray pelvimetry. Pelvic 
assessment is indicated in: 
Primigravida at term with unengaged head. 
Primigravida with height less than 1.5 meters or age less than 18 years. 
Multipara with history of prolonged labor, stillbirth, early neonatal death or severe neonatal 
injury. 
Women to be induced or augmented. 
Before trial of scar in lady with previous caesarian section. 
Women with abnormal presentation (face, breech and brow). 
168
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
Clinical pelvic assessment should be done after emptying the bladder and putting the 
woman in lithotomy position. Then one should assess the following: 
Reachability of sacrum promontory. If reachable measure the diagonal conjugate. 
Smoothness and concavity of sacrum. 
Straightness of the sidewall and projection of the ischial spine. 
Size of sub pubic angle and intertuberous distance. 
Soft tissue masses and strechability of the perineum. 
Management 
The management of contracted pelvis depends on the degree of contracture and 
presence of other obstetric complications notably malpositions, malpresentations and 
macrosomia. Regardless of other obstetric complications, grossly contracted pelvis 
should be managed by caesarian section preferably electively. 
The management of borderline contracted pelvis depends on the presence of 
other obstetric complications. Caesarian section should be done in the presence of 
macrosomic fetus, malpresentation in a normal sized fetus and conditions which need 
induction/ augmentation. In the absence of these a trial of labor should be given before 
a decision of caesarian section. 
169
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
3.2. Soft tissue dystocia 
Cause Management 
A. Cervical Dystocia 
Rigid cervix from stenosis digital dilation, cervical incision 
Conglutination of the cervix digital dilation, cervical incision 
Cervical cancer with infiltration caesarian section 
B. Vagina 
Septum(transverse or longitudinal) Incision or caesarian section 
Incomplete atresia caesarian section 
Annular stricture manual dilatation, incision or caesarian 
section 
Extensive scarring manual dilatation, incision or caesarian 
section 
Gartner duct cyst Aspirate aseptically 
Tetanic contraction of levator ani anesthesia 
Vulvar scar generous episiotomy 
C. Pelvic masses 
Myoma, ovarian cyst caesarian section 
Review Questions 
1. Enumerate the causes of dystocia. 
2. Discuss the difference between hypotonic and hypertonic uterine dysfunction. 
3. Discuss the management of shoulder dystocia. 
4. Discuss the classification and causes of contracted pelvis. 
5. List the indications for pelvic assessment. 
170
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
CHAPTER 19 
OBSTRUCTED LABOR AND RUPTURED UTERUS 
Learning Objectives 
To define obstructed labor and uterine rupture. 
To list the important causes of obstructed labor and uterine rupture. 
To enumerate the immediate and late complications of the obstructed labor. 
To discuss the clinical features obstructed labor and uterine rupture. 
To outline the management of obstructed labor and uterine rupture. 
To discuss the prevention of obstructed labor. 
1. OBSTRUCTED LABOR 
1.1. Definition- 
Obstructed labor (OL) is failure of descent of the fetus in the birth canal for mechanical 
reasons arising from either the passage or passenger in spite of adequate uterine 
contraction. It is an absolute condition, which should be applied only when further progress is 
impossible without assistance. 
1.2. Importance 
OL is one of the major causes of maternal mortality in developing countries. Its incidence is 
mainly related to the availability, accessibility and quality of antepartum and intrapartum 
services in the community and to a lesser extent to the incidence of fetopelvic disproportion 
in the community. OL should never occur in communities where obstetric care is optimal 
even if disproportion is prevalent. Therefore, OL is considered as a sign of major failure in 
obstetric care. 
171
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
1.3. Causes 
Cephalopelvic disproportion (CPD) remains to be the commonest cause of OL. Contracted 
pelvis (which is prevalent in developing countries where childhood malnutrition and early 
marriage are common)is responsible for most of the CPD. Macrosomic babies and fetal 
malformations account for the minor proportion of CPD. 
Malpresentation is the other major cause of OL. Included in here are neglected shoulder 
presentation, impacted big breech, and arrested aftercoming head in breech, persistent brow 
and mentoposterior presentations. In the presence of borderline contracted pelvis 
mentoanterior and persistent occipitoposterior positions may cause OL. 
Other rare causes of OL include deep transverse arrest, shoulder dystocia and soft tissue 
obstruction. 
1.4. Complications 
The immediate and late complications of OL are responsible for the high maternal mortality, 
stillbirth and early neonatal death associated with this condition. In those who survive 
significant maternal and neonatal morbidity results in short and long term debility. The impact 
of these complications is immense in developing countries where health service coverage is 
low and resources are scarce. 
The immediate complications include 
· Atonic postpartum hemorrhage 
· Uterine rupture (rare in primigravidas) 
· Intra and post partum infection leading to peritonitis, sepsis and septic shock 
· Maternal tetanus 
· Fetal cerebral birth trauma 
· Fetal distress 
· Fetal and early neonatal infection and sepsis 
The late complications include 
· Fistulas(vesico-vaginal fistula and recto-vaginal fistula) 
· Vaginal stenosis and stricture 
· Foot drop(sciatic and common peroneal nerve injury) 
172
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
· Contracture of joints and ostitis pubis 
· Perinatal asphyxia & mental retardation 
1.5. Clinical features 
Women with obstructed labour invariably give history of prolonged labor with early rupture of 
membranes. Usually these women did not receive ANC during pregnancy. 
On examination they are exhausted, anxious and weak. Invariably there are signs of 
dehydration and intrapartum infection. In multipara three tumors abdomen is seen prior to 
rupture (bladder, lower segment and thick upper segment with the Bandls ring in 
between).Uterus may be hypotonic or may show strong contractions especially in multipara. 
Bladder is edematous and distended with very little urine in it. Bowels are usually distended 
from acidosis induced hypokalemia. Fetus may be in distress or dead. Evidence of gross 
CPD (caput and significant molding) or malpresentation is found on pelvic examination. 
1.6. Management 
The principles in the management of OL are 
· Obstruction must be relieved without delay. Before doing so, one should rectify the 
effects of prolonged labor (dehydration, acidosis and intrapartum infection) partially or 
fully. 
· Some form of operative delivery is always needed to relieve the obstruction (vaginal 
or abdominal). 
· Non-operative methods like oxytocin have no place in the management of OL. 
I. Resuscitation 
It should be started as soon as the diagnosis is made using the available facilities and 
resources. In referral cases, this has to be started at the peripheral clinic and continued 
during transportation. The components are: 
A .Fluid and electrolyte replacement to tackle dehydration and acidosis 
· Open an intravenous line preferably with a wide bore indwelling cannula 
· Infuse crystalloids fast.(for example 5%dextrose in saline with 50% glucose added ) 
· Monitor urine output by inserting indwelling plastic catheter (Catheterization may be 
difficult if the presenting part is impacted and may require digital dislodgement .Never 
use metallic catheter as this causes urethral injury.) 
173
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
B. Control infection 
In all cases infection must be assumed and intravenous broad spectrum antibiotics 
should be commenced prophylactically. The chosen antibiotics should cover gram positive, 
gram negative and anaerobic bacteria. Initial loading dose followed by maintenance dose 
should be given. 
II. Preintervention preparation 
· Catheterize the bladder as described above. 
· Empty the stomach by nasogastric tube. 
· Determine hemtocrite and blood group. Cross match at least 1 unit of blood 
· Give antacids orally 
III. Relief of obstruction 
One should decide on the best method of delivery because it has an impact on the survival 
of the mother. Unless there are contraindications vaginal route is preferred route of 
delivery. The risks associated with abdominal delivery are 
 Peritonitis from peritoneal contamination by infected uterine contents 
 Anesthetic risks like aspiration pnumonitis 
 Bladder and ureteral damage 
 Bleeding from extension of the incision 
 Scar on the uterus with risk of future rupture in a mother who may not return next time 
Abdominal delivery (caesarian section or laparatomy for uterine rupture) is indicated in the 
following conditions 
 Alive fetus with incomplete cervical dilatation or preconditions for instrumental 
delivery not fulfilled 
 Imminent or definite uterine rupture even if the fetus is dead 
 Dead fetus when criteria for destructive delivery are not met 
The modes in vaginal delivery include 
 Generous episiotomy if the cause is tight perineum or scarring from genital mutilation 
 Vacuum is of limited value except as an adjunct to symphysiotomy 
174
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
 Forceps is limited value except in deep transverse arrest 
 Symphysiotomy –limited experience 
 Destructive delivery (embryotomy) 
Vaginal route of delivery is contraindicated in the following conditions 
 Ruptured uterus (manipulation may extend the tear or removes the tamponade 
effect ) 
 Imminent uterine rupture (manipulation may complete the rupture) 
 Alive fetus with high station or incomplete dilatation of the cervix 
 Dead fetus where the criteria for embryotomy are not fulfilled 
IV. Post intervention care 
 Increase intake (parenteral or oral) to reverse dehydration 
 Continue antibiotics (initially parenteral later oral) to complete full coarse 
 Institute continuous bladder drainage by indwelling catheter for 5-7 days 
1.7. Prevention 
Even with aggressive management OL is associated with high mortality and morbidity both to 
the mother and the fetus. Therefore, health programs should focus on prevention of OL, 
which is considered to be a largely preventable condition. As a general rule, OL should never 
occur in a patient who has received optimal antenatal and intrapartum care. This can be 
achieved by non-sophisticated and non-expensive methods tailored to the immediate 
resources of the community. Where feasible, hospital care for all is ideal. 
The measures that should be undertaken to prevent OL include 
 Provision of accessible family planning methods 
 Provision of universal quality ANC to all pregnant women to identify risk factors 
 Provision of intrapartum care (includes use of partograph) by skilled personnel who 
can identify intrapartum risk factors and provide appropriate management (ranges 
from early referral to provision of treatment). 
 Provision of a well-organized and fully functional unit (hospital or health center) for 
delivery of comprehensive emergency obstetric care. This includes availability of 
functional operation theatre and blood transfusion services. 
175
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
 Provision of a good referral system for immediate transfer of mothers. 
 Community education on: 
· Harmful traditional practices (early marriage, female genital mutilation, harmful 
maneuvers in labor). 
· Importance of good nutrition in childhood and pregnancy 
· Empowering women. 
· Importance of ANC and supervision of labor by skilled personnel. 
2. UTERINE RUPTURE 
2.1. Definition and types 
Ruptured uterus is defined as a tear in the wall of the uterus which commonly occurs in the 
lower segment of the uterus. The tear could be anterior, posterior, lateral or combination of 
these. It could be transverse, vertical or combination of these configurations. In most, it 
occurs in the intrapartum period but antepartum rupture can occur especially in women with 
classic caesarian section scar or scars related to other gynecologic surgeries like 
myomectomy. 
Rupture of the uterus is classified into two categories. 
 Complete (true) - the tear extends through the whole thickness of the uterus including 
the myometrium and the peritoneum so that there is free communication with the 
peritoneal cavity. 
 Incomplete (occult) - the tear extends through the myometrium but not through the 
overlying peritoneum so that there is no free communication with the general 
peritoneal cavity. 
2.2. Causes 
By far the commonest cause of uterine rupture is neglected obstructed labor especially in 
multipara. The next common cause is rupture or dehiscence of a previous caesarian section 
scar. Other causes include 
 Oxytocin or prostaglandin administration 
 Difficult instrumental delivery like high or mid forceps 
 Difficult destructive delivery 
176
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
 Internal podalic version and breech extraction 
 Difficult manual removal of placenta 
 Other surgical scars on the uterus(repaired ruptured uterus, myomectomy) 
 Vigorous fundal pressure and sharp penetrating trauma 
2.3. Clinical features 
Diagnosis of uterine rupture is usually reached using clinical symptoms and signs. But at 
times it is difficult especially in those with scar on the uterus and those under regional 
anesthesia. Diagnosis in these cases often needs manual exploration of the uterus and even 
exploratory laparatomy. 
Clinical features are variable and are largely dependant on the time elapsed after the rupture, 
the site and extent of the rupture, the degree of fetal and placental extrusion(the degree of 
intraperitoneal spill)and the tamponade effect offered by the fetus. Therefore, a high index of 
suspicion is needed for diagnosis for those not presenting classically. 
The usual symptoms of impending (imminent) uterine rupture are 
 Worsening abdominal pain especially suprapubic persisting between contraction 
 Strange feeling of the fetus moving upwards 
The usual symptoms in uterine rupture include 
 Sudden cessation of contraction and fetal movement often following a sharp tearing 
pain at the height of the contraction 
 Temporary relief of pain followed by diffuse, continuous abdominal pain 
 Variable degree of vaginal bleeding depending on the degree of fetal impaction 
 Gross hematuria in anterior wall rupture with bladder rupture 
The clinical signs are also variable and include 
 Normal vital signs to profound shock (tamponade effect and involved blood vessels) 
 Variable pallor 
 Variable abdominal tenderness and distension 
 Absent uterine contraction and fetal heart beat 
 In anterior rupture, defect in the uterine wall and easily palpable fetal parts 
 Variable shifting dullness 
177
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
 Presenting part may be jammed or retracted with variable vaginal bleeding 
Feeling a defect on vaginal examination or seeing the defect at laparatomy makes definitive 
diagnosis of uterine rupture. 
2.4. Management 
The life of the patient depends on the speed and efficacy with which hypovolemia is 
corrected, hemorrage is controlled and infection is treated. In places where surgical 
intervention cannot be provided, early referral should be undertaken only after resuscitative 
measures are initiated. 
A. Supportive management 
This has the objective of initiation of treatment for impending or full blown shock, intrapartum 
infection and preparing the woman for laparatomy. Components include 
· Opening intravenous line with wide bore cannula. 
· Vigorous infusion of crystalloids. 
· Initiation of parenteral antibiotics covering the mixed organisms like obstructed 
labour. 
· Performing laboratory tests for hemoglobin and blood group/RH status. 
· Preparing at least two units of cross matched blood. 
· Inserting naso-gastric tube and folley catheter. 
B. Definitive management 
Immediate laparatomy should be performed .The surgical options include 
· total abdominal hysterectomy 
· sub- total abdominal hysterectomy 
· repair of the rupture with bilateral tubal ligation 
Review Questions 
178
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
1. Define obstructed labor and list the important causes. 
2. Describe the complications of obstructed labor. 
3. Discuss the management and prevention of obstructed labor. 
4. Discuss the clinical features and management of ruptured uterus. 
179
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
CHAPTER 20 
FETAL DISTRESS 
Learning Objectives 
To define fetal distress and describe its pathophysiologic basis 
To list the etiology of fetal distress with emphasis to iatrogenic causes 
To discuss the diagnostic features of fetal distress 
To describe the management of fetal distress 
Fetal Distress is the sign of inability to withstand the stress of labor leading to asphyxia, 
which if prolonged, places the fetus at risk of permanent neurologic injury, multiple organ 
failure and eventually death .There is no single indicator that definitely diagnoses fetal 
distress but abnormal fetal heart rate patterns and fetal scalp PH determination (where 
available) are usually used in the diagnosis. 
1. Pathophysiology 
A normally grown fetus has stored reserves of glycogen and fat to be used at times of stress 
like labor. In labor temporary cessation of placental transfer of oxygen and nutrients occur 
during uterine contraction. This results in anaerobic metabolism with accumulation of lactic 
acid and carbon dioxide that increases as labor progresses. This is normally corrected 
between each contraction provided there is adequate oxygen carrying capacity of the 
mother, adequate perfusion of the placenta, adequate relaxation period between 
contractions (resting tonus), good umbilical blood flow (patent vessels) and adequate fetal 
energy reserve. 
Failure to correct this mild form from pathological conditions results in progressive 
accumulation of lactic acid and carbon dioxide. This results in acidosis and reduction of 
oxygen ending up in asphyxia .The net effect is change in fetal heart beat, which forms the 
basis fir diagnosis and in extreme cases passage of muconium. 
180
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
2. Etiology 
In general all forms of fetal distress originate from deficient delivery of oxygen to the fetus. 
Some occur as the result of sudden catastrophic events like massive abruptio placenta and 
cord prolapse. Some are iatrogenic in origin. 
I. Uterine and placental factors 
 Increased tone and frequency of contraction from oxytocin induction and 
augmentation and precipitate labor 
 Decreased placental surface area from abruptio placenta 
 Uteroplacental insufficiency from post term pregnancy and hypertensive disorders of 
pregnancy 
II. Umbilical cord 
 Cord prolapse either iatrogenic or spontaneous 
 Cord compression from oligohydramnios and entanglement and knot 
III. Fetal factors 
 Limited or exhausted reserve like in intrauterine growth restriction, prolonged labor 
and fetal anemia (example isoimmunization) 
IV. Maternal factors 
 Decreased oxygenation from cardiac and respiratory diseases, severe anemia, 
smoking 
 Decreased blood pressure from sudden maternal shock (example APH), supine 
hypotension syndrome and conduction anesthesia 
3. Diagnosis 
The diagnosis of FD is usually based on 
I. Abnormal fetal heart rate patterns 
An abnormal FHR pattern is associated with high false positive rate; therefore, it should be 
used as a screening method for which additional methods (scalp PH) are needed for 
confirmation. In the absence of confirmatory tests combination of abnormal patterns should 
be used to increase the sensitivity. .The abnormal patterns include 
 Baseline bradycardia is classified as moderate (fetal heart beat of 80-100/min for >3 
min) and severe (fetal heart beat of <80 /min for > 3 min) 
181
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
 Baseline tachycardia is classified as mild (fetal heart beat of 161-180 /min for >15 
min) and severe (fetal heart beat of > 180 / min for > 15 min) 
 Repeated late deceleration 
 Severe recurrent variable deceleration (drop of FHB to < 70/ min with duration of > 60 
sec) 
 Reduced beat to beat variability 
II. Fetal scalp blood PH and gas analysis 
Currently, it is the best method to assess the acid base status of the fetus. It needs special 
gas analyzer and is not available in all settings. 
4. Management 
The management of fetal distress has two components 
I. Correction of the potential insults (intrauterine resuscitation) 
 Put the mother in left lateral position 
 Start intravenous infusion of fluids(dextrose in saline with 40 %glucose) 
 Give oxygen by mask at the rate of 8-10 liters/minute 
 Discontinue oxytocin 
 Correction of hypotension of regional anesthesia 
 For cord prolapse put in knee chest position and disimpact the presenting part 
 Others- amnioinfusion for cord compression 
-acute tocolysis with terbutaline till delivery 
II. Remove the fetus from the hostile environment 
Deliver the fetus by the most expeditious route. This is accomplished by caesarian section (if 
in the first stage or if prerequisites for instrumental delivery are not met in the second stage) 
or by instrumental delivery (if in the second stage). 
Review questions 
1. Describe the pathophysiology of fetal distress. 
2. Enumerate the causes of fetal distress. 
182
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
3. Discuss the management of fetal distress. 
References 
1. DeCherney AH, Pernoll ML Current. Obstetrics and Gynecologic diagnosis and 
treatment, 8th edition, 1994. 
2. Lawson J. B, Stewart D. B, Obstetrics and Gynecology in the Tropics and developing 
countries 
3. Scott JR., DiSaia PJ, Hammond CB, Spellacy WN: Danforth’s obstetrics and Gynecology, 
8th edition, 1999. 
4. Novak’s text of Obstetrics & Gynecology, 10th edition, 1981. 
5. Addis Ababa University faculty of medicine department of Obstetrics and Gynecology: 
Guideline for management of obstetric and gynecologic problems, 1st edition, 2003. 
6. Bennett V.Ruth and Brown Linda K.: MYLES text book for mid wives, 13th edition 
7. Llewellyn Jones D, Fundamentals of Obstetrics and Gynecology, Volume 1, Fifth edition, 
1990 
8. Kenneth R. Niswander, Manual of Obstetrics, diagnosis and therapy, 1st edtion, 1982 
9. John Cook, Surgery at district hospital, Obstetrics and Gynecology 1991 
10. Dreissen F, Obstetric problems, A practical manual, 1991 
11. WHO, Department of reproductive health and research, integrated management of 
pregnancy and childbirth. Managing complications in pregnancy and childbirth. A guide for 
midwives and doctors, 8. 
12. MOH/ FHD, Technical Guidelines in managing maternal and new born care 
13 Cunningham F. Gary et. al, Williams Obstetrics,20th edition, 1993 
14. King M, Bews P, Karins , Thornton J: Primary surgery, Volume 1 (Non trauma); Oxford 
medical publication, 1990 
183
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
184
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
PART IV 
NORMAL AND ABNORMAL 
PEURPERIUM 
185
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
CHAPTER 21 
NORMAL PUERPERIUM AND ITS MANAGEMENT 
Learning objectives 
· To describe the normal changes of puerperium 
· To know the conduct of normal puerperium 
· To detect and manage abnormal puerperium 
Introduction: 
Puerperium is the period of adjustment following pregnancy and delivery when anatomic 
and physiologic changes of pregnancy are reversed and the body returns to non pregnant 
state. This period of adjustment traditionally extends to six weeks postpartum. It is classified 
into three phases 
· Immediate extends from delivery to 24 hours postpartum 
· Early extends from 24 hours to the end of the first week 
· Late extends from the end of the first week to complete involution of the generative 
organs which is traditionally 6 weeks 
Physiologic changes of puerperium 
1. Involution 
This is a process by which the reproductive organs return to the pre-gravid state. 
The uterus from a size of 20 weeks (at or just below the umbilicus) just after delivery reduces 
in size at a rate of one finger per day. By the end of the first week it is 12 weeks, by 10 -14 
days it becomes impalpable per abdomen and reaches non gravid state by 6 weeks. Its 
weight reduces from 1000 grams at the end of delivery to 50- 100 grams by 6 weeks. 
186
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
In the first 2- 3 days after delivery the uterus contracts strongly causing lower abdominal 
discomfort and pain. This is called the after pain and is commonly seen in multiparas. It is 
worse after suckling. 
The endometrium, besides the placental site, differentiates into superficial and basal layers in 
2-3 days. The superficial layer gets necrotic and is cast off as lochia. Regeneration of the 
basal layer is completed in 10- 16 days. The placental site is reduced by 50% following 
delivery. Regeneration starts by day 7 and is completed between 3-6 weeks. 
Lochia is an alkaline discharge of variable amount from the uterus during puerperium. 
Depending on the color, it is classified as 
· Lochia rubra reddish discharge from day 1- 4 which rapidly becomes reddish brown 
and mainly contain blood. 
· Lochia serosa pink colored discharge from day 5-9 
· Lochia Alba thick yellowish whitish discharge starting from day 10 and extends for 
variable period. It mainly contains white blood cells and degenerated decidual cells 
The cervix becomes a little more than one centimeter dilated at the end of the first week, and 
then closes slowly. For those that have delivered vaginally, the external os changes to 
transverse slit. Complete healing and re epithialization of laceration takes 6-12 weeks. 
Vagina, perineum and abdominal wall regain their tone but some degree of laxity remains. 
The torn hymen forms carenculae myrtiformis. Traumatic lesions of the vagina and the vulva 
heal in 5-7 days. 
2. Systemic changes 
Enlargement of the kidneys persist for moths. Glomerular filtration rate returns to normal in 8 
weeks. Ureteric dilatation persists for 12 weeks. Urinary ladder capacity is increased with 
little increase in intravesical pressure. Incomplete emptying results in more residual urine. 
Diuresis of the excess extra cellular fluid starts between days2-5 and causes weight loss of 4 
kilograms. 
There is rapid consumption of clotting factors in the first few hours after delivery. But after the 
first day, there is rapid crease in clotting factors which reaches maximum y days 3- 5 and 
maintained for 2 weeks. 
Leukocytosis of upto 25000 per mm3 is common. 
187
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
Blood volume returns to normal in third week. Blood pressure tends to increase is the first 5 
days owing to the increase in peripheral resistance. Cardiac output takes moths to return to 
normal. 
3. Endocrine changes 
Most protein placental hormones, like human placental lactogen, become undetectable within 
one day. HCG levels gradually decline and disappear by 11-16 days. Estrogen and 
progesterone levels also decline to reach their lowest between 3-7 days. 
The pitutary gland, which has increased in size by 30- 100% during pregnancy, starts to 
regress after the first week. In non lactating mother, prolactin level returns to non pregnant 
level by 2 weeks. In lactating mother, it remains above the non pregnant level with dramatic 
increase during suckling. Depending o the frequency of feeding, this response gradually 
declines over a period of 6- 12 months. 
With the disappearance of human placental lactogen, relative hyperinsulinemia develops 
resulting in lower fasting ad postprandial glucose levels. In diabetic women insulin 
requirements fall. 
4. Return of fertility and menustration 
Follicular phase level of estrogen is reached in 19- 21 days in non lactating, in 60 – 80 days 
in lactating and menstruating women vagina up to 180 days lactating amenorrhic women. 
FSH ad LH levels are very low in the first 10- 12 days in all women Levels then reach 
follicular phase levels at the end of second and third weeks. 
Menustration resumes in six weeks in 30% and in 12 weeks in 70% of non lactating women. 
In lactating women the range for resumption of menustration is 2-18 months, with 70 % 
starting to have ovulation by 36 weeks. 
In non lactating women, ovulation resumes as early as 33 days. In lactating women this is 
highly variable and is largely dependent on the strength of suckling (frequency and duration 
of each feeding and weaning). The earliest time of ovulation in lactating women is 10 weeks, 
with only 20 % ovulating in six months. 
5. Initiation and maintenance of lactation 
Two events needed for the initiation of lactation are drop in placental hormones mainly 
progesterone and estrogen and release of oxytocin and prolactin by suckling reflex (letdown 
reflex). This reflex is a neuroendocrine reflex. The first milk (colostrum) has high fat and 
antibody content with little casein. 
188
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
Advantages of breast feeding includes acceleration of uterine involution, provides postpartum 
contraception, provides nutrients and antibodies to the neonate, it is ideal food at right 
temperature and is sterile, does not need preparation and enhances mother to child bonding. 
Risks are mother to child transmission of HIV in HIV positive mother, development of cracked 
nipples and mastitis. 
Lactation suppression can be achieved by tight fitting brassiere, giving estrogen alone or 
combined with testosterone and bromocryptine. 
Conduct of normal puerperium (Post partum care) 
Depending on the practices in different settings, women with uncomplicated labour and 
delivery can be discharged in 6 to 24 hours. Adequate patient support at home is essential. 
· Adequate rest during the day and a good night sleep is essential. Insomnia, which is 
a common during early puerperium, should be treated with sedatives. 
· Early ambulation as of the second day. This will accelerate involution, helps in 
drainage of lochia, and reduces deep vein thrombosis and constipation. Usual 
household activities should be started after three weeks including postpartum 
exercises. 
· The importance of nourishing diet with high calorie and high fluid intake should be 
stressed. 
· Bathing can be take as soon as the woman is ambulatory. Vaginal douching should 
be avoided in early puerperium. Perineal hygiene using clean soap and water should 
be do e twice a day. Perineal pads are used as needed and should be properly 
disposed. 
· Encourage periodic voluntary micturition every four hours to prevent acute urinary 
retention. 
· Sexual intercourse may resume when bright bleeding ceases, the vulvar lacerations 
have healed and the woman is physically comfortable and emotionally ready. 
Physical readiness usually takes three weeks. 
· Care of the baby which includes breast feeding, immunization, weaning practice and 
hygiene. 
· Breast care 
189
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
· Contraception: Risks of pregnancy with or without breast feeding should e discussed. 
Family planning methods should be started as early as possible (2-3 weeks) 
depending on free informed choice of the mother. Abstinence till the postpartum visit 
is one option. Natural methods can be used in highly motivated couples. But it 
needs the resumption of normal menstrual cycle. Barrier methods such as condoms 
and spermicidals can be used except the cervical cup and diaphragm. Hormonal 
contraceptives mainly progesterone only pills, injectables and implants can be used 
safely. Intrauterine device can be inserted after 6 weeks. Permanent methods of 
contraception mainly tubal ligation can be done immediately (within 72 hours) or after 
6 weeks. 
· Danger symptoms that include persistent bloody lochia, offensive lochia, severe 
perineal pain or swelling, fever, unilateral painful swelling of the legs and playful 
swollen breast. 
· Provision of medications: analgesics for afterpain and perineal pain, sedatives for 
insomnia, sitz bath for episiotomy and perineal lacerations, hemathenics for anemia, 
anti D gamma globulin for RH negative unsensitized women with RH positive 
neonate, antibiotics if indicated 
· Postnatal follow up: It is usually conducted after 6 weeks. 
Review questions 
1. Define puerperium. 
2. Describe the physiologic changes of puerperium. 
3. Discuss the management of normal puerperium. 
190
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
CHAPTER 22 
POSTPARTUM HEMORRHAGE (PPH) 
Learning objectives 
· To define PPH and describe the important causes of PPH 
· To identify high risk factors for PPH. 
· To outline the management of PPH. . 
191
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
· To describe the techniques of manual removal of placenta. 
· To describe the diagnosis and management of uterine inversion. 
Introduction 
Postpartum hemorrhage (PPH) accounts for 25% of direct maternal deaths and affects 5.8% 
of vaginal deliveries. PPH is a description of an event not a diagnosis; therefore, one should 
identify the cause before giving specific treatment. It is the second commonest cause of 
maternal death in Ethiopia. In developed countries, better obstetric care and use of oxytocic 
drugs has reduced the incidence of primary PPH from over 15% to fewer than 4% of all 
deliveries. 
1. Definition and classification 
Post partum hemorrhage is defined as blood loss of more than 500ml following vaginal 
delivery of the fetus and 1000 ml following delivery of the fetus by caesarian section or a fall 
in hemtocrite of more than 10% from predelivery values or bleeding following delivery 
causing change in the vital signs. Depending on when it occurs, it is classified into three. 
Third stage hemorrhage is PPH that occurs between the delivery of the fetus and the 
delivery of the placenta. 
Primary PPH is PPH that occurs within the first 24 hours of the delivery of the fetus. 
Secondary PPH is PPH that occurs between 24 hours of the delivery of the fetus and 6 
weeks postpartum. 
2. Primary PPH 
2.1. Causes and predisposing factors 
There are four major causes of primary PPH. 
I. Uterine atonia 
This account for 50% of primary PPH. Predisposing factors include 
· Over distended uterus from multiple pregnancy, polyhydramnios and macrosomia. 
· Exhausted or weak myometrium from prolonged/obstructed labor, chorioamnionitis, 
induction/augmentation of labor using oxytocin, anesthesia with halothane, precipitate 
192
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
labour and conditions which decrease nutrient supply to the uterus ( anemia and 
hypotension of any cause). 
· Previous history of uterine atony 
· Others; - full bladder, grandmultiparity (more than five children), uterine liomyoma and 
APH (ante partum hemorrhage from placenta previa and abruptio placenta). 
II. Genital tract trauma (lacerations) 
This causes 20% of primary PPH and includes bleeding from perineal tears, episiotomy 
extensions, vaginal tears, cervical tears and ruptured uterus. It also includes pelvic 
hematoma. The risk factors are precipitate labour, difficult instrumental and destructive 
deliveries, macrosomia, shoulder dystocia, caesarian section and difficult manual removal of 
the placenta. 
III. Retained placenta cotyledons and membrane 
This mainly results from the mismanagement of the third stage of labour (controlled cord 
traction before the signs of separation of the placenta and failure to properly examine the 
placenta following its delivery). 
IV. Coagulation and bleeding disorders 
The risk factors include severe preeclampsia/ ecclampsia, severe abruptio placenta, 
prolonged intrauterine fetal death, amniotic fluid embolism, anticoagulant treatment and 
bleeding disorder before pregnancy. 
2.2. Management 
Call for help! Effective management of primary PPH requires team work. One group is 
involved in resuscitation and at the same time another group has the task of 
identifying and treating the cause of the bleeding. 
I. Resuscitation 
Establish an intravenous line. Take blood for hemoglobin, blood group and Rh factor 
determination and cross matching. 
Start infusing intravenous fluids fast. Rate depends on the extent of bleeding and vital sign 
derangement. 
Insert an indwelling bladder catheter and record urine output. 
Take vital signs frequently. 
II. Identify the cause and institute appropriate treatment. 
193
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
Step1. First assess the tone of the uterus per abdomen .If the uterus is firmly contracted; 
uterine atony is unlikely and proceed to step 2. If the uterus is flabby and soft institute the 
following management for uterine atony. 
Make sure that the bladder is empty. 
Initiate uterine contraction by either rubbing up the uterus and by giving oxytocic drugs like 
pitocin or ergometrine or prostaglandins. Oxytocin can be given as an infusion of 20 I.U. in 
1000 ml dextrose in saline initially run fast until the uterus contracts well then at the rate of 
40 drops/min. The dose of ergometrine is 0.25 – 0.5mg intramuscular or intravenous which 
can be repeated every 5 minutes to maximum of 1.25 mg. Hypertension and cardiac 
diseases are a relative contraindication for ergometrine use. It may inhibit subsequent uterine 
exploration because of titanic uterine contraction. If no intravenous access oxytocin 10 IU 
intramuscular or intramyometrial can be given. 
If bleeding continues despite the above measures one should perform bimanual 
compression of the uterus. This is a life saving obstetric procedure which must be 
performed by all health professionals attending deliveries. The first part of the procedure 
involves grasping the posterior aspect of uterine fundus and pushing it down to the 
symphysis by the nondominant hand per abdomen. The second part of the procedure 
involves inserting sterile gloved other hand into the vagina and placing the first and second 
fingers on either side of the cervix in the anterior fornix and push it up and anteriorly. Then 
massage the uterus with both hands while compression of the uterus is maintained. The 
pressure should be applied continuously for 5 minutes. 
If the bleeding continues surgical intervention should be taken without delay. The options 
range from conservative surgery of uterine or internal iliac artery ligation to radical surgery of 
hysterectomy (subtotal or total). Manual compression of the aorta can be done while 
preparing for surgery or during referrals. This method can be kept for hours. 
Step2. Inspect of the perineum, the vagina and the cervix under good light for laceration 
or tears. Inspection of the vagina is done with the help of vaginal specula and all the walls 
are inspected. Inspection of the cervix requires placement of two oval forceps on the lips 
of the cervix which are rotated alternatively to cover the whole circumference of the 
cervix. 
Management of genital tears is repair of the tears. 
Step3. If no tear is found then perform manual exploration of the uterus under aseptic 
conditions for reminants of the placenta and to detect uterine rupture. 
194
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
For reminants the management is manual curettage or postpartum curettage by manual 
vacuum aspiration or postpartum curret, which must be done under the cover of oxytocin. 
For uterine rupture laparatomy must be done. 
Step4. If no reminants or uterine rupture is found on manual exploration then consider 
coagulopathy as a cause of primary PPH. 
The management is treating the underlying cause and replacing clotting factors by fresh 
whole blood or fresh frozen plasma. 
2.3. Prevention 
The most important preventive measure for uterine atony is universal application of active 
third stage management. Prevention of risk factors during ANC (like anemia) and intrapartum 
period (like prolonged labour) is also equally important. 
Provision of controlled delivery of the fetus and adhering to the principles of instrumental and 
other operative deliveries reduces genital tract trauma. 
Proper third stage management prevents PPH from reminants. 
3. Secondary PPH 
3.1. Causes 
Retained placental pieces or blood clot or membrane 
Sub involution of the uterus 
Endomyometritis 
Undiagnosed genital tract tear 
Uncommon: Necrotic fibroid, choriocarcinoma, chronic inversion 
3.2. Management 
I. General 
a. Treatment of shock 
b. Start antibiotics 
c. Investigations- hemoglobin, white blood cell count, ultrasound for reminants, HCG 
in titer and others 
II. Specific 
195
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
a. Evacuate the uterus under oxytocin. oral ergometrine may be continued for 3-5 
days. 
b. Sitting or semi-sitting position assists in gravitational drainage. 
c. Treat anemia 
d. Rarely hysterectomy and exploration may be required. 
3.3. Prevention 
Proper examination of the placenta and membranes. 
Clean delivery. 
Prophylactic antibiotics when there are any of the predisposing factors. 
4. Retained Placenta 
Retained placenta is the term used when the placenta is retained with no part of it extracted 
or delivered after 30 minutes of the delivery of the fetus. Retained placenta causes third 
stage hemorrhage and if this does not occur it predisposes to puerperal sepsis. 
The possible causes are uterine inertia, constriction ring, retracted cervix, pathological 
adherence of the placenta (placenta accreta) and mismanagement of third stage. 
The management of retained placenta is removal of the placenta. Before removal is 
attempted, an intravenous line should be opened and blood for hemtocrite, blood grouping 
and cross matching should be taken. 
To determine the method of removal of the placenta, first assess the size and tone of the 
uterus abdominally and perform vaginal examination to assess the degree of cervical 
dilatation and the presence of placental tissue in the cervix or vagina. Depending on the 
degree of placental separation and cervical dilatation the retained placenta can be delivered 
by one of the following methods. 
· Controlled cord traction as described in chapter 
· Manual removal of placenta 
· Postpartum curette in pieces 
Manual removal of the placenta is a basic life saving obstetric procedure. It is indicated in 
third stage hemorrhage, retained placenta of more than 1 hour and in active third stage 
management when the cord is severed or if the placenta is not delivered by controlled cord 
traction in 5 minutes. 
196
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
The potential complications are cervical tear, uterine rupture, PPH secondary to remnants of 
the placenta and puerperal sepsis. 
Technique 
Manual removal has to be done after catheterizing the bladder and opening an intravenous 
line. Some sort of analgesia/ ansthesia has to be used like pethidine 25-50mg and diazepam 
10-20 mg intravenous or ketamine. Lithotomy position is adopted. Remove the placenta as 
follows, 
The vulva and protruding cord are cleaned with antiseptic solution. 
Controlled cord traction is tried for last time. 
Stop oxytocin drip just before manual removal to allow the cervix to relax, so that the fingers 
pass through it. 
Hold the cord with the left hand. The right hand traces the course of the umbilical cord 
through the vagina and cervix into the uterus to palpate the edges of the placenta. 
Identify the physiologic line of separation by gentle pressure using the ulnar border of the 
hand. Failure to identify this line suggests adherent placenta and further attempt to separate 
the placenta should be abandoned at once. 
Once the physiologic line of separation is identified, gently separate the placenta from the 
wall of the uterus with a slow sawing movement with the ulnar border of your hand. After full 
separation of the placenta, remove it by holding it in the palm of the hands. Inspect the 
placenta for completeness. Reintroduce the hand to explore the uterus for any pieces that 
may have been left behind and for intactness of the uterus. 
Following successful removal, give ergometrine 0.25 – 0.5 mg intravenous or intramuscular 
and continue oxytocin drip. Assess the tone of the uterus. Inspect the lower genital tract for 
tears. Give prophylactic antibiotics. Monitor the vital signs and observe for vaginal bleeding. 
5. Uterine inversion 
Uterine inversion is the prolapse of the fundus to or through the cervix so that the uterus is in 
effect turned inside out. It could be incomplete (fundus is inverted but does not protrude 
through the cervix) or complete (the fundus has prolapsed through the cervix and may even 
be visible at the vulva) 
Depending on the duration it is classified into three. 
197
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
Acute inversion is that occurs immediately after delivery or within 24 hours post delivery 
(before the cervix retracts). 
Sub acute inversion is that occurs between 24 hours and before 4 weeks after delivery (the 
cervix already retracted). 
Chronic inversion is that occurs after 4 weeks following delivery. 
Acute uterine inversion 
Acute uterine inversion is an acute obstetric emergency which occurs 1 in 2000-2500 
deliveries. The exact etiology is unknown. For acute inversion to occur the following 
conditions must be fulfilled. 
The cervix must be dilated, 
The placenta must be fundally attached, 
The fundus must be relaxed (from congenital weakness or prolonged labour or magnesium 
sulphate induced) and 
A force pushing down the fundus (strong traction on the cord before placental separation 
without controlled cord traction or vigorous fundal pressure) 
The predisposing factors are mismanagement of third stage (pulling on the cord before 
separation and failure to do controlled cord traction), fundal pressure in a relaxed uterus like 
Crede maneuver, adherent placenta, vigorous manual removal of placenta and previous 
history of uterine inversion. 
Clinical features 
The patient typically presents with severe or dull aching pain in the lower abdomen (from 
stretching of the ovaries). Vaginal bleeding is variable and largely depends on the degree of 
placental separation. 
Shock, which is out of proportion of the degree of vaginal bleeding, in the third stage or soon 
after should arouse the possibility of acute uterine inversion (mainly of neurogenic origin). 
Failure to palpate the uterus and feeling of cup like depression instead on abdominal 
palpation and feeling of the fundus as a dark red-blue mass in the vagina or the cervix on 
vaginal examination confirms the diagnosis. The placenta may or may not be attached. 
Prevention 
· Proper third stage management (wait for signs of placental separation before cord 
traction and apply counter pressure). 
198
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
· Avoid excessive traction on the cord 
· Avoid excessive fundal pressure. 
· Avoid excessively vigorous manual removal of the placenta. 
Management 
Resuscitation which includes aggressive and prompt treatment of shock by two intravenous 
lines (crystalloids and later blood are used). 
Specific treatment is immediate replacement of the uterus by manual repositioning of the 
uterus. Where available, hydrostatic repositioning of the uterus can be done. If these fail 
immediate referral for surgical repositioning of the uterus must be done. 
Review Questions 
1. Describe the causes and predisposing factors of primary PPH. 
2. Describe the management of primary PPH. 
3. Describe the techniques of the following life saving procedures. 
A. Bimanual compression of the uterus 
B. Manual removal of placenta 
C. Inspection of the cervix and repair of cervical tear 
4. Describe the diagnostic features and the management of acute uterine inversion 
199
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
CHAPTER 23 
POSTPARTAL COMPLICATIONS 
Learning Objectives: 
To define puerperal sepsis and list the predisposing factors 
To describe the causes and the management of puerperal sepsis 
To describe the clinical characteristics and management of breast engorgement and acute 
mastitis 
To list the clinical features of deep vein thrombosis 
To describe the psychosocial complications that can occur during post partum period. 
1. PUERPERAL SEPSIS 
1. Definition and etiology 
Puerperal sepsis is a temperature elevation of 380c (100.40F) or more occurring at least twice 
after the first 24 hours and before the tenth postpartum day and ascribed to genital origin. It 
is a general term which describes any infection of the genital tract after delivery. 
WHO defines it as infection of the genital tract occurring at any time between the onset of 
rupture of membranes or labour and 42nd postpartum day in which 2 or more of the following 
are present: pelvic pain, oral temperature of 38.50c or more at any one occasion, abnormal 
vaginal discharge or pus, delay in involution of the uterus (<2 cm/day) and abnormal odor of 
the discharge. 
In majority, it is an ascending infection caused by the normal polymicrobial flora of the vagina 
and the gastrointestinal tract. These include aerobes, facultative anaerobes and anaerobes 
200
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
of both gram positive and gram negative types. Rarely exogenous microorganisms may 
cause puerperal sepsis like Clostridial and Staphylococcal infections. This occurs by using 
contaminated instruments and hands or by inserting foreign objects into the vagina. 
2. Incidence and risk factors 
It is one of the most common complications of puerperium occurring in 1-3 % o vaginal 
deliveries and 25- 50 % of caesarian deliveries. It is still a significant cause of maternal 
deaths in developing countries. 
The risk factors could be local or systemic. They include 
Route of delivery- the single and most important actor (risk is 5-8 times higher after 
caesarian section as compared to vaginal delivery) 
Prolonged rupture of membranes of > 12 hours 
Prolonged labour of > 12 hours 
Multiple pelvic examinations 
Chorioamnionitis 
Intrauterine manipulations like manual removal of placenta 
Reminants of placenta and genital lacerations 
Systemic factors like immunosuppressive conditions (diabetes and HIV/AIDS), anemia, 
Use of prophylactic antibiotics 
3. Differential diagnosis 
The following extragenital infections may cause fever in the postpartum period. These 
must be ruled out by history, physical examination and appropriate investigations. These 
conditions are urinary tract infection (cystitis and pyelonephritis mainly caused by E. coli), 
acute mastitis, breast engorgement, thrombophlebitis, acute febrile illnesses (malaria, 
relapsing fever and others) and other less common causes of fever like pneumonia. 
4. Types of puerperal sepsis 
4.1. Endomyometritis 
It is infection of the endometrium and myometrium. It is the commonest form of puerperal 
sepsis. It usually starts from the placental site and adjacent endomyometrium. If 
untreated it progresses to pelvic cellulitis, pelvic peritonitis and generalized peritonitis, 
pelvic abscess, septicemia/ septic shock and pelvic thrombophlebitis. 
201
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
Symptoms are fever o variable degree which often starts on the 3rd post partum day, 
profuse and malodorous lochia (absent in Group B streptococcal infection), lower 
abdominal pain initially central and later on as the disease progresses may involve the 
lower quadrants and the rest o the abdomen and constitutional symptoms like malaise. 
The physical findings are temperature of >38.80c, tachycardia, tachypnea in advanced 
cases, lower abdominal tenderness and uterine tenderness with sub involution. Signs of 
pelvic and generalized peritonitis indicate complicated endomyometritis. Evidence of 
septic shock may be found. 
Laboratory investigations reveal leukocytosis with let shift and positive blood culture in 
some cases. 
Complications include pelvic peritonitis and generalized peritonitis, pelvic abscess, pelvic 
thrombophlebitis, septic shock and as late complication infertility and ectopic pregnancy. 
Management, therefore, should be aggressive. All cases should be admitted. 
Specific measure is initiating multiple broad spectrum parenteral antibiotics covering the 
causative organisms (gram positives, gram negatives and anaerobes) and continued until the 
patient is fever free for 24- 48 hours. In our setting the antibiotic regimen uses ampicillin, an 
aminoglycoside and metronidazole. If reminants is suspected or diagnosed evacuation of the 
uterus under the cover of oxytocin infusion should be done. 
General measures like resuscitation with intravenous fluids; maintenance of electrolytes and 
bowel decompression if paralytic ileus occurs, antipyretics and bed rest in the semi- fowler 
position should be started. Monitoring for progress can be done by measuring the vital signs 
four times a day, performing abdominal examination daily and checking white cell count on 
daily basis. 
NOTE. If fever is still present 72 hours after initiation of treatment or if the 
condition of the patient worsens or if abdominal tenderness increases reevaluate 
the patient and revise the diagnosis (consider peritonitis, pelvic abscess, pelvic 
thrombophlebitis, other febrile illnesses and drug resistance). 
Prevention is by following aseptic technique during labor, avoiding traumatic delivery, 
avoiding repeated pelvic examinations, preventing prolonged labour by using partograph, 
using prophylactic antibiotics when needed, proper third stage management to prevent 
remnant and treating systemic illnesses and nutritional deficiency. 
4.2. Wound infections 
202
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
It includes episiotomy site infections, infections of lower genital tract tears, and abdominal 
wound infections after caesarian section or laparatomy. 
Episiotomy site infection presents with persistent pain and offensive discharge from the site. 
Fever is variable. Finding a tender, indurated, swollen and reddened wound edges with or 
with out discharge clinches the diagnosis. 
Signs of abdominal wound infection include persistent pain over the wound and tender, 
indurated, swollen, and reddened wound edges. Fever with no apparent cause which 
persists to the fifth postoperative day should arouse suspicion of postoperative wound 
infection. 
Management is removal of sutures and drain abscess if any and provision of local wound 
care with antiseptic solutions. Antibiotics indicated only if there are systemic signs of 
infections. Secondary closure may be needed after signs of infection have cleared. 
2. BREAST COMPLICATIONS 
1. Breast engorgement 
It results from lymphatic and venous congestion (not from over distension of the breast with 
milk). It often occurs within 48 hours of delivery. Most often both breasts are swollen, tender, 
tense, and warm. Temperature may be mildly elevated but doesn’t exceed 380c. 
Management includes expression of milk by hand or with a pump or by breast feeding the 
neonate. If sever and persistent suppression of lactation may be needed. Supporting the 
breast with a binder or brassiere and applying cold compress to the breast helps. 
203
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
2. Acute postpartum mastitis 
It is an infections condition of the breast caused by staphylococcus aureus. It usually 
presents near the end of the first week post partum and often involves one of the breasts 
(unilateral). If not treated it may end up in breast abscess. Presenting complaints include 
fever, chills, and painful swelling of the breast. Patient has tachycardia with temperature of 
greater than 380c. The involved breast is hot, tender and swollen. In case of abscess 
formation there will be tender fluctuant mass. 
Management is cloxacillin 500 mg orally every six hours for 7 days, antipyretics and support 
of breast with bra and cold compress. Breast feeding can be continued. If abscess is 
diagnosed it must be drained. 
2. DEEP VEIN THROMBOSIS (DVT) 
Pregnant women are at increased risk of DVT because of hypercoagulable state o the blood 
and prolonged immobilization that commonly occurs in the immediate postpartum period. It is 
an emergency condition that should be treated promptly and aggressively. 
Symptoms are painful swelling of one of the legs (rarely bilateral) which is occasionally 
associated with fever. 
Signs are swollen and tender thighs and calves positive ‘Homan’s sign’ (pain on dorsiflexion 
of the foot). 
The feared complication is pulmonary thromboembolism and subsequent death. 
Management includes immobilization o the leg and immediate referral of the patient to a 
setting where anticoagulant therapy can be initiated and monitored. 
3. PSYCHOSOCIAL COMPLICATIONS 
Three different types of postpartum psychosocial disorders have been described. 
1. Postpartum blues 
It is characterized by mild mood disturbances, marked by emotional instability (crying spells 
apparently with no cause, insomnia, exaggerated cheerfulness, anxiety, tension, headache, 
204
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
irritability, etc). Usually the complaints develop with in the first postpartum week and continue 
for several hours to a maximum of ten days and then disappear spontaneously. 
The management is for one of the medical or nursing staff to talk with the women, 
explaining what is occurring, and restricting visitors. 
2. Postpartum depression 
It is a more protracted depressive mood with complaints of affective nature; the woman is 
gloomy, depressed, irritable, sad, insomniac, anorexic, poor concentration, and loss of libido. 
The management is support and encouragement, psychotherapy and use of 
antidepressants. 
3. Puerperal psychosis 
Symptoms usually start at the end of the first week, sometimes in the second week, seldom 
later and tend to recur in the next pregnancy. The woman is anxious, restless, and 
sometimes manic with paranoid thoughts or delusions. She reacts abnormally towards her 
family members. 
Management includes psychotherapy, antipsychotic treatment and isolation of the neonate 
from the mother. 
Review Questions 
1. Define puerperal sepsis. 
2. List the risk factors for puerperal sepsis. 
3. Describe the complications and the management o endomyometritis. 
4. List the risk factors for DVT. 
205
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
References 
1. DeCherney AH, Pernoll ML Current. Obstetrics and Gynecologic diagnosis and 
treatment, 8th edition, 1994. 
2. Lawson J. B, Stewart D. B, Obstetrics and Gynecology in the Tropics and developing 
countries 
3. Scott JR., DiSaia PJ, Hammond CB, Spellacy WN: Danforth’s obstetrics and Gynecology, 
8th edition, 1999. 
4. Novak’s text of Obstetrics & Gynecology, 10th edition, 1981. 
5. Addis Ababa University faculty of medicine department of Obstetrics and Gynecology: 
Guideline for management of obstetric and gynecologic problems, 1st edition, 2003. 
6. Bennett V.Ruth and Brown Linda K.: MYLES text book for mid wives, 13th edition 
206
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
PART V 
GYNECOLOGY 
207
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
CHAPTER 24 
THE MENSTRUAL CYCLE AND ITS ABNORMALITIES 
Learning Objective: 
208
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
· To characterize the normal menstrual cycle including the phases of endometrial and 
ovarian cycle 
· To know the changes observed during climacteric. 
· To know the clinical importance of menstrual cycle 
· To describe the different abnormalities of menustration 
· To discuss the approach in the management of abnormalities of menustration 
A. THE MENUSTRAL CYCLE 
1. Introduction 
There are periodic physiologic changes in women in reproductive age group. For these 
changes to occur there should be a well controlled coordination between hypothalamus, 
pituitary, ovary and end organs to result in menstruation. Cessation of these physiologic 
changes after reproductive age results in atrophy of reproductive organs, vasomotor 
symptoms and other health hazards. 
Menustration is orderly, periodic sloughing of progestational endometrium accompanied by 
blood. The first menses is called menarche and the last one is called menopause. 
Characteristics of normal menstrual cycle are: 
· Duration of flow is on average 5 days( range1-8 days) 
· Average cycle length is 28 days (range 21 to 35 days) 
· Amount of flow on average is 30 ml (range10-80ml) 
· Menustral blood is dark red and non clotting 
2. Hypothalamo pitutary ovarian cycle 
At the beginning of each cycle the hypothalamus secretes increasing amount of GNRH 
which in turn stimulate the anterior pitutary to secrete increasing amount of FSH 
(increases from basal level of 5-20 MIU/ml at the beginning of the cycle to reach peak of 
12-30 MIU/ml at mid cycle). LH secretion in early part of the cycle also increases but at a 
much lower level. 
FSH stimulates the growth of a cohort of primary follicles in the ovary out of which only 
one becomes the dominant follicle (Graffian follicle). As the follicles grow increasing 
209
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
amount of estrogen is produced. Estrogen exerts negative feedback effect on the 
hypothalamus and pitutary, mainly on the secretion of FSH. 
At around midcycle there is a surge in the production of estrogen (from basal level of 20- 
60 pg/ml to more than 200pg/ml at the surge) which positive feedbacks the hypothalamus 
and the pitutary. As the result, there is an increased production of gonadotrophins, mainly 
LH (the LH surge- from basal level of 5-25 MIU/L to peak of 25-100 MIU/L). 
LH finalizes the maturation of the Graffian follicle, which is culminated by ovulation some 
24 hours after the surge. Under the effect of LH it is changed into corpus luteum. The 
corpus luteum starts secreting increasing levels of progesterone (from follicular phase of 
less than 2 ng/ml to luteal phase levels of 2-20 ng/ml) and to a lesser extent estrogen. 
Because of the increasing negative feedback, levels of FSH and LH decline. Starting day 
20 the corpus luteum regresses and eventually dies. Estrogen and progesterone 
production declines, thus, lifting the negative feedback on the hypothalamus. Increased 
secretion of GNRH then starts another cycle. 
In summary, the ovarian cycle has three phases that are of clinical importance. These 
are: 
I. Follicular phase (estrogenic phase) which is of variable length 
II. Ovulation transient period which occurs at mid cycle 
III. Luteal phase (progestational phase) which is always 14 days in length. 
3. Endometrial cycle 
Because of the systemic effects of estrogen and progesterone, the endometrium 
undergoes histologic cyclic changes that culminate in menustration. There are three 
phases in this cycle. 
I. Menustral phase starts from day 1 and usually lasts 3 to 5 days. During this phase 
there is irregular sloughing of the superficial two thirds of endometrium (decidua 
functionalis) accompanied by blood. This combination forms a coagulum in the 
endometrial cavity, which under normal circumstances undergoes lysis before expulsion 
from the uterus. Expulsion is aided by uterine contraction. 
II. Proliferative phase starts near the end of the menustral phase. During this phase the 
basal layer of the endometrium (decidua basalis), under the influence of estrogen, 
proliferates to regenerate the superficial layer that is shaded during menses. This 
210
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
involves both the stromal cells and the endometrial glands. Histologically, the glands are 
straight without secretory activity and the stromal cells are compact. 
III. Secretory phase extends from ovulation to the onset of the next menustration. During 
this phase the proliferative endometrium, under the influence of progesterone, is changed 
to secretory type. Glands become tortuous and exhibit secretory activity. Stromal cells 
are separated by interstitial edema. These changes are maximal between days 20 to 22, 
after which regressive changes are seen in preparation for menses. 
4. Mechanism of menustration 
In the absence of pregnancy, decreasing levels of progesterone from the dying corpus 
luteum, result in dehydration of the stroma. As the result there is increased coiling of the 
spiral arteries, which supply the superficial layer of the endometrium. There is also spasm 
of these arteries. The resulting ischemia from these mechanisms is followed by necrosis 
and sloughing of the superficial layer in haphazard manner, which is shaded as 
menustration. Prostaglandins initiate uterine contraction. 
B. ABNORMALTIES OF MENSTRUATION 
1. Abnormal uterine bleeding (AUB) 
This is defined as bleeding from the female genital tract that is abnormal in amount, 
duration, frequency or any combination of these. 
1.1. Patterns of AUB 
· Polymenorrhea is menses occurring regularly at interval of less than 21 days 
(frequent menses) 
211
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
· Oligomenorrhea is menses occurring regularly at intervals of more than 35 days 
· Hypermenorrhea (menorrhagia) is excessive bleeding during a menses with regular 
intervals. This could occur within the normal flow time or may manifest as prolonged 
flow time. 
· Hypomenorrhea is unusually small menustral bleeding during a menses with regular 
intervals. 
· Metrorrhagia (intermenustral bleeding) is bleeding occurring at any time between 
menstrual cycles. 
· Menometrorrhagia is uterine bleeding, usually excessive and prolonged, occurring 
at irregular, frequent intervals 
· Contact bleeding: (Post coital bleeding): is self – explanatory but must be 
considered a sign of cervical cancer until proved otherwise. 
1.2. Causes of AUB 
Depending on the age of the patient one or more of the following clinical conditions could be 
cause AUB. 
Early pregnancy complications like abortion, ectopic pregnancy and hydatidiform mole are 
the commonest causes of AUB in women during reproductive age. 
Genital tract infections like vaginitis, cervicitis, endometritis and rarely salphigo oophoritis 
could be causes of AUB in sexually active women. 
Tumor conditions of the genital tract (anatomic causes) are usual causes of AUB in 
women nearing menopause. Malignant tumors often cause AUB in perimenopausal and 
postmenopausal women. Tumors arise from any part of the genital tract but with differing 
prevalence. 
· Uterine: endometrial polyp, endometrial hyperplasia, liomyoma, adenomyosis, 
endometrial cancer and sarcoma of the uterus. 
· Cervix: ectropion, erosion, cervical polyp, cervical cancer 
· Vagina and vulva: varicosities, condylomas, cancerous conditions (rare) 
· Fallopian tube: rare 
· Ovaries: functional cysts, polycystic ovaries, endometriosis, benign and malignant 
tumors 
212
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
Systemic diseases: endocrine disorders (thyroid, adrenal, anterior pitutary), liver and renal 
diseases, bleeding disorders, hypothalamic diseases like anorexia nervosa 
Medication related: hormonal contraceptives, intrauterine contraceptive devices, 
anticoagulant treatment 
Trauma related: sexual intercourse, foreign bodies 
Extragenital causes: urinary tract (hemorrhagic cystitis) and anal canal (hemorrhoids, 
fissure) lesions are not actually causes of AUB, but should be ruled out to avoid wrong 
diagnosis 
Dysfunctional uterine Bleeding is a diagnosis by exclusion 
1.3. Approach to a woman with AUB 
Appropriate history and physical examination as described in chapter 2 supplemented by 
necessary laboratory investigation will identify the cause of AUB. 
In the history, emphasis should be given to the age of the patient, parity, the last menustral 
period (LMP), duration and extent of the complaint (amount and length of menstrual flow, 
cycle interval, intermenustral bleeding, if sexually active post coital bleeding and associated 
pain), age at menarche and where applicable age at menopause, vaginal discharge history, 
multiple sexual partners and history of sexually transmitted infections, past and present 
medical illness and medication, urinary and rectal symptoms 
Physical examination should focus on vital signs and signs of anemia, secondary sexual 
characteristics, abdominal and inguinal masses, thorough pelvic examination (inspection of 
the vagina, vulva and cervix, digital palpation for the size, consistency and surface of the 
cervix and uterus, Palpation of the adnexa and pouch for mass). In addition signs for 
endocrine and other medical illnesses should be looked for. 
Depending on the findings appropriate investigations should be ordered. These include 
complete blood count, serum or urine for HCG, cytologic examination (Pap smear), 
pathologic examination of endometrium after endometrial biopsy or curettage using manual 
vacuum aspiration or dilatation and curettage, ultrasonography, hysterosalpingography, 
fractional curettage (curettage of the endocervix followed by dilatation of the cervix and 
curettage of the endometrium) and others. 
1.4. Management of AUB 
This depends on the specific etiology of AUB. Refer to the different chapters that deal with 
each cause. 
213
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
2. Dysfunctional uterine bleeding (DUB) 
Exclusion of pathologic causes of abnormal bleeding establishes the diagnosis of 
dysfunctional uterine bleeding. Virtually, all variations of DUB can be related to disruption in 
normal ovarian function. Greater than 80% of DUB is anovulatory and the remaining 20% is 
due to dysfunction of corpus luteum or endometrial abnormalities. 
DUB most commonly occurs at the extremes of reproductive age (20% of cases occur in 
adolescence and 40% in patients over age 40). 
2.1. Pathophysiology 
In anovulatory conditions there is continued estrogen stimulation of the endometrium. There 
are two mechanisms of bleeding. One is estrogen breakthrough bleeding where the 
endometrium outgrows its blood supply and will desquamate in an irregular manner. The 
other is estrogen withdrawal bleeding where the endometrium sheds when the estrogen 
levels decline sharply. The pattern of bleeding is dependent entirely on the duration and level 
of estrogen stimulation and may take any pattern of AUB. Characteristically, anovulatory 
DUB is acyclic, unpredictable as to the onset of bleeding, and variable in the duration and 
amount of bleeding. 
Ovulatory DUB is usually associated with premenstrual symptoms such as breast 
tenderness, dysmenorrhea and weight gain, and regular periodicity. It is a result of the 
dysfunction of the corpus luteum which in most cases has short life span. 
Abnormalities in endometrial physiology involving chemicals like prostaglandins may be a 
cause of DUB. 
Uterine bleeding secondary to such pathologic entities as blood dyscrasia, 
endocrinopathies, hepatic dysfunction, and other iatrogenic causes with no organic 
pathologic factors should not be considered as true DUB but rather as pseudo DUB. 
2.2. Diagnosis 
DUB is a diagnosis by exclusion (organic causes of AUB should be ruled out 
before diagnosis of DUB is entertained). 
2.3. Treatment 
Individualized treatment plan should be designed according to the patient age, 
the desire for contraception or fertility and the severity and chronicity of the 
bleeding. 
214
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
The goals of treatment should be arresting the acute episode of bleeding, preventing 
recurrences and inducing ovulation if patient desires to conceive. 
In adolescents pregnancy related complications should be ruled out first. Acute bleeding 
episode with vital sign derangement should be treated with intravenous fluid resuscitation. 
Bleeding can be arrested either by dilatation and curettage or suction curettage or 
administration of high dose estrogen followed by medroxy progesterone acetate. 
Recurrences can be prevented by 3-6 months coarse of combined oral contraceptives or 
intramuscular progesterone in oil. 
Hysterectomy is rarely needed for this group of women. 
In women in reproductive age group (20-40 years) pregnancy related complications and 
organic lesions should be ruled out. Management of acute episode and prevention of 
recurrences is as for adolescents. In addition ovulation induction can be given for those 
anovulating women who desire pregnancy. For persistent cases hysterectomy can be offered 
provided that the woman has no desire for future pregnancy. 
In Perimenopausal women appropriate work up must be done to rule out neoplastic 
conditions including Pap smear and endometrial sampling. Management includes hormonal 
treatment using progesterone derivatives or combined oral contraceptives or surgical 
treatment using dilatation and curettage or hysterectomy. 
3. Premenstrual Syndrome (PMS) 
This is a psychoneuroendocrine disorder with biologic, psychologic and social 
manifestations. It occurs cyclically prior to menstruation and then regress or disappears 
during or after menstruation. 
3. 1. Epidemiology 
Premenstrual symptoms have been described to occur in 15% to 100% of women of 
reproductive age, with 5% to 10% reporting severe symptoms at some point in their lives. 
The highest incidence is in the late twenties to early thirties. PMS is rarely encountered in 
adolescents and there is an intercultural variability of the type of premenstrual complaint. 
215
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
3.2. Etiology and pathophysiology 
A single cause for PMS has not been identified. Multiple factors have been proposed of 
which hormonal hypothesis is widely favored. The other presumed theories include; fluid 
retention theory, hypoglycemia hypothesis, prostaglandin and psychologic theories. 
Mittlschmerz (periovulatory ovarian pain), premenstrual molmina, bloating, breast soreness 
and menstrual cramps are symptoms that usually accompany normal menustral cycle. When 
these symptoms are severe, the premenstrual syndrome (PMS) and dysmenorrhea result. 
They occur in the first 7 to 10 days prior to menstruation. During these days, women are 
more likely than usual to absent themselves from work, to require hospital admission, 
involved in accidents, to commit crimes, to develop acute psychiatric symptoms and to 
commit suicide. 
3.3. Clinical Features 
The common symptoms associated with premenstrual syndrome include: 
Affective symptoms: sadness, anxiety, anger, irritability, labile mood 
Cognitive symptoms: decreased concentration, feelings of isolation and withdrawal, 
indecision, paranoia, suicidal ideation 
Pain: headache, breast tenderness, joint and muscle pain 
Neurovegetative: insomnia, hypersomnia, libido change 
Autonomic: nausea, palpitations, alteration in bowel habits 
Central nervous system: clumsiness, dizziness 
Fluid / Electrolyte: weight gain, edema 
Dermatologic: acne, dry hair 
Behavioral: decreased motivation, poor impulse control, craving for salt and sugar 
PMS is usually considered significant if the severity of the symptoms interferes with day to 
day activity of the woman. This general definition serves to differentiate premenstrual 
molmina from the more severe symptoms characteristic of PMS. 
3.4. Diagnosis 
It relies on a patient’s self reporting of symptoms that she feels increase significantly during 
the premenstrual period and diminish following menses. 
A careful history and physical examination are most important to exclude organic causes 
localized to the reproductive, urinary or gastrointestinal tracts. 
216
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
3.5. Treatment alternatives for PMS 
There is no specific treatment for PMS but a number of treatment modalities have been tried. 
A. Non pharmacologic modalities like modification of exercise, nutrition and stress. 
B. Pharmacologic modalities, which are empiric and controversial, include ovulation 
suppression (GNRH agonists, danazol, combined oral contraceptives and progestins) and 
anxiolytics/ antidepressants. 
C. Surgical modality (bilateral oophorectomy) is rarely needed. 
. 
4. Dysmenorrhea 
This signifies painful menustration which prevents normal activity and requires medication. 
There are two types of dysmenorrhea, primary and secondary. 
4.1. Primary Dysmenorrhea 
This is a type of dysmenorrhea in which no organic pelvic pathology can be found. Primary 
dysmenorrhea generally begins with the onset of ovulatory cycles, typically six months to 1 
year after the onset of menarche. 
Incidence varies from population to population. 
Symptoms include a colicky abdominal pain localized to the mid line or lower quadrants, with 
radiation often noted to the lower back and legs. The pain usually starts twenty four hours 
before the onset of menses, and may extend for 24 to 36 hours after the onset of bleeding. 
Accompanying symptoms may include nausea, vomiting, headaches, anxiety, fatigue, 
diarrhea, syncope and abdominal bloating. 
Diagnosis is by exclusion of organic pelvic pathologies causing secondary dysmenorrhea. 
Treatment options include 
A. Prostaglandin synthesis inhibitors (non steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs). 
Reported success rate ranges from 70 – 80 %. 
B. Ovulation suppression by hormones like combined oral contraceptives. 
217
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
C. Calcium channel antagonists (verapamil and nifedipine) 
D. Surgical treatment like presacral neurectomy, uterosacral transection can be 
done for those who did not respond to medical therapy. 
4.2. Secondary dysmenorrhea 
Dysmenorrhea that occurs in association with organic pelvic pathology is termed as 
secondary dysmenorrhea. 
Causes include endometriosis, uterine liomyoma, and intrauterine contraceptive devices 
(IUCD), pelvic adhesions secondary to chronic pelvic inflammatory disease and pelvic 
surgery, cervical stenosis, imperforate hymen and transverse vaginal septum. 
Secondary dysmenorrhea is unusual before the age of 25. The pain is not limited to the 
menses. It is less related to the first day of flow and may be associated with other symptoms 
like dysparunia, infertility and abnormal bleeding. 
Management is directed against the specific cause. 
5. Amenorrhea 
5.1. Definition and classification 
Amenorrhea is defined as the absence of menstruation at any time between the usual ages 
of puberty and menopause. It is classified as 
Primary amenorrhea: is the absence of spontaneous menses by age 16 
regardless of the presence of secondary sexual characteristics or absence of 
both by age 14. 
Secondary amenorrhea: is the absence of menses for more than or equal to 6 
months in a woman with regular cycles or for a period of more than three cycle 
length in women with irregular cycle. 
5.2. Causes of amenorrhea 
I. Physiological amenorrhea results from pregnancy, lactation, prior or directly after 
menarche and after menopause. It accounts for 90-95 % of amenorrhea. Pregnancy is the 
commonest cause of physiologic amenorrhea. 
218
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
II. Pathologic amenorrhea results from pathologic conditions affecting the hypothalamus, 
pitutary, ovaries, uterus and the outflow tract. It accounts for 5-10 % of amenorrhea. 
Depending on the level of gonadotrophins, it is subdivided into hypogonagotrophic, 
hypergonadotrophic and eugonadotrophic amenorrhea. 
Hypogonagotrophic amenorrhea 
Hypothalamic causes are the most common causes of this type amenorrhea. It is usually a 
diagnosis by exclusion. Stress (physical, psychological), acute weight loss, anorexia nervosa 
and strenuous exercise are functional causes of hypothalamic amenorrhea. Drugs like 
psychotropic drugs, drug addiction and post pill amenorrhea operate at this level. In Kallman 
syndrome, a rare condition there is congenital absence of GnRH along with anosmia. 
Pituitary causes include hyperprolactinemia (amenorrhea-galactorrhea syndrome) either drug 
induced or from prolactinomas, damage to the pitutary (trauma, surgery and irradiation), 
postpartum ischemic necrosis of the anterior pitutary (Sheeans syndrome) and destruction by 
craniopharyngioma. 
Hypergonadotrophic amenorrhea 
This results from congenital (primary) or acquired (secondary) ovarian failure. 
Primary ovarian failure is seen in pure gonadal dysgenesis, Turner’s syndrome (45, X0), and 
testicular regression syndrome, resistant ovary syndrome and enzyme deficiency. 
Secondary ovarian failure, also called premature ovarian failure (amenorrhea before 35 
years of age), results from surgery, radiation, chemotherapy, autoimmune diseases, pubertal 
mumps, and genetic predisposition. 
Eugonadotrophic amenorrhea 
Uterovaginal causes include congenital absence or acquired destruction of the endometrium 
as seen in Mullerian agenesis, Testicular feminization syndrome, isolated atresia of the 
uterus, Ashermans syndrome, radiation atrophy, granulomatous infections like tuberculosis 
and post hysterectomy. 
Conditions that are associated with obstruction to outflow of menustral blood are cervical and 
vaginal atresia, transverse vaginal septum and imperforate hymen. 
Other causes are mild hypothalamic dysfunction, hyperandrogenism (polycystic ovary 
disease, androgen producing ovarian tumors, adrenal tumors, Cushing’s syndrome and 
congenital adrenal hyperplasia) and systemic diseases (hypothyroidism, hyperthyroidism, 
and chronic renal failure). 
5.3. Importance 
219
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
Amenorrhea is important for several reasons: 
Failure to ovulate causes infertility. 
Prolonged estrogen deficiency results in health hazards 
Amenorrhea with some estrogen production can predispose to endometrial cancer. 
Primary amenorrhea in a girl who has not already developed secondary sexual 
characteristics may give rise to major social and psycho sexual problems. 
It may be a sign of other pathologies. 
5.4. Diagnosis 
In majority of the cases diagnosis is reached by history, physical examination and simple 
laboratory investigations. The rest need sophisticated and expensive investigations. 
I. History 
Points to be included in the history are: 
For physiologic causes – age, pregnancy symptoms, lactation 
For central causes - life style, general health condition, abnormality with smell 
and vision, nipple discharge, headache, seizure, vomiting, head injury, 
medication history, history of PPH, weight changes, 
For ovarian causes - hot flushes, history of surgery, chemotherapy and 
surgery, pubertal mumps, family history 
For outflow causes – cyclic lower abdominal pain, history of curettage, 
symptoms of tuberculosis, sexual difficulty, abdominal surgery 
For hyperandrogenism – pattern of hair distribution, voice changes, body habitus 
change, breast changes 
For medical illnesses – renal disease, symptoms of hypo and hyperthyroidism 
II. Physical examination 
It must assess 
General - body build, stature, obesity, height and weight 
HEENT - eyes, hirsutism, temporal recession of hair 
Glands – lymphadenopathy, breasts (Tanner staging, 
galactorrhea), thyroid for enlargement, inguinal mass 
Abdomen - striae, lower abdominal and flank mass 
220
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
Vaginal examination –clitoral enlargement, vagina (patency, if not patent for 
bluish membrane at the vulva or septum in the vagina or blind pouch), cervix 
(presence, texture), uterus (presence, size), adenexa (masses) 
Rectal examination if vagina is not patent 
Intgumentary system – hair distribution 
Central nervous system – visual field examination 
III. Investigations 
Pregnancy must be ruled out by urine or serum HCG determination. Depending on the 
type of amenorrhea and the clinical findings the following investigations can be ordered 
Hormone assays: prolactin, LH, FSH, thyroid hormones, 
Ultrasound, skull X-ray and other imaging techniques 
Buccal smear for sex chromatin and chromosomal analysis 
Laparatomy/ laparoscopy 
5.5. Work up of Secondary amenorrhea 
I. Rule out pregnancy by history, physical examination and urine HCG. 
II. Perform progestin challenge test like medroxy progesterone acetate 10mg daily for 05 
days. 
Presence of withdrawal bleeding (positive test) after 2-7 days signifies normal estrogen 
primed endometrium, normal outflow tract and absence of endogenous progesterone 
(anovulation). 
Absence of withdrawal bleeding (negative test) signifies absence of estrogen primed 
endometrium which may result from either faults in the hypothalamus/ pitutary/ ovary/ or 
endometrium/outflow tract. Further test is needed to differentiate these. 
III. Perform combined estrogen- progesterone challenge test by giving drugs like 
combined oral contraceptives. 
Presence of withdrawal bleeding (positive test) indicates absence of endogenous estrogen 
and progesterone arising either from ovarian failure or hypothalamo pitutary failure. To 
differentiate these, determine LH/ FSH levels. Low FSH/LH levels diagnose hypothalamo 
pitutary failure. High levels diagnose ovarian failure. 
221
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
Absence of withdrawal bleeding (negative test) indicates either obliteration of the 
endometrium by synechia (Ashermans syndrome) or destruction/atrophy of 
endometrium. To differentiate these hysterosalpingography is needed. 
5.6. Work up of primary amenorrhea 
I. Check for secondary sexual characteristics 
II. If secondary sexual characteristics of feminizing type are present, check the vagina and 
for pelvic mass. 
If there is bluish membrane which bulges with straining and associated pelvic mass – 
Imperforate hymen 
If there is a blind ending vagina with pelvic mass – transverse vaginal septum 
If vaginal canal does not exist and there is pelvic mass – isolated vaginal agenesis 
Normal vagina with absent cervical os and associated pelvic mass – cervical atresia 
If there is a blind ending vagina without pelvic mass, two possibilities exist which can be 
differentiated by Barr body determination. These are testicular feminization syndrome 
(Barr body negative and presence of inguinal mass) and Mullerian agenesis (Barr body 
positive). 
III. If secondary sexual characteristics of virilizing type are present 
Consider mild form of congenital adrenal hyperplasia, post pubertal adrenal hyperplasia and 
virilizing adrenal/ ovarian tumors. 
IV. If secondary sexual characteristics are absent with infantile but normal sexual organs 
If height is less than 147 cm consider Turner syndrome (XO) and panhypopitutarism. Check 
for other features of these conditions. 
If height is greater than 147 cm consider true gonadal dysgenesis (XX or XY) or Kallman 
syndrome. Refer for karyotyping and LH/FSH levels. 
It could be an idiopathic delay 
5.7. Management 
The management principles of amenorrhea are: 
I. Treatment of the underlying pathologic entity 
222
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
Hyperprolactinemia- Bromocryptine and or surgery/ radiation 
Craniopharyngioma – surgery 
Ovarian tumor – surgery followed by hormone replacement 
Systemic diseases – treatment of the underlying systemic disorder 
Autoimmune oophoritis – corticosteroids 
Stress – life style modification (change) 
Anorexia nervosa - psychotherapy 
2. Treatment of the medical needs of the amenorrhic patient 
Ovulation induction or assisted reproductive technology for infertile couple 
Estrogen replacement for primary amenorrhea (Reduce risk of osteoporosis, 
cardiovascular complications and genital atrophy) 
Cyclic progesterone treatment for those with unopposed estrogen action 
Plastic surgery or vaginal dilators for blind vagina 
Gonadectomy for those with dysgenetic Y gonads and undesended testis. 
Psychotherapy 
Review questions 
1. Discuss the menustral cycle. 
2. Describe the patterns of abnormal uterine bleeding. 
3. Discuss the causes and the management of primary dysmenorrhea. 
4. Describe the work up of secondary amenorrhea. 
223
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
CHAPTER 25 
CLIMACTERIC AND RELATED PROBLEMS 
Learning objectives 
To define climacteric and menopause 
To describe the physiologic changes of climacteric 
To discuss the health problems of climacteric 
To enumerate the causes of postmenopausal bleeding 
Definitions 
Climacteric is the phase of life for women that marks transition from being able to reproduce 
to being non-reproductive. Menopause is cessation of physiologic uterine bleeding (the last 
menustration). It is diagnosed retrospectively. It is the most visible event marking climacteric. 
The average age at menopause is 51 years and is not affected by race, number of 
pregnancies, contraceptive use, age at menarche and physical characteristics. In practice 
these two terms are used interchangeably. Pre-menopause is the period before menopause 
during which the menstrual cycle is irregular and climacteric symptoms are experienced. 
224
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
Post menopause is the period after menopause. Perimenopause includes the 
premenopause and postmenopause and extends from 40-55 years. 
Pathophysiology 
As menopause nears, ovarian follicles get depleted and become resistant to gonadotrophic 
hormones. Estradiol production diminishes which inturn results in elevated FSH and later LH 
levels. Oligoovulation or anovulation results in menustral irregularity and unopposed 
estrogen action on the endometrium. Later there will not be any follicles to be stimulated by 
high levels of gonadotrophins resulting in significant drop in estrogen to a level that is not 
capable of stimulating the endometrium causing menopause. The hypoestrogenic state that 
follows menopause results in a number of medical conditions associated with climacteric. 
Changes in menopause 
I. Hormonal changes 
Change in FSH and LH levels is the most striking hormonal change of climacteric. Both 
exceed 40 IU/liter and continue to rise for 2-3 years and thereafter remain stable or slightly 
decrease. FSH levels are higher than LH levels for the first time in the woman’s life. 
Changes in estrogen levels are the last hormonal change in climacteric. Estradiol levels 
become very low and levels of < 20pg /liter is diagnostic of climacteric. The predominant 
estrogen in climacteric is estrone, a result of peripheral conversion of androgens. 
Progesterone levels are very low in climacteric. 
Levels of androgens like dehydroepiandrosterone sulfate, androstendione and testosterone 
fall. 
II. Reproductive organs 
Effect depends on the level of endogenous estrogen. In typical hypoestrogenic states of 
climacteric atrophic changes occur. 
Atrophy of the vagina results in thinning of the epithelium and flattening of the rugae which 
gives it the appearance of smooth, shiny pale surface. 
Atrophy of the cervix reduces its size creating shallow fornices. Vaginal dryness results from 
decreased cervical mucus production. 
Uterus decreases in size from reduction in myometrial thickness. The endometrium 
atrophies. 
The ovaries reduce in size and are impalpable. 
Supporting structures and muscles lose their tone. 
225
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
The labia lose fat and flatten. 
III. Menustral cycle 
Changes in menustral cycle are the first clinical evidence of climacteric. The usual pattern is 
gradual increase in cycle length and reduction in amount and duration of flow. Heavy 
bleeding and abrupt cessation are unusual. 
IV. Other organs 
Bladder and urethral epithelium atrophy 
Breasts decrease in size 
Generalized thinning and loss of elasticity of the skin results in wrinkling that is prominent on 
light exposed areas (face, neck and hands). 
Accentuated bone loss 
Problems of climacteric 
These are related mainly to estrogen deficiency and rarely to estrogen excess. 
Problems of estrogen deficiency 
Hot flush is the most common and characteristic subjective symptom of climacteric. It is an 
episodic vasomotor disturbance consisting of sudden flushing (feeling of heat or burning in 
the face, neck and chest) immediately followed by outbreak of sweating affecting the whole 
body. It is seen in 75% of women in climacteric. In 25-50% it may persist for more than 5 
years. In severe cases it may come as frequently as 1-2 hours. These women suffer from 
insomnia. For severe cases treatment with estrogens or progestins is recommended. 
Osteoporosis is the most important health hazard of climacteric. It affects the trabecular 
bone. It may end up in pathologic fracture of the spines and the other bones. Diagnosis 
needs special imaging investigations. Treatment is estrogen replacement. It is prevented by 
estrogen replacement. 
Atherosclerotic disease of the heart 
Dysparunia arises from vaginal dryness and atrophic vaginitis. Local treatment with 
estrogen creams relieves this problem. 
Psychologic problems may arise from estrogen deficiency or from the effects of other 
climacteric problems (hot flush and dysparunia). Symptoms include anxiety, insomnia, 
irritability, depression, dementia and mood changes. 
226
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
Postmenopausal bleeding 
It is defined as vaginal bleeding after 6 months of menopause. It is an abnormal condition 
that always needs proper investigation. It could arise from benign conditions or more 
seriously it may be a sign of serious malignant conditions of the genital tract. The causes are 
Atrophic vaginitis 
Atrophic endometritis 
Cervical cancer 
Endometrial hyperplasia and polyps 
Endometrial cancer 
Sarcoma of the uterus 
Vulvar and vaginal cancer 
Estrogen producing tumors 
Exogenous estrogen therapy 
Note: All women with postmenopausal bleeding should be referred for identification of the 
cause. 
Review questions 
1. Define climacteric and describe the hormonal changes. 
2. Describe the problems of climacteric. 
3. List the causes of postmenopausal bleeding. 
227
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
CHAPTER 26 
ABNORMAL VAGINAL DISCHARGE AND VULVAR PRURITIS 
228
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
Learning Objectives 
To understand physiology of normal vaginal discharge 
To list the causes of leucorrhea 
To enumerate the causes of abnormal vaginal discharge 
To discuss the clinical features, diagnosis and management of candidiasis 
To discuss the clinical features and management of trichomoniasis 
To discuss the clinical features and the management of bacterial vaginosis 
To describe the causes of vulvar pruritis 
VAGINAL DISCHARGE 
1. .Definition 
Normal vaginal discharge is defined as vaginal secretion which is scanty to moderate in 
amount, non offensive, non purulent and non irritant. But to declare it to be normal and not 
an infective one, requires clinical and laboratory investigations. 
Abnormal vaginal discharge is abnormal condition where by the patient complains of unusual 
vaginal secretion either in amount, odor, color or associated itching. 
2. Physiology of vaginal discharge 
The physiologic basis involved in normal vaginal secretion is dependent mainly on 
endogenous estrogen level and to a lesser extent on endogenous progesterone level. 
During follicular phase of menustral period, there is abundant secretary activity of the 
endocervical glands, which secrete thin and clear mucoid secretion. In the presence of 
progesterone it becomes thick and white. In the presence of estrogen, the superficial vaginal 
epithelium becomes rich in glycogen. Following desquamation of theses cells, the glycogen 
is changed to lactic acid by Lactobacillus deoderli, commonly called, the doderlein bacilli. 
The resulting acidic PH of the vagina inhibits the growth of many bacteria. 
3. Causes 
I. Physiologic vaginal discharge - Leucorrhea 
Excess discharge from the vagina not related to any pathology could occur in a variety of 
conditions like 
229
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
Sexual stimulation with or without coitus 
In the periovulatory period 
Following menustration 
Pregnancy 
Cervical ectropion 
II. Pathological vaginal discharge 
Vaginal and cervical infections include candidiasis, trichomoniasis, bacterial vaginosis and 
cervicitis (acute or chronic). This is the commonest cause of vaginal discharge. 
Benign and malignant tumors of the vulva, vagina, cervix and the uterus 
Atrophic vaginitis in climacteric 
Foreign body with secondary infection 
Rarely intestinal parasites migrating into the vagina (enterobiasis, amebiasis) 
4. Vaginal Infections 
4.1. Trichomonas Vaginalis Vaginitis (Trichomoniasis) 
Etiology 
This condition is caused by Trichomonas vaginalis, a motile protozoan. It is predominantly a 
sexually transmitted organism. The male harbors the infection in the urethra and the 
prostate. Rarely, it may be transmitted by fomites. The incubation period is 3- 28 days. 
Incidence 
It accounts for approximately 25% of vulvovaginal infections. About 20 -50% are 
asymptomatic. 
Clinical Presentation 
The primary symptom is profuse and offensive vaginal discharge dating from the last 
menstruation. It is often yellow – grey or greenish in color and frothy in character. Variable 
degree of vulvar irritation and itching is present. Significant dysparunia is present. 
Vaginal examination is painful. Examination will show thin greenish yellow and frothy 
offensive discharge in the vagina. Vaginal walls are inflamed (red). Punctuate or strawberry 
spots may be seen on the cervix and the vagina. Variable degree of vulvar soreness may be 
seen. Abnormal Pap smear is seen in 70 % of the cases. 
230
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
Diagnosis 
This made by identifying the flagellated trichomonads on wet mount of vaginal fluid. Culture 
is only needed in resistant cases. 
Treatment 
Metronidazole is the drug of choice. It can be given as a single 2 gram dose or can be given 
as 500 mg three times /day for 7 days. The partner should be identified and treated. During 
pregnancy this drug should not be given in the first trimester. For persistent cases higher 
doses or parenteral metronidazole can be used. 
Complications 
If untreated it may serve as a vehicle for STI agents to cause PID. 
4.2. Candidal vulvovaginitis (moniliasis or candidiasis) 
Etiology 
In more than 80 % of the cases, it is caused by the fungi Candida albicans. This is a 
dimorphic fungus with yeast and filamentous forms. In 20% Candida glabrata is responsible. 
These organisms are normal flora of the lower gastrointestinal tract and the vagina in some 
women. 
Incidence and predisposing factors 
75 % of women develop this infection sometime during their life time. In 40% it recurs. 
Moniliasis is considered to be an opportunistic infection that arises when there is change in 
the local or systemic defense mechanisms. The predisposing factors for such changes are 
Pregnancy 
Oral contraceptives 
Diabetes mellitus 
Broad spectrum antibiotics 
Suppressed immune system like HIV/AIDS or use of steroids 
Presence of local warmth and moisture 
Clinical Features and diagnosis 
The infection is asymptomatic in 20% of women. Intense vulvo-vaginal pruritis is the primary 
symptom. Often it is associated with vaginal discharge. Typically the discharge is variable in 
231
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
amount, thick and curd like consistency, whitish in color and non offensive. The pruritis is 
often out of proportion to the discharge. There may be superficial dysparunia and dysuria 
due to local soreness. 
Examination may show excoriated vulva. In severe cases it is swollen and red. Speculum 
examination shows curd like discharge in flakes often adherent to reddened vaginal wall. 
Scraping of these from the vaginal wall reveals bleeding points on the vagina. Vaginal PH is 
acidic, often less than 5.2. 
Balanopostaitis may be present in the coital partner. The most common complaints are 
irritation of the glans penis and prepuce and itching of the scrotum. 
Diagnosis is made by doing 5-10 % potassium hydroxide staining or wet mount of a sample 
of vaginal discharge. This will show the yeast or the hyphae. In recurrent cases culture may 
be needed. 
Treatment 
Systemic and local (suppositories or creams) antifungals are used to treat this condition. 
Systemic antifungals are contraindicated during pregnancy. 
Local antifungals: Nystatin, clotrimazole, miconazole, econazole 
Systemic antifungals: Ketokonazole (200 mg / day for 10 days), fluconazole (150 mg once) 
For recurrent cases treatment of male partner, identifying and treating the predisposing factor 
and vaginal acidification are management options. 
4.3. Bacterial vaginosis 
This is a condition of the vagina in which there is an overgrowth of anaerobes with paucity of 
lactobacilli and frequent absence of inflammatory cells. It has undergone nomenclature 
changes over the years (nonspecific vaginitis, anaerobic vaginitis). 
Etiology 
Bacterial vaginosis is caused by a variety of facultative anaerobic organisms. Gardnerella 
vaginalis is the most frequently associated organism. Others are mycoplasma hominis, 
Bacteroides, peptostreptoccus and peptococcus. 
Incidence 
It accounts for 25- 30 % of vaginal discharges. In 50% it is asymptomatic. 
Clinical features 
232
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
The most frequent complaint is a foul smelling, thin homogenous vaginal discharge with a 
fishy smell. Often it is profuse, frothy and grayish. Pruritis is often minimal. 
Examination will show normal vaginal mucosa with no sign of inflammation and thin offensive 
discharge which is easily wiped from the vaginal wall. 
Diagnosis 
A positive amine test (the detection of a fishy smell when a drop of 10% KOH is added to a 
drop of the vaginal discharge on a micro slide) and finding of clue cells on wet – mount 
preparation made with 0.9% physiologic saline are diagnostic of bacterial vaginosis. Vaginal 
PH is above 4.5. Gram stain of the vaginal discharge shows absent lactobacilli, numerous 
gram variable bacteria and minimal leukocytes. 
The diagnosis is confirmed if 3 of the following 4 criteria are present: 
A grey – white vaginal discharge, which is sometimes foamy 
Positive amine fish test 
Positive clue cells 
Vaginal PH of .4.5 
Treatment 
Metronidazole is the most effective treatment. The dose is similar to the dose used in 
treatment of trichomoniasis. Other options are clindamycin and ampicillin. Acidification of the 
vagina using acid gel or commercial yogurt (lyophilized lactobacillus acidophilus) is an option 
in recurrent cases. 
Complications 
If untreated it is associated with PID, preterm labour, PROM and postpartum endometritis. 
4.4. Gonococcal cervicitis 
It is caused by Neisseria gonorrhea, a sexually transmitted organism. 
It may not cause any symptoms. When symptomatic it manifests with mucopurulent, usually 
non offensive and nonpruritic in nature. Speculum examination reveals inflamed cervical os 
with mucopurulent discharge from the inside of the cervix. 
Diagnosis is made by finding gram negative intracellular diplococci on gram stain of vaginal 
discharge. 
Management is treatment of both the woman and her partner with cephtriaxone 250 mg 
intramuscular single dose or spectinomycin 2 gram intramuscular single dose. 
233
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
If untreated it may cause acute PID. 
VULVAR PRURITIS 
Vulvar pruritis is significant itching that is confined to the vulva. It is one of the commonest 
presenting complaints in gynecology. It affects around 10 % of women. 
In some cases the cause is easy to diagnose but in most arriving at the diagnosis poses 
considerable difficult. The causes could be systemic illnesses or they could be local 
conditions. 
1. Etiology 
I. Systemic causes 
Unstable diabetes 
Hepatobiliary diseases like biliary cirrhosis and cholestatic jaundice 
Renal failure 
Hematological conditions like polycythemia, anemia 
Fat malabsorption 
Systemic dermatosis like psoriasis, seborrheic dermatitis 
Skin infections like scabies, pediculosis and tinia cruris 
II. Local conditions 
Vaginal discharge of any cause but mainly candidiasis 
Atrophic conditions during climacteric 
Allergic conditions from soap, contraceptive creams 
Vulvar dystrophies and vulvar cancer 
III. Psychosomatic 
Note: Candidal vulvovaginitis is the commonest cause of vulvar pruritis. 
2. Diagnostic work up 
History should identify 
The exact site of itching (vulvar, perianal or other sites in the body) 
The duration 
The nature - intermittent or continuous and progress over time 
234
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
Severity as related to lack of sleep or presence of excoriations 
Presence of vaginal discharge 
Drugs used 
Medical illnesses and conditions causing allergy 
Physical examination 
General dermatologic examination 
Inspection of the vulva and adjacent area (vagina, cervix, perianal areas) for discharge, 
excoriation marks, ulcers and masses. 
Investigations 
This depends on the suspected cause and include; 
Potassium hydroxide, gram stain and wet mount examination of vaginal discharge 
Screening for diabetes, renal, biliary and hematological diseases 
Work up of dermatologic illnesses 
For persistent cases referral for biopsy to rule out dystrophies 
Treatment 
Treatment of identified systemic, dermatologic and local conditions 
Appropriate local hygiene is to be taken care of. Avoid washing with soap or application of 
perfumes. Vulvo – vaginal douching should be avoided. Use loose fitting undergarments 
preferably made of cotton to keep the area aerated. 
To prevent the vicious cycle of scratch itch scratch use local cortisol creams and sedation at 
night. For atrophic conditions use estrogen creams. 
Persistent cases should be referred. 
6. Vulvovaginitis in childhood 
Inflammatory conditions of the vulva and vagina are the commonest disorders during 
childhood. Due to lack of estrogen, the vaginal defense is lost and the infection occurs 
easily. 
Etiology 
Non specific vulvo vaginitis 
235
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
Presence of foreign body in the vagina 
Associated intestinal infestations, thread worm being the commonest 
Rarely more specific infection caused by Candida albicans or Gonococcus may be 
implicated 
Clinical features and diagnosis 
The chief complaints are pruritis of varying degree and vaginal discharge. There may be 
painful micturition. 
Inspection reveals soreness of the vulva. The labia minora may be swollen and red. Vaginal 
discharge varies from scanty to copious, at times offensive. If a foreign body is suspected a 
rectal examination may help in diagnosis. If it fails to detect, examination under anesthesia 
using an aural or nasal speculum is to be done. 
In every case, the investigation regarding the cause is to be sought for. The vaginal 
discharge is collected with a platinum loop and two smears are taken, one for direct 
examination and the other for gram stain. A small amount may be taken with a pipette for 
culture. To exclude intestinal infestation, stool examination is of help. 
Treatment 
In most cases, the cause remains unknown. Simple perineal hygiene will relieve the 
symptoms. In cases of soreness or after removal of foreign body, estrogen ointment is to be 
applied locally every night for 2 weeks. Alternatively, half tablet of ethinyl estradiol 0.01 mg 
is to be given daily for three weeks to improve the local vaginal defense. When the specific 
organisms are detected, therapy should be directed to cure the condition. 
Review questions 
1. Describe the causes of vaginal discharge. 
2. Discuss the causes, clinical features and management of infectious vaginal discharge. 
3. Discuss the causes of vulvar pruritis 
236
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
CHAPTER 27 
PELVIC INFLAMMATORY DISEASE (PID) 
Learning objectives 
To define and classify pelvic inflammatory disease (PID) 
To discuss the pathophysiology of PID 
To discuss the diagnosis of acute PID 
To list the complications of acute PID 
To describe the management of acute PID 
237
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
Pelvic inflammatory disease (PID) is a clinical syndrome used to describe infection or 
inflammation of the upper female genital tract above the level of the internal os of the 
cervix often with involvement of the adjacent tissues. 
This general term does not specify the site [endometrium (endometritis), fallopian tubes 
(salphingitis), ovaries (oophoritis) and parametrium (parametritis)] or the stage (acute, 
subacute, recurrent and chronic) or the etiologic agent. 
Besides the site and stage, PID can be classified using the antecedent event 
Postpartum PID (follows delivery) 
Postabortal PID (follows abortion) 
Port IUCD or instrumentation (follows IUCD insertion or diagnostic curettage or 
hysterosalpingography) 
Post operative (follows pelvic operations mainly after hysterectomy) 
Post STD (follows sexually transmitted infections) 
Secondary to other infections like appendicitis and tuberculosis 
ACUTE PELVIC INFLAMMTORY DISEASE 
1. Epidemiology 
Acute PID is common problem affecting 1-2 % of women between ages 15 -35 years. 
Incidence is increasing because of increasing antecedent events. Risk groups include 
menstruating teenagers, those with multiple sexual partners, those using IUCD and those 
with previous history of PID. 
2. Physiological barriers 
The upper female genital tract above the level of the internal os is sterile, despite the fact the 
cervical canal and the vagina are colonized by millions of bacteria. The barriers that prevent 
colonization of the upper female genital tract are 
Cervical canal that is normally closed and is plugged by mucus 
Presence of lysozyme and secretory IgA in cervical secretions 
Cyclic shedding of the endometrium 
Apposition of the chorion leave to the decidua during pregnancy 
Downward beating of the tubal celia 
238
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
Systemic host defense 
3. Pathogenesis 
Microorganisms causing PID are not sufficiently mobile to reach the upper female genital 
tract. Conditions that cause a breach in the physiologic barriers like childbirth or abortion or 
IUCD insertion or surgery create conducive situation for PID to occur. But PID occurs 
spontaneously in a woman having none of these conditions. Two theories are forwarded to 
explain this 
Vector transport theory – bacteria use vectors like spermatozoa and Trichomonas vaginalis 
(a sexually transmitted agent), to transport them to the upper female genital tract 
Pressure gradient theory – negative pressure in the uterus during orgasm sucks the 
bacteria into the endometrium 
Note: Coitus is a prerequisite for PID. It is rare to find PID in virgins, if found it is almost 
always PID descending infection from appendicitis or pelvic tuberculosis from 
haematogenous spread. PID in an intact pregnancy is also rare. 
Once bacteria are inoculated into the endometrial cavity, bacteria proliferate and disseminate 
to the other parts of the genital tract. Two routes of spread exist. 
Direct upward canalicular spread (endometrial –endosalphingeal –peritoneal spread) most 
common way of post STI (non puerperal) PID spread 
Indirect parametrial - paracervical lymphatic spread is most common way of puerperal/ 
postabortal PID spread. 
4. Etiology 
It depends on the antecedent event. 
Acute PID following abortion and delivery is a polymicrobial infection caused by organisms 
ascending from the vagina. These are normal flora of the vagina which under normal 
circumstances do not cause infection. Variety gram negative and positive, aerobic and 
anaerobic organisms are involved. Common aerobic organisms include non hemolytic 
streptococcus, E.coli, group B streptococcus and staphylococcus. Common anaerobic 
organisms are Bacteroides fragilis and bivius, peptostreptoccus and peptococcus. 
239
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
Acute post STI PID is primarily caused by Neisseria gonorrhea or Chlamidia trachomatis. 
Secondary infection may involve polymicrobial organisms. 
Rarely exogenous organisms like clostridia may cause PID. 
5. Clinical features and diagnosis 
Clinical diagnosis of acute PID is often difficult because presentation varies widely and 
symptoms are vague and non specific. Therefore, current criteria for diagnosis use 
combination of physical signs rather than symptoms. 
Typical cases of acute salphingitis present with bilateral lower abdominal pain (severe and 
acute in gonococcal PID and dull and subacute in chlamydial PID) and fever with 
constitutional symptoms like malaise, headache nausea and vomiting which usually start in 
few days after menustration. 
The typical physical findings are pyrexia, tachycardia, lower abdominal direct and rebound 
tenderness, cervical excitation tenderness and bilateral adenexal tenderness. These findings 
are less pronounced in chlamydial PID. 
Laboratory investigations reveal leukocytosis of more than 10,000/cc, an elevated ESR 
value of more than 15 mm per hour and high white cell count and positive gram stain/ culture 
in culdocentesis aspirate. In early uncomplicated cases ultrasound and gram stain of vaginal 
discharge are of little help. 
According to the Hegar criteria clinical diagnosis of acute PID is made when all major 
criteria plus at least one minor criterion are found. 
I. Major criteria: 
Lower abdominal pain with direct and/ or rebound tenderness, 
Cervical excitation tenderness, 
Adenexal tenderness 
II. Minor criteria: 
Fever of >380c, 
WBC count of >10,000/mm3 or ESR of >20 mm/hour, 
Positive gram stain for gonorrhea or >5 WBC/ oil immersion field from cervical discharge, 
Culdocentesis shows purulent fluid or WBC with bacteria on gram stain 
Inflammatory mass or abscess on pelvic examination or ultrasound 
Clinically acute PID can be graded into three. 
240
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
Grade I: PID limited to the adnexa 
Grade II: PID with inflammatory mass or abscess 
Grade III: Ruptured tuboovarian abscess with generalized peritonitis 
6. Differential Diagnosis 
Clinical conditions that mimic acute PID include appendicitis, ectopic pregnancy, torsion of 
ovarian cyst, hemorrhage or rupture of ovarian cyst, urinary tract infections and less common 
conditions like endometriosis. 
7. Complications 
If early diagnosis is not made and aggressive therapy is not given, acute PID progresses to 
cause serious and debilitating complications including death. The immediate 
complications are 
Pelvic peritonitis or even generalized peritonitis with ileus 
Septicaemia producing metastatic infections, like arthritis and endocarditis 
Septic shock ending up in multiple organ failure 
Pelvic abscess and tuboovarian abscess 
Infectious perihepatitis (Fitz – Hugh – Curtis syndrome) 
Complications of surgical management 
The late complications are 
Infertility – overall rate is 25% but risk increases with the number of attacks. 
Ectopic pregnancy – increased by 6-10 folds 
Chronic pelvic pain with dysparunia and dysmenorrhea 
Intestinal obstruction 
8. Management 
The goals of therapy are controlling acute infection, preventing long term complications and 
re-infection. Treatment of acute PID can be given as outpatient or inpatient. The indications 
for inpatient management are: 
Severe toxic: temperature of >390c with lower abdominal tenderness/guarding 
Current pregnancy 
Patient known to have HIV/ AIDS 
241
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
Suspected or proven tuboovarian abscess 
Failure of response to outpatient treatment in 48-72 hours 
Noncompliance or non tolerance to outpatient treatment 
Uncertain diagnosis in which surgical conditions can not be ruled out 
I. Outpatient management 
Apart from adequate rest and analgesic, antibiotics should be prescribed even before the 
microbiological report is available. Because the infection is poly microbial in nature, 
combination of antibiotics should be prescribed. 
There are many different antibiotics regimens, but the spectrum of activity of the antimicrobial 
agents should cover the following organisms: Neisseria gonorrhea, chlamydia trachomatis, 
aerobic and anaerobic organisms. Follow up visit should be arranged after 72 hours, 7days 
and 3 weeks. 
II. Inpatient management 
General or supportive care includes intravenous or oral hydration, bed rest in semi fowler’s 
position and administration of analgesic/ antipyretic. 
The specific treatment is administration of intravenous combination antibiotics that cover 
Neisseria gonorrhea, Chlamydia trachomatis, aerobic and anaerobic bacteria. Clinical 
response is evidenced by remission of temperature, improvement of pelvic tenderness, 
normal white blood cell count and negative report on bacteriological study. 
Indications for laparatomy are worsening condition of the patient, generalized peritonitis, 
pelvic abscess and if other surgical conditions (appendicitis, ectopic pregnancy) can not be 
ruled out. 
9. Prevention 
Early detection and treatment of STI including asymptomatic cases like gonococcal cervicitis 
Partner identification and treatment (contact tracing) 
Safe sexual practices including condoms and avoiding multiple partners 
Review questions 
1. Define and classify PID. 
242
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
2. List the major and minor Hegar criteria. 
3. Describe the management of acute PID. 
4. List the complications of acute PID. 
CHAPTER 28 
FAMILY PLANNING 
Learning Objectives: 
To list the different types of contraceptive methods 
To describe the natural family planning methods 
To list the different types of barrier methods 
To describe the side effects of IUCDs 
To describe the different types of hormonal methods 
To describe the surgical contraceptive methods 
Introduction 
243
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
The term contraception includes all measures, temporary and permanent, designed to 
prevent pregnancy. On the other hand, the term family planning (fertility control) includes 
both fertility inhibition (contraception) and fertility stimulation. 
Rapid population growth is a critical issue in most developing countries. Family planning 
methods save women’s lives by preventing unintended pregnancies. Slower population 
growth conserves resources, improves health and living standard. 
Ideal contraceptive methods should be widely acceptable, inexpensive, simple to use, safe, 
highly effective and requiring minimal motivation, maintenance and supervision. So far there 
is no universally acceptable method. 
Methods of Contraception are divided into 
Natural family planning method 
Barrier methods 
Intrauterine contraceptive device 
Hormonal contraception 
Surgical contraception 
The effectiveness of contraceptive method can be measured by the pearl index. The Pearl 
Index is a figure which is obtained by using the pearl formula and it indicates the number of 
pregnancies which would occur if 100 women use a specific method for one year. 
The pearl index of the pregnancy figure per 100 women years of use = 
100 (women) * 12 (ovulations per year) * number of pregnancies / total months of use. 
Failure rate is further less when methods are used correctly and consistently. 
Clients have to be counseled about all the available family planning methods and should 
make their own choice. This is called informed choice and is usually reached by the 
GATHER approach. 
G stands for greeting 
A stands for asking the client needs 
T stands for telling the client about all the methods 
H stands for helping the client to make the choice 
E stands for explaining about the chosen method 
R stands for return visit or referral to the facility that gives the services 
244
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
A. NATURAL FAMILY PLANNING 
1. Rhythm method (Periodic abstinence) 
The technique used in this method is confining sexual intercourse to the phases of menustral 
cycle where conception is unlikely to occur. It needs identification of the fertile (unsafe) and 
infertile (safe) phases of the menustral cycle. The fertile (safe) period extends from 4 days 
before to 4 days after ovulation. The rest of the menustral cycle is infertile (safe) period. This 
is based on the fact that a human ovum can not be fertilized no later than 48 hours after 
ovulation and the human spermatozoa can not fertilize an ovum 48 hours after ejaculation. 
Since there is no sign or test to tell the exact time ovulation, various methods are used to 
determine the approximate time of ovulation and fertile period. These methods include. 
I. The calendar method 
This method requires recording the length of 12 consecutive menustral cycles. The beginning 
of the fertile phase (first unsafe day) is calculated by subtracting 18 from the shortest cycle. 
The end of the fertile phase (the last fertile day) is calculated by subtracting 11 from the 
longest cycle. Sexual intercourse is abstained between these dates. User effectiveness is 20- 
30 per 100 women. 
II. The temperature method 
This method requires measuring the basal body temperature before rising from the bed daily 
staring from the first day of the menustral cycle. Sexual intercourse is abstained from the start 
of the menustral cycle to 3 days after the record of temperature rise. User effectiveness is 20- 
30 per 100 women. 
III. The cervical mucus or Billings method 
This method requires observing the cervical secretions daily by wiping the introitus with white 
toilet tissue paper. Sexual intercourse is abstained from the onset of menses to 4 days after 
maximum secretion of the cervical mucus. User effectiveness is 15- 20 per 100 women. 
IV. Symptothermal method 
This method is a combination calendar and temperature methods. In this method the first day 
of abstinence is predicted by using calendar method and the last day by temperature method. 
2. Coitus Interruptus (Withdrawal method) 
245
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
This method requires withdrawal of the penis from the vagina prior to ejaculation which must 
occur outside the vagina and away from the immediate perivaginal area. This needs high level 
of motivation and is associated with high failure rates. 
3. Lactational amenorrhea method 
Prolonged and sustained breast feeding offers a natural protection against pregnancy. This is 
more effective in women who are amenorrhic that those who are menstruating. The risk of 
pregnancy in the first 6 months in a woman who is fully breast feeding and amenorrhic is less 
than 2 percent. Higher failure rates are observed in women who are breast feeding and are 
menstruating. Protection gradually decreases after 6months. 
B. BARRIER AND CHEMICALS METHODS 
1. Condoms 
These are thin sheaths made of latex. The male condom is put on a fully erect penis and 
removed after ejaculation before the penis is deflated. The female condom is unrolled into 
the vagina before sexual intercourse. Concomitant use of spermicidals improves 
effectiveness. 
Besides its contraceptive effectiveness, it also protects against STI and HIV/AIDS. It is useful 
for couple with infrequent sexual intercourse. 
Disadvantages are condom breakage, condom slippage, occasional allergy to latex and 
claim of dulling of sexual sensation. 
User effectiveness ranges from 6- 30/ 100 women and is mainly from improper and 
inconsistent use. 
2. Diaphragm 
246
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
This is a shallow dome shaped rubber cup with flexible rim. It has different sizes. It is 
designed to fit behind the pubic bones, the lateral vaginal walls and the posterior fornix, thus 
covering the external os of the cervix. 
It is correctly placed in the vagina before sexual intercourse and is removed 6-8 hours after 
sexual intercourse. Spermicidal jelly is applied to the inside and outside surface before 
placement in the vagina. 
It is advantageous to those who practice sex infrequently. The disadvantages are the 
inappropriateness of the method and the increased incidence of urinary tract infections and 
vaginal laceration. 
The user effectiveness is 10- 20/ 100 women. 
3. Cervical cup 
This is a rubber cup with metallic rim designed to fit the cervix. It is applied to the cervix 
before intercourse and provides continuous protection for 48 hours. It is not frequently used. 
4. Spermicidals 
This method involves deposition of spermicidal chemical (nanoxynol 9) into the vagina 10- 15 
minutes before each sexual act. The various preparations include aerosol foams, creams, 
foaming tablets and contraceptive sponges. 
They also offer protection against STI and HIV/AIDS. The disadvantages are 
inappropriateness, allergy, and presumed risk of congenital malformation. 
The user effectiveness ranges between 2- 40/ 100 women. 
C. INTRAUTERINE CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES (IUCD) 
This is a long term reversible contraceptive method involving insertion of a specially made 
devise into the uterine cavity to offer constant protection against pregnancy. 
A variety of devises have been used over years. The nonmedicated IUCDs, also called the 
loop, are no more used nowadays. They have larger size and do not need regular 
replacement. The medicated IUCDs contain either copper or progesterone that increases 
their contraceptive effectiveness. They are smaller in size and need regular replacement. 
Currently used medicated IUCDs are copperT380A (replaced every 8-10 years) and the 
progestasert (replaced every year). 
247
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
The mechanism of action is not clear but is believed to be related to the sterile inflammatory 
reaction in the endometrium, asynchronous development of the endometrium and interference 
of the enzymes involved in implantation. Altered tubal motility, formation of thick cervical 
mucus and maintenance of decidualized endometrium are additional mechanisms in 
progestasert. IUCDs do not inhibit ovulation and fertilization. 
The absolute contraindications are suspected or proven pregnancy, acute PID or purulent 
cervicitis, unresolved abnormal uterine bleeding, uterine anomaly or myoma and cervical or 
uterine malignancy. Relative contraindications are history of dysmenorrhea or 
hypermenorrhea, valvular heart disease, bleeding disorders, impaired immunity (HIV/AIDS or 
diabetes), nulliparous woman, previous ectopic pregnancy and women with multiple sexual 
partners. 
The side effects / complications are perforation, cramps and syncopal attack during insertion, 
hypermenorrhea, dysmenorrhea, ectopic pregnancy and PID. Spontaneous expulsion may 
occur. 
Depending on the timing, there are three type of IUCD insertion: Interval (insertion made in a 
non pregnant woman or after 6 weeks postpartum or abortion), postabortal (immediately after 
abortion) and postpartum (immediately after delivery). Interval insertion can be done at any 
time of the menustral cycle as long as pregnancy is ruled out, but the best time is during 
menustration or within 7 days of the menustral cycle. IUCD insertion is an out door procedure 
and can be done even by a trained paramedical personnel without anesthesia. 
Indications for removal are suspected perforation, persistent cramp after insertion, 
hypermenorrhea causing anemia, severe dysmenorrhea, PID, pregnancy, displacement of 
the IUCD, missing thread and client request. 
User effectiveness is 1-3 %. 
D. HORMONAL CONTRACEPTION 
1. Combined Oral Contraceptives (The Pill or OCPs) 
The combined oral steroidal contraceptive is a very effective short term reversible method of 
family planning. It contains both estrogen and progesterone derivatives in a single tablet. 
There are two types of formulations. The multiphasic pills have tablets with varying amount 
of estrogen and progesterone in different rows. The monophasic pills have the amount of 
estrogen and progesterone in all the tablets. Depending on the amount of estrogen, the 
248
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
monophasic pills are further subdivided into low dose (if the amount of ethinyl estradiol is < 
0.05 mg) and standard dose (the amount of ethinyl estradiol is 0.05 mg). The commonly 
used progestins are levonorgestrel, norethisterone and lynosterol. The estrogens are either 
ethinyl estradiol or menstranol. 
The mechanism of action of OCPs is mainly by inhibition of ovulation but thickening of 
cervical mucus, decidualization of the endometrium and alteration of motility of the fallopian 
tubes also contribute. 
The absolute contraindications are proven or suspected pregnancy, undiagnosed abnormal 
uterine bleeding, coronary artery disease, history of stroke or thromboembolism, active liver 
disease, liver adenoma, estrogen dependent neoplasm, breast cancer, and smoking over the 
age of 35 years. The relative contraindications are breast feeding, migraine headache, 
history of cholestasis, severe hypertension, diabetes mellitus, varicose veins and elective 
operation in 4 weeks. Epilepsy, and anti Tb treatment are relative contraindications because 
of accelerated clearance of the hormones. 
The side effects are nausea, vomiting, weight gain, headache, breast soreness, acne, 
chloasma, and mild hirsutism, mood changes like depression, break through bleeding, post 
pill amenorrhea, leucorrhea, vaginal candidiasis, headache and decreased amount of breast 
milk. 
The complications which occur in those with risk factors are vascular thrombosis and 
embolism, myocardial infarction, stroke, hypertension, liver tumors especially hepatic 
adenoma and cholelithiasis. 
The danger symptoms that indicate discontinuation are severe migraine, visual disturbance, 
sudden chest pain, severe cramps and swelling of the legs, severe right upper quadrant pain 
or jaundice and breast lump. 
Additional indications for discontinuation are excessive weight gain, client wish to conceive, 
client request and planned elective surgery. 
Non contraceptive benefits of OCPs are relief of menorrhagia, relief of dysmenorrhea, relief 
of dysfunctional uterine bleeding and premenstrual syndrome, improvement of iron deficiency 
anemia and endometriosis. It is also associated with marked reduction in the risk of pelvic 
inflammatory disease (protective thick cervical mucus), benign breast disease, fibroid uterus, 
carcinoma of the endometrium, carcinoma of the ovary and osteoporosis. 
2. Progestin only pill (Minipill or POP) 
These pills contain only progesterone derivatives in very low dose. The progestins commonly 
used are levonorgestrel 75 mg, norethisterone 350 mg, ethinodiol diacetate 500 mg, 
249
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
desogestrel 75 mg, lynosterol 500 mg, or norgestrel 30 mg. They have to be taken 
continuously with no hormone free interval. 
They are useful for women in whom estrogen containing contraceptives are contraindicated. 
The mechanism of action is mainly by cervical mucus thickening, decidualization of the 
endometrium and changing tubal motility. Ovulation suppression is partial and occurs in only 
50 %. 
The advantages include elimination of side effects attributable to estrogen like thrombosis 
and change in lipid profile and absence of adverse effect on lactation and milk volume. 
Because of these advantages POPs can be prescribed to lactating women and women with 
hypertension, thrombosis, diabetes and smokers. 
The disadvantages are increased incidence of menustral changes like breakthrough bleeding 
and in some amenorrhea, very low dose contraceptive with increased failure rate especially if 
pill is missed or taken late, increased risk of ectopic pregnancy and ovarian cyst formation. 
Because of the very low dose nature of these contraceptives and the partial suppression of 
ovulation, patients should be counseled about the importance of taking the pills at the same 
time of the day and the dangers of missing the pill. A back up method like barrier methods 
have to used in the first month, if the menustral cycle is regular, if there is delay in taking the 
pill on time or if missed and if a woman is taking drugs that accelerate clearance of the 
progesterone from the body like anti epileptics and anti TB drugs. 
Failure rate is about 0.5 – 2 per 100 women years. 
3. Injectables contraceptives 
These are long acting reversible contraceptives containing progesterone preparations. 
Preparations commonly used are depomedroxy progesterone acetate (DMPA), also called 
Depo-Provera and norethisterone enanthate (NET-EN). Both are administered 
intramuscularly; DMPA in a dose of 150 mg every three months or 300 mg every six months 
and NET – EN in a dose of 200 mg given at two months intervals. They are administered by 
deep intramuscular injection. The site of injection should not be massaged. There is a grace 
period of 2 weeks for Depo-Provera, in which the client may be late for injection without 
increased risk of pregnancy. This does not work for NET-EN. 
The mechanism of action is mainly by inhibition of ovulation by suppressing the mid cycle LH 
peak. Additional effects include cervical mucous thickening and endometrial atrophy which 
prevents blastocyst implantation. 
250
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
The advantages are similar to that of the mini pills. In addition injectable contraceptives avoid 
the need of daily administration of the drugs. It causes amenorrhea thus relieves menustral 
disorders like menorrhagia and dysmenorrhea. It is not affected by gastrointestinal functions. 
Because it is not visible, it is culturally acceptable in most settings. It protects against 
endometrial cancer. Unlike other hormonal contraceptives, it is devoid of drug interactions 
like antiepileptics. 
The disadvantages are related to the side effects that it causes. These include weight gain, 
headache, and back pain, loss of hair and mood changes. There is delay in return of menses 
and fertility of upto 8 months after discontinuation. The other disadvantage is once the drug 
is injected it can not be retrieved, thus side effects can not be reversed promptly. 
Failure rate for DMPA is < 1% per hundred women year. 
4. Implants (Norplant) 
Norplant is a long term, extremely low dose reversible progestin only contraceptive method 
that is effective for a period of 5 years.. It has six silastic rubber capsules each containing 36 
mg of levonorgestrel. This hormone is released by slow diffusion over a period of five years. 
It is placed sudermally in a fan like manner into the inner aspect of the nondominant arm by 
sterile minor surgical procedure. 
The mechanism of action is similar to Depo-Provera. It inhibits ovulation in 90% of the cycles 
for the first year. This effect gradually wanes as the years of use increase. 
The advantages are similar with Depo-Provera. Unlike Depo-Provera, it is effects are 
immediately reversed upon removal. There is no delay in return of fertility. It is suitable for 
women who have completed their family but do not desire permanent sterilisation. 
The disadvantages are procedure related like the need for professional for insertion and 
removal, need for minor surgical procedure, inflamation and infection at the insertion site and 
visibility of the implants. It has also higher initial cost. Failure rate is increased in women 
taking anticonvulsants and anyiTB drugs. Breakthrough bleeding may be troublesome. Other 
side effects like weigh gain, mood changes ,hair loss and back pain are common. 
The indications for removal are prergnancy, client request, infection at the site of insertion, 
spontanous expulsion of one or more of the implants, after 5 years of use, and development 
of serios side effects like migraine headache, bluuring of vision, unilateral leg pain and 
swelling and chest pain. 
Failure rate is 0.1 per 100 women years which increases with years of use. 
251
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
E. VOLUNTARY STERILIZATION (SURGICAL CONTRACEPTION) 
Surgical contraception is a permanent method of contraception. The operation done on male 
is vasectomy and that on the female is bilateral tubal ligation (occlusion). It is important 
to explain to the clients that all operative sterilizations are intended to be permanent. 
Consent for the operation should be signed after counseling. 
1. Male voluntary sterilization- Vasectomy 
It is a permanent sterilization operation done in the male, where a segment of both vas 
deferens is resected and the cut ends are ligated. It is a simple outdoor minor surgical 
procedure requiring minimal training. 
Immediate and late complications are few. Impotence mainly of psychological nature may 
develop. It does not increase the risk of testicular cancer. Failure rate is 0.15% and there is a 
fair chance of success of reversal anastomosis operation (50%). 
The procedure is not immediately effective. It usually takes 2-3 months or about 20 
ejaculations before the semen is free of spermatozoa. Therefore, additional contraceptive 
protection is needed for about 2-3 months following operations. Confirmation by semen 
analysis is needed after 3 months. 
2. Female voluntary sterilization- tubal ligation 
Occlusion of the fallopian tubes is the most popular method of surgical contraception, 
especially in areas where high parity births prevail in a comparatively younger age group. It 
is also widely accepted in the affluent countries. The procedure is immediately effective. 
Timing of operation 
Postpartum tubal ligation - If the patient is otherwise healthy, the operation can be done 24 – 
48 hours following delivery. Its chief advantage is technical simplicity. 
Postabortal tubal ligation - Sterilization performed along with elective abortion. 
Interval tubal ligation – The operation is done after 3 months following delivery or after 3 
weeks following abortion. The ideal time of operation is following the menstrual period in the 
proliferative phase. 
It can be done during caesarian section or by minilaparatomy or by laparoscope. Either 
ligation methods or mechanical occlusion or electro coagulation are used to occlude the 
tubes. There are various techniques of ligating the tubes, the commonest one being the 
Pomeroy method. 
252
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
Failure Rate in tubal sterilization is about 0.7%. 
F. EMERGENCY CONTRACEPTION 
This is a kind of contraception that is used in the prevention of pregnancy following an 
episode of unprotected intercourse during the fertile period. It used to be called morning 
after pill or post coital pill. 
There are two types of emergency contraception. 
I. Hormonal emergency contraception 
These act by temporarily disrupting ovarian hormone production causing absent or 
dysfunctional luteal phase. This results in development of out of phase endometrium that is 
not suitable for implantation. 
They have to be taken within 72 hours of unprotected intercourse. There are a variety of 
regimens. The commonest one is Yuzepe regimen. In this method two doses of 
combination of ethinyl estradiol and norgestrel is taken 12 hours apart. The first dose should 
be taken as early as possible as but no later than 72 hours after intercourse. The total dose 
of ethinyl estradiol is 0.2 mg and that of norgestrel should be 2 mg (2 tablets of standard 
dose pills like Ovral taken 12 hours apart). 
The side effects are nausea, vomiting, breast tenderness, headache and menustral 
disturbance. Incidence of ectopic pregnancy is increased. Therefore, women should be 
counseled to report if they miss their menses and develop lower abdominal pain. 
II. Mechanical emergency contraception 
This involves inserting an intrauterine devise within 5 days of unprotected intercourse. 
Review Questions 
1. Describe the GATHER approach. 
2. Describe the natural family planning methods. 
3. Describe the different barrier methods. 
4. List the contraindication for combined pills. 
5. Describe the complications of IUCD. 
253
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
6. Describe the norplant. 
7. Describe the emergency contraception. 
254
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
CHAPTER 29 
INFERTILITY 
Learning objectives 
To define and classify infertility 
To list the causes of infertility 
To describe the diagnostic work up of infertile couple 
To list the management modalities of infertility 
1. Definition and classification 
Infertility is failure of a woman to conceive after one year of unprotected intercourse (without 
contraception) if the woman is >35 years and after two years if the woman is <35 years. 
There are two types of infertility 
Primary infertility - if conception has never occurred before. 
Secondary infertility - if there was history of pregnancy before the current problem, 
irrespective of its site and outcome. 
2. Epidemiology 
Incidence varies according to the socioeconomic and geographic factors. Globally 8 - 12% 
couples face problem of infertility in their life time. In sub-Saharan Africa the incidence rises 
to 20 - 30% where around 8-10 million women are estimated to be infertile. In addition to the 
personal psychosocial trauma (shock, denial, depression), infertility has an impact in the 
couple’s relations that can lead to marital disharmony and divorce. 
3. Etiology 
In 85- 90% of infertile couple a probable cause is found. In 10-15% the infertility is 
unexplained. The causes of infertility could arise either from the female or the male or both. 
According to WHO, male cause accounts for 8-22%, female cause accounts for25-37% and 
both partners are responsible for 21 – 38%. 
Globally the most common causes are: 
Tubal factor, which accounts for 20- 30 % of infertility, arises from congenital or acquired 
obstruction of the fallopian tubes. Acute PID is the commonest cause of tubal obstruction. 
255
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
Male factor, which accounts for 15-25% of infertility, arises either from failure of 
spermatogenesis (testicular failure) or more commonly from obstruction of the vas deferens. 
Gonococcal infection is the commonest cause of obstruction of the vas deferens. 
Ovulatory factor, which accounts for 10-15% of infertility, arises from any condition that 
cause anovulation. This may arise from disease conditions affecting the hypothalamus, 
pitutary and the ovaries. 
Pelvic factor, which account for 10% of infertility, is mainly the result of endometriosis. 
Cervical factor, which account for 15% of infertility, arises from structural abnormality of the 
cervix (like cervical atresia and stenosis) and functional abnormality of cervical mucus (like 
cervicitis, hormone deficiency or colonization by mycoplasma). 
Immunologic factor occurs as the result of development of antisperm antibodies by the 
woman or her partner. 
4. Diagnostic evaluation 
The goals are detection of a possible cause, providing accurate information about prognosis, 
providing guidance on treatment options and providing continuous counseling. 
The approach should ideally include both partners at the initial assessment. Joint interview of 
couple should be followed by separate private consultation. Based on the findings a variety 
of investigations are ordered. 
I. Evaluation of male partner 
History: age, previous paternity, sexual history (technical difficulty, history of STI, 
malformations of penis), medical history (trauma, mumps, chronic medical illness, prolonged 
febrile illness), drug history (including alcohol and smoking), surgical history (mainly inguinal 
and scrotal), occupation (toxins, prolonged heat) and review of systems (breast enlargement, 
headache, exercise), previous tests and results. 
Physical examination: general appearance, male habitus, hair distribution, breast 
enlargement, voice, external genitalia (penis and scrotum), rectal examination (prostate). 
II. Evaluation of female partner 
History: age, menustral history (including ovulatory symptoms like mid cycle pain, 
dysmenorrhea, breast pain), contraceptive history (duration, type, date of last use), obstetric 
256
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
history (especially on abortion, ectopic pregnancy, post partum hemorrhage), sexual history 
(frequency, regularity, timing around mid cycle, STI, PID), surgical history (especially pelvic 
operation), medical history (medical illness, breast discharge), drug history (type, duration), 
review of systems (diet, weight, exercise) 
Physical examination: general appearance, thyroid, secondary sexual characteristics, breast 
discharge, uterine/ adenexal mass, uterine position and mobility, adenexal tenderness, visual 
fields 
III. Investigations 
A. Baseline for both partners 
Hemtocrite, white cell count, ESR, urinalysis, VDRL, fasting blood sugar 
B. Investigations for the male 
Seminal analysis 
This is the most important fertility evaluation for the male. A normal test usually excludes 
significant male factor. An abnormal result must be repeated after 3 months. The test is done 
after 3-7 days of abstinence. Specimen should be examined within 60 minutes of collection. 
Normal parameters are volume of 2- 6 ml, total sperm count 20 – 250 million /ml, sperm 
motility of > 60% by subjective methods, sperm morphology of > 50% normal and celularity 
of < 10 WBC / ml without significant agglutination. Of these the most important parameters 
are the sperm count and motility. 
Extended tests 
These are done for those with abnormal seminal analysis. These include endocrine assay 
(TSH, T3 /T4, FSH, LH, testosterone, prolactin), skull X-ray for sella turcica, sperm antibody 
testing and others. 
C. Investigations for female 
Documentation of ovulation 
History suggestive of ovulation is midcycle pain, premenstrual molmina and primary 
dysmenorrhea. Indirect tests of ovulation determine the presence of sufficient amount of 
progesterone in the body. These tests are recording the basal body temperature for three 
cycles (biphasic shift), determining midluteal phase serum progesterone level (> 25ng//L), 
endometrial biopsy at 21st day of the cycle( secretary endometrium), cervical mucus 
examination after expected time of ovulation ( thick, yellowish with no ferning) and vaginal 
cytology for maturation index. 
257
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
Hysterosalpingography (HSG) 
This assesses tubal patency. It is done in the early part of the follicular phase. 
Post coital test (Sims Hunner Test) 
This assesses the cervical factor. It is done by aspirating cervical mucus from the cervical 
canal at the level of the internal os 2–4 hours after sexual intercourse. A satisfactory result is 
finding of >10 motile spermatozoa with good forward movement under high power field in the 
presence of adequate cervical mucus. 
Other tests 
These include endocrine assay for anovulatory women (TSH, T3 / T4, FSH, LH, estradiol, 
prolactin levels), laparoscopy/ laparatomy for assessing pelvic factors), determination of 
sperm antibodies and others. 
5. Management 
Management depends on the specific cause. 
Male factor infertility 
It is directed against the cause. 
There is no treatment for azospermia from primary testicular failure. Azospermia from 
secondary testicular failure is treated by hormone replacement (GnRh agonists and human 
menopausal gonadotrophins). Azospermia from obstruction of the vas deferens can be 
treated by microsurgical vasovasotomy or by aspiration of the sperm followed by invitro 
fertilization. 
A number of interventions to improve the quality of the sperm have been used in those 
abnormal or border line oligospermia or asthenospermia. These include drags like 
clomiphene citrate or bromocryptine, surgery for varicocele, exercise modification, change in 
occupation, abstinence from alcohol and smoking and avoiding hot baths. Treatment with 
testosterone has limited value. 
Other interventions include surgical correction of hypospadias and epispadias. 
Female factor infertility 
I. Anovulation: ovulation induction by clomiphene citrate. Other drugs like human 
menopausal gonadotrophins are not available in Ethiopia. Underlying medical causes like 
hyperprolactinemia and hypothyroidism have to be treated with appropriate drugs. 
II. Tubal factor: surgical correction by tuboplasty 
258
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
III. Cervical factor: antibiotics like erythromycin and tetracycline for cervical infection and 
colonization by mycoplasma, hormonal treatment for inadequate cervical mucus 
IV. Immunologic factor: modalities of treatment that are tried include occlusive therapy by 
condom for 6- 9 months, immune suppression by steroids, suppression of spermatogenesis 
and intrauterine insemination. 
Other treatment options 
These should be offered to couple in whom treatment for infertility fails. They include 
adoption, and where feasible assisted reproductive technology and serrogation. 
Review Exercises 
Define infertility and describe its types. 
Discuss causes of infertility and their diagnostic methods. 
3. Briefly describe the management modalities of infertility. 
259
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
CHAPTER 30 
260
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
TUMOURS CONDITIONS OF THE FEMALE GENITAL 
TRACT 
Learning Objectives 
To know the epidemiologic features of genital tract tumors 
To know the approach to patients with genital tumors 
To understand the general principles and management options genital tract tumors 
Like any organ system in the body, a variety of benign and malignant tumors develop in the 
female genital tract. No part of the genital tract is immune for tumors, but the relative 
frequency varies. In most the exact cause is unknown. The manifestations are varied and 
range from absence of symptoms to symptoms affecting local or distant organs. Depending 
on the site, the common presenting complaints are abnormal vaginal bleeding, 
postmenopausal bleeding, abnormal vaginal discharge, vulvar/ abdominal mass, pruritis and 
pelvic/ abdominal pain. The diagnostic modalities include cytologic studies, histopathological 
studies and other advanced investigations like tumor markers and computerized tomography. 
The management options are surgical excision, radiotherapy and chemotherapy. 
BENIGN CONDITIONS OF THE FEMALE GENITAL TRACT 
1. Vulva 
White lesions include lichen sclerosis and hyperplasic dystrophy. 
Hidradenoma: are lesions originating from the apocrine sweat glands. They are seen in 
women in their twenties and thirties. 
Pigmented nevus occurs on the vulva. It carries a risk of subsequent malignant 
transformation due to junctional activity. Thus, excisional biopsy should be performed on all 
pigmented lesions on the vulva. 
Fibromas are uncommon and when present in the vulva are usually fibromyomas or 
fibroangioma. 
Hemangioma Vulva may be 
Ulcerative lesions could arise following trauma or may be a manifestation of STI (syphilis, 
chancroid, granuloma inguinale, lymphogranuloma venereum, and genital herpes) or may be 
261
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
a sign of systemic condition (Crohns disease and Bahcets disease). Persistent ulcerative 
condition of the vulva should arouse suspicion of vulvar cancer and should be biopsied. 
2. Vagina 
Inclusion cyst 
Gartner (mesonephric) duct cyst 
Endometriosis 
Adenosis 
3. Cervical polyp 
Cervical polyp is a localized overgrowth of the endocervical glands. It manifests with 
abnormal vaginal discharge, intermenustral bleeding and contact bleeding. Speculum 
examination shows a polypoid soft mass protruding through the cervical os. Management is 
polypectomy. 
4. Endometrial polyp 
Endometrial polyp is a localized growth of the endometrium which could be sessile or 
pedunculated. In some cases it may be long enough to protrude through the cervix where it 
may be confused with cervical polyp. It may be asymptomatic. Symptoms include 
intermenustral bleeding, menorrhagia and if it protrudes through vaginal discharge. Physical 
findings are minimal. Diagnosis is made by hysterosalpingography or hysteroscopy. Removal 
by dilatation and curettage is the treatment. 
5. Uterine liomyoma (Fibroids, Myoma) 
5.1. Definition and classification 
Liomyoma is a benign tumor of the smooth muscle cells of any mullerian duct organs 
especially the myometrium often with some admixture of fibrous tissue. It could be single or 
multiple. Size ranges from 1mm to 20 cm in diameter. Depending on the location liomyomas 
are classified as 
Interstitial or intramural myoma is located in the myometrium and accounts for 70 % of 
myomas. 
Submucus myoma is a myoma that grows into the endometrial cavity. When a submucus 
myoma protrudes into the cervical canal and the vagina it is called delivered myoma. 
Subserous myoma is a myoma that grows to the serosal surface, thus distorts the surface 
of the uterus. Sometimes a subserous myoma gets detached from the uterus and gets its 
blood supply from another intraabdominal organ especially the omentum. This kind of 
262
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
myoma is called parasitic myoma. A subserous myoma that grows between the leaves of 
the broad ligament is called intraligamentary (broad ligament) myoma. 
Cervical myoma is a myoma that grows on the cervix. 
5.2. Epidemiology and etiology 
It is the commonest tumor of the uterus. It is found in 20-25 % of women in reproductive age 
group. It is more common in blacks. 
The etiology of myoma is unknown. But translocations and additions of several 
chromosomes, mostly affecting chromosome 12 is observed in myomatous cells. Growth of 
myoma is related to the presence of estrogen. This explains why myomas are rare before 
puberty and why they atrophy after menopause. 
5.3. Secondary changes 
Myomas usually have a firm consistency and are non tender. But with subsequent growth, 
they undergo secondary changes, which give them a varied consistency. 
Hyaline degeneration gives it a soft consistency. 
Cystic degeneration gives it a cystic consistency. 
Fatty degeneration usually occurs after menopause and is a precursor for calcareous 
degeneration. 
Calcareous degeneration (womb stone) occurs when calcium is deposited in the myoma. 
This gives it a hard consistency. 
Red (carneous) degeneration occurs as the result of ischemic necrosis from obstruction of 
the venous return during pregnancy. This results in tender swelling of the myoma. It resolves 
in 1-2 weeks. 
Sarcomatous degeneration is a malignant transformation of a myoma. It should be 
suspected when there is significant growth of a myoma in a short period associated with 
pain. It usually occurs in postmenopausal women. The incidence is 1:1000. 
Suppurative (infective) degeneration usually occurs in submucosal types. 
5.4. Clinical features 
Symptoms depend on the site of the myoma. Approximately 35- 50% of myomas are 
asymptomatic. Symptoms are varied and include: 
263
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
Abnormal uterine bleeding is the commonest presenting symptom. It usually takes the form 
of menorrhagia and may cause significant anemia. Intermenustral and contact bleeding may 
occur in delivered myoma. 
Pressure symptoms like frequency of urination, intermittent overflow incontinence (urinary 
bladder), constipation (rectum), pelvic pain (pelvic nerves, torsion, red degeneration), edema 
of the extremity (vena cava or iliac vein) or flank pain (hydronephrosis from ureteric 
obstruction). 
Painless gradually enlarging suprapubic mass 
Abnormal vaginal discharge in submucus type 
Pelvic pain from torsion, infection, red degeneration or pressure on pelvic nerves 
Reproductive symptoms like Infertility, recurrent abortion and preterm labour 
The physical findings depend on the site, size and number. Submucosal myomas cause 
symmetrical enlargement of the uterus while interstitial and subserosal ones cause 
asymmetric enlargement of the uterus. The typical finding is a firm, irregular, non tender 
mass attached to the uterus (moves with the cervix). Degenerative changes may give a 
myoma varied consistencies. 
Diagnosis is reached with history and physical examination in 95 % of cases. Additional 
diagnostic modalities are ultrasound, hysterosalpingography and hysteroscopy. 
5.5. Complications 
Medical complications are anemia, uremia and rare reports of hypoglycemia and 
polycythemia. 
Gynecologic complications are torsion with gangrene, sarcomatous change, rupture of 
surface vessel with intraperitoneal bleeding, chronic inversion and infection of delivered 
myoma. 
Obstetric complications are infertility, recurrent abortion, preterm labour, red degeneration, 
malpresentation, uterine inertia, obstructed labour, postpartum hemorrhage and postpartum 
necrosis. 
5.6. Differential diagnosis 
Pregnancy, adenomyosis, congenital malformation of the uterus, tuboovarian inflammatory 
and neoplastic conditions and conditions that cause abnormal uterine bleeding 
5.7. Management 
There are two types of management for myomas. 
264
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
I. Conservative medical management 
This is indicated for asymptomatic myomas of less than 12 weeks. Monitoring of the growth 
of myoma by biannual pelvic examination and serial hemtocrite determination is done. 
Where available, drugs like GnRh agonists are given to reduce the size and amount of 
bleeding. 
Another indication for medical management is red degeneration during pregnancy. The 
treatment includes bed rest, analgesics and/or tocolytics. Laparatomy is only done if the 
diagnosis is uncertain. 
II. Surgical management 
The indications are AUB leading to anemia, size of more than 14 weeks, and rapid increase 
in size especially after menopause, hydronephrosis from myoma, infertility and recurrent 
abortion resulting from myoma, uncertain nature of the tumor and severe pain from torsion. 
The type of surgery is determined by the site and the desire for future fertility. It ranges from 
conservative abdominal or vaginal nmyomectomy to total abdominal hysterectomy. 
Hysterectomy is the definitive treatment of myomas. 
6. Ovaries 
I. Functional (physiologic) cysts 
Follicular cysts result from failure of ovulation and are usually multiple with average size of 
2 cm in diameter. Besides causing abnormal uterine bleeding (usually Oligomenorrhea with 
menorrhagia), they rarely cause symptoms. They regress within 8 weeks. 
Corpus luteum cyst is usually unilateral and rarely exceeds 4 cms in diameter. It causes 
AUB in the form of oligomenorrhea. In most they are asymptomatic. Symptoms are related to 
size and complications like hemorrhage, rupture and torsion. It resolves spontaneously within 
8 weeks. 
Theca luteum cyst is the least common functional cyst. It occurs in women with hydatidiform 
mole and choriocarcinoma. It is usually bilateral with size ranging from microscopic size to 
more than 15 cm in diameter. Symptoms are continued pregnancy symptoms and 
occasionally pelvic and lower abdominal discomfort. It regresses after successful treatment 
of the associated conditions. 
II. Inflammatory lesions 
265
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
Tubo-ovarian complex or abscess and post vaginal hysterectomy ovarian abscess often 
cause tender masses. 
III. Hyperplasic lesions 
Polycystic ovaries are found in Stein Leventhal syndrome (polycystic ovarian syndrome) 
which manifests with obesity, oligomenorrhea /amenorrhea, hirsutism and infertility from 
anovulation. 
Others include leuteoma, serous inclusion cysts and endometrial cysts. 
IV. Benign ovarian neoplasms 
Depending on the histology the various types of benign ovarian neoplasms are epithelial 
neoplasms, gonadal stromal tumors, nonintrinsic connective tissue tumor and germ cell 
tumors. Epithelial tumors are the commonest benign ovarian tumors. 
They usually occur during the reproductive age. Thecoma and Brenner tumors usually occur 
in postmenopause. Size varies and may reach upto 30 cm in diameter in mucinous 
cystadenoma. They usually present as pelvic or abdominal mass. Those secreting hormones 
present with AUB. 
Peculiar features of some benign ovarian tumors 
“Pseudo mamma bodies” which are calcified concretion apparent on plain x-ray is seen in 
serous cystadenoma. 
“Abnormal sexual development” is seen in gonadoblastoma. Thus, gonadal removal after 
puberty is recommended as there is a 25% risk of developing malignancy 
“Meig’s syndrome”, is occurrence right side pleural effusion and ascitis with Brenner tumor. 
Cystic teratoma (dermoid cyst) – contain sebaceous material, teeth; sweat glands, nervous 
tissue and skin. 
“Struma ovari” is a variant of cystic teratoma that has a thyroid tissue and manifests with 
thyrotoxicosis 
Surgical emergencies in benign ovarian tumors 
Torsion of an ovarian cyst is more common in right ovary especially in pregnant and 
children 
Hemorrhage into the ovarian cyst 
Rupture of and ovarian cyst may occur due to bleeding, torsion or trauma 
266
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
Management 
Surgical removal is indicated for any of the following: 
Premenarchal or postmenopausal palpable adenexal mass whether cystic or solid 
Solid adenexal mass during reproductive age 
Cystic adenexal mass that is more than 8 cm in diameter 
Cystic adenexal mass of < 8 cm that persists for more than 8 weeks 
Development of surgical emergencies 
Observation with close follow up (clinical examination and serial ultrasound) is indicated for 
cystic adenexal masses in reproductive age with size of < 8 cm in diameter. 
7. Endometriosis 
7.1. Definition 
It is the presence of functioning endometrial glands and stroma outside their usual location in 
the uterine cavity, resulting in pelvic adhesion. Common sites of endometriosis are ovaries, 
tubes, uterosacral ligament, recto sigmoid colon, and bladder. 
7.2. Epidemiology and pathogenesis 
It affects women in their reproductive age years and regresses after menopause. The 
different theories in its pathogenesis are 
Retrograde menstrual flow 
Metaplasia of coelomic epithelium 
Vessel spread ( blood vessels or lymphatic vessels) 
Genetic and immunologic influence 
7.3. Clinical features 
Symptoms are secondary dysmenorrhea, dysparunia, chronic pelvic pain; Infertility 
Signs are fixed reteroverted uterus adenexal mass and indurations of the rectovaginal 
septum. Diagnosis is made by pathologic examination of biopsied tissue obtained at 
laparatomy/ laparoscopy. 
7.4. Management 
This is dictated by age, extent of the diseases, and desire for future fertility. The options are 
medical treatment (nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs, danazol, OCP, progestins and 
GnRH agonists) and surgical treatment (conservative or radical surgery). 
267
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
MALIGNANT CONDITIONS OF THE FEMALE GENITAL TRACT 
1. Vulvar cancer 
It is an uncommon tumor accounting for 3- 5 % of primary genital tract cancers. It is a 
disease of postmenopause with an average age of 60-65 years. Etiology is unknown STI 
agents like human papilloma and herpes simple type 2 viruses are implicated. Conditions 
that cause chronic vulvar irritation like diabetes mellitus, vulvar dystrophy and granulomatous 
STIs (LGV) predispose to vulvar cancer. 
More than 90% of primary vulvar cancer is squamous cell type. Others include melanoma, 
basal cell carcinoma and verrucous carcinoma. More than 65% arise from the labia majora 
and minora. 
Squamous cell carcinoma usually starts as dysplasia of the vulvar skin in the third and fourth 
decades of life. This usually manifests as pruritis or lump on the vulva. It spreads by direct 
extension and by lymphatics to involve the inguinal, femoral and pelvic lymph nodes. 
Despite its anatomic location late diagnosis is common mainly from reluctance of elderly 
patients to seek medial advice and neglect of the health care worker to investigate vulvar 
pruritis and lesions. The main symptoms are long standing pruritis, vulvar mass and ulcer. 
Diagnosis is made by biopsy. 
Note: All women with grossly suspicious vulvar lesion, confluent wart like mass, ulceration 
that persists for more than 1 month should be referred for biopsy. 
Surgery is the main stay of management with or with out adjuvant radiotherapy and 
chemotherapy. 
2. Vaginal cancer 
Primary vaginal cancer is not common. The variants of primary vaginal cancer are 
epidermoid (accounts for more than >75%), clear cell adenocarcinoma, sarcoma and 
melanoma. It accounts for 2 – 4% of genital canal cancer. The mean age of occurrence is 55 
years. Secondary vaginal cancer is the common form of cancer affecting the vagina. The 
commonest primary site is the cervix followed by endometrium. 
Clinical features are bloody vaginal discharge, ulceration or/and exophytic vaginal lesion, 
pelvic pain and edema. Diagnosis is made by histologic examination of biopsied material 
from the vaginal lesion. 
Differential diagnosis includes granulomatous infections like LGV and genital tuberculosis, 
chemical/ trauma induced ulcerations and endometriosis. 
268
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
Treatment options include surgery and radiation therapy. 
3. Cervical cancer 
3.1. Classification and staging 
70-80% of cervical cancer is squamous cell type. It almost always (>90%) arises from the 
transformation zone of the cervix at the squamocolumnar junction. It starts as dyplastic 
change which eventually progresses to cervical cancer in situ and finally to invasive cancer. 
This is a slow process which takes 7-10 years. 
The next common type of cervical cancer is adenocarcinoma which arises from the 
endocervical glands. 
Cervical cancer spreads mainly by direct extension (vagina, uterus, parametrium, bladder 
and rectum) and by lymphatic spread (pelvic lymph nodes, paraaortic nodes). Depending on 
the progress it is staged clinically into four stages. 
Stage O: Carcinoma in situ: Intraepithelial carcinoma 
Stage I: Confined to the cervix 
Stage- II: Extends beyond the cervix onto either the vagina or parametrium but not to the 
lower 1/3 of the vagina and not to the pelvic wall. 
Stage III: Extension either to the lower third of the vagina or to the pelvic wall. 
Hydronephrosis or non-functioning kidney with no apparent cause necessitates 
allocation to III B. 
Stage IV: Extension beyond the true pelvis or involvement of mucosa of bladder or rectum 
3.2. Premalignant lesions of the cervix (Cervical intraepithelial neoplasia) 
Squamous cell carcinoma of the cervix develops from precursor lesions of the cervix called 
cervical intraepithelial neoplasia (CIN), previously called cervical dysplasia. This is an 
abnormal growth of cells in the transformation zone of the cervix that develops from the 
squamocolumnar junction of the cervix. 
Depending on the depth of the cervical epithelium, there are three types of CIN namely CIN1 
(mild dysplasia), CIN2 (moderate dysplasia) and CIN3 (severe dysplasia or carcinoma in 
situ). 
Majority of CIN1 remain static or regress with only few progressing to CIN2. Significant 
proportions (20-25%) of CIN2 progress to CIN3, the rest remain static or regress. CIN3 is 
universally agreed to be a true cancer precursor with 30-70 % developing cervical cancer 
over 10 years time. 
269
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
CIN lesions are characteristically symptomless. On naked eye examination, the cervix is 
normal. Diagnosis is only made after biopsy. Detection needs special examinations. These 
include 
Pap smear (cervical exofoliative cytology), which is an ideal screening test for cervical 
cancer. It should be done periodically (every 1 to3 years depending on the risk factors) in all 
sexually active women. 
Colposcopy 
If the above tests show abnormal result biopsy is recommended. 
Management includes ablation (destruction) of the transformation zone or conization of the 
cervix or hysterectomy. 
3.2. Etiology and risk factors 
The exact cause of cervical cancer is unknown. But it is known to be a sex associated 
disease, being rare in virgins. A number of sexually associated factors were implicated. Of 
these, human papilloma virus types 16, 18 and31 are strongly associated with cervical 
cancer. The risk factors for development of cervical cancer are 
Sexual intercourse at an early age 
Multiple sexual partners 
High risk male partner (promiscuous partner, contact with cervical cancer patient) 
Immunosuppression like HIV/AIDS 
Smoking 
Young age at first pregnancy 
3.3. Epidemiology 
Previously cervical cancer was the leading cancer of the genital cancer. But now its 
incidence is decreasing because of early detection of preinvasive stage of the cancer. In 
areas where regular screening is not available it is still a common gynecologic cancer. 
Cervical cancer is the third most-common cancer world wide and the leading cause of death 
among developing country women. An estimated 466,000 new cases of cervical cancer 
occur annually among women world wide; about 80% occur in developing countries. 
270
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
3.4 .Clinical features and diagnosis 
In early stages, cervical cancer is usually asymptomatic emphasizing the importance of 
cytological screening to detect a cancer as early as possible. 
Early symptoms include abnormal vaginal discharge which is offensive and watery and 
abnormal uterine bleeding. Intermenustral bleeding post coital and contact bleeding and 
postmenopausal bleeding are the usual forms of AUB. In advanced cases the patient 
presents with pelvic and back pain and symptoms of uremia. Some times leg edema 
develops. 
In early stages the cervix appears normal. As the disease advances two types of appearance 
may be seen depending on whether the lesion is endophytic or exophytic. In exophytic 
lesions the cervix develops an ulcer and later cauliflower like growths into the vagina which 
easily bleed to touch. In endophytic type the cervix is hard and nodular with variable surface 
ulceration. In advanced cases there is infiltration of the vagina and necrosis of the tumor on 
the cervix. Involvement of the rectum and the parametrial tissues is found on rectal 
examination. 
Diagnosis is made by pathologic examination of the tissue taken from the transformation 
zone or from grossly abnormal sites on the cervix. Whenever a gross cervical lesion is 
present, referral for a biopsy is indicated. 
3.5. Complications 
Uremia is the leading cause of death. Other complications are severe bleeding, sepsis and 
pulmonary embolism. 
3.6. Management 
There are two options of management. 
Surgical management - (total abdominal hysterectomy and pelvic lymphadenectomy) for 
stages upto IIb 
Radiotherapy – for all stages 
3.7. Prevention 
Invasive cancer of the cervix is considered a preventable cancer because it has a long 
preinvasive state, a sensitive screening method to detect preinvasive stages and effective 
the treatment for pre-invasive lesions. 
271
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
Papanicoaus smear is a cervical cytology study that should be done in all sexually active 
women every 1-3 years. It is an ideal screening test for detection of precancerous stage of 
cervical cancer. 
4. Endometrial cancer 
4.1. Classification and staging 
Endometrial cancer is an adenocarcinoma of endometrial glands. There are different 
histologic variants with different impact on the prognosis. Some of these variants are 
endometriod type carcinoma, adenosquamous carcinoma, clear cell carcinoma, papillary 
carcinoma and secretory adenocarcinoma. 
It spreads mainly by direct contagious and lymphatic routes. In late cases haematogenous 
spread occurs. Unlike cervical cancer, endometrial cancer is staged surgically. 
4.2. Etiology and risk factors 
Most develop in hyperestrogenic states with unopposed estrogen action without cyclic 
influence of progesterone. Antecedent endometrial hyperplasia is found in most endometrial 
cancers. The risk factors are 
Age of 55- 65 years (postmenopausal), rarely occurs before 40 years 
Early menarche, delayed menopause 
Infertile or history of repeated abortions, nulliparity 
Obesity , hypertension, diabetes and middle class life style 
Hyperestrogenic states like chronic anovulation (Stein Leventhal Syndrome), estrogen 
secreting tumors, exogenous estrogen use 
4.3. Epidemiology 
The incidence is 12-15 /100000 women and increasing over the years. The peak age is 60- 
70 years. It is mainly a disease of post menopause which accounts for 75% of the cases. 
15% occurs in the perimenopausal period and the rest in the premenopausal time. 
4.4. Clinical features and diagnosis 
The principal symptom is abnormal uterine bleeding. It is usually of postmenopausal type 
with scanty, small and recurrent bleeding. In the premenopausal period it may take the form 
of menorrhagia, polymenorrhea and intermenustral bleeding. The second common symptom 
272
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
is abnormal vaginal discharge which is usually offensive. In advanced disease pelvic 
pressure from hematometra/ pyometra, weight loss and debility occurs. 
The usual finding on physical examination is moderately enlarged uterus. 
Diagnosis is reached by histopathological examination of endometrial tissue. This can be 
done by simple endometrial biopsy/ curettage/aspirate or commonly by fractional curettage 
which is considered to be the gold standard for diagnosis.. 
Note: All women with abnormal uterine bleeding in the perimenopausal and 
postmenopausal period should be referred for diagnostic curettage and surgical 
staging. 
4.5. Management 
The definitive management is surgery (total abdominal hysterectomy + bilateral 
saphingeophorectomy + pelvic lymphadenectomy) supplemented by radiation and/ or 
chemotherapy. 
4.6. Complications 
These include hematometra, pyometra and perforation / rupture of uterus. 
5. Ovarian cancer 
5.1. Classification and staging 
Ovarian cancer is classified by the histologic types. Epithelial tumors are the commonest 
accounting for 90% of all ovarian cancers. The remaining 10 % include germ cell, gonadal 
stromal, nongonadal stromal and unclassified tumors. 
Ovarian cancer spreads mainly by transperitoneal route and by direct extension. It also uses 
lymphatic and in advanced cases haematogenous routes. Staging is done surgically during 
laparatomy. 
5.2. Epidemiology and risk factors 
Risk for epithelial cancers increases upto 80 years of age. It accounts for 4% of cancers in 
women and contributes for 40% of deaths related to gynecologic cancers. It is called the 
silent killer because of nonspecific symptoms and difficulty in accessing the ovaries by 
physical examination and absence of reliable screening test for detection of early lesions. 
Some of the risk factors for epithelial ovarian cancer are high fat diet, early age at menarche, 
late menopause, and history of premenstrual syndrome, nulliparity, celibacy and repeated 
abortions. 
273
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
5.3. Clinical features 
Symptoms are non specific and are usually absent in early stages. These include nausea, 
vomiting, bloating abdominal fullness constipation and flatulence. Hormone secreting tumors 
are associated with AUB. Weight loss is a late manifestation. 
In early stages there will not be any abnormal physical finding but later one may find ascitis, 
pelvic or abdominal mass, hepatomegally pleural effusion and lymphadenopathy (inguinal or 
supraclavicular). 
Definitive diagnosis is made by histopathology of a biopsy made during laparatomy. 
5.4. Management 
Surgery (total abdominal hysterectomy, bilateral saphingeophorectomy, omentectomy, 
appendectomy along with resection of grossly visible lesions) supplemented by 
chemotherapy and or radiotherapy 
Review questions 
1. Discuss the degenerative changes and clinical features of myoma. 
2. Discuss the risk factors, complications and prevention of cervical cancer. 
3. List the indications for surgery for an adenexal mass. 
274
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
CHAPTER 31 
UTEROVAGINAL PROLAPSE AND URINARY INCONTINENCE 
Learning objectives 
To discuss the anatomic supports of the uterus and vagina 
To classify uterovaginal prolapse 
To discuss the causes of uterovaginal prolapse 
To discuss the diagnosis and management of uterovaginal prolapse 
To list the different types of urinary incontinence and their clinical features 
To discuss the different tests used in the diagnosis of urinary incontinence 
1. UTEROVAGINAL PROLAPSE 
Anatomic supports of the uterus and vagina 
A condensation of the parietal endopelvic fascia running from the back of the symphysis 
pubis to the ischial spines provides the origin of the levator ani muscle. The parietal 
endopelvic fascia over the levator ani is condensed in certain areas to forming ligaments that 
are very important in supporting the uterus. Of these ligaments the cardinal ligament or 
Mackenrodt’s ligament is the most important one. It runs from the lateral sides of the cervix 
to the lateral pelvic wall. The others are uterosacral ligament and pubocervical fascia. 
In addition to the facial supports of the cervix, the uterus receives from the round ligaments, 
which keep it anteverted and the infundibulopelvic ligaments. Another significant aspect to 
275
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
the anatomic support of the uterus is its anteverted and anteflexed position in relation to axis 
of the vagina. 
The levator ani and the perineal muscles along with the rectovaginal septum provide the 
most important muscular support for the vagina. 
Definition and types 
Uterovaginal prolapse is the downward descent of the uterus and the vagina from their 
normal pelvic positions. 
Fundamentally, there are two types of genital prolapse 
I. Vaginal prolapse 
Anterior vaginal wall prolapse – may exist in the form of cystocele (herniation of the bladder 
base into the upper vagina), urethrocele (herniation of the posterior wall of urethra into the 
lower part of the vagina) or cystourethrocele (herniation of the entire anterior vaginal wall). 
Posterior vaginal wall prolapse – can present as a rectocele (herniation of the rectum into 
the vagina, usually involving the lower one half or two thirds of the posterior vaginal wall) 
and/or enterocele (herniation of a peritoneal sac of Pouch of Douglas into the upper part of 
the posterior vaginal wall that may contain loops of small bowel). 
Vault prolapse: refers to a herniation of a peritoneal sac at the vaginal vault after abdominal 
or vaginal hysterectomy 
II. Uterovaginal prolapse 
The uterine component of the uterovaginal prolapse is measured in relation to the degree of 
prolapse of the cervix below the level of the ischial spines (the normal station of the cervix in 
the pelvis) 
First degree prolapse – refers to descent of the cervix below the ischial spines as far as, but 
not beyond, the introitus 
Second degree prolapse – descent of the cervix (but not the entire uterus) beyond the 
introitus 
Third degree prolapse (procidentia) is herniation of the entire cervix and uterus beyond the 
introitus. 
Etiology 
The causes of uterovaginal prolapse are 
276
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
Childbirth related trauma to the pelvic support and improperly repaired genital tract tears 
Climacteric related atrophy of the pelvic supports 
Chronic increase in intra abdominal pressure from chronic cough and constipation 
Congenital weakness of the pelvic supports 
Neurologic problems affecting the pelvic musculature 
Clinical Features 
The symptoms of genital prolapse could be general or specific. The general symptoms are 
Painless mass bulging through the introitus which is prominent when standing or straining 
Pelvic pressure or bearing down sensation in the pelvis or sensation of something coming 
down or dragging discomfort and low back pain 
The specific symptoms are 
For anterior vaginal wall prolapse: stress incontinence, symptoms of urinary tract infection, 
sense of incomplete emptying and urinary retention 
For posterior vaginal wall prolapse: constipation, rectal fullness, difficulty in emptying the 
bowel, sense of incomplete emptying which necessitates splinting or digital removal 
For enterocele: usually nonspecific symptoms resulting from traction of the abdominal 
viscera 
For uterine prolapse: abnormal uterine bleeding, abnormal vaginal discharge 
The physical findings are 
For anterior vaginal wall prolapse: soft, reducible mass bulging into the anterior vagina and 
distending the vaginal introitus (best demonstrated by means of Sim’s specula with the 
patient in left lateral position). With straining or coughing it bulges more and may be 
associated with stress incontinence. 
For rectocele: soft, thin walled mass projecting into the posterior vaginal wall. On rectal 
examination, the rectovaginal septum projects well into the vagina and there is anterior 
sacculation of the rectum into the vagina. 
For enterocele: rectovaginal examination, especially with the patient standing, reveals a 
reducible thickness or bulging of the upper recto vaginal septum. Occasionally loops of bowel 
may be felt in the mass. 
For uterine prolapse: Almost always there is an associated anterior and posterior 
vaginal wall prolapse. In addition, visualization or palpation of the cervix with or 
277
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
without the patient straining and palpation of the uterus grades the degree of uterine 
prolapse. In long standing cases decubitus ulcer and thickened cervical/ vaginal 
epithelium is seen. 
Complications 
Keratinization of the vagina and cervix 
Decubitus ulcer on the cervix 
Urinary tract infection and urinary obstruction (angulation of the urethra or constriction 
of the ureters in procidentia) 
Incarceration of the prolapse 
Sexual dysfunction 
Management 
I. Medical measures: 
Small or moderate sized cystocele and rectocele and first degree uterovaginal prolapse 
requires reassurance, explanation and pelvic exercise (Kegel’s exercise) for 6-12 months. 
Other medical measures are vaginal pessaries, estrogens for postmenopausal women. 
Note: Kegel’s exercise is done by repeatedly contracting the pubococcygeus muscle as if 
one is trying to stop urination (150 – 200 x /day) 
II. Surgical measures 
For cystocele: anterior colporrhaphy 
For rectocele: poteriorcolpoperineorraphy 
For uterovaginal prolapse: The standard surgery is vaginal hysterectomy combined with 
anterior colporrhaphy and posterior colpoperineorraphy. Other options are Manchester 
operation (combines anterior colporrhaphy, cervical amputation, posterior 
colpoperineorraphy and suturing of cardinal ligaments in front of the cervix) and Lefort’s 
partial colpocleisis (partial suturing of anterior and posterior vaginal walls together). 
Prevention 
Encouraging postnatal perineal exercises 
Proper suturing of perineal and vaginal lacerations with proper anatomic restoration 
Avoidance of excessive fundal pressure during delivery 
Treatment of chronic cough and constipation 
278
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
2. URINARY INCONTINENCE 
Definition and classification 
Urinary incontinence is an involuntary leakage of urine due to involuntary reversal of the 
pressure gradient between the bladder and urethra. The various types of urinary 
incontinence are 
Genuine stress incontinence 
Motor urge incontinence (unstable bladder) 
Sensory urge incontinence 
Overflow incontinence 
Bypass incontinence 
Psychogenic incontinence 
Etiology 
When the urinary tract is intact, continence is maintained as long as the pressure closing the 
urethra is greater than the intravesical pressure. When this pressure gradient is reversed, 
urine passes to the urethra. This occurs in voluntary micturition due to the urethral relaxation 
and detrusor muscle contraction. 
Urinary incontinence may be due to any of the following, alone or in combination 
Lowered urethral pressure (momentary or continuous) 
Detrusor contraction 
Greater transmission of intraabdominal pressure to the bladder than to the urethra 
Passive increase in intravesical pressure due to distension beyond the elastic units of the 
bladder 
Bypassing of the continence mechanism 
Tests and investigations 
Urinary stress test is done by instilling 300 ml of saline in the bladder and the patient 
performs Valselva maneuver eight to ten times while standing with feet spread as wide as 
279
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
the shoulders and the perineum is inspected for leakage of urine. It provides gross 
quantization of degree of incontinence. In 20% false negative results are found. 
Pad test is done when the stress test is negative (no urine leakage). In this procedure the 
patient wears preweighed sanitary napkin, does some exercise and then the pad will be 
reweighed to determine how much urine has been lost. It is used to assess degree of 
incontinence. 
Cotton – tipped applicator ( Q-tip) test - assesses the degree of bladder or urethral 
descent during straining by measuring the angle formed by the applicator stick and an 
imaginary line parallel to the floor while patient is in lithotomy position and doing Valselva 
maneuver. An angle of < 15O both during rest and the Valselva maneuver shows good 
anatomic support. An angle of > 30O during the Valselva maneuver shows poor anatomic 
support. An angle of 15 – 30O is considered inconclusive. 
Bonney test- assesses support of proximal urethra. It is performed in a woman with stress 
incontinence by putting the index and middle fingers in the vagina, lifting the bladder base 
towards the pubic bone and asking the woman to strain or cough. If there is no incontinence 
then the diagnosis of poor urethral support is made. If there is incontinence then other 
causes of stress incontinence are looked for. 
Dye (cotton ball) test- this is a test to detect small vesicovaginal fistulas and differentiate 
vesicovaginal fistula from other types of urinary fistulas (urethero and ureterovaginal fistula). 
It is done by putting three cotton balls into the vagina and instilling diluted methylene blue 
into the urinary bladder through a bladder catheter. If the dye stains the upper cotton balls 
then the diagnosis of vesicovaginal fistula is made. If there is no staining with the dye then 
consider ureterovaginal fistula as a cause. are 
Urine analysis and culture 
cystoscopy/ urethroscopy 
1. Genuine Stress incontinence (GSI) 
GSI is the involuntary loss of urine through the urethra occurring simultaneously with an 
increase in intraabdominal pressure but in the absence of detrusor muscle contraction. 
Pathophysiology 
Normally at rest the intraurethral pressure is greater than the intravesical pressure. The 
pressure difference or urethral closure pressure represents the margin of continence. 
280
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
Therefore, if the resting intravesical pressure plus any increase in pressure generated during 
stressful activities (coughing, exercise) exceeds the intraurethral pressure at rest plus any 
increase in urethral pressure generated during the activities, the urethral closure pressure 
will decrease to zero, and genuine stress incontinence will result. 
Etiology 
Two possible causes exist 
Anatomic descent of the proximal urethra below its normal intraabdominal position during 
stressful activities, altering the vesicourethral angle: This occurs in anterior vaginal wall 
prolapse, especially with urethrocele. 
Failure of neuromuscular mechanisms that increase intraurethral pressure which result in the 
dysfunction of the extrinsic or intrinsic urethral sphincter. 
Clinical Features and diagnosis 
Classic symptom is involuntary loss of urine which occurs simultaneously with stressful 
activities like coughing, sneezing and laughing. It stops as soon as the stressful act is over. 
Examination will usually show variable degree of cystourethrocele in 75 % of the cases. In 
cases of anatomic descent of the urethra, poor support of urethra can be demonstrated by 
clinical tests like Q-tip test which is abnormal in 95% of GSI. 
Criteria for diagnosis of genuine stress incontinence are 
Normal neurologic examination 
Poor anatomic support (Q – tip test, X-ray or urethroscopy) 
Demonstrable leakage with stress (stress or pad test) 
Normal urine analysis, negative urine culture 
Normal cystometrogram or urethrocystometry 
Management 
I. Medical measures 
For poor anatomic support: Kegel’s exercise, estrogen for postmenopausal 
For intrinsic sphincteric defect: a adrenergic agonists 
II. Surgical measures for severe cases either by abdominal or vaginal approaches 
281
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
2. Motor urge incontinence (detrusor instability, unstable bladder) 
This Is the result of involuntary uninhibited detrusor muscle contractions in most cases 
idiopathic in origin. It may be associated with cystitis. In most it is idiopathic. It is the second 
most common cause of urinary incontinence. Because of its unpredictability and loss of large 
volumes of urine, it has greater detrimental effect on patients than GSI. 
Pathophysiology 
Normally increasing detrusor contractions occur when the bladder contains more than the 
cystometric capacity (the bladder volume that can be tolerated in the awake, unanesthetized 
state). Micturition occurs because of the increase in the intravesical pressure and along with 
simultaneous voluntary relaxation of the external urethral sphincter. This process can be 
inhibited voluntarily at any time. 
In unstable bladder uninhibited detrusor contractions typically occur spontaneously or upon 
provocation (as coughing, exercise, tactile or auditory stimuli) at bladder volumes below 
normal resulting in incontinence. 
Clinical Features and diagnosis 
Symptoms are usually multiple. Patients usually have a strong urge for urination moments 
before incontinence. If associated with stressful activities, incontinence occurs seconds after 
the stress has started and will continue after the stressful activity is over, despite the patients 
effort to stop it. Symptoms of urinary tract infection may be present. The physical 
examination may be normal. Anatomic support of the bladder and urethra may be good or 
poor. Neurologic signs are typically absent. 
Diagnosis is based on finding delayed urinary leakage or continuous heavy flow despite the 
patient’s effort to stop during the urinary stress test and simultaneous urethrocystometry 
confirms the diagnosis. 
Management 
I. Medications 
Anticholinergic agents are the most effective 
282
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
Others include smooth muscle antispasmodics, calcium channel blockers and 
prostaglandin synthase inhibitors 
II. Behavior modification: bladder retraining and psychotherapy 
III. Surgery is the last resort in the management: denervation, cystoplasty and urinary 
diversion are the procedures 
3. Sensory Urge Incontinence 
It is leakage of urine (in association with great urgency) that occurs in a stable bladder 
without excessive descent of the urethra or bladder. 
It is associated with bladder irritation as it occurs in cystitis, bladder stone or neoplasia. 
Psychological factors may also play a role. This stimulates the afferent arc of micturition 
reflex resulting in strong urgency to micturate. has the ability to inhibit detrusor contraction 
and does so when instructed showing that her bladder is stable. 
Clinical Features and diagnosis 
Incontinence is associated with frequency, urgency, dysuria and /or hematuria. Urine 
analysis and culture show urinary tract infection. Urethroscopy and cystoscopy are important 
to diagnose underlying pathologies like calculi and neoplasms. Cystometric findings are 
usually normal. 
Management 
Treatment of infections 
Treatment of the specific underlying cause 
4. Overflow Incontinence 
Etiology 
Urinary retention and subsequent overflow incontinence can be caused by 
Lower motor neuropathies and diabetes 
Obstructive causes in postoperative period or by pelvic masses 
Pharmacologic causes: ganglionic blocking agents, anticholinergics 
Treatment 
Treatment of the underlying cause 
283
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
Medical management directed towards reducing urethral closure pressure and increasing 
detrusor contractility 
5. Bypass Incontinence 
Urinary leakage occurs as a result of bypassing of the normal anatomic urethral continence 
mechanism. It is characterized by continuous leakage of urine. Commonest cause is urinary 
fistula. Others are ectopic ureter (leakage starts from early age) and urethral diverticula’s 
(leakage occurs with change of position minutes or hours after urination). 
Treatment is usually surgical depending on the specific cause and the prognosis is generally 
good. 
6. Urinary Fistula 
Definition 
It is a direct communication between the urinary and genital tracts. It could be vesicovaginal 
(commonest between the vagina and the bladder), ureterovaginal (between the ureters and 
rthe vagina), urethrovaginal (between the vagina and the urethra) and vesicouterine 
(between the uterus and the bladder). 
Etiology 
Obstructed labor is the commonest cause of urinary fistulas. The other causes are advanced 
genital cancers (cervix, vagina, and endometrium), trauma (rape, ghorning accident), 
radiotherapy and lymphogranuloma venereum. 
Clinical features 
Continuous leakage of urine per vagina is the hallmark of urinary fistulas. Speculum and 
digital examination may identify hole in the anterior vaginal wall with urine coming through. 
Small ones can be identified by doing dye test or cystoscopy or intravenous pylogram. 
Management 
I. Fistulas following obstructed labour 
Small ones may close spontaneously. In these cases, continuous catheter drainage (bladder 
or ureteric) should be tried for three weeks. If it persists then surgical closure after three 
months should be planned. This will allow adequate healing of the surrounding ischemic 
tissue. Ample fluid intake during this time will prevent calculi formation at the fistula site. 
Method of repair depends on position of fistula, size of the defect and degree of fixity. 
284
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
Note: Unless the fistula is very small, women with repaired fistulas should be 
delivered by elective caesarian section. 
II. Other types of fistulas 
Surgical closure is the method of management. Success depends on the cause. 
7. Psychogenic Incontinence 
It can take any form of the incontinences discussed above. It is commonly diagnosed in 
patients with significant psychologic or psychiatric disorders. 
Review questions 
1. Describe the classification, causes and diagnosis of uterovaginal prolapse. 
2. List the complications of uterovaginal prolapse. 
3. List the different types of urinary incontinence. 
4. Describe the different tests used in the diagnosis of urinary incontinence. 
285
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
References 
1. DeCherney AH, Pernoll ML Current. Obstetrics and Gynecologic diagnosis and 
treatment, 8th edition. 
2. Larry J. Copeland, Text Book of Gynecology 
286
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
3. Lawson J. B, Stewart D. B, Obstetrics and Gynecology in the Tropics and developing 
countries 
4. Scott JR, Danforth’s text book of Gynecology & Obstetrics, 1996 
5. Novak’s text of Obstetrics & Gynecology, 10th edition, 1981. 
6. Department of Obstetric and Gynecology, The management of infertile couple protocol. 
AAA, Faculty of Medicine, 2000 
287
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
ANNEX 1 
EPIDEMIOLOGY OF OBSTETRICS AND GYNECOLOGIC PROBLEMS 
1. OBSTETRIC BASIC STATISTICS 
1. Birth - Complete expulsion of a fetus from the mother 
2. Live birth - Any fetus that is born with any sign of life regardless of fetal weight or 
gestational age. 
3. Still birth - The birth of a fetus with no sign of life (WHO weight greater than 500grams or 
greater than 20 weeks of gestation and in Ethiopian context weight greater than or equal to 
1000 grams and greater than 28 weeks). 
4. Still birth rate- Number of stillbirths /1000 live births. 
5. Neonatal mortality rate - number of live born infant death within first 28 days per 
1,000 live births 
· Early neonatal death – Live born infant deaths within first 7 days of life 
· Late neonatal death- Live born infant deaths within first 28 days of life excluding the 
first 7 days of life 
· Neonatal period I - From birth through 23 hours and 59 minutes. 
· Neonatal period II- 24 hours through 6 days, 23 hours and 59 minutes 
· Neonatal period III- from 7 days through 27 days, 23 hours and 59 minutes 
6. Perinatal mortality rate (PMR) - Number of still births and number of neonatal death in 
1st 7 days of life per 1000 live births. 
· In developing countries, 3 million neonates die in first week after delivery and 4 million 
are still births. 
· PMR in developing countries ranges from 40 to 60 /1000 live births, but it is between 6 to 
10 /1000 live births in developed countries. 
· Major causes of perinatal death are mechanical trauma during delivery, hypertension in 
pregnancy, antepartum hemorrhage, fetal malformations, low birth weight and Infections. 
7. Fertility rate - Number of live births per 1000 women between age of 15 and 44 years of 
age. 
288
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
8. Reproductive mortality: - Death due to direct result of pregnancy or use of contraceptive 
per 1000 women 
9. Maternal mortality - Death of a woman while pregnant or within 42 days of termination of 
pregnancy irrespective of the site & duration of pregnancy, from any acutely related to or 
aggravated by the pregnancy or its management but not from accidental or incidental cause. 
10. Maternal mortality rate - Number of maternal deaths due to reproductive process 
per100, 000 live births 
· 500,000 maternal deaths occur each year world wide 
· 99% of maternal death occurs in developing countries 
· In Africa maternal death is 630/100,000 live births 
· East Africa maternal death is 680/100,000 live births 
· Lifetime risk of maternal death in Africa is 1 in 21 
According to the etiology maternal deaths are subdivided into: 
Direct maternal death: Maternal death is directly attributable to obstetric causes or the 
quality of obstetric care. 
Indirect maternal death: Maternal death is attributable to a concomitant disease & 
conditions aggravated by the pregnancy. 
Non maternal death: Maternal death due to accidents & not related to pregnancy. 
Major causes of maternal death in the developing countries include 
· Hemorrhage 25% 
· Infection (sepsis)15% 
· Unsafe abortion 13% 
· Hypertensive disorders 12% 
· Obstructed labor 8% 
· Indirect causes 19% 
· Others 8% 
289
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
2. DEMOGRAPHIC STATISTICS 
1. Crude birth rate (CBR) = Number of total births per 1,000 total population per year at 
midyear. 
2 Crude death rate (CDR) = Number of death per 1000 total population per year at mid year. 
3. Crude rate of natural increase (CRNI) = CBR-CDR per1000 population per year 
4. Population growth rate (PGR) = CRNI + the sum of the migration of people in and out of 
the population. 
5. Life expectancy (LE) = Average number of years of life remaining in individual at a 
specific age. 
Population Trend 
· World population growth increase at a rate of 2% per year and doubles every 35 years. 
· World population 1980 was 4.4 billion; at 2000 it was 6.2 billion. At the time of Christ, it 
was about 250 million. 
· If the trend continues, there may be 12 billion people in the world by the year 2035. 
3. HEALTH INDICATORS FOR THE STATUS OF WOMEN IN ETHIOPIA 
· Fertility rate 6.2 
· Antenatal care utilization 20% 
· Assisted deliveries by trained health worker 14% 
· Family planning coverage less than 10% 
· MMR= Average 500-700 /100,000 
4. EXPOSURE & DISEASE IN GYNECOLOGY 
Exposure to some factors may cause female genital organ disease. 
290
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
4.1. Exposure 
4.1.1. Reproductive events 
Age at menarche, character of menstrual cycle, gravidity and age of menopause have 
impact on endometriosis, myoma, heart disease, and osteoporosis, cancer of breast, 
endometrium and ovary. 
4.1.2. Contraceptive and sterilization 
Barrier methods are protective of pelvic inflammatory disease, tubal infertility, ectopic 
pregnancy and cervical cancer. 
Intrauterine devices - increases pelvic inflammatory disease, tubal infertility and ectopic 
pregnancy 
Oral contraceptives- increase the risk of thromboembolism, hypertension, myocardial 
infarction and liver adenoma. They are protective against benign breast disease, ovarian 
cancer and pelvic inflammatory disease 
Sterilization- induces early menopause and protective for ovarian cancer. 
4.1.3. Menopausal hormones 
Increase endometrial cancer, protective effect on heart disease, osteoporosis and 
Alzheimer disease. 
4.1.4. Sexually transmitted infections 
Predispose for HIV, syphilis, pelvic inflammatory disease, chlamydia and gonorrhea. 
4.1.5. Life style 
Smoking – increase heart and lung disease, tubal infertility, ectopic pregnancy, cervical 
cancer and early menopause. 
Alcohol- Decrease cardiovascular disease, risk of breast cancer increased, Increases 
circulating estrogen 
Exercise and nutrition : lean athelets and anorexia nervosa cause amenorrhea, obesity 
causes menstrual difficulty and endometrial cancer 
Talc use- increases risk for ovarian cancer 
4.2. Disease 
291
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
· Mortality caused by cancer in decreasing order: lung cancer, breast, colorectal, 
pancreas and ovary. 
· Incidence of gynecologic cancer in decreasing order: cervical, endometrial and 
ovarian cancer, but mortality is higher in ovarian tumor. 
· Incidence of benign gynecologic conditions varies from place to place: pelvic 
inflammatory disease, benign ovarian cyst, endometriosis, myoma, ectopic 
pregnancy. 
ANNEX 2 
THE PARTOGRAPH 
The partograph is a tool to assess and interpret the progress of labour. Its central feature 
is graphic record of cervical dilatation but descent of the fetal head and uterine activity are 
also indicators of progress of labour. It also detects other problems developing in the 
mother and the fetus. 
Advantages include 
It gives comprehensive view of all major events of labour 
It allows early detection and management of abnormal labour patterns 
292
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
It simplifies handover to other health professionals 
It saves time and is more efficient 
It is simple (only symbols and letters are used) and skill in its use is quickly attained. 
It helps in research and teaching 
Parts 
The WHO model partograph has three parts that assess different parameters. 
I. Labor progress 
Cervicograph: Four hourly digital pelvic examination is done and cervical dilatation is plotted 
by mark X on the graph whose vertical arm shows the cervical dilatation in centimeters and 
horizontal arm shows the time. The graph has a latent phase which has 8 hours limit and an 
active phase which takes the rest of the graph to the right of the latent phase. A vertical 
line drawn at 8 hours mark separates the two. A horizontal line drawn at 3 centimeters of 
cervical dilatation separates the latent and active phases. On the active phase there are two 
parallel diagonal lines set at four hours apart. They are named the alert line (the one found 
on the left side) and the action line. Labour is said to be progressing normally if the cervical 
dilatation curve stays to the left of the alert line. Strict observation (in a health center 
preparation for referral) is indicated if the curve crosses the alert line. Action in the form of 
augmentation or caesarian section or referral for these measures must be done if the curve 
crosses the action line. 
Descent of the fetal head is assessed by abdominal examination in fifths and plotted on the 
cervicograph with a mark 0. 
Uterine contraction is assessed by abdominal palpation for 10 minutes every 30 minutes. 
The number of uterine contractions in 10 minutes and their average duration is then plotted 
on the squares provided. Corresponding number of squares are shaded to indicate the 
number of uterine contractions. The average duration of contraction is plotted by filling the 
squares with different shades. If the duration is less than 20 seconds the squares are filled 
with dots. If between 20- 40 seconds fill with striped lines. If greater than 40 seconds 
completely shading of the squares is done. 
II. Fetal condition 
293
Obstetrics and Gynecology 
Fetal heart rate is counted by intermittent auscultation every 15 minutes. It is recorded in by 
writing in numbers in the square provided. 
Molding of the fetal head is obtained during pelvic examination. According to its degree it is 
given different codes. If the bones of are separate it is recorded as 0. If they are touching 
each other but not overlapping it is recorded as +. If they are overlapping but can be 
separated by digital pressure it is given ++. If they are overlapping and can not be separated 
digitally it is given +++. 
Color of the liquor is observed during pelvic examination. The letter I is used for intact 
(unruptured) membranes. The letter C is used for ruptured membranes with clear liquor and 
letter M if the liquor is muconium stained. 
III. Maternal condition 
Blood pressure is measured every 4 hours or more frequently if there is hypertension. It is 
on the vertical lines using to v indicate the systolic pressure and ^ to indicate the diastolic 
pressure. 
Pulse rate and temperature are measured every 1-2 hours and the number is entered into 
the square provided. 
Urine volume, dipstick (for glucose and ketone) and microscopy is performed and recorded 
in space provided. 
Drugs given to the mother along with the doses is also recorded. 
294

A4 obstetrics note

  • 1.
    OBSTETRICS AND GYNECOLOGY FOR Health Science Students Lecture Note Hawassa Health Sciences College Hawassa University
  • 2.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology For Health Science Students Lecture Note Samson Negussie, Assistant Professor M.D. Obstetrician and Gynecologist April 2006 In collaboration with The Carter Canter (EPHTI) and The Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia Ministry of Education and Ministry of Health
  • 3.
    TABLE OF CONTENTS Preface i Acknowledgement ii About the lecture note iii Abbreviations v SECTION ONE – BASICS CHAPTER 1 Reproductive anatomy, physiology and embryology 1 CHAPTER 2 Obstetric and gynecology evaluation 9 SECTION TWO – NORMAL AND ABNORMAL PREGNANCY CHAPTER 3 Normal physiology and diagnosis of pregnancy 17 CHAPTER 4 Common minor disorders of pregnancy 22 CHAPTER 5 Antenatal care 27 CHAPTER 6 Abnormal bleeding during first and second trimesters of pregnancy 31 CHAPTER 7 Antepartum hemorrhage 44 CHAPTER 8 Hypertensive disorders of pregnancy 49 CHAPTER 9 Disturbances of amniotic fluid 55 CHAPTER 10 Premature rupture of membranes and preterm labour 58 CHAPTER11 Multiple pregnancy 63 CHAPTER12 Rh isoimmunization 67 CHAPTER13 Medical disorders of pregnancy 70 SECTION THREE – NORMAL AND ABNORMAL LABOUR CHAPTER 14 Physiology and management of normal labour 84 CHAPTER 15 Induction and augmentation of labour 92 CHAPTER 16 Operative deliveries 97 CHAPTER 17 Malpresentations and malpositions 105 CHAPTER 18 Dystocia 115 CHAPTER 19 Obstructed labour and ruptured uterus 121 CHAPTER 20 Fetal distress 127 SECTION FOUR – NORMAL AND ABNORMAL PEUPERIUM CHAPTER 21 Normal puerperium and its management 131 CHAPTER 22 Postpartum hemorrhage 135 CHAPTER 23 Postpartum complications 141 SECTION FIVE – GYNECOLOGY CHAPTER 24 Menustral cycle and its abnormalities 147 CHAPTER 25 Climacteric and related problems 158 CHAPTER 26 Vaginal discharge and vulvar pruritis 161 CHAPTER 27 Pelvic inflammatory disease 167 CHAPTER 28 Family planning 171 CHAPTER 29 Infertility 179 CHAPTER 30 Tumor conditions of the female genital tract 183 CHAPTER 31 Uterovaginal prolapse and urinary incontinence 193 PREFACE Ethiopia is one of the countries in the world with unacceptably high maternal mortality rate. Various strategies are being implemented to reduce this rate and improve the overall health of women. One such strategy is ensuring the provision of preventive, curative and i
  • 4.
    rehabilitative health servicesto the population by improving access and quality of services by training competent midlevel and front line health workers. Currently a number of higher learning institutions are involved in the training of health officers. One of the objectives of health officer training is producing competent professionals capable of delivering comprehensive emergency obstetric care and managing other common gynecologic problems. One of the problems encountered during the training is shortage of standardized training materials gauged to meet the objective of the health officers training. Different training institutions use different text materials and the emphasis given to different topics varies. The emphasis given to common obstetric and gynecologic topics prevalent in resource poor countries varies greatly. The Ethiopian Public Health Training Initiative (EPHTI) has recognized this critical problem and was involved in development of standardized training materials (modules and lecture notes) in different public health and clinical subjects. This lecture note is prepared to help in standardizing the training in different teaching institutions. It also aims to provide a quick reference for students and is believed to initiate further reading. This final version was designed and prepared to address the needs of health officer training. It emphasizes mainly on detection, diagnosis and management of emergency obstetrics problems and common gynecologic diseases. ii
  • 5.
    ACKNOWLEDGEMENT My deepestgratitude goes to The Carter Center and the Ethiopian public health training initiative for providing technical and financial support. Special thanks goes for Ato Aklilu Mullugeta whose unrelenting follow up made this lecture note a reality. The following people were involved in the development of the first draft and need to be credited: Dr. Habtemariam Tekle (Gondar University), Drs. Fassil Mengistu and Endris Mohammed (Debub University), Dr Mussie Abera (Alemaya University) and Dr. Zerai Kassaye (Jimma University). I am highly indebted to Dr. Solomon Kumli, Dr. Yirgu G/Hiwot of Addis Ababa University, Gynecology and Obstetric department for their constructive comments and suggestions without which this lecture note wouldn’t have takes its present shape. iii
  • 6.
    ABOUT THE LECTURENOTE Organization This lecture note is organized into five sections. The first section deals with the basic topics needed to deal with obstetrics and gynecology. A short summary of anatomy, physiology and embryology of the female genital tract is followed by an outline of obstetric/ gynecologic history and physical examination. The second section deals with normal changes of pregnancy, antenatal care and various antenatal complications of pregnancy. The third section gives description of normal and complicated (abnormal) labour along with their management. The fourth section is entitled for puerperium and abnormalities associated with postpartum period. The final section deals with normal menustral cycle and different gynecologic problems. Review questions follow each chapter. Because of repetition of reference materials used for each topic, the author preferred to give references for the different topics are given at the end of each section. Malpresentations are included in section three (normal and abnormal labour) because of their importance in terms of maternal and neonatal complications is related to their occurrence in labour and the need to stress the different emergency maneuvers used in malpresentation for a health officer student. In section five (gynecologic section) related topics are lumped under one chapter. Tumor conditions of the female genital tract are organized into benign and malignant conditions. Preparation Preparation of this lecture note was started some 18 months back. Representatives from four different universities (Alemaya, Jimma, Gondar and Debub now Awassa) divided the topics among themselves and took the task of developing the first draft. The then Debub University (now Awassa University) took the task of compiling and editing the first draft. During this reviewing/ editing process a number of problems were encountered. The major one is most of the draft developed was so detailed and did not take into consideration the level of competence required of a health officer. The other is failure to get the first draft from some of the universities in time. Internal reviewing done on the available draft suggested significant remodeling to be done on the first draft. Modification/ rewriting of the first draft to meet the above objective could not be done in time because of the fact that most of the professionals involved in the development of the first draft left their respective universities. So finalization of the lecture note was delayed. After discussion with the responsible people in The Carter Center, the author took the responsibility of reshaping and rewriting the final version of this lecture note. During this preparation the curriculum for health officer training, the first draft iv
  • 7.
    and different referenceswere consulted and appropriate modifications were made. Financial and other technical support was provided by The Carter Center. This final version was designed and prepared to address the needs of health officer training. It emphasizes mainly on detection, diagnosis and management of emergency obstetrics problems and common gynecologic diseases. Conditions that can not be diagnosed/ managed at a health center setting and/ or require specialist care are omitted or are briefly mentioned. Application This lecture note is designed to be used by a health officer student as a guide for further reading. It can also be used as a quick reference by other cadre of health science students (medical students, midwives and nurses) taking obstetrics and gynecology as part of their training. It can be used as a reference by instructors of Obstetrics and Gynecology. Limitations This lecture note is by no means a replacement for standard texts in obstetrics and gynecology. It only gives an outline of the important aspects of the topics that are relevant for health officer training. It omits detailed description of some aspects of the topics involved. Some topics not included in the curriculum are not included in this lecture note. Sophisticated and recent diagnostic/ treatment modalities not applicable in the setting a health officer works and details of pathogenesis are not given due emphasis. The user is thus advised to use the mentioned references for such details. v
  • 8.
    ABBREVIATIONS ACTH –Adrenocorticotrophic hormone AFI – Amniotic fluid index ANC – Antenatal care ARM – Artificial rupture of membranes APH - Antepartum hemorrhage AUB – Abnormal uterine bleeding BPD – Biparietal diameter CPD – Cephalopelvic disproportion C/S – Caesarian section DNA – Deoxyribonucleic acid DUB – Dysfunctional uterine bleeding DVT – Deep vein thrombosis E&C/ D&C – Evacuation and curettage/ dilatation and curettage EDD – Expected date of delivery FHB – Fetal heart beat GH – Growth hormone GTD – Gestational trophoblastic tumors HCG – Human chorionic gonadotrophic hormone HDP – Hypertensive disorders of pregnancy HPO – Hypothalamo pitutary ovarian axis IUCD – Intrauterine contraceptive devise LMP/LNMP – Last menustral period/ last normal menustral period MSH – Melanocyte stimulating hormone MTCT – Mother to child transmission MVA – Manual vacuum aspiration vi
  • 9.
    OCP – Oralcontraceptive pills OL – Obstructed labour PAC – Post abortion care PID – Pelvic inflammatory disease PIF – Prolactin inhibitory factor PIH – Pregnancy induced hypertension PMI - Point of maximum impulse PMS - Premenstrual syndrome PPH - Post partum hemorrhage PROM - Premature rupture of membranes POP – Progestin only pills RH - Rhesus factor STD/STI – Sexually transmitted diseases/ sexually transmitted infections TORCH TSH – Thyroid stimulating hormone UTI – Urinary tract infection VDRL – Venereal disease research laboratory vii
  • 10.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology PART I: BASICS CHAPTER 1 REPRODUCTIVE ANATOMY, PHYSIOLOGY AND EMBRYOLOGY By Dr. Habtemariam Tekle Learning objective To know the anatomy of the female reproductive system To know the physiology of the female reproductive system To know the normal development of the female genital tract Introduction It is mandatory to know the anatomy and physiology of the female reproductive system to manage obstetric and gynecologic problems. 1. ANATOMY OF THE FEMALE PELVIC ORGANS 1.1. External female genitalia (vulva or pudendum ) 1.1.1. Anatomic landmarks The vulva includes mons pubis, labia majora, labia minora, clitoris, vestibule and perineum which are all visible on external examination. It is bounded anteriorly by the mons pubis, laterally by the labia majora and posteriorly by the perineum. A. Mons Pubis It is the pad of subcutaneous fatty tissue in front of the pubis. It is covered by the pubic hair in inverted triangle fashion. B. Labia majora It is the elevation skin and subcutaneous tissue which forms the lateral boundaries of the vulva. Posteriorly each labia majora fuses medially to form the posterior commissure. The labia majora contains sebaceous glands, sweat glands and hair follicles. The dense connective tissue and adipose tissue beneath the skin is richly supplied with venous plexus which may produce hematoma, if injured. The labia majora are homologous with the scrotum in the male. 1
  • 11.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology C. Labia minora These are two thick skin folds, devoid of fat, lying on either side within the labia majora. Anteriorly they are divided to enclose the clitoris and unite with each other in front and behind the clitoris to form the prepuce and frenulum respectively. Posteriorly each labia minora fuse to form a fold of skin called fourchette. Labia minora don not contain hair follicle. It is homologous with the ventral aspect of the penis. D. Clitoris This is a small cylindrical erectile body situated in the most anterior part of the vulva. It consists of the glans, body and two crura. It is analogous to the penis in the male. E. Vestibule It is a triangular space bounded anteriorly by the clitoris, posteriorly by the fourchette and on either side by labia minus. There are erectile tissues bilaterally situated beneath the mucus membrane called the vestibular bulb. Each bulb lies anterior to the Bartholin’s gland and is incorporated within the bulbocavernous muscles. They are homologous to the single bulb of the penis and corpus spongiousum in the male. There are four openings into the vestibule. I. Urethral opening which is situated in the midline just anterior to the vaginal orifice. II. Vaginal orifice which is located posterior to the urethral opening. In virgins and nulliparous the opening is closed by the labia minora but in parous, it may be exposed. The orifice is incompletely closed by a septum of mucus membrane called hymen. III. Bartholin’s duct opening (one on each side): The Bartholin’s glands are situated in the superficial perineal pouch posterior to the vestibular bulb. It secretes abundant alkaline mucus, during sexual excitement which helps in lubrication. Each gland has got a duct which opens just anterior to the Hymen. The Bartholin’s gland corresponds to the bulbourethral gland in the male. F. Perineum (Perineal body) This is a pyramidal shaped tissue where the pelvic floor and the perineal muscles and fascia meet. It is located between the vagina and the anal canal. 2
  • 12.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology 1.1.2. Blood supply of the Vulva A. Arteries Branches from the internal pudendal arteries (labial artery, transverse perineal artery, artery to the vestibular bulb and deep and dorsal arteries to the clitoris) and femora artery (superficial and deep pudendal arteries) supply the different parts of the vulva. B. Veins The veins of vulva form plexus and drain into internal pudendal vein, vesical or vaginal venous plexus and the long saphenous vein. 1.1.3. Nerve supply to the vulva It is supplied by cutaneous branches from the ilioinguinal, genital branches of genitofemoral nerve, pudendal branches from the posterior cutaneous nerve of the thigh and labial and perineal branches of pudendal nerve. 1.2. Internal female genital organs The internal genital organs in female include vagina, uterus, fallopian tubes and the ovaries. These require special instruments for inspection. A. Vagina It is a fibro-musculo-membraneous canal communicating the uterine cavity to the exterior at the vulva. It has four walls: anterior, posterior and two lateral walls. The length of the anterior wall measures 7 centimeters and the posterior wall is about 9 centimeters. The projection of the cervix through the anterior vaginal wall at the top of the vagina (vault) creates clefts known as fornices. There are four fornices (anterior, posterior and two lateral). Its wall is composed of four layers. The four layers from within to outwards are mucus membrane lined by stratified squamous epithelium, sub mucous layer, muscular layer( inner circular and outer longitudinal) and fibrous coat. The vaginal secretion is very small but sufficient to make the surface moist. The pH is acidic and ranges between 4.0- 5.5 in reproductive age groups. The Doderlin’s bacilli are responsible for conversion of Glycogen from the exfoliated squamous cells to lactic acid. The vagina serves as excretory channel for menstrual blood and uterine secretions, organ for sexual intercourse and passage for the fetus during birth. 3
  • 13.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology Blood supply The arteries supplying the vagina are cervico vaginal branch of the uterine artery, vaginal artery (a branch fro internal iliac artery), and middle rectal and internal pudendal artery. These anastomose with one another and form two azygous arteries, one anterior the other posterior. Veins drain into internal iliac and internal pudendal veins. B. Uterus This is a hollow pyriform muscular organ situated between bladder and rectum. It is normally anteverted and anteflexed. It measures 8 centimeters long, 5 centimeters wide and 1.25 centimeters thick. It has three parts. I. Body or corpus which is the part between the isthmus and the opening of the fallopian tubes. The part that is above the opening of the fallopian tubes is called the fundus. II. Isthmus is a constricted part situated between the body and the cervix. It measures about 0.5 centimeters. III.Cervix is the lower most part of the uterus which is cylindrical in shape and measures about 2.5 centimeters. It is divided into supravaginal part (part lying above the vagina) and portiovaginalis (which lies within the vagina). It has two openings the internal os and the external os with cervical canal in between. The uterine wall consists of three layers. I. Perimetrium is the serous coat covering the underlying myometrium II. Myometrium consists of thick bundles of smooth muscles arranged in various directions. III. Endometrium is the mucus lining of the endometrial cavity. It consists of the surface epithelium and laminia propiria.The surface epithelium is a single layer of ciliated columnar epithelium and the lamina propria contains stromal cells, endometrial glands, vessels and nerves. Blood supply The arterial supply is mainly from the uterine artery and the other sources are vaginal and ovarian arteries. The venous channel corresponds to the arterial course and drain into internal iliac veins. 4
  • 14.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology C. Fallopian Tube The uterine tubes are paired structures which are attached to the lateral angle of uterine cavity. It has four parts intramural or interstitial (part inside the uterine wall), the isthmus (the straight part), ampulla (the tortuous part) and the infundibulum. The abdominal ostium is surrounded by a number of radiating fimbria, one of these is longer than the rest and is attached to the outer pole of the ovary - ovarian fimbria. D. Ovary Ovaries are paired sex glands or organs. Each measures 3centimetres by 2 centimeters by 1 centimeter. Each is attached to the uterus by the utero-ovarian ligament, to the lateral pelvic wall by infundibulopelvic ligament and to the posterior wall of the broad ligament by the meso-ovarium. They are covered by a single layer of germinal epithelium. The substance of the ovary has cortex and medulla. The cortex is the functional layers which include primordial follicles, mature follicles, Graffian follicles, corpus luteum and atretic follicles or corpus albicans. Medulla consists of loose connective tissue, muscle cells, blood vessels and nerves and hilus cells. Blood supply Arterial supply is from the ovarian artery, a branch of the abdominal aorta. Venous drainage is through pampiniform plexus to form ovarian veins which drain to inferior vena cava on the right side and to the left renal vein on the left side. Nerve supply It receives sympathetic supply from T10. 2. PHYSIOLOGY OF THE FEMALE REPRODUCTIVE ORGANS The physiology of female reproductive system is concerned with the functions from birth through puberty and adult hood to the menopause. This is achieved through the neuroendocrine mechanism that involves the cortico-hypothalamic-pituitary-ovarian axis. The hypothalamo pitutary ovarian axis is a well coordinated axis and the hormones liberated from the hypothalamus, pituitary and the ovary are dependent on one another. The secretion of the hormones from these glands is modified through feedback mechanisms operating through this axis. The axis may also be modified by hormones liberated from the thyroid and adrenal glands. 5
  • 15.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology A. Hypothalamus It produces specific releasing and inhibitory hormones or factors which have effect on the production of pituitary hormones. I. Gonadotrophic releasing hormones (GnRh) is concerned with the synthesis storage and release of gonadotrophic hormones, FSH and LH. II. Prolactin inhibitory factor/ hormone (PIF) inhibits the release of prolactin. III. Thyrotrophin releasing hormone (TRH) stimulates the release of TSH. IV.Corticotrophin releasing hormone (CRH) stimulates the release of ACTH. V. Growth hormone releasing hormone stimulates the release of growth hormone. B. Pituitary It has two parts, the anterior pituitary (adenohypophysis) and the posterior pituitary (neurohypophysis). The adenohypophysis produces I. Gonadotrophins which include follicle stimulating hormone (FSH) and leutinizing hormone (LH). FSH is mainly stimulates the growth and maturation primary ooytes of which only one develops into graffian follicle. In conjunction with LH, it is also involved in ovulation and steriodeogenesis. The main function of LH is steriodeogenesis but along with FSH, it is responsible for full maturation of the Graffian follicle and ovulation. II. Prolactin is responsible for the production of the milk in the breast. III. The other hormones TSH (thyroid stimulating hormone), ACTH (adrenocorticosteroid hormone), GH (growth hormone) and MSH (melanocyte stimulating hormone). C. Ovary The function of ovary is ovulation and production of ovarian hormone. The major ovarian hormones are estrogen and progesterone, also called the female sex hormones. The other hormones produced by the ovary are androgens and inhibin. Estrogen is produced by granulosa cells. Its functions include I. Development of female secondary sexual characteristics including deposition of fat in the breast, thighs & hips and growth and development internal & external female genital organs. II. Decreases FSH and LH secretion by negative feedback mechanism during the menstrual cycle except at mid cycle at which time it increases LH secretion by positive feedback mechanism. 6
  • 16.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology III. In the breast it stimulates the growth of the ducts and fat deposition. Progesterone is secreted by the lutenized theca granulosa cells. Its functions are I. Increases the glandular secretions of the endometrium and diminishes the contractility of myometrium. II. Stimulates the growth of the acini in the breast. III. In large doses it inhibits LH secretions. IV. Increases basal body temperature. Androgens are produced mainly by the theca interna cells. They are source for estrogen synthesis. Inhibin and relaxin are other hormones produced by ovary. Hypothalamo-Pituitary-Ovarian (HPO) Axis at different stages of life I. Fetal life- HPO axis remains active and functional from 20 weeks of life. II. Infancy and childhood- high level of FSH and LH at birth gradually decline and minimum level achieved by two years of age. III. Prepuberity – hypothalamus is very much sensitive to negative feedback by even a small amount of estrogens (estrogen produced by peripheral conversion of testosterone to estrogen). Hence, FSH and LH secretions are inhibited. IV. Puberty –hypothalamus become more insensitive to estrogen to estrogen negative feedback. Hence increasing amounts of GnRH, FSH and LH are secreted, which in turn stimulate the ovary to secrete estrogen and progesterone. This eventually results in thelarche, adrenarche and menarche. V. Pregnancy- the gonadotrophins level remains low. VI. Menopause- ovarian follicles become scarce and resistant. Hence FSH and LH levels increase while estrogen and progesterone levels decrease. 3. EMBRYOLOGY OF THE REPRODUCTIVE ORGANS Introduction In early pregnancy, both internal and external genital organs are undifferentiated. During development, because of “X” and “Y” chromosomes and other hormones, the undifferentiated genitalia differentiate either to male or female genital organ. Male sex is an induced sex because it requires specific messages to develop. Genital and urinary systems are in close proximity. During development of one system induces the development of the other system. This explains why congenital malformations of genital system are often associated with abnormalities of urinary and musculoskeletal system. 7
  • 17.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology Development of gonads On fourth week after fertilization, primordial germ cells migrate from yolk sac through the mesentery of the hind gut to the posterior body wall mesenchyme at the tenth thoracic level. Their arrival induces proliferation of adjacent mesonephros and celomic epithelium to from the genital ridge. The celomic epithelium forms the cortex, the mesenchyme forms the medulla and the germ cells originate from the endoderm. This stage of gonadal development is called the indifferent stage (bipotential gonads). Further development is influenced by the Y chromosome which has the sex determining region (SRY). In its presence the indifferent gonad develops into testis. In its absence like in XX or XO fetus it develops into an ovary. In further development of the ovary the medulla regresses to form rete ovary and the cortex forms the ovarian follicles. Between the seventh and ninth months the ovary descends to the pelvis to be attached to the ligaments. Development of internal female genital organs Two major ducts give rise to the internal genital organs, namely the Wollfian duct (male duct) and the Mullerian duct (female duct). In the presence of testis the Wollfian duct develops (effect of testosterone produced by Leydig cells) and the Mullerian duct regresses (effect of Mullerian regressing factor produced by the Sartoli cells). But, in the absence of functional testis the reverse happens. The Mullerian duct is formed by invagination of celomic epithelium. The two Mullerian ducts grow downwards and medially. Eventually their lower ends fuse into one. Further development results in cavitations to form hollow organs at fifth month of gestation. The fallopian tubes develop from upper unfused horizontal part of the Mullerian duct. Uterus develops from intermediate horizontal and adjoining vertical part of Mullerian duct. The lining epithelium and glands develop from coelomic epithelium. Myometrium and endometrial stroma arise from mesoderm. Broad ligament is formed as a broad transverse fold as the Mullerian ducts approach midline. It extends from lateral side of fused duct to pelvic side wall. It has vestigial remnants like epoophoron, paroophoron and ducts. Vagina is formed in third month of gestation. There are two concepts for the development of vagina. One says the whole vagina is developed from the urogenital sinus. The other argues that vagina is mainly developed from Mullerian duct with only one third contributed by the urogenital sinus. 8
  • 18.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology Development of External genital Organs In the fifth week of embryonic life, folds of tissue form on each side of cloacae. Development of coronal partition, called urorectal septum, separates the endodermal cloacae into two parts. The dorsal part, which at its lower end is covered by the anal membrane, develops into rectum and anal canal. The ventral part which is now called the urogenital sinus develops into the external genital organs. It lower end is lined by the bilaminar urogenital membrane. The site of fusion between urorectal septum and the urogenital membrane is the primitive perineal body. Further development of the urogenital sinus differentiates it into three parts. The upper or vesicourethral part forms the mucus membrane of bladder and major part of female urethra. The middle pelvic part receives the united caudal part the two paramesonephric (Mullerian) ducts in the midline. It later gives rise to the epithelium of the vagina, the Bartholin’s gland and the hymen. The lower phallic part is lined by the bilaminar urogenital membrane. The phallic part has one genital tubercle, and two genital folds and urogenital swellings (labioscrotal folds). Clitoris is developed from the genital tubercle. Labia minora are developed from the genital folds. Labia majora are developed from urogenital swellings (labioscrotal swellings). Bartholin’s Glands develop as out growth from the caudal part of the urogenital sinus. Vestibule develops as urogenital groove from urogenital sinus. Hymen is developed from the junction of the sinovaginal bulbs and urogenital sinus. Some congenital malformations Failure of development of both mullerian ducts results in absence fallopian tubes, uterus, and upper two thirds of vagina (Mullerian agenesis). Failure of development of one mullerian duct results in unicornuate uterus with single oviduct. Failure of recanalization of the lower part of the fused Mullarian duct results in isolated atresia of upper vagina and cervix causing hematometra. Failure of fusion of mullerian duct depending on the degree results in uterus didelphys with two cervix and vagina canals, arcuate uterus and uterus bicornis. Fallopian tube abnormalities are not common. Rarely accessory ostia or diverticulum or abnormally short or long tubes may occur. Failure of canalization of the urogenital membrane results in imperforate hymen. Failure of development of the external genitalia results in ambiguous genitalia. Reminants of Wollfian duct result in Gartner’s cyst found in the upper part of the vagina. 9
  • 19.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology CHAPTER 2 OBSTETRIC AND GYNECOLOGIC EVALUATION By Dr. Habtemariam Tekle Learning objective: · To enable the student take proper history and physical examination to reach to the diagnosis. Introduction To come to a clear understanding of a patient’s problem, detailed history and physical examination is important. 1. OBSTETRICS HISTORY & PHYSICAL EXAMINATION 1. History 1.1. Identification · Name · Age – significant if less than 20 years and greater than 35 years · Martial status · Address- far distance from health institution · Religion · Occupation · Date of admission · Ward and bed number 1.2. Chief complaints- Patients may have come for routine antenatal care follow up or may come with one or more specific complaints. Note the duration of each complaint. 1.3. History of present pregnancy Get information on the following points · Gravidity- all forms of pregnancy whether it is term, live births, still birth, abortion, ectopic pregnancy or molar pregnancy. · Parity- fetus delivered after 28 weeks of gestation for Ethiopia and United kingdom and greater than or equal to 20 weeks – according to WHO 10
  • 20.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology · Abortion · Last normal menstrual period (LNMP) · Expected date of delivery (EDD) which could be calculated by 1- Naegale’s rule (using European calendar) - LNMP- 3 months + 7 days 2- Ethiopian calendars · NLMP+ 9 months +10 days if pagume is not passed · NLMP+ 9 months + 5 if pagume is passed ( 4 in leap year ) · Calculate gestational age in completed weeks and days · Quickening – the first time the mother felt fetal movement - In primigravida it is around 18-20 weeks and in multigravida at 16-18 weeks of gestational age. - Used to date pregnancy if LNMP is unknown · Presence of antenatal care elsewhere. place and number of visits. · Elaboration of chief complaints · Danger symptoms of pregnancy (vaginal bleeding, severe headache, blurring of vision, epigastric or severe abdominal pain, profuse vaginal discharge, absence or reduction of fetal movement, fever, persistent vomiting) · Common complaints in pregnancy ( like nausea and vomiting, weakness · Pregnancy - unplanned , unwanted and unsupported · Ask positive and negative statement according to the patient complaints 1.4. Past obstetric history The following should be asked for all previous pregnancies in chronologic order · Date, month and year of gestation for example first delivery in May 2000 · Length of gestation - abortion (< 28 weeks), preterm (<37 completed weeks), term (>37 completed to 42 completed weeks), post term (greater than 42 completed weeks) 11
  • 21.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology · Significant antenatal medical problems like hypertension, ante partum hemorrhage, diabetes · Onset of labor (spontaneous or induced) · Fetal presentation · Duration of labor · Mode of delivery (spontaneous vaginal, instrumental, caesarian section, destructive delivery) · Fetal outcome (alive or dead, sex of the newborn, weight of the newborn, malformations, current condition) · Post partum complications postpartum hemorrhage 1.5. Gynecology history · Family planning methods - use , type , duration and side effects · Sexual history- assess risk of sexually transmitted infections and HIV/AIDS · Gynecology operations- Female genital mutilation , laparatomy, dilatation and curettage ,evacuation and curettage, manual vacuum aspiration · Menstrual history ( age of menarche, interval of period 21-36 days, amount of flow 10 –80 ml, duration of flow 1-8 days, normally dark red and non-clotting). 1.6. Past medical and Surgical History · History of diabetes mellitus, hypertension, hypo or hyper thyroidism which may the affect pregnancy or get aggravated by pregnancy · Blood transfusion important in hemolytic disease of new born · Drugs risk of teratogenicity or allergic reactions · Maternal infection – TORCH Syndrome. 1.7. Personal, family and social history · Childhood development 12
  • 22.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology · Educational status · Habits like alcohol , smoking and elicit drugs · Occupation- exposure to radiation, anesthesia- halothane, chemical factory and others · Income- low socio-economic status associated with obstetric problems like preeclampsia ,preterm labor · Family history- diabetes mellitus, hypertension, multiple pregnancy, genetic disorders 1.8. Review of Systems · Check all systems 2. Physical examination Examination must be done in a private room in the presence of a chaperone. Proper explanation must be offered to the patient before during and after the examination. Bladder should be emptied and the patient properly positioned on the couch. Warm hands and instruments must be used. Adequate light, appropriate gloves and swabs should be prepared. Always keep eye contact throughout the examination. 2.1. General appearance 2.2. Vital signs and anthropometric measurements · Blood pressure positions include left lateral with 300 tilt to the left to avoid supine hypotensive syndrome or sitting position in ambulatory patient. · Pulse rate -increases 10-15 beats/minute in pregnancy · Respiratory rate -increases 1-4 breath /minute in pregnancy · Temperature · Weight – increment of more than 1kg/week is abnormal · Height- less than 150 centimeters could be constitutional but may be a risk factor. Strikingly short for every society is risk factor. 2.3. HEENT 13
  • 23.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology · Emphasis on conjunctiva, sclera, teeth and buccal mucus membrane to see pallor, jaundice, mucosal congestion and dental carries. 2.4. Lymphoglandular System · Thyroid gland for hyper or hypo thyroidism signs. · Breast for nipple refraction, pigmentation, lumps, discharge, colour change 2.5. Respiratory and cardiovascular system Steps in examination are essentially same as non pregnant patient. Note that the following are normal findings in pregnancy. · Decreased diaphragmatic excursion due to diaphragm elevation by gravid uterus · PMI deviation to left is possible in pregnancy · S3 gallop may be heard · Functional systolic murmur may be heard 2.6. Abdomen 2.6.1Inspection · Linea nigra- midline hyper pigmentation due to melanocyte stimulating hormone · Striae gravidarum – purplish in new striae and white in old striae. In both cases is due to distension, which causes stretching. · Umbilicus may be inverted, flat or everted · Surgical or non surgical scar · Distended veins, flank fullness, fetal movement 2.6.2. Palpation · Superficial palpation – checks for rigidity, tenderness, superficial mass and characterize it, abdominal wall defects. · Deep palpation – palpate for mass, organomegally and characterize the mass · Obstetric palpation or Leopold’s maneuver 14
  • 24.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology A. The first Leopold maneuver or fundal palpation I. Fundal height measurement: first correct for asymmetry before measurement. Then use one of the following methods: 1- Finger method – one finger above umbilicus is equal to two weeks and below umbilicus one finger is equal to one week. Uterus felt at symphysis corresponds to 12 weeks. At the umbilicus it is 20 weeks and at xiphysternum it is 38 weeks. 2- Tape measurement: symphysis to funded height in centimeter with tape meter between 18-34 weeks is accurate to within two weeks of actual gestational age. II. Determine what occupies the fundus. If soft, irregular bulky mass is found it is the breech. If hard round ballotable mass is found, it is the head. B. The second Leopold maneuver or lateral palpation I. Determines the lie of the fetus which could be longitudinal, transverse or oblique lie. . II. In longitudinal lie it determines on which side of the abdomen is the fetal back. The back of the fetus is linear, rigid and smooth in outline. The extremities are felt as small irregular and bulky masses. The fetal heart beat is best heard on back side. C. The third Leopold maneuver or Pelvic palpation I. Determines what part of the fetus occupies the lower uterine pole which is also called the presentation. The possibilities are the head (cephalic presentation), the breech (breech presentation), and the shoulder (shoulder presentation). II. In cephalic presentations it determines the descent by using rule of fifth which measures the distance between upper border of the symphysis to anterior shoulder. 5/5 is floating head, 4/5 is fixed head, 2/5 denotes engaged head. III. In conjunction of the findings of the second maneuver it determines the attitude of the fetus (relation of head to the trunk). In extended attitude the cephalic prominence is on the same side of the 15
  • 25.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology back. In flexed attitude the cephalic prominence is on the opposite side of the back. In military attitude the cephalic prominence is felt on both sides at the same level. D. The fourth Leopold maneuver or Pawlik grip It is the only maneuver that is done with one hand. It assesses presentation of he fetus. 2.6.3. Percussion · Shifting and flank dullness · Fluid thrill 2.6.4. Auscultation · Fetal heart beat is first heard in the back side at16-18 weeks in multiparas and 18-20 weeks in primigravida. In complete breech it is heard above umbilicus. In cephalic presentations it is below umbilicus .IN occipito posterior it is heard in the flanks. . 2.7. Genitourinary system · Costovertebral and suprapubic tenderness · Pelvic examination- to be done two times in pregnancy except in cases of complications and if labor is suspected I. First trimester (early) – To diagnose pregnancy, for dating of the pregnancy by measuring uterine size and to diagnose pelvic problems II. Late in pregnancy greater than 37 weeks A. To diagnose contracted pelvis (refer chapter on) - B. To assess Bishop score- (refer to chapter on induction) III. In labor assess cervical dilatation and effacement, status of the membranes and color of liquor, presenting part, station of presenting part and position, molding, caput, clinical pelvimetry. 2.8. Intgumentary system · Hyper pigmentation on breast, lower and mid line abdomen genitalia are normally seen in pregnancy · Vascular Changes- Spider angiomata and palmar erythema 16
  • 26.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology 2.9. Extremities · Check for edema, dilated vessels and calf tenderness. Dependent edema (pretibial and pedal), seen in 80% of normal pregnancies. Pathological edema (non dependent) involves the face, fingers or the whole body. 2.10. Central nervous system · As non pregnant 2. GYNECOLOGY HISTORY AND PHYSICAL EXAMINATION 1. History 1.1. Identification · As obstetric history 1.2. Chief complaints Patient comes with the following gynecologic complaints. The common complaints are cessation of menses, vaginal bleeding and discharge, lower abdominal pain or deep pelvic pain, pain during intercourse (dysparunia), pain during menstruation (dysmenorrhea), protruding mass out of the introitus, genital ulcer, urinary incontinence and others. 1.3. History of present illness · Gravidity, parity and abortion · Detail of each complaint (localization, duration, date and time of onset, aggravating and relieving factors, sequence of symptoms, evolution with time, effect on life style, relation to menstrual cycle and others) · LMP should be included details of menstrual history if pertinent to the complaints · Negative and positive statements pertinent to the presenting complaint · Treatment received 17
  • 27.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology 1.4. Menstrual history · Age of menarche · Interval between period · Duration of flow · Amount & character of flow · Dysmenorrhea , premenstrual symptoms · Age of menopause 1.5. Gynecologic history · As obstetric history 1.6. Past obstetric history · As obstetric history 1.7. Past medical and surgical history · As obstetric history 1.8. Personal social family, history · As obstetric history 1.9. Review of systems · As obstetrics history 2. Physical examination Preparation for examination is similar to obstetric examination. In addition slides, applicator, test tube, gloves, speculum and fixative are needed. 2.1. General Condition 2.2. Vital signs · Blood pressure,pulse rate, respiratory rate, temperature 2.3. HEENT · As nonpregnant 2.4. Lymphoglandular system 18
  • 28.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology · Lymph nodes- to see for metastatic cancer check mainly supraclavicular and axillary nodes. · Thyroid gland- hypo and hyper thyroidism affects reproductive function · Breast examination- inspection and palpation 2.5. Chest and cardiovascular system · As non pregnant 2.6. Abdomen · As non pregnant (Inspection, auscultation, palpation and percussion) 2.7. Genitourinary system · Costovertebral and suprapubic tenderness · Pelvic examination I. Examination of external genitalia Pubic hair- diamond shaped in male and inverted triangle in female. Labia majora and minora – ulcer, swelling and ` discoloration Discharge from urethra and vaginal introitus Hymen- intact or torn II.Speculum Examination Vagina- note color (normally pink), vaginal septum, rugae folds, fornices, discharge, scar, laceration Cervix – note color (normally pink) pink, cervical os (pin- pointed in nulliparous and slit-like in multiparous), dilatation, effacement and bleeding, mass III. Digital vaginal & bimanual pelvic examination Vagina- mass and tenderness 19
  • 29.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology Cervix- Closed normally, moves 2- 4cm with out discomfort, smooth surface and like tip of nose in consistency. Uterus- normally non-tender, mobile, 9 cm in length, pear shaped smooth and firm. Adnexa (tubes, ovaries, parametrium and broad ligaments): normally adenexal structure not palpable except in thin women with soft abdomen, description of masses. IV- Rectal and recto vaginal examination Rectal examination- In virgin and children Rectovaginal examination- For rectovaginal and uterosacral ligament nodularity or malignant infiltration To differentiate rectocele from enterocele 2.8. Intgumentary · As non pregnant 2.9. Extremities and central nervous system · As non pregnant PART II NORMAL AND COMPLICATED PREGNANCY 20
  • 30.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology CHAPTER 3 NORMAL PHYSIOLOGY & DIAGNOSIS OF PREGNANCY Learning Objective: To describe the important physiologic changes in each organ system during pregnancy To describe the diagnosis of pregnancy 21
  • 31.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology Introduction- Pregnancy results in tremendous changes in the physiologic functions of organs, systems and the body as whole. These changes ensure that the needs of the growing fetus are met and prepare the mother for parturition and lactation. Changes in the maternal endocrine system along with hormones produced by the placental / fetal unit are responsible for majority of the changes. Knowledge about changes due to normal pregnancy is important to reassure the pregnant woman and manage the minor disorders of pregnancy. Understanding the normal physiologic changes also gives us the basis to understand the abnormal conditions during pregnancy. Terminologies Pregnancy is a maternal condition of having a developing fetus in the body. It starts at fertilization where fusion of the ovum (23x) and matured spermatozoa (23x or 23y) takes place in the fallopian tubes. Zygote (46xx or 46xy) is a cell that results from fertilization. The zygote divides and redivides forming daughter cells named blastomeres. When the zygote reaches 16 cell stage, it is named morula. When fluid filled cavity appears in the morula a blastocyst is formed. The cells of a blastocyst are arranged into layers. The outer layer is called the trophoblast which eventually develops into the placenta. The inner layer is called the embryoblast which later gives rise to the fetus. The embryo is the stage after the inner layer formed two layers (bilaminar disc). The embryonic period is a period where major structures are formed and extends up to the end of seven weeks after fertilization. Developing conceptus after the embryonic period is called the fetus. All tissue products of conception (embryo/ fetus, fetal membranes and placenta) are called conceptus. On day 4 after fertilization the blastocyst enters into the uterine cavity. By day 7, it starts embedding itself into the prepared endometrium which is now called the decidua. This process is called implantation. Placenta and its hormones The placenta is formed from the trophoblast and decidua basalis. It contains villi covered by the cytotrophoblast and syncitiotrophoblast. The placental barrier (formed by the syncitiotrophoblast, cytotrophoblast, the basement membrane and the fetal vascular endothelial cells) ensures almost complete separation of the maternal and fetal blood. For this reason the human placenta is of hemo-chorio- endothelial type. In a mature placenta the villi are grouped into 15- 20 cotyledons, each supplied by one to two spiral arterioles. At 20 22
  • 32.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology weeks the discoid placenta reaches full development. The placenta on average has a diameter of 18 centimeters, a thickness of 23 millimeters, a volume of 497 milliliters, a weight of 508 grams and villous surface area of 15 square meters. Placenta is a blue red discoid organ with two surfaces. The maternal surface is made of the decidua basalis with visible septated cotyledons. The fetal surface is smooth and shiny and is covered by the amnion. The branching fetal vessels are visible under the amnion. The placenta acts to the fetus as the lung (exchange of oxygen and carbon diaoxide), gastro intestinal tract (provision of nutrients), kidney (excretion of hydrogen ion and urea), liver (detoxifies drugs), immunologic system (transfer of antibodies) and endocrine gland (production of hormones). It is connected to the fetus by the umbilical cord or the funis. It has an average length of 50- 60 centimeters (range 30- 100) and diameter of 0.8- 2 centimeters. It contains two umbilical arteries and one umbilical vein. In addition to acting as conduit for umbilical vessels, it also allows fetal mobility. Placenta is a source of incredible amounts of protein and steroid hormones. The major protein hormone is human chorionic gonadotrophic hormone (HCG), also called the pregnancy hormone. It has two subunits the alpha and the beta subunits and is produced in increasing amount to reach a peak between 8 -10 weeks. It maintains the function of the corpus luteum until the placenta takes over progesterone production. It also plays important role in male sex differentiation by stimulating testosterone production by the fetal testis. It also forms the basis for laboratory diagnosis of pregnancy. In addition placenta produces a number of protein hormones. It is also a source of significant amounts of progesterone and estrogens. Since placenta lacks some of the enzymes necessary to synthesize estrogens, it relies on provision os substrates by the fetus and the mother (fetal-placental –maternal unit). Organ system changes I. Cardiovascular system Cardiac out put increases by 30-50%. The increase in cardiac output is mainly distributed to the uterus (major share), kidneys, breast and the skin. Heart rate increases by 15-20 % and stroke volume increases by 25-38%. 23
  • 33.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology Blood pressure remains largely unchanged with small drop in diastolic pressure. This is the result of progesterone mediated reduction in peripheral resistance. Blood pressure highest when seated, lower when supine and lowest when ling on the side. Near term there is a tendency to develop hypotension when women lie on their back, a condition called supine hypotension syndrome. Total blood volume increases up to 45%. Plasma volume increases 35-50% where as red blood cell volume increases by 20-25%. This results in hemodilution leading to a drop of hemtocrite and is called physiologic anemia of pregnancy. Venous pressure rises in lower extremities and central venous pressure unchanged as the result of pressure by the gravid uterus. This may result in leg edema and development of varicose veins. The point of maximum impulse is shifted to the left as the result of elevation of the diaphragm. Splitting of the first and second heart sounds could be found. High cardiac out put state may result in gallop and systolic functional murmurs. II. Respiratory System Vasodilatations of the nasal vessels result in nasal stuffiness and epistaxis. Diameter and circumference of chest increase. Altered sense of smell is commonly reported. To meet the increased oxygen consumption respiratory rate increases. Because of elevation of the diaphragm by the gravid uterus, diaphragmatic excuration decreases. III. Alimentary tract Appetite increases but nausea and vomiting in the morning, which typically occur in the first trimester, may reduce food intake. Pica (craving for unusual food items of very low nutritional value like clay and soap) if excessive may result in nutritional deficiencies. Ptyalism (inability of nauseated women to swallow normal amount of saliva) is an early symptom of pregnancy. There is no increased production of saliva by the salivary glands. Gums are edematous and soft. Gum bleeding and acceleration of dental caries from reduction in oral PH occur. Epulis gravidarum, a tumorous gingivitis with pedunculated lesions rarely occurs and may cause significant bleeding. Heartburn due to relaxed esophageal sphincter is a common complaint. Decreased gastric acid secretion and increased gastric mucus secretion result in relief of symptoms of peptic 24
  • 34.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology ulcer disease in majority of women. Delay in gastric emptying is responsible for increased tendency of aspiration pnumonitis in pregnant women undergoing general anesthesia. Progesterone induced reduction in peristalsis helps in absorption of nutrients and water from the small and large intestines. As the result constipation is common and hemorrhoids could occur. IN the gall bladder residual volume increases and stasis of bile occurs. This, along with increased biliary cholesterol saturation, favors gall stone formation. There are no significant changes in the anatomy of the liver. Liver function tests are normal except elevation of alkaline phosphatase, whose origin is the placenta. Spider angiomata and palmar erythema, which are signs of chronic liver disease, are normal findings in pregnancy. IV. Urinary System There is enlargement of the kidneys. The renal calyces and ureters show dilatation which causes stasis of urine. Bladder tone is also reduced resulting in increased capacity and incomplete emptying after urination. These changes make a pregnant woman vulnerable to urinary tract infections. Renal plasma flow increases by 75% and glomerular filtration rate by 50%. Creatinine clearance is also increased. Blood urea nitrogen, creatinine and uric acid levels decrease. Plasma osmolality falls. There is increased glucose and amino acid excretion. Protein loss amounts to 100-300mg/day. V. Intgumentary and skeletal system Vascular changes include spider angiomata and palmar erythema. Cortisol induced changes in connective tissue result in striae gravidarum. Increased levels of melanocyte stimulating hormone cause hyper pigmentation of the nipples, areola, axilla, perineum, umbilicus and linea Alba (forms linea nigra). The mask of pregnancy (chloasma or melasma) is seen on the cheek bones. Increased secretion of sweat and sebum are other features. Occasionally pigmented nevi are seen. In an attempt to maintain the center of gravity, there is exaggerated lordosis and drooping back of the shoulders. This leads to common complaint of back ache. Parasthesia of the hands may be caused if there is excessive drooping of the shoulders, which stretch the brachial plexus. Loosening of ligaments of symphysis pubis and sacroiliac joint by relaxin causes is aimed to facilitate vaginal delivery. Pelvic discomfort and gait problems may arise occasionally. 25
  • 35.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology VI. Hematology Red blood cell indices increase. White blood cell counts rise. Platelet count falls. Most coagulation factors increase creating a hypercoagulable state. VI. Endocrine & metabolic Changes. There is massive increase in placental hormones mainly estrogen, progesterone, human chorionic gonadotrophic hormone and human placental lactogen. Of the pitutary hormones, follicle stimulating, leutinizing and growth hormones are reduced, while prolactin levels are high. There is no change in thyroid stimulating and adrenocorticotrophic hormones. Thyroid gland shows diffuse enlargement with euthyroid state. There is significant elevation of plasma cortisol levels. Pregnancy has a diabetogenic effect due to peripheral insulin resistance caused by high levels of anti insulin hormones like human placental lactogen. VII. Genital Systems Uterus increases in weight from 70 gm of non pregnant state to 1000gm at term. Uterine blood flow reaches 600ml/minute with 85% supplying the placenta. Increased vascularity gives the vagina and the cervix bluish color. The cervix becomes soft from congestion. Increased vaginal discharge may be noted. Corpus luteum begins to regress at the eight week due to negative feed back mechanism of estrogen and progesterone on pitutary. VII. Breast Both acinar and ductal breast growth occur due to increased estrogen, progesterone and prolactin levels. Erectile capacity increases. But lactation is inhibited by placental progesterone which prevents the action of prolactin on the production of lactaalbumin. VIII. Immune system HCG reduces immune response of the mother. Serum IgG, IGm and IgA decrease from tenth week to thirtieth week then they will remain at same level. IX. Weight gain in pregnancy On average 12.5 kilograms is gained during pregnancy (range 9kg -15kg).The average distribution is as follow: the fetus 3300 gm, the placenta 600 gm, amniotic fluid 800 ml, uterus 26
  • 36.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology 900-1000 gm, breast 400 gm, blood 1200 ml, deposition of fat 2500gm and extra cellular fluid 2600 ml. Diagnosis of pregnancy It is based on symptoms, signs and additional investigations. I. Presumptive findings of pregnancy · Weakness or fatigue · Nausea and/or vomiting · Breast swelling and tenderness · Increased frequency of Urination · Amenorrhea · Discoloration of vaginal mucosa · Increased skin pigmentation & striae · Quickening · Constipation, weight gain II. Probable findings of pregnancy · Uterine enlargement · Change in consistency of cervix & uterus · Ballottement rebound-16-20 weeks 27
  • 37.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology · Braxton Hicks contraction · Positive pregnancy test · Symptoms as presumptive finding III. Positive findings of pregnancy · Fetal movement perceived by the health personnel · Fetal heart beat heard by fetoscope (18 weeks) or Doppler (10 weeks) · Fetal heart beat and fetal body seen by ultrasound Pregnancy tests All employ changes in the levels of HCG molecule which can be detected in the maternal serum as early as nine days. Tests include biologic tests and immunologic tests (agglutination, radioimmunoassay, radio receptor assay and ELISA). Review questions 1. Describe the physiologic changes in the cardiovascular system during pregnancy. 2. Discuss the diagnosis of pregnancy. 28
  • 38.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology CHAPTER 4 MINOR DISORDERS OF PREGNANCY Learning Objectives · To describe the minor disorders of pregnancy of pregnancy. · To discuss the management of the common minor disorders of pregnancy. Introduction The physiologic and anatomic changes of pregnancy may result in development of symptoms and signs that could be managed by educating and providing explanation. 1. Nausea and vomiting (morning sickness) Some degree of nausea and vomiting during first trimester especially between the first and the second missed periods is a very common complaint. It usually continues until about the fourteen weeks of gestation. It can appear at any time of the day but is generally worse in the morning, thus the name morning sickness. This condition is believed to be caused by high or rapidly rising level of human chorionic gonadotrophic hormone and estrogen. It is worse in multiple pregnancy and gestational trophoblastic diseases. Psychological problems like anxiety can aggravate the situation. Eating small feedings at more frequent intervals and avoiding food items whose smell precipitate or aggravate the symptoms helps in relieving this problem. If persistent, anti-emetics can be given. 2. Heartburn Heartburn, epigastric burning sensation, is one of the most common complaints of pregnant women especially during late pregnancy. The symptom is usually mild. It is caused by reflux of gastric content into the lower esophagus due to upward displacement and compression of the stomach by the enlarging uterus and progesterone induced relaxation of the lower esophageal sphincter. 29
  • 39.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology It is relieved by having smaller meals, avoiding bending over or lying flat. Antacid preparation (aluminum hydroxide or magnesium trisilicate alone orb in combination). In severe cases H2 - blockers like cimetidine and ranitidine can be used safely. 3. Pica Pica, craving of pregnant woman for items of low nutritional value like ice (pagophagia) or clay (geophagia), can occur. No known cause has been identified but it is known to be common in patients with iron deficiency anemia. In these cases, it is relieved by correction of anemia. Some pregnant women may have the symptom with out anemia. Educating the woman is all that is needed. 4. Ptyalism Ptyalism, excessive salivation, is also common. It is not related to increased saliva production; rather it is the result of reduced swallowing from nausea. Simple explanations will suffice. 5. Constipation Progesterone induced relaxation of smooth muscles and pressure by the uterus in the latter part of pregnancy result in the common complaint of constipation. The problem is more common with consumption of low fiber diet. This condition can be treated with high fiber diet and increasing fluid intake. Sometimes bulk forming laxatives may be needed. 6. Hemorrhoids Hemorrhoids, varicosities of the rectal veins, may first appear during pregnancy. More often pregnancy causes exacerbation or recurrence of previous hemorrhoids due to increased pressure in the rectal veins caused by obstruction of venous return by the large uterus. Constipation during pregnancy also contributes for development of hemorrhoids. Hemorrhoids can be asymptomatic or present with rectal bleeding, rectal pain or as a prolapsed mass through the anal orifice. The later one can be strangulated and cause severe pain. Thrombosis occurring in the dilated veins can also cause severe pain. 30
  • 40.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology Treatment includes topically applied anesthetic and anti-inflammatory agents for pain and swelling, warm soaks (sitz bath), laxatives and modification of bowel habits. Surgery is reserved for thrombosed and strangulated hemorrhoids. 7. Urinary frequency Increased glomerular filtration rate and in the latter part of pregnancy pressure by the enlarging uterus explain the common complaint of frequency of urination. Urinary tract infection is also common as the result of incomplete emptying of the bladder and stasis of urine. Microscopy of urine must be done in all cases. Once UTI is ruled out simple explanation is enough. 8. Vaginal discharge Pregnant women normally develop increased vaginal discharge in many instances. It is clear, whitish and odorless. This is the result of estrogen mediated increased mucus secretion by the cervical glands. Reassurance is usually sufficient. If it is a cause of concern vaginal douche with water mildly acidified with vinegar can be used. Vaginal infections like trichomoniasis and candidiasis should be ruled out in every patient with this symptom. Recurrent vulvo - vaginal candidiasis is common. Curd like vaginal discharge and vulvar pruritis are major manifestations. Identification of Candida albicans by potassium hydroxide stains confirms the diagnosis. Treatment with antifungal vaginal suppositories suffices. Systemic antifungals are contraindicated. . 9. Low Back and pelvic pain Exaggerated lordosis and relaxation of the lumbar ligaments cause the common complaint of low back pain. Minor degrees of pain may follow excessive strain or fatigue, bending, lifting or walking. Its severity increases with the duration of pregnancy. Low back pain can be reduced by having the woman squat rather than bending over when reaching down, providing back support with a pillow when sitting down, and avoiding high heeled shoes. 31
  • 41.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology Severe back pain with localized spinal tenderness should not be attributed simply to pregnancy and further evaluation is needed. Relaxation of the joints of the pelvic girdle, cause pelvic pain and gait abnormalities. In severe cases there may be tenderness over the symphysis pubis which prevents mobility. This condition is called pelvic osteoarthropathy and necessitates admission. 10. Varicose veins Varicose veins, dilatation of the superficial veins of the lower extremities, could develop in predisposed women. It becomes more prominent as pregnancy advances, weight increases, and the length of time spent upright is prolonged. It is due to progesterone mediated smooth muscle relaxation of the blood vessels and increased venous pressure in the femoral veins due to compression by the enlarging uterus. In most, it is asymptomatic. The only concern in these women is cosmetic. In few it causes discomfort of variable degree. Treatment is periodic rest with elevation of legs and use of elastic stocking or both. Surgical corrections like injection of sclerosing agents, ligation and stripping are not generally advisable during pregnancy. 11. Dependent edema Edema of the lower extremities is common. It is as the result of increased venous pressure of the lower extremities. It appears near the end of the day and disappears after a period of rest. It is important to rule out preeclampsia especially in those with persistent dependant edema. 12. Other complaints Fatigue is the other common complaint during early pregnancy. The woman will have a desire for excessive sleep. This symptom remits spontaneously by the fourth month of the pregnancy and has no special significance. Palpitation is another common complaint. If significant, cardiac pathologies must be ruled out. Chloasma and striae are other sources of concern for which no treatment is required. These often regress but may not totally resolve after delivery. 32
  • 42.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology Occasionally women complain about leg cramps. It is believed to be the result of phosphorous deficiency and is relieved by dietary adjustment. Parasthesia of the hands which usually occurs in the morning signify stretching of the roots of the brachial plexus by drooping back of the shoulders in an attempt to maintain the center of gravity. Epistaxis and gum bleeding occur as the result of vascular congestion and do not need special treatment. In rare cases surgical excision is needed for tumorous condition of the gums called Epulis gravidarum. Hyperemesis gravidarum Severe nausea and repeated vomiting that precludes oral intake and leads to dehydration and ketoacidosis is termed as hyperemesis gravidarum. I. Pathophysiology The cause is unknown but high levels of estrogen and HCG, vitamin B 6 deficiency and psychologic factors are implicated. It is common in molar pregnancy, multiple pregnancy and those with family or past history of this condition. Because of starvation ketone bodies are formed from metabolism of fatty acid. Some of the ketone bodies appear in the urine. In an attempt to restore the PH of the blood the respiratory rate increases. Inadequate fluid intake results in dehydration, weight and reduced urine output. Alkalosis from loss of gastric hydrochloric acid in the vomitus and hypokalemia also develop. II. Diagnosis Presence of exaggerated nausea, excessive vomiting, weight loss and signs of dehydration like fatigue, dry oral mucosa, weak pulse, low blood pressure and reduced urine are hallmarks of this condition. Ketone in the urine confirms the diagnosis after exclusion of other possible causes of excessive vomiting. III. Differential diagnosis 33
  • 43.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology Gastroenteritis, cholecystitis, hepatitis, pyelonephritis, intestinal parasitosis, peptic ulcer disease and drug induced vomiting should be ruled out by history, physical examination and laboratory investigations. IV. Management Once the diagnosis is confirmed the woman should be admitted after counseling of the partners. The modalities include: · Restricting oral intake · Correcting dehydration and electrolyte deficit by intravenous crystalloid solution preferably lactated ringer solution to maintain fluid balance · Correcting acidosis by providing calories in the form of glucose in the intravenous fluids · Treating underlying causes by parenteral vitamin B 6 (if unavailable vitamin B complex) · Parenteral antiemetics like promethazine , chlorpromazine or metoclopramide · Treatment of identified medical problems · Monitor response to treatment by subjective feeling of the patient, weight, urine out put and urine ketone determination With clinical response, the patient can be started on oral feeding and antiemetics continued. Therapeutic abortion is an option if the condition persists despite aggressive medical treatment. V. Complication Prerenal azotemia, Mallory-Weis tears in the esophagus, in prolonged cases Werinkes encephalopathy from thiamine deficiency. 34
  • 44.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology Review Questions 1. Describe the measures that may be taken in a pregnant mother with nausea and vomiting. 2. Discuss the possible causes of severe nausea and vomiting during pregnancy. 3. Describe important measures that may be taken in order to relieve the heartburn that occurs during pregnancy in some mothers. 35
  • 45.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology CHAPTER 5 ANTENATAL CARE (ANC) Learning objective · To discuss the contents of ANC, frequency and time of visit · To describe the new WHO antenatal care model · To enumerate high risk factors in pregnancy Introduction- Antenatal care (ANC) is a medical and general care that is provided to pregnant woman during pregnancy. It is goal oriented with the aim of meeting both the psychological and medical needs of pregnant woman with in the context of health care delivery system, culture 36
  • 46.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology and religion in which the woman lives. ANC programs should be based on local situation and should address risk assessment, health promotion and care provision. ANC has been found to be effective in the treatment anemia, hypertension and sexually transmitted diseases. Frequency and timing of visit Traditional or standard (Western) model recommends the first visit to take place as early as the first missed period. This allows accurate dating of the pregnancy and design appropriate preventive and therapeutic interventions. Thereafter, subsequent visits are planned every four weeks until 28 weeks, every two weeks between 28-36 weeks and every week after 36 weeks. More frequent visits are required for high risk patients. The new WHO ANC model recommends a minimum of four visits. It limits the number of visits and restricts laboratory tests and procedures. First visit takes place at 16 weeks or before. The second visit is planned between 24-28 weeks, the third at 32 weeks and the fourth at 36- 38 weeks. The initial visit takes 30-40 minutes and the other visits take around 20 minutes each. Women with risk factors should not be enrolled in this model. Activities of the new WHO ANC model I. First visit at 16 weeks Major activities are diagnosis of pregnancy and determination of the gestational age; risk assessment and determination of the medical status of the mother; health promotion by education on nutritional supplement, danger signs of pregnancy and finally care provision like malaria prophylaxis, control MTCT of HIV, iron supplementation and immunization with tetanus toxoid. II. Second visit between 24- 28 weeks Major activities are screening for hypertension, multiple gestation, anemia, preterm labor, diabetes mellitus and RH sensitization; further health promotion and care provision and plan birth place. III. Third visit at 32 weeks Major activities are screening for hypertension, anemia, multiple pregnancy, diabetes mellitus and RH sensitization; health promotion and care provision and plan birth place. 37
  • 47.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology IV. Fourth visit at 36 weeks Major activities are screening for hypertension, antepartum hemorrhage, multiple gestations; check for fetal lie, presentation, growth and well being; health promotion and care provision and finally up date individualized birth plan. Contents of ANC visit I. Assessment Detailed history and physical examination (refer to chapter 2) along with necessary laboratory investigations should be done in the initial visit to assess the general medical status of the woman and pick risk factors. For this reason the initial visit takes 30-40 minutes. Subsequent visits look into new developments, therefore, take much shorter time. A. Initial visit The pertinent elements of the history during the initial visit include 1. History of present Pregnancy- identification (name, age, address, marital status, occupation); pregnancy facts (planned or unplanned pregnancy, wanted or unwanted, supported or unsupported); gravidity , parity, abortion, LMP, gestational age, contraceptive use prior to pregnancy, symptoms and signs of pregnancy , danger signs and symptoms, fetal quickening , client concern or complaints 2. Past history - antepartum and postpartum hemorrhage, multiple pregnancy, preeclampsia, eclampsia, sepsis, sexually transmitted infections, operative deliveries, still birth and neonatal death, preterm delivery, low birth weight baby, chronic medical illnesses (hypertension, diabetes, drug allergy and cardiac diseases) and surgical problems, genital mutilation 3. Others- personal, social and family history General physical examination as described in chapter 2 should be performed. It includes the general appearance, vital signs, weight and height, general systemic examination including checking for signs of anemia, physical abuse and surgical scars. Specific obstetric examination should focus on determining the uterine size, fetal lie and presentation, fetal growth and well being, fetal heart beat. Pelvic assessment is performed upon indications. 38
  • 48.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology In the standard model baseline laboratory investigations are hemtocrite, blood group and Rhesus factor, urinalysis (protein, ketone and microscopy), VDRL and stool examination for ova and parasites. Others that could be done upon indication or when resources permit are pap smear, cervical /vaginal smear, urine culture and sensitivity, complete blood count, pregnancy test, serology for HIV, hepatitis b virus and TORCH screening, oral glucose tolerance test, maternal serum alpha fetoprotein on 16 weeks, amniocentesis ,ultrasonography and others. In the new WHO model urine dip stick for bacteria and protein, VDRL and blood group and Rhesus factor determination are only done in the first visit. Hemtocrite is only done if there are clinical signs of anemia. In the new WHO model, in the initial visit women are grouped into two using the classifying form. Women with out any risk factor are enrolled in the basic component of the new model that needs only three visits till delivery. Women with any identified risk factor need special care that may need frequent visits or even referral for specialized care. The classifying form has 18 components that are grouped into three: · Obstetric history- previous stillbirth/ neonatal loss, history of three or more consecutive abortions, birth weight of less than 2500 or more than 400 grams, admission in the last pregnancy for preeclampsia or hypertension, previous uterine or cervical surgery- · Current pregnancy - diagnosed or suspected multiple pregnancy, age less than 16 or more than 40, RH isoimmunization, vaginal bleeding, pelvic mass, diastolic blood pressure of more than 90 mmhg · General medical condition- insulin dependent diabetes mellitus, renal or cardiac disease, known substance abuse, any other severe medical illness B. Subsequent visits History focuses on new complaints and problems since the last visit, intercurrent illnesses and medications, quickening time and fetal movement, danger symptoms of pregnancy and any changes in the personal history of the woman. Physical examination focuses on the general appearance, vital signs mainly the blood pressure, weight, checking for signs of anemia, fundal height, fetal lie and presentation, fetal heart beat, leg edema and other examinations based on the complaints. 39
  • 49.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology In the standard model hemtocrite is done at 24-28 and 32 weeks, antibody screening and oral glucose tolerance test at 28 weeks, ultrasound and maternal alpha feto protein at 16 weeks and fetal survellance tests starting 32 weeks. In the new WHO model dipstick of urine for bacteria is done in all visits. Urine dipstick for protein is only done for nulliparous women or for those with history of preeclampsia or hypertension currently. Hemtocrite is done at the third visit. II. Health promotion (advice and counseling) Advice the woman about the importance of balanced diet and avoidance of drugs, smoking and alcohol: adequate rest; hygiene and safe sex. Discuss about minor complaints of pregnancy and the danger symptoms of pregnancy. Discuss about whom to contact and where to go if these symptoms develop. Inform the woman to record the time of quickening. Education about labor and preparation for labor/ delivery should be done starting from the third visit. The need for clean and safe delivery should be stressed. Breast feeding and family planning after delivery should be discussed. III. Care provision (care provided) Individualized delivery plan in should be planned starting from the first visit and continued during subsequent visits including arrangement of transportation in cases of emergency. Place of birth and who attends birth should be planned. Universal ferrous sulfate prophylaxis for nutritional anemia should be given starting from the first visit. Tetanus toxoid vaccination should be given according to WHO guidelines. Appropriate prophylaxis and treatment of intestinal parasites and malaria should be offered. Where indicated antiretroviral therapy should be offered to HIV positive pregnant women. Appropriate management of complaints and identified problems/ complications should be done in each visit. Timing and importance of next visit should be discussed. Appointment should then be scheduled. High risk factors (not inclusive) I. Past obstetric history · Ectopic pregnancy and recurrent spontaneous abortion · Multiple pregnancy or preterm labor 40
  • 50.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology · Antepartum or postpartum hemorrhage · Malpresentation · Intrauterine fetal death, stillbirth or early neonatal death · Birth weight of less than 2500 or greater than 4000 grams · Difficult operative deliveries and caesarian section II. Present obstetric history · Short stature (height of less than 150 cm), age of less than 16 or greater than 40 · Primigravida or grandmultiparity · Vaginal bleeding at any gestational age · Uterine size to gestational age discrepancy (big or small for date uterus) · Multiple gestation · Premature rupture of the membranes · Raised blood pressure during pregnancy · Malpresentation after 34- 36 weeks · Unwanted pregnancy · Extreme social disruption and deprivation Review questions 1. Briefly describe the new WHO ANC model. 2. List the routine laboratory investigations in ANC. 3. List the high risk factors in pregnancy. 41
  • 51.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology CHAPTER 6 ABNORMAL BLEEDING DURING FIRST AND SECOND TRIMESTERS OF PREGNANCY Learning objectives · To identify the common causes of abnormal bleeding during pregnancy by trimester. · To list the different types of abortion with their clinical features. · To describe the clinical feature of ectopic pregnancy. · To describe the management the different types of abortion and ectopic pregnancy. · To define the spectrum of GTD · To discuss the clinical features of GTD 42
  • 52.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology · To list the main treatment modalities of GTD · To enumerate the possible complications GTD and their treatment Introduction When a woman becomes pregnant, the menstrual bleeding stops until sometime after the end of the pregnancy. However, abnormal bleeding from the genital tract can complicate some pregnancies. Statistically, more than 25% of all gestations will present to health care provider at least in early pregnancy with vaginal bleeding and/or pelvic pain. These symptoms may indicate a minor or a life threatening condition that can result in death. Successful management of any one of these conditions is of paramount importance and rests on timely diagnosis. This in turn requires proper evaluation of the patient by taking the history and doing physical examination. There may be a need to do some laboratory studies to help the evaluation process. The primary goal of the evaluation should focus on identifying immediate life threatening conditions like shock. Generally, abnormal uterine bleeding during pregnancy can result from obstetric or non-obstetric causes. Conditions like abortion, ectopic pregnancy, placenta abnormalities like placenta previa and abruptio placentae, and gestational trophoblastic diseases are some of the obstetric causes. While conditions like genital infections, trauma to the genital organs and neoplastic changes affecting them are some of the non-obstetric causes. Systemic illnesses affecting blood coagulation can also result in abnormal bleeding during pregnancy. 1. ABORTION 1.1. Importance Abortion is an important cause of bleeding during pregnancy, as it is one of the five leading causes of maternal death in the developing world. The other causes being obstructed labor, hypertensive disorders of pregnancy, hemorrhage and infection. 1.2. Definition: Abortion is the expulsion of the fetus from the uterus or termination of pregnancy before fetal viability. This is usually taken to be so if it happens before 28 completed weeks of gestation or less than 1000g weight in Ethiopia & United Kingdom. 1.3. Classification 43
  • 53.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology 1.3.1. By occurrence Abortion could occur spontaneously or could be induced. A. Spontaneous abortion An abortion is said to be spontaneous if it occurs with no intervention. The incidence of spontaneous abortion is between 10% and 20% of all pregnancies. It is most commonly due to fetal chromosomal defects such as trisomies, monosomies and polyploidy. This usually occurs during the first trimester. B .Induced abortion An abortion is said to be induced if it results from medical or surgical intervention that can cause abortion. It could be safe or unsafe abortion. Unsafe abortion characterized by lack or inadequacy of skill of provider, hazardous technique and unsanitary facilities or both. This is important type of abortion as it accounts for the major proportion of abortion and is cause of immense maternal mortality and morbidity. Moreover, it is related to unwanted pregnancy and unawareness of the reproductive physiology by the woman .It can largely be prevented if there is provision of contraceptive service and making the woman knowledgeable about her reproductive physiology. Of the 210 million pregnancies that occur each year, about 46 million (22 per cent) end in abortion. About 20 million of those abortions are unsafe –that is, performed by someone without the skills or training to perform them safely, or in a place that does not meet minimal medical standards or, both. Every year, more than 70,000 women die as a result of unsafe abortion; hundred of thousands more suffer from serious, often permanent, disabilities. Everyday, 200 women die from unsafe abortion. More than 95% of deaths and injuries occur in developing countries. In Ethiopia maternal losses from abortion and its complication account for 25-50%. The majority of deaths from abortion result from hemorrhagic shock and sepsis. Proper management of abortion can prevent the death and the other complications that result from it. C.Therapeutic abortion Subset of safe abortion which is performed for the purpose of saving the life of the mother (3) or if the fetus has congenital / chromosomal / metabolic disorders that is incompatible with life after birth. 1.3.2. By clinical stages Threatened abortion: is a clinical condition that is characterized by vaginal bleeding before 28 weeks of gestation. In addition there is crampy lower abdominal pain and the cervix 44
  • 54.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology remains closed. The fetus is alive and there is a chance of continuing the pregnancy to viability. Inevitable abortion: is a clinical condition characterized by vaginal bleeding of variable amount and crampy lower abdominal pain. The cervix is open but no products of conception have been expelled. There is no chance of salvaging the pregnancy. Incomplete abortion: is a clinical condition in which vaginal bleeding continues and cervix remains open despite expulsion of part of the products of conception. Complete abortion: is a clinical condition in which vaginal bleeding stops and the cervix closes following expulsion of all products of conception. The uterus is small for the duration of the pregnancy and it is firmer. Before 14-16 weeks it is difficult to tell if an abortion is complete or not because to make sure it is complete one has to identify the fetus and the placenta with the membranes as fully formed structures. Before 14-16 weeks these structures are not sufficiently well formed. Missed abortion: is a clinical condition in which the fetus dies in utero and is retained for at least four weeks. There is usually history of threatened abortion preceding it. Decidual necrosis may result in brownish vaginal discharge. Pregnancy symptoms like morning sickness, breast tenderness and abdominal girth increment disappear. Cessation of fetal movement is reported by the mother if it occurs after 18 weeks. Failure of uterine growth results in small for gestational age uterus. Pregnancy test takes 8 weeks to become negative. 1.3.3. By associated infection Septic abortion: is a clinical condition in which offensive vaginal discharge, temperature of more than 38 o centigrade and lower abdominal pain / tenderness accompany any of the clinical stages of abortion. Majority follow unsafely induced abortions. Infection starts in the uterus and if untreated spreads to adjacent pelvic organs (pelvic peritonitis) or to the general peritoneum (generalized peritonitis) or the blood stream (sepsis). It eventually results in death by causing septic shock. Postabortal sepsis: is pelvic infection after a complete abortion. 1.3.4. Other definitions Recurrent abortion: occurrence of three or more consecutive spontaneous abortions. It was previously known as habitual abortion. 45
  • 55.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology 1.4. Initial assessment Any woman of reproductive age experiencing at least two of the following symptoms should be considered as a possible abortion patient. · Vaginal bleeding · Cramping and/or lower abdominal pain · A possible history of amenorrhea Complete clinical assessment is necessary to determine all conditions that are present in order to decide the order in which to treat them. 1.4.1. History · Length of amenorrhea · Bleeding (duration, amount) · Cramping (duration and severity) · Abdominal or shoulder pain · Drug allergy · History of interference and method employed · Symptoms of infection 1.4.2. Physical examination · Check vital signs · Note general health of the women · General systemic examination · Abdominal examination Check –abdominal distension, movement with respiration, bowel sound, Location and severity of tenderness and rebound tenderness, Uterine size, masses, shifting dullness · Pelvic examination(speculum and bimanual digital examination) 46
  • 56.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology Remove any visible products of conception from the vaginal canal or cervical canal. Then note for the amount of bleeding and presence of offensive discharge, the extent of cervical dilation and presence of cervical excitation tenderness, size and consistency of the uterus, adenexal masse and other pelvic masses. Check for cervical laceration 1.4.3. Laboratory examination Based on clinical assessment when indicated: - · hemoglobin / hemtocrite, blood group and rhesus factor · white cell count, erythrocyte sedimentation rate, urinalysis, renal function test, liver function test, platelet count, prothrombin time, partial thromboplastin time · Plain film of the abdomen (erect), pelvic ultrasonography · Pregnancy test 1.5. Management Life threatening conditions like shock (hypovolumic or septic), severe anemia and sepsis should be treated aggressively prior to instituting specific treatment. These include intravenous fluids, parenteral antibiotics, blood transfusion and /or other ventilatory supports. Preparations for laparatomy must be made in cases suspected or diagnosed to have uterine perforation or generalized peritonitis or pelvic abscess. Specific management for each stage of abortion should be offered only after attending to the above conditions. Appropriate and timely referrals are life saving. 1.5.1. Threatened abortion · Bed rest at home which could be reinforced by sedatives like diazepam. Women who have bled much (regardless of the gestational age) or have bad obstetric history or live far away and cannot get help if bleeding becomes much worse, especially during the night should be admitted for observation. · Avoid intercourse and douching · Monitor progress by subsequent assessment. Where available ultrasonography should be done to check for viability. · If there is any sign of pelvic infection evacuation of the uterus should be performed. 47
  • 57.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology 1.5.2. Complete abortion If completeness is confirmed either by examination of the conceptus tissue or where available by ultrasound · Administer ergometrine 0.5mg · If justified provide therapeutic or prophylactic antibiotics Evacuation of the uterus must be done if completeness can not be assured as in early abortion or expulsion occurred out of the health institution. 1.5.3. Inevitable abortions A. Less than 14 weeks of gestation: Evacuation of the uterus is the mainline of treatment .Evacuation can be done either by sharp metallic curettage or by manual vacuum aspirator (MVA). MVA is much safer and recent technology which is said to be associated with less complications and pain, more efficient in evacuating the uterus in less time and thus can safely be used by lower level health professionals. Mandatory indications for evacuation 1. Considerable bleeding 2. Bleeding which continues for more than 24 hours. 3. Patients in whom the retained products of conception are obviously still present on vaginal examination.. B. More than 14 weeks of gestation In the absence of heavy bleeding evacuation of the uterus is not advised before the expulsion of the fetus .Management includes · Admission and monitoring the vital signs and the amount of bleeding · Once the fetus / placenta are expelled completeness should be checked .Evacuation of the uterus must be done if incomplete or the bleeding continues. · Ergometrine or oxytocin as drip should be given for continued bleeding after expulsion or evacuation and monitoring should continue. · Exploration of the uterus for remnants or perforation should be done if these measures fail and the patient continues to bleed. 48
  • 58.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology 1.5.4. Incomplete abortion Uterine evacuation should be done preferably by MVA. Antibiotics as needed can be given. Methods of Uterine evacuation Determined by uterine size If uterine size < 14 weeks · Manual / electrical vacuum aspiration or evacuation and curettage(E&C)/dilatation and curettage (D&C)if cervix is closed If uterine size > 14 weeks · Oxytocin infusion or evacuation and curettage(E&C)/dilatation and curettage when appropriate Oxytocin administration Add 10ml (ampoules) to 1000ml lactated Ringer's solution (100mu/ml) Start at 0.5ml/mi (50mu/mi), increase at 30 to 40min intervals up to a maximum rate of 2mml/mi (200mu/min). If effective contractions are not established at this infusion rate, increase the concentration. Discard all but 500ml of the remaining solution. Add additional 5 ampoules of oxytocin (200mu/ml). Reduce the rate to 1ml/mi (200mu/mi). Increase up to 2ml/mi (400mu/mi), continue at this rate for 4-5hrs or until fetus is expelled. 1.5.5. Missed abortion A. Expectant management up to 4 weeks · This is based on the fact that 95% women with missed abortion will abort spontaneously in 4 weeks time, whatever the duration of the pregnancy. After 4 weeks the chance of developing disseminated intravascular coagulation or dead baby syndrome is significant. · During this time coagulation profile is monitored weekly. Evacuation of the uterus is done if the patient did not expel in 4 weeks or before 4 weeks if coagulation derangement occurs. B. Aggressive management 49
  • 59.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology This entails evacuation of the uterus. Methods include dilatation and curettage (D&C) for uterine sizes up to 12 weeks or induction of labor by prostaglandins /oxytocin infusion if uterine size is more than 12 weeks. Since there is a risk of uterine perforation and coagulopathy with this form of management appropriate referral to proper health facility should be made. 1.5.6. Management of Complications I. Uterine perforation The following signs seen during uterine evacuation indicate perforation. · An instrument (sound, cannula, and curette) extends beyond the expected limit of the uterus. · Fat or bowel is found in the tissue removed from the uterus · Severe pain and continuous bright red bleeding · In apparent vital sign derangement (hypotension in the absence of bleeding) Management · Stabilize the patient and do not give anything per os. · Monitor vital signs · Start broad spectrum antibiotics (parenteral) · Immediate referral to a facility capable of performing gynecologic surgeries. If evacuation is complete · Give ergometrine 0.5mg · Observe her for two hours · If patient become stable and bleeding stops, give ergometrine and continue observation overnight · If the condition gets worse and the bleeding doesn’t stop emergency laparatomy is performed. If evacuation is not complete · Immediate laparatomy to complete evacuation under direct vision Depending on the findings either repair or hysterectomy is done. II. Intraabdominal injury 50
  • 60.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology The following signs and symptoms indicate intra abdominal injury Symptoms · Nausea, vomiting, shoulder pain,fever,abdominal pain and cramping Signs · Distended abdomen, decreased bowel sound, tense hard abdomen · Rebound tenderness Management · Resuscitation, parenteral antibiotics, · Immediate referral for laparatomy III. Sepsis Etiology is polymicrobial (gram positives, gram negatives and anaerobes) The following symptoms and signs indicate that either local or generalized infection is likely: Symptoms · Chills, fever, sweating, history of interference · Prolonged bleeding, general discomfort, flu like symptoms Signs · Foul smelling vaginal discharge, distended abdomen · Tenderness, low blood pressure Assess women’s risk for developing septic shock Low risk · First trimester abortion, mild to moderate fever (< 38.50 c) · Stable vital signs, no evidence of Intraabdominal injury High risk · second trimester abortion, high fever (> 38.50 c) · Any evidence of intra abdominal injury, shock Management 51
  • 61.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology · Resuscitation, monitor vital signs, start broad spectrum antibiotics intravenously If low risk and stable Uterine evacuation, continue antibiotics, observe for 48 hrs. If high risk · Continue antibiotics · If there is shock ---- manage as shock · If intra abdominal injury--- laparatomy · If DIC present -- treat with clotting factors and fresh blood products IV. Other complications and their management · Anemia - manage according to severity by either hemathenics or blood transfusion · Renal failure - manage accordingly · Give tetanus toxoid as indicated and tetanus antitoxin for non immune women · Give anti-D for Rh negative mothers (see protocol for management of Rh isoimmunization) 1.5.7. Post abortion family planning All women receiving post abortion care need counseling and information to ensure that they understand: · They can become pregnant again before the next menses · There are safe methods to prevent or delay pregnancy · Where and how they can obtain family planning service 1.5.8. Antibiotic choices and administration in the management of abortion Empiric therapy antibiotic covering wide variety of aerobic, anaerobic, gram negative/positive organisms is used. Regimen 1 Ampicillin or benzyl penicillin plus chloramphenicol or clindamycin or metronidazole plus gentamycin 52
  • 62.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology Regimen 2 Ceftriaxone or ciprofloxacin plus gentamycin or metronidazole Regimen 3 Doxycycline with metronidazole · Once started, therapy can be continued until the patient is afebrile at least for 24 hours, preferably 48 hours · If there is no response in 48 hours the antibiotics should be changed and/or complications considered · When recovery is underway, intravenous therapy should be followed by oral medication, for 10 to 14 days. 1.5.9. Components of Post abortion care (PAC) · Emergency treatment of incomplete abortion and potentially life threatening complications · Post-abortion family planning counseling and services · Links between post-abortion emergency services and the reproductive health care system. · Community service provider partnership · Counseling 2. ECTOPIC PREGNANCY 2.1. Definition Ectopic pregnancy is implantation of the fertilized ovum outside of the uterine endometrial cavity. 2.2. Incidence and predisposing factors Ninety–nine percent of ectopic pregnancy occurs in the fallopian tube. The commonest site is the ampulla which accounts for 55% of ectopics. The rest occurs in the isthmus (25%), the fimbria (17%) and the interstitial part (2.5%). Rare forms of ectopic pregnancy include cervical ectopic, ovarian ectopic and abdominal pregnancy. Very rarely bilateral ectopic or 53
  • 63.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology combined intrauterine and ectopic pregnancy is seen. In many parts of the world one in every 50 to 200 pregnancies is ectopic. Any condition that alters the length, contour, peristaltic movement or size of the tubal lumen will predispose to ectopic gestation. Common conditions that predispose to ectopic gestation are: · Previous gonococcal or Chlamydia endosapingitis · Postoperative like previous ectopic surgery/tuboplasty or inflammatory pelvic adhesions distorting the tubes · Congenital abnormalities of the tubes · Some family planning methods like progestasert and progesterone only pills · Medically assisted conception 2.3. Natural Coarse of tubal ectopic pregnancy Majority of ectopic gestations end as gynecological/obstetric emergencies in the first or early second trimester. It is a very rare occurrence for an ectopic gestation to advance to term. As the fertilized ovum grows, it progressively distends the tube which leads to unilateral lower abdominal pain. Further distension eventually leads to either rupture into the lumen (tubal abortion) or more commonly into the peritoneal cavity (tubal rupture). This results in extrusion and death of the zygote accompanied by intraperitoneal bleeding from the edges of the ruptured tube. For isthmic ectopic this occurs 3-4 weeks from the LMP while in ampullary it is around 6-8 weeks and in interstitial it is around 12 weeks. Unless surgical intervention is undertaken majority of patients die of massive intraperitoneal bleeding. Rarely an abdominal pregnancy results if the zygote survives and implants in the peritoneal cavity. Sometimes chronic ectopic gestation results if pelvic adhesions limit the extent of the bleeding forming a pelvic mass. . 2.4. Clinical features and diagnosis The clinical features are often atypical and diverse especially before rupture. As it is one of the most devastating and potentially fatal gynecologic emergencies, every clinician should be suspicious of it all the time. The adage ’any woman of child-bearing age (15-50) who has abdominal pain (with or without amenorrhea) may have an ectopic gestation unless proven otherwise’ is a useful one to bear in mind. Typically women present with the three triad of symptoms – variable period of missed menstrual period, abnormal vaginal bleeding and lower abdominal pain. Commonly there is a 54
  • 64.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology short period of missed period but in some women the vaginal bleeding may coincide or even precede the expected time of menses. The vaginal bleeding is often dark red and small in amount with heavy bleeding being a rarity. Sometimes passage of decidual cast may confuse the diagnosis with abortion. The lower abdominal pain is initially unilateral and constant in nature but after tubal rupture it becomes diffuse. Syncopal attack may be reported at the time of rupture. With significant hemoperitoneum shoulder pain and rectal fullness may be reported. Presence of predisposing factors should be sought. High grade fever is unusual. Physical signs are also variable and largely depend on the presence or absence of rupture. Vital signs may range from normal to profound shock. Pallor is also variable. Peritoneal irritation (direct tenderness/rebound tenderness/guarding) of variable degree is always present, which could be localized to the lower abdomen or diffuse. Shifting dullness indicates hemoperitoneum. The most significant findings on pelvic examination include closed cervix with positive cervical excitation tenderness, unilateral adenexal tenderness with or without tender mass and tense/tender pouch of Douglas. Uterine enlargement up to 8 weeks size is a normal finding. The most valuable bedside diagnostic procedure for ruptured ectopic pregnancy is culdocentesis.This involves aspirating fluid from the pouch of Douglas by passing needle through the posterior fornix. Finding dark red non clotting blood is invariably diagnostic. Negative culdocentesis does not rule out ectopic pregnancy. Laboratory investigations (where available) that could help in the diagnosis of unruptured ectopic include Serum b HCG determination in conjunction with pelvic ultrasound. 2.5. Management The treatment can be medical or surgical depending on the type of the ectopic pregnancy. The best management for ruptured ectopic is emergency laparatomy to ligate the bleeding vessels coupled with aggressive resuscitation to counteract the effects of hypovolemia. Timely referrals to a hospital setting with continued resuscitation along the way is life saving. Unruptured ectopic is usually managed using drugs like methotraxate or conservative tubal surgery. Resuscitation · Correcting hypovolemia with intravenous fluid 55
  • 65.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology · Blood transfusion before operation; this may in fact be undesirable if it delays very urgent surgery to stop bleeding. Surgical treatment- Salpigectomy /sapingeo-oophoerctomy Upon discharge women should be counseled about the risk of recurrence in future pregnancy and the importance of visiting a clinician as soon as they miss their menses. 3. GESTATIONAL TROPHOBLASTIC DISEASES (NEOPLASMS) 3.1. Definition Pregnancy-related pathological conditions in which there is abnormal growth and development of the trophoblast. GTDs include the tumor spectrum of hydatidiform mole, invasive mole or chorioadenoma destruens, and choriocarcinoma. 3.2. Classification There are various schemes of classification, but the following is a commonly used one: 1. Benign GTD includes hydatidiform mole (complete and partial). 2. Malignant GTD falls into two groups: a. Non-metastatic includes persistent hydatidiform mole, invasive mole and choriocarcinoma which has not metastasized. b. Metastatic includes metastatic mole and choriocarcinoma. 3.3. Unique Features Gestational trophoblastic diseases have a number of unique characteristics: · They consist of tissue “foreign” to the patient. They arise from the fetal tissue in the maternal host. · They secrete an accurate and sensitive tumor marker, the human chorionic gonadotrophic hormone (HCG). · They are markedly sensitive to chemotherapy so that even advanced disease may be cured. · Unlike other epithelial tumors malignant GTDs spread mainly by vascular route. · Normal pregnancies are possible following molar pregnancy. 56
  • 66.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology 3.4. Benign GTDs (Hydatidiform mole) 3.4.1. Types of molar pregnancy A. Complete mole Uterus is filled with multiple grapes like vesicles. There is no fetus or amnion. Microscopically, there is pronounced and generalized hydropic swelling and edema of villous stroma, avascular villi and marked proliferation of syncitiotrophoblastic and cytotrophoblastic elements surrounding the villi. The incidence of postmolar GTD is 15 to25 % (17 % is non metastatic type). B. Partial or Incomplete mole An abnormal fetus or embryo is present, but it usually dies in the first trimester. Focal vesicles are seen. Microscopic features include localized hydropic villi and trophoblastic proliferation along with presence of fetal tissue, and blood vessels. Post molar GTD develop in 5 to 10 % of patients (almost always of non metastatic type). 3.4.2. Incidence and risk factors Hydatidiform mole (molar or vesicular pregnancy) is the most common form of GTD. Incidence is very variable ranging from 1:200 – 1:300 in South East Asia to 1:1500-1:2000 in U.S.A. Risk factors include: · Age less than 20 or more than 40 years · Genetic factors · Low socioeconomic status · Protein, folic acid and carotene deficiency · Previous molar pregnancy (recurrence rate is around 1:76 for the first and 1:6 for the second) 3.4.3. Clinical features · Vaginal bleeding after a period of amenorrhea (usually starting from the first trimester) · Serosangineous vaginal discharge · Passage of the “grape-like” vesicles, if occurs, is considered to be pathognomonic. 57
  • 67.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology · Exaggerated symptoms and signs of pregnancy mainly hyperemesis gravidarum · Pre-eclampsia occurring before the gestational age of 20-24 weeks is seen in around 30% of patients · The uterus will be big-for-date in half of patients but small-for-date in a third and appropriate for gestational age in the rest. · The uterus is doughy with no fetal parts felt except in the situation of partial mole. · FHR tones are absent except partial mole. · The ovaries may be palpably enlarged by the theca lutein cysts. · One may also find clinical and/or biochemical signs of hyperthyroidism due to the elaboration of thyrotropin by the tumor or as the effect of elevated HCG. 3.4.4. Diagnosis .Whenever molar pregnancy is suspected on clinical grounds the patient should be referred to an appropriately equipped facility for confirmation of the diagnosis and management. The most important investigations that help in the diagnosis are determination of serum or urinary B-HCG in titer which reveal very high values and ultrasonography which reveal the typical snow- storm appearance without gestational sac or fetus. Other modalities like amniography which shows the honey comb pattern are no more used. 3.4.5. Complications of molar pregnancy Medical complications include anemia and shock from hemorrhage, pre-eclampsia, hyperemesis gravidarum, hyperthyroidism and intrauterine infection with or without sepsis. Congestive heart failure and pulmonary edema could result from trophoblastic deportation, fluid overload during treatment or from pre-eclampsia / severe anemia/ hyperthyroidism. Trophoblastic deportation may result in acute respiratory distress within 6-8 hours of evacuation. Post molar GTD and future recurrence other problems. Uterine perforation could result during treatment. There may be deposition of trophoblast in the lungs but spontaneous regression occurs. 58
  • 68.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology 3.4.6. Management Since molar pregnancy is associated with many disease and treatment related complications, its management should be in a facility that is capable of handling them. Furthermore prolonged follow up is needed for early detection and management of post molar GTD. For these reasons timely referral from the health center is crucial. Management in an appropriate setting includes · Performing baseline investigations – B-HCG level, chest X-ray, liver and renal function tests and complete blood count. · Treatment of medical complications · Evacuation of the molar tissue. The method of choice is suction curettage. Medical induction by uterotonic drugs is not favored because it carries risk of hemorrhage and embolization. Hysterectomy with mole in situ is the preferred treatment for women having more than three children and /or women older than 40 years. Sharp metallic curettage is contraindicated. · Follow up using history, physical examination and B-HCG titer done weekly until it is negative three times then monthly for one year. Combined oral contraceptives are given during this period to prevent pregnancy. · Platueing or rising HCG levels , rising levels after negative HCG ,HCG still high after 6 months of evacuation and any clinical sign of metastasis are indicative of post molar GTD and require chemotherapy. 3.5. Malignant GTDs 3.5.1. General These are mainly invasive mole and choriocarcinoma. A. Invasive mole makes up around 15% of GTN and is reported in 10-15 % of patients who have had primary molar pregnancy. It invades the myometrium and the uterine vessels extensively; therefore, the diagnosis is usually made from pathologic examination of hysterectomy specimens. B.Choriocarcinoma is rare, making up only 2-5% of all cases of GTD and follows 2-10% of molar pregnancy. It is an aggressive fast-growing tumor with disordered trophoblastic proliferation, myometrial invasion, hypervascularity, necrosis and hemorrhage, the 59
  • 69.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology absence of villous structures and metastases. 50% follow hydatidiform mole. A quarter follow term pregnancies and another quarter follow abortion or ectopic pregnancy. It spreads both by local invasion and via vascular route which occurs early. Common sites of metastasis are the lungs (80%), anterior vaginal wall (30%), the brain (10%) and the liver (10%). All GTDs that follow normal pregnancy are choriocarcinoma. 3.5.2. Clinical Features · Severe vaginal bleeding which may be absent in some cases. · Fulminant pre-eclampsia and hyperthyroidism · Metastases may occur to the lungs, liver, brain, vagina, gastrointestinal tract, and bones and may manifest as follows: · Pulmonary metastasis with cough, chest pain, hemoptysis · Liver secondary with abdominal pain, hepatomegally, jaundice · Brain metastasis with headache, convulsion, focal neourologic deficit · Vaginal metastasis with a bleeding blue-purple vaginal mass · GI metastasis with hematemesis, melena, hematochezia · Bone metastasis with pain, pathological fractures 3.5.3. Diagnosis Finding elevated B- HCG levels along with pathologic identification of typical lesions confirms the diagnosis. Chest and bone X-rays, cerebrospinal fluid analysis and ultrasound may help in identifying metastasis. 3.5.4. Management This is best if done in specialized centers or at least in centers where the appropriate investigations can be done and the patient can receive the right treatment. The management modality is single or combination chemotherapy. Surgical removal of persistent cases is a secondary option. 3.6. Long-term sequelae 60
  • 70.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology The prognosis is always excellent for hydatidiform mole. Also, almost all patients with malignant non-metastatic GTD are cured with appropriate therapy .Recurrence, when it occurs, is usually in the first several months of termination of therapy but may sometimes occur as late as 3 years or more. There is high risk of recurrence of GTD in future pregnancies. The effect on the subsequent fertility of young patients is insignificant. But because of the slightly increased risk of choriocarcinoma, B-HCG should be determined at 3 week and 3 months following delivery. Review Questions: 1. Define unsafe abortion and recurrent abortion 2. Describe the clinical stages of abortion with respect to bleeding, cervical status, uterine size and other signs. 3. Outline the management of incomplete abortion and septic abortion. 4. List the methods of uterine evacuation for uterine size less than 14 weeks. 5. Discuss the essential components of post-abortion care. 6. Discuss the clinical features of ectopic pregnancy. 7. Describe culdocentesis. 8. Describe the spectrum of gestational trophoblastic diseases. 9. Discuss the most important clinical features of molar pregnancy. 10. Describe how molar pregnancy is managed and also discuss how post-evacuation follow-up is undertaken. CHAPTER 7 ANTEPARTUM HEMORRHAGE Learning Objectives · To identify the major causes of ante partum hemorrhage 61
  • 71.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology · To list important risk factors for ante partum hemorrhage · To discuss the evaluation of a patient with antepartum hemorrhage · To indicate the important precautions that should be taken in evaluating and managing mothers with antepartum hemorrhage · To explain the basic principles of the management of antepartum hemorrhage Introduction Antepartum Hemorrhage (APH) is bleeding from the genital tract of the pregnant mother after the fetus has reached the age of viability (which is after 28 completed weeks or fetal weight of 1000gm or more) and before the fetus is delivered. It occurs in 2-4% of all pregnancies. The causes could broadly be grouped into two. · Obstetric causes which include placenta previa, abruptio placentae, bleeding from vasa previa, ruptured uterus and heavy show. · Non obstetric (local or incidental causes) include 1. PLACENTA PREVIA 1.1. Definition and grades Placenta previa is bleeding from a placenta implanted in the lower uterine segment and thus lies ahead of the presenting part. · Grade 1 or low-lying placenta –the placenta occupies the lower uterine segment, but does not reach the internal cervical os. · Grade 2 or placenta previa marginalis—the placenta reaches the internal os but does not cover it. · Grade 3 or placenta previa partialis—the placenta covers the internal os but only partially, even at full dilatation · Grade 4 or placenta previa totalis--placenta covers the whole internal os even at full cervical dilatation. 1.2. Incidence 1 in 200 to 250 deliveries it is more common in multiparas. 62
  • 72.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology 1.3. Predisposing factors The exact cause is unknown, but there are a number of predisposing factors. These include: · Any uterine scar secondary to previous vigorous curettage, cesarean section, myomectomy · multiparity · Bulky placental tissue as in multiple pregnancy and erythroblastosis fetalis · Others include high altitude, smoking, previous history of antepartum hemorrhage. 1.4. Pathophysiology Bleeding usually occurs in the third trimester when progressive formation of the lower segment results in tearing and exposure of the blood vessels in the placental bed. The bleeding is maternal in origin and is almost always revealed. 1.5. Clinical Features The typical presentation is painless bright red bleeding in the third trimester which in amount could range from spotting to massive. It tends to come without warning but may follow coitus or pelvic examination. It is recurrent in nature with increasing bleeding occurring in subsequent episodes. Changes in maternal pulse, blood pressure and the degree of pallor are usually proportional to the external blood loss. The usual findings on abdominal examination are non-tender, normal-toned uterus (in labor relaxes completely between contractions); high presenting part and abnormal fetal lie. Fetal distress occurs if the mother is in shock or in labor as the result of downward pressure on the placenta. Since it may be attended by severe bleeding, digital or speculum vaginal examination should never be done in any woman with APH until placenta previa is ruled out. 1.6. Diagnosis The diagnosis of placenta previa is strongly suggested by the clinical features discussed above. Confirmation requires ultrasonographic localization of the placenta. Ultrasonogrpahy is used to diagnose placenta previa and its grade as well as to evaluate 63
  • 73.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology the condition of the fetus including its gestational age. Examination done before 30 weeks should be repeated later as the position of the placenta may change as the lower segment forms and increases in size. Alternative method to diagnose placenta previa and its grade is to do vaginal examination in the operating theatre with everything ready for caesarian section if necessary (double-set up examination). This procedure can cause severe hemorrhage and thus should not be routinely recommended. It should only be done in instances where ultrasound is not available and termination of pregnancy is planned. 1.7. Management All cases of suspected or proven placenta previa should be admitted and managed in a hospital with 24 hours comprehensive emergency obstetric service including blood transfusion. Early referral of patients from health centers to such facilities is crucial. Women with life-threatening hemorrhage should receive aggressive resuscitation which has to be started in the referring unit and continued during transportation. Patient should be delivered by emergency caesarian section whatever the length of gestation or the grade of the placenta previa is. The management of women without severe bleeding requires admission to hospital. Further management depends on the gestational age, condition of the fetus and extent of bleeding. Termination of pregnancy either by induction (grade I and II anterior placenta previa) or caesarian section (grade II posterior and IV placenta previa) should be done if one of the following is present: · Gestational age of more than 37 completed weeks · Fetal death, fetal distress or presence of malformation incompatible with life · Onset of active labor · Continued bleeding after admission In the absence of these conditions expectant management is followed. This includes complete bed rest, avoidance of coitus or vaginal manipulation, and close clinical and laboratory monitoring. Ferrous sulphate is routinely prescribed. . 2. ABRUPTIO PLACENTA (ACCIDENTAL HEMORRHAGE) 64
  • 74.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology 2.1. Definition and classification Abruptio placenta is premature separation of the normally implanted placenta before the third stage of labor. The bleeding could be concealed (internal) or revealed (external) but in most clinically apparent cases it is a combination of internal and external bleeding. Depending on clinical and laboratory features, it is graded into mild (grade I), moderate (grade II) and severe (grade III) types. Grades one and two each account for around 40% while grade three only for 15%. The important features of the different grades are shown in the table below. Grade Bleeding Contractions BP HR FHR DIC I Minimal complete relaxation Normal Normal Normal not present II Mild-moderate Incomplete relaxation Postural hypotension Increased distressed not present III Moderate to severe Tetanic/ board like Reduced/ unrecordable Fast, weak/ feeble dead present 2.2. Incidence It complicates 1% of all deliveries, the range being 0.3-1.6%. 2.3. Predisposing factors The exact cause of abruptio placentae is unknown but there are a number of well-established risk factors, including: · Hypertensive disorders of pregnancy – single most important factor · Trauma such as a hard abdominal blow · Sudden decrease in uterine volume, as follows rupture of membranes in a mother with polyhydramnios and following delivery of first twin · Previous abruption placentae (recurrence is 10% after one episode and increases to 25% after two) · Others like poor socioeconomic condition and malnutrition, smoking and short cord 65
  • 75.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology 2.4. Pathophysiology An Abruptio placenta is typically an evolving process. The bleeding begins in arterial vessels in the basal layer of the decidua, which is split by the hemorrhage. The retro placental hematoma expands, compressing the placental tissue. This further separates the placenta which in turn causes more bleeding and hematoma formation. Some of the retro placental bleeding separates the membranes and escapes to the external. But most remain concealed behind the placenta. With building pressure some of it splits the myometrial cells causing bruised appearance of the uterus, the so called Couvelaires uterus. Occasionally blood may find its way into the amniotic fluid resulting in bloody amniotic fluid. Damage to the myometrium along with sequestration of clotting factors causes disseminated intravascular coagulation. Profound shock eventually ends up in acute renal failure. Rarely this process may be self-limiting. 2.5 Clinical Features and diagnosis This varies with the grade of abruption. Vaginal bleeding, usually small in amount and dark red in color is present in most. In some cases of concealed bleeding, this may be absent. Abdominal pain of variable degree is another major manifestation, ranging from labor like pain to unrelenting pain. In severe cases bleeding from the other site may occur. History of hypertension, trauma and past history should be sought. Vital signs derangement is indirectly proportional to the degree of blood loss. Abdomen is almost always tender. In moderate cases there is incomplete relaxation between contractions. In severe cases the uterus is board like and tetanically contracted uterus. The fetus is in distress or dead. The presenting part is usually deeply engaged. There are no specific diagnostic tests and therefore diagnosis is mainly made on clinical grounds. Ultrasound is not helpful in diagnosis. 2.6. Complications Common complications are severe bleeding and shock, consumptive coagulopathy, acute renal failure, postpartum hemorrhage, fetal distress and intrauterine fetal death 2.7. Management After admission one should secure an intravenous line, determine hemtocrite and blood group / Rhesus factor assessment, prepare at least two units of cross matched blood. Crystalloids should be administered depending on the needs. Assessment of the coagulation factors using fibrinogen levels, prothrombin and partial thromboplastin times is not feasible in most settings. 66
  • 76.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology Simple bedside tests like whole blood clotting time and bleeding time can be used as rough guides to the coagulation system. Fresh frozen plasma should be given in cases of disseminated intravascular coagulation. Unless there are contraindications, vaginal route of delivery preferred whether the fetus is alive or dead. Labor is usually short and close fetal monitoring is needed to detect fetal distress. Shortening of the second stage by instruments can be done. Unnecessary episiotomy or laceration to the genital tract should be avoided. Third stage should be managed actively. Fetal distress in the first stage mandates caesarian section. 3. RUPTURE OF VASA PREVIA Vasa previa develops when the fetal blood vessels course over the membranes and cross the internal os in conditions such as placenta succenturiata and velamentous insertion of the cord leading to bleeding from the fetal circulation. It is a rare occurrence, the incidence being 1 in 5000 singletons, but much higher in multiple pregnancies. Although a rare occurrence, it is yet very important because it leads to fetal hemorrhage which frequently may result in fetal death and stillbirth. This condition may be confused with placenta previa. The mother presents with painless bright red bleeding which usually start after rupture of the membranes accompanied by evidences of fetal distress. Apt test is done to detect the presence of fetal blood in the vaginal blood. In this test few drops of blood from the vagina is mixed with an equal amount of 25% sodium hydroxide. Maternal blood will turn light brown, whereas fetal blood will not change color because of its resistance to alkali. A live viable fetus should be delivered immediately by emergency caesarian section as even a small hemorrhage may be fatal. The neonatal hemoglobin should be determined after birth. 4. OTHER CAUSES Local lesions of the cervix and vagina such as vaginitis, cervicitis, cervical cancer or polyps, foreign bodies, etc may cause vaginal bleeding in the antepartum period. Their diagnosis depends on proper examination. Management depends on the cause. 67
  • 77.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology Antepartum hemorrhage could originate from the placenta. Hemangioma of the placenta is especially important. It occurs in approximately 1% of placentas. It sometimes may be large enough to cause antepartum hemorrhage. 5. UNKNOWN CAUSES These account for a significant proportion of cases of antepartum hemorrhage. In fact, in many cases of antepartum hemorrhage, no cause is found. And some of these are thought to be due to abruption placentae that are so small to be diagnosed by clinical evaluation or special investigations. GENERAL BASIC PRINCIPLES OF THE MANAGEMENT OF APH I. Resuscitation should be started immediately, before referral if the later is contemplated. II. All patients with APH should be admitted to a hospital. III. No digital vaginal examination should be performed until a placenta previa has been ruled out except under the condition of double-set up. IV. Confirmation of the specific cause should be given emphasis in order to decide on the specific management. V. Mothers with antepartum hemorrhage, particularly abruption placentae, are at an increased risk for postpartum hemorrhage. Thus universal active third stage management has to be implemented. Review Questions 1. Describe the major causes of antepartum hemorrhage and the clinical features that may help to distinguish between them. 2. Describe the precautions that should be taken during evaluation and management of a pregnant mother with antepartum hemorrhage. CHAPTER 8 HYPERTENSIVE DISORDERS OF PREGNANCY (HDP) 68
  • 78.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology Learning objectives · To define hypertension and significant proteinuria during pregnancy · To define pre-eclampsia and eclampsia · To describe the features of severe pre-eclampsia · To list the complications of pre-eclampsia · To explain the basic principles of the management of eclampsia · To identify the indications for termination of pregnancy in pre-eclampsia Introduction Hypertensive disorders (HDP) are one of the major causes of maternal death both in developed and developing countries. They are also major contributors to intrauterine growth restriction and intrauterine fetal death. Timely diagnosis and proper treatment can avert these major complications and others. 1. Definitions: Hypertension during pregnancy is defined as single blood pressure measurement of 160/110 mm Hg or more OR two consecutive blood pressure measurements of 140/90 mm Hg or more measured on at least two occasions 6 hours or more apart. Severe hypertension in pregnancy is defined as single measurement of diastolic blood pressure of 120 mm Hg or more OR diastolic blood pressure 110 mm Hg or more on two occasions measured 4 hours or more apart. Significant Proteinuria in Pregnancy is defined as urinary protein excretion of 300 mg or more per 24 hour (quantitative) OR 2+ or more protein on dipstick of two clean-catch midstream specimens of urine collected 4 hours or more apart (qualitative). Pathologic edema is defined as dependent edema that persists after nights rest OR any type of non dependent edema that involves the face, the hands or the whole body OR abnormal weight gain of more than 2 pounds per week. 69
  • 79.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology Pre-eclampsia is occurrence of hypertension, proteinuria and/ or edema which occurs after 20 completed weeks of gestation and resolves within 6 weeks postpartum. Preeclampsia before 20 weeks is associated with molar pregnancy. It is classified into mild and severe forms. The presence of any of the following classifies it as severe preeclampsia. · severe hypertension (refer definition) · proteinuria of 5 grams or more in 24 hours (quantitative) or 3+ or more on dipstick on two random specimens (qualitative) · Oliguria (urine output of less than 400 milliliters in 24 hours) with or out raised renal function tests. · epigastric or right upper quadrant pain with or out elevated liver function tests · Thrombocytopenia · Cerebral symptoms like persistent frontal or occipital headache resistant to ordinary analgesics, blurring of vision or scotoma, altered consciousness along with signs of cerebral irritability like exaggerated deep tendon reflexes. · intrauterine growth restriction · pulmonary edema · HEELP syndrome – haemolysis, elevated liver function test and thrombocytopenia Chronic hypertension is hypertension that is present before pregnancy or is first detected before 20 weeks of gestation and persists after 6 weeks postpartum with or without long term complications. Gestational or transient hypertension is recurrent mild hypertension that develops between 20 weeks of gestation and 24 hours postpartum without other signs of preeclampsia or chronic hypertension and resolves within 10 days postpartum. Superimposed preeclampsia is worsening of hypertension (rise in systolic blood pressure by 30 mmhg or/and rise in diastolic blood pressure by 15 mmhg from mid pregnancy levels) and worsening or development of proteinuria with or without pathologic edema in a woman with chronic hypertension. Ecclampsia is tonic clonic convulsions or coma occurring during pregnancy, labour or within 7 days postpartum unrelated to other cerebral conditions like epilepsy in a woman with neglected or fulminant preeclampsia. It occurs in 50 % antepartum, 25% intrapartum and 70
  • 80.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology 25% postpartum. Atypical ecclampsia is ecclampsia occurring before 20 weeks of gestation and after 48 hours postpartum. 2. Incidence of HDP Hypertensive disorders of pregnancy complicate 7-10% of pregnancies. Preecclampsia occurs in 5% of pregnancies accounting for 70% of hypertensive disorders of pregnancy. The incidence of ecclampsia is 0.1-0.5%. 3. Classification of HDP Different classification schemes are used, some of which are complicated for routine use. According to the American collage of Obstetricians and Gynecologists (ACOG) HDP is classified into four. · Preeclampsia ecclampsia syndrome · Chronic hypertension · Chronic hypertension with superimposed preeclampsia (pregnancy aggravated hypertension) · Gestational or transient hypertension In some cases it becomes difficult to classify hypertension into any of the groups because of inadequate information like unknown gestational age, hypertension that is first detected after 20 weeks, labour or postpartum period. In these cases it is best to manage them as having preeclampsia. Some use the term pregnancy induced hypertension (PIH) to describe preeclampsia/ecclampsia and gestational hypertension. 4. Etiology of pre-eclampsia The exact cause of pre-eclampsia is unknown. A number of theories are forwarded, so preeclampsia is said to be a disease of theories. 5. Risk factors for preeclampsia Risk factors associated with pure preeclampsia are · nulliparity especially at extremes of reproductive age (less than 20 and greater than 35 years) · conditions with hyperplacentosis (multiple pregnancy, RH isoimmunization, non immune hydrops fetalis) 71
  • 81.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology · molar pregnancy · family history of pre-eclampsia in mother or sister · new paternity · black race and low socioeconomic status Risk factors associated with superimposed preeclampsia are · chronic hypertension before pregnancy · strong family history of hypertension · chronic renal disease · diabetes mellitus · connective tissue disorders 6. Pathophysiology of pre-eclampsia and eclampsia The hallmark in the pathophysiology of preeclampsia is widespread vasoconstriction which results in marked increase in peripheral resistance. This process starts 3-4 months prior to the development of hypertension. The subsequent effects of this change are: · Development of arterial hypertension which is proportional to the increase in peripheral resistance. In severe cases decrease in venous return may lead to normotensive preeclampsia. · Decreased blood volume from reduced vascular space. Preeclamptic women, therefore, can not tolerate blood loss at any time during pregnancy and delivery. · Decreased tissue perfusion resulting in capillary endothelial damage in various organs. In the kidneys it is called glomeruloendotheliosis and manifests with proteinuria (albuminuria). · Increased capillary permeability results in increase in interstitial fluid resulting in edema formation and concomitant reduction in intravascular volume which results in hemoconcentration. · Capillary endothelial damage results in the formation of micro thrombi in different organs mainly liver, kidneys, brain. This results in reduction in platelet count and other clotting factors. 7. Complications of preeclampsia 72
  • 82.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology Preeclampsia, if untreated, is associated with high maternal and perinatal mortality and morbidity. The common complications are eclampsia, abruptio placenta, acute renal failure, hepatic failure and rupture of subcapsular hematoma, HEELP syndrome and disseminated intravascular coagulation, cerebral hemorrhage and pulmonary edema and heart failure. Intrauterine growth restriction and death are fetal complications. 8. Diagnosis and clinical evaluation The diagnosis of hypertensive disorders of pregnancy is straight forward. The major task is to differentiate between different types of HDP (mild and severe preeclampsia, chronic hypertension, superimposed preeclampsia) and identify presence of complications. To achieve this complete history, physical examination and necessary investigations should be carried out. Important points that should be included in the history are: · Gravidity, parity, gestational age and marital history for new paternity · Symptoms related to pathologic edema: leg swelling that persists after rest, tightness of the rings, puffiness of the face, · Symptoms related to severe preeclampsia: decrease in urine output, fetal movement, · Symptoms of imminent eclampsia: severe and persistent global or occipital headache, blurring of vision, epigastric or right upper quadrant pain · Presence of convulsions · Symptoms of long term complications of chronic hypertension: visual symptoms, neurologic symptoms, cardiac symptoms · Past or family history of hypertension and drugs used in treatment · History of renal disease and other medical illnesses · Treatment received so far Important areas to emphasize in the physical examination are: · Blood pressure and weight · Fundal height and fetal heart beat · Dependant and non dependent edema: pitting pedal and pretibial edema, abdominal wall edema, periorbital edema, ascitis 73
  • 83.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology · Cardiac vascular examination: cardiomegally, murmurs, peripheral pulses and renal artery bruit · Deep tendon reflexes, fundoscopy, sensory and motor functions Depending on the availability the laboratory investigations include: · Urine protein: mid stream urine for dipstick (more applicable) and 24 hour urine protein · Complete blood count: hemtocrite, platelet count · Blood chemistry: renal and liver function tests, uric acid · Ultrasonography : gestational age, biophysical profile 9. Management I. Preeclampsia Termination of pregnancy is the definitive and curative treatment for preeclampsia resulting in resolution of the condition within 48 hours. It is the most appropriate treatment for the mother. Any management short of this is palliative and should have the objective of reducing the perinatal mortality associated with preterm birth. The factors that determine whether to embark on aggressive (delivery) or conservative management are the gestational age, the severity of the disease, the fetal maturity and fetal condition. A. Aggressive management Indications for aggressive management are gestational age of 37 weeks or more, mature fetus as evidenced by lung maturity tests, severe preeclampsia, worsening preeclampsia despite conservative management, imminent ecclampsia, ecclampsia, HEELP syndrome and fetal compromise (fetal distress, abnormal fetal wellbeing tests or fetal growth restriction). Important components are Administer short acting antihypertensive drugs like hydralazine (5 mg IV stat followed by 5 mg in 10 minutes, then 5-10 mg every 20 minutes to a maximum of 60 mg)or nifedipine(10 mg sublingual to be repeated after 30 minutes) intermittently when the diastolic blood pressure is 110mmhg or more. Excessive lowering of the blood pressure compromises placental perfusion and should be avoided. 74
  • 84.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology Start infusion of parenteral anticonvulsants using diazepam (10-20 mg by slow IV bolus over 2-3 minutes followed by slow IV infusion of 30-40 mg in 1000 ml of 5% dextrose in water over 24 hours. 10 mg IV bolus can be repeated if convulsions recur) or magnesium sulphate Depending on the prevailing conditions, decide on the mode of delivery (either by induction or caesarian section). Since these women are anesthetic risks, caesarian section is reserved for those with contraindication for induction. (Refer to chapters 15 and 16). Monitor frequently blood pressure, deep tendon reflexes, urine output, level of consciousness and if being induced monitor induction according to the protocol hourly, For vaginal delivery, shorten the second stage by instrumental delivery In the third stage, do not give ergometrine Continue monitoring the blood pressure, the level of consciousness, the deep tendon reflexes, the urine out put Continue antihypertensive. Continue anticonvulsant infusion for at least 24- 48 hours postpartum. B. Conservative management Based on the above considerations, if termination is not indicated and the decision is to postpone delivery, then Admit all cases to a hospital setting capable of managing complications Perform base line history, physical examination and investigations as described in subtopic 8. Order bed rest in left lateral position, with necessary mobility permissions. Do not restrict salt intake. Restrict visitors. Take daily history of headache, blurring of vision, right upper quadrant pain, urine output, fetal movement (kick chart), extent of edema Measure blood pressure frequently (every 15 minutes to every 6 hours, depending on severity) Record weight, edema, deep tendon reflexes, fetal heart beat and urine out put daily, Monitor fetal growth by fundal height or ultrasound weekly Monitor fetal well being two or more times a week Monitor urine albumin daily Monitor uric acid, renal and liver function tests, platelet and hemtocrite weekly 75
  • 85.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology Start medium acting antihypertensive like alpha methyl dopa (250-500 mg 6-hourly) only if the diastolic blood pressure is 100mmhg or above. Diuretics and angiotensin converting enzyme inhibitors are contraindicated. Once the condition of the patient is stabilized, she may be discharged and followed as an outpatient provided that blood pressures is between 140-160/90-100 mm hg, proteinuria is 1+ or less by dipstick or less than 500 mg in 24 hrs, there is no fetal jeopardy and the patient is compliant. Outpatient management consists of frequent ANC follow up with blood pressure and random urine protein measurements at least twice per week and daily fetal movement counting by the mother. The mother should be educated about the imminent symptoms and signs and warned of the need to report immediately if she has any of them at any time. II. Eclampsia This is an acute obstetric emergency which if not managed appropriately results in the death of the mother and the fetus. Start the ABC of resuscitation (clear the airway by suction, start an intravenous line, position the woman in lateral position to prevent aspiration, administer oxygen nasally and if in respiratory arrest assist ventilation artificially) Prevent trauma to the tongue by inserting a mouth gag and fall accidents by bed rails Catheterize the bladder by an indwelling folley catheter Order necessary investigations Start short acting antihypertensive as described above Start anticonvulsants as described in aggressive management Terminate the pregnancy as described in aggressive management. Unfavorable cervix is usually an indication for caesarian section. Monitor the patient as described in aggressive management but more aggressively (vital signs including respiratory rate, pulse rate and temperature every half to 1 hour) Continue monitoring for 24 -48 hours after delivery. If the patient convulses later than 48 hours after delivery, other possible causes should be entertained. Review Questions: 76
  • 86.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology 1. Define the following: Hypertension during pregnancy: Significant proteinuria during pregnancy and Pre-eclampsia and eclampsia 2. List the risk factors and complications of pre-eclampsia. 3. List the features of severe pre-eclampsia 4. Outline the management of pre-eclampsia and eclampsia CHAPTER 9 77
  • 87.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology DISTURBANCES OF AMNIOTIC FLUID VOLUME Learning Objectives · To discuss the mechanism of production and absorption of amniotic fluid · To list the important functions of amniotic fluid · To list the causes and complications of polyhydramnios · To list the causes and complications of polyhydramnios 1. INTRODUCTION Amniotic fluid invests and protects the fetus during its intrauterine life, growth and development. Its volume has an average value in normal pregnancy but there may be abnormalities of this volume (excess or reduction) which indicate the presence of an underlying problem in the fetus and which also may result in certain complications. Abnormally small volume of amniotic fluid is especially more associated with serious problems in the fetus compared to excess. 1.1. Production and Absorption of the amniotic fluid In the first trimester amniotic fluid is produced as the feto-maternal serum dialysate or ultra filtrate. In the second and third trimester its source is mainly fetal urination. Secretions by the pulmonary epithelium and amnion cells also have some contributions. Fetal swallowing is the major mode of absorption of amniotic fluid. Some is absorbed by the pulmonary epithelium. The normal volume at term is 500 to 1200 ml, the average being 800 ml. 1.2. Functions of amniotic fluid · It acts as a cushion against trauma · It also acts as a constant temperature buffer · It functions as a waste deposit area · It plays important role in the development of the renal, gastrointestinal and pulmonary systems and the development of fetal musculature · It forms a reservoir for proteins, minerals and fluid. 78
  • 88.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology · It prevents the skin and eye from drying. 2. POLYHYDRAMNIOS (HYDRAMNIOS) 2.1. Definition Polyhydramnios refers to term amniotic fluid volume of more than 2000 ml. But this is usually not practical and the diagnosis is based on clinical evaluation and ultrasound assessment of the volume of the amniotic fluid. At term amniotic fluid pool of more than or equal to 8 centimeters and /or an amniotic fluid index (AFI) of more than or equal to 20-25 cm are suggestive. Hydramnios may be acute or chronic. The acute form tends to develop rapidly in the third trimester and usually causes greater discomfort to the mother. 2. 2. Etiology Majority of polyhydramios is idiopathic (>60 %). The rest arise either from conditions that increase the surface area of the placenta and amnion or disrupt the integument of the fetus or hamper the normal swallowing process of the fetus. Diabetes mellitus, placental tumors, fetal anomalies like esophageal atresia, tracheoesophageal fistula, spina bifida and anencephaly, RH isoimmunization, nonimmune hydrops and multiple gestations are clinical conditions associated with polyhydraminos 2.3. Clinical Features and diagnosis Symptoms are purely mechanical, arising from pressure within or around the distended uterus. Abdominopelvic discomfort, shortness of breath, edema of the lower limbs and lower abdomen and in severe cases decreased urine output could be reported by the patient. These could be exaggerated in acute cases. The finding of big-for-date uterus, difficulty to feel fetal parts, easy ballotment of the fetus and distant or faded fetal heart tones should arouse suspicion. Ultrasound is the method of confirming the diagnosis. 79
  • 89.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology 2.4. Complications Premature rupture of the membranes, preterm labor, malposition and malpresentation, abruption placentae and postpartum hemorrhage should be anticipated. Increased rate of operative deliveries also occurs. 2.5. Management Management is best done in well equipped settings capable of handling the complications. Termination of pregnancy is the management of choice for polyhydramnios caused by malformations incompatible with life. In the absence of this termination should be delayed as much as possible until fetal maturity. Bed rest along with serial therapeutic amniocentesis is the modalities of treatment. Non steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs like indomethacin can be given. 3. OLIGOHYDRAMNIOS 3.1. Definition Oligohydramnios is term used when amniotic fluid volume of less than 500 milliliters. The ultrasound criterion for diagnosis is amniotic fluid pool of less than 1-2 centimeters and/or an AFI of less than 5-7 centimeters. 3.2. Etiology Prolonged rupture of membranes is the most common cause. Others are postdate pregnancy, intrauterine growth retardation or death, congenital anomalies especially renal agenesis and drugs such as angiotensin converting enzyme inhibitors. 3.3. Clinical Features Symptoms, if present, reflect the underlying condition. The common sign is small-for-date uterus. 3.4. Complications 80
  • 90.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology Pulmonary hypoplasia, cord compression and amniotic band syndrome are known complications of prolonged oligohydramnios. Intrauterine fetal death and variable decelerations in labor are others. 3.5. Management Treatment is directed against the cause. Immediate delivery is the best management for an alive fetus nearing maturity. Continuous intrapartum monitoring is needed to detect deceleration from cord compression. Aminioinfusion, where practiced, can be used in pregnancies remote from term. Termination of pregnancy should be considered if congenital malformation is the cause. Review Questions 1. Discuss the production and absorption of amniotic fluid. 2. Describe the clinical features and complications of polyhydramnios. 3. Describe the complications of oligohydramnios. 81
  • 91.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology CHAPTER 10 PREMATURE RUPTURE OF MEMBRANES (PROM) AND PRETERM LABOR Learning Objectives · To define premature rupture of membranes and preterm labor · To list the risk factors for premature rupture of membranes · To list the risk factors for preterm labor 82
  • 92.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology · To describe the diagnosis of PROM · To list the complications of premature rupture of membranes · To outline the management of PROM · To discuss the contraindications for suppression of labor in a mother with premature labor 1. PREMATURE RUPTURE OF MEMBRANES (PROM) 1.1. Definition Premature rupture of membranes is rupture of membranes at least one hour before the onset of labor, regardless of the gestational age. It is further subdivided into preterm PROM and term PROM depending on whether the rupture of membranes occurred before or after 37 completed weeks of gestation. Latency period is defined as the period between the time of rupture of membranes and the onset of true labor. If the latency period extends more than 24 hours it is called prolonged premature rupture of membranes. 1.2. Incidence It varies widely ranging between 6-12%. Majority occur at term. 1.3. Etiology In most no apparent cause is found, but a number of conditions that either increase intrauterine pressure or reduce the strength of the membranes are implicated. Chorioamnionitis, polyhydramnios, multiple pregnancies, cervical incompetence, trauma and a variety of lower genital tract infection are clinical conditions that in one way or another associated with PROM. 1.4. Clinical features and diagnosis History gives unequivocal diagnosis in most cases. In typical cases the patient gives history of sudden gush of clear fluid per vagina followed by persistent uncontrolled leakage. In less typical cases one may get small intermittent leakage of clear fluid. Physical examination in typical cases will reveal moist perineum with amniotic fluid seen flowing from the vagina. Digital pelvic examination should not be done in a patient suspected of having PROM unless delivery is planned in 24 hours. Instead, sterile speculum examination is done to confirm the diagnosis. 83
  • 93.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology During the speculum examination, finding a pool of amniotic fluid in the posterior fornix and observing amniotic fluid trickling from the cervical opening clinches the diagnosis. Performing Valselva maneuver of application of fundal pressure may help. If in doubt, additional tests can be done to confirm the diagnosis. These include tests that rely on amniotic fluid characteristics. Nitrazine paper test (changes from yellow to deep blue) and litmus test (changes from red to blue) is based on the alkaline nature of the amniotic fluid. Ferning test (air drying a drop of the fluid on a slide and examine for arborization under light microscopy) is positive. Other tests like dye instillation tests are not routinely done. Ultrasound is not helpful but may give indirect evidence if one finds oligohydramnios. 1.5. Complications PROM is associated with increased maternal and perinatal morbidity and mortality. Intrauterine infection (chorioamnionitis) Umbilical cord prolapse and compression Malpresentation Preterm labour and its complications Oligohydramnios, if prolonged causes pulmonary hypoplasia and compression deformities Abruptio placenta Neonatal complications mainly congenital pneumonia and sepsis and the effects of prematurity 1.6. Management The management depends on the presence or absence of chorioamnionitis, fetal distress or death or established labour. In the absence of these management depends on the gestational age. I. Complicated PROM Delivery should be accomplished in the presence of the following. Depending on the existing conditions, the route of delivery can either be vaginal or abdominal. A. Chorioamnionitis Diagnostic features are fever with chills, abdominal pain, offensive amniotic fluid, tachycardia, uterine tenderness and fetal tachycardia. Leukocytosis with left shift is often found. Diagnosis is confirmed by finding microorganisms in amniotic fluid sample. 84
  • 94.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology The complications are sepsis, septic shock and neonatal sepsis. Management is administration of broad spectrum antibiotics (ampicillin and gentamycin) and termination of pregnancy preferably by induction. Antibiotics should be continued after delivery. The neonate should be treated by combination ampicillin gentamycin intramuscularly. B. Fetal distress C. Fetal death D. Established labour II. Uncomplicated PROM Management depends on the gestational age. A. Gestational age of 34 weeks or more The risk of intrauterine infection is higher than the risk of prematurity. Therefore, delivery of the fetus by induction or caesarian section should be done. Some wait for 12-24 hours in hope of spontaneous onset of labour. B. Gestational age of less than 34 weeks The risk of prematurity is higher than the risk of intrauterine infection. Therefore, postponement of delivery till fetal maturity (or 34 weeks) while closely monitoring for complications is the management of choice. Admit the woman. Monitor the vital signs every 6 hours. Monitor for uterine contraction, uterine tenderness and fetal well being (fetal heart beat and kick chart) on daily basis (or more frequently). Monitor the white cell count daily. Monitor fetal growth by fundal height or by ultrasound every week. Check for lung maturity Prophylactic antibiotics and tocolytics are not generally advised. 2. PRETERM LABOR 2.1. Definition Preterm labor is the onset of regular uterine contractions and progressive cervical dilatation and effacement occurring between 28 and 37 completed weeks of gestation 85
  • 95.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology resulting in the birth of a physically immature neonate with birth weight between 1000 and 2499 grams. It is classified as spontaneous and induced preterm labour. 2.2. Incidence and importance Preterm labour complicates 5-15% of all deliveries. Its importance lies on its effect on the perinatal outcome. It accounts for up to 80% of neonatal deaths in some institutions. Mortality is mainly related to gestational age at birth. Four of the six major causes of neonatal deaths are associated with preterm labour. Survivors have increased risk of cerebral palsy and mental retardation. The cost of caring the preterm neonate is very high. 2.3. Etiology and risk factors of spontaneous preterm labour The exact cause is unknown. Risk factors are identified in only 50 % of the cases. These risk factors are Past obstetric and gynecologic factors: uterine anomaly (like unicornuate and bicornuate uterus), submucosal myomas, cervical incompetence, previous preterm labour Current pregnancy complications: PROM, polyhydramnios, multiple gestation, amniotic fluid infection syndrome, Surgical/ medical complications: acute febrile illnesses, abdominal surgery especially on appendix and adenexa, penetrating abdominal trauma, asymptomatic bacteruria Demographic factors: non white race, low socioeconomic status, maternal age of lees than 18 and greater than 40, smoking, alcohol abuse, exhausting work 2.4. Diagnosis Diagnosis is based on the following findings · Gestational age between 28 and 3 completed weeks plus · Regular uterine contractions occurring 5- 8 minutes apart or closer (others use 4 contractions in 20 minutes or 8 in 60 minutes) each with duration of more than 30 seconds plus · Any one of the following with or without ruptured membranes ( cervical effacement of more than 80 or dilatation of the cervix of 3 cms and more or progressive change in the cervix over time by digital examination or ultrasound) 2.5. Prevention 86
  • 96.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology A variety of regimens have been used to reduce the occurrence of spontaneous preterm labour in those with risk factors but all with limited success. These include Intensive patient education programs with weekly pelvic examination or serial ultrasound Limiting activity to bed rest in late second and early third trimester Adequate hydration Treating treatable medical conditions like febrile illnesses, asymptomatic bacteruria and vaginal infections Others like prophylactic tocolysis and cerclage In induced preterm labour iatrogenic immaturity should be prevented as much as possible. This is done by ensuring the gestational age and performing fetal lung maturity test. 2.6. Management: Labour is allowed to continue in the following conditions. Preparations must be made to manage/prevent complications in the newborn. Fetal: fetal death, major malformation, fetal distress, multiple gestation, intrauterine growth restriction, gestational age of more than 34 weeks Maternal: APH, severe preeclampsia, cardiac disease and others Others: PROM, chorioamnionitis, advanced labour (cervix greater than 3 cm) In the absence of the above factors conservative management can be instituted. For the interest of the newborn such management should be given in a setting with intensive neonatal care unit (referral to such setting is essential). These include Non specific measures with bed rest, rapid hydration and sedation In the absence of contraindications, suppression of labour by using B mimetic drugs (like ritodrine or terbutaline) or magnesium sulphate Acceleration of fetal lung maturity by corticosteroids like betamethasone or dexamethasone given at least 24 hours before delivery. 2.7. Intrapartum Management] This is generally similar to the management of labor at term except that certain precautions are necessary in order to prevent complication in the neonate. Among these is the prevention of intracranial hemorrhage during labor. Intraventricular hemorrhage affects 30-60% of all very low birth weight babies, the majority of whom are preterm. Measures that can be taken to minimize this risk are: 87
  • 97.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology Prevention of intrapartum hypoxia Perform controlled delivery of the fetus. Forceps delivery is usually recommended for the same reason as an episiotomy; but it may prove harmful in some cases Elective cesarean section is a preterm baby is growth-retarded and also with a breech between 1000 and 1500 grams 2. 7. Neonatal complications Respiratory distress syndrome (hyaline membrane disease), intraventricular hemorrhage, hypothermia, hypoglycemia, cerebral palsy, congenital malformations and mental retardation are some of the major complications that contribute to mortality and morbidity of theses newborns. For these reasons all preterm neonates require close medical care after delivery. 2.8. Contraindications for suppression of labor · Fetal: intrauterine fetal death, congenital abnormalities incompatible with life, pregnancy of gestational age more than 34 weeks or proven lung maturity, fetal distress, intrauterine growth restriction, PROM, multiple gesation · Maternal: intrauterine infection (chorioamnionitis),complications that necessitate delivery like severe preeclampsia, APH, · Conditions that contraindicate the administration of tocolytics like cardiac diseases, uncontrolled diabetes, thyrotoxicosis Review Questions 1. Define premature rupture of membranes and preterm labor 2. Describe the diagnoses of premature rupture of membranes and preterm labor. 3. List the complications of premature rupture of membranes. 4. Describe the risk factors for preterm labour. 5. Discuss the management of premature rupture of membranes. 88
  • 98.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology CHAPTER 11 MULTIPLE PREGNANCY 89
  • 99.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology Learning Objectives · To discuss the different types of multiple pregnancy · To describe the risk factors for multiple pregnancy · To list the maternal and perinatal complications of multiple pregnancy · To discuss the clinical features and the diagnosis of twin pregnancy · To describe the antepartum, intrapartum and postpartum management of twin pregnancy 1. Introduction Multiple pregnancy (also called multiple gestation) is a pregnancy with more than one fetus. It is a high-risk pregnancy associated with significantly higher rates of maternal and perinatal morbidity and mortality. Therefore, mothers with multiple pregnancy will need special antepartum, intrapartum and postpartum care which ideally should be provided in specialized centers (at least in a hospital). Multiple pregnancies include twins, triplets, and quadruplets and higher order pregnancies, but the most common of these is twin pregnancy and the following discussion will focus on twin pregnancy. 2. Types and incidence of twin pregnancy Depending on the number of ova involved, twin pregnancy is divided into two types. Dizygotic twins (fraternal twins) result from fertilization of two separate ova by two spermatozoa. They are always diamniotic – dichorionic and usually have separate placenta. Their sex may or may not be the same. Their genetic content is different. It accounts for two-thirds of twin pregnancy. The incidence varies, ranging between 1.3 and 49 per 1000 pregnancies. A traditional method of approximation (Hellin’s rule) is used to estimate the incidence of multiples roughly: Incidence=1:80n-1 where n is the number of fetuses. There are several factors that increase the incidence of dizygotic twins. These are Race (more in blacks than whites) Family history of twinning especially on the maternal side Increasing maternal age (the peak maternal age for dizygotic twinning is 35-40years) Previous history of twin pregnancy 90
  • 100.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology Pregnancy soon after stopping oral contraceptives (greater rebound gonadotrophin secretion) Ovulation induction using human pituitary gonadotrophins or clomiphene citrate (this may also increase the incidence of monozygotic twinning) and Assisted reproductive technology. Monozygotic twins (identical twins) result from division of a single zygote. They have identical genetic material and are always of same sex. They have one placenta but other features depend on the time of division of the fertilized ova. If division occurs before 72 hours of fertilization a diamniotic-dichorionic placenta with two fetuses result accounting for 30% of monozygotic twins. If division occurs between the third and eights day of fertilization, a diamniotic-monochorionic placenta with two fetuses result which makes up 69% monozygotic twins. If division occurs between eight and thirteen days a monoamniotic-monochorionic placenta with two fetuses result making up <1% of monozygotic twins. If division occurs after day 13 conjoined twins/ Siamese twins result. These could be pygopagus (sacro-coccyx), thoracopagus (thoracic cage), omphalopagus (area between the umbilicus and the xiphysternum), thoraco-omphalopagus (a combination of the above two) and craniopagus (cranium). Further postponement of division after day 16 results in incomplete twinning producing, for example, twins with two heads but a single body (dicephalus). Monozygotic twins account for around a third of twins. The incidence is random and constant throughout, ranging between 2.3 and 4 per 1000 pregnancies. Unlike dizygotic twins, there are no known risk factors. 3. Determination of zygocity Following delivery one can determine the zygocity in the following manner. First look at the sex of the twins. If they are different then the zygocity is dizygotic. If the sex is the same proceed further to examine the placenta and the membranes. Presence of only one placenta without dividing membranes or dividing membrane with only two layers confirms monozygotic twins. Presence of one placenta with four layered dividing membrane or presence of two placentas can exist in both monozygotic and dizygotic twins. For these cases further evaluation is needed like determining the blood group of the neonates or DNA fingerprinting. Antenatal determination of zygocity is possible by ultrasonography. 91
  • 101.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology 4. Diagnosis Early diagnosis is important for successful outcome. The diagnosis of multiple pregnancy needs a high degree of suspicion. Suggestive symptoms are exaggerated pregnancy symptoms like excessive vomiting, abnormally fast increase in abdominal girth and excessive fetal movement. Risk factors like family and personal history of twinning may be present. Physical findings include large-for-date uterus, feeling of multiple fetal parts with three poles identified and auscultation of two or more distinctly different fetal heart beats with difference of at least 10 beats/ minute. Abnormal increase in weight, anemia and preeclampsia are common. Confirmation of the diagnosis needs performing ultrasound or plain abdominal X-ray. Ultrasound is the best method because besides confirming the diagnosis it also checks for the gestational age, malformation, placental localization and zygocity. 5. Complications Generally perinatal morbidity and mortality is increased in multiple pregnancy as compared to singletons. This is more so with monozygotic twins especially if they are of monoamniotic type. The second twin is usually the smaller and will suffer more from the effects of abruption placentae, hypoxia, constriction ring dystocia, operative manipulation and prolonged anesthesia. Maternal morbidity is also increased by 3- 7 times. Multiple pregnancy is associated with almost all known complications of pregnancy, childbirth and postpartum period. Antepartum complications include spontaneous abortion, congenital malformations, hyperemesis gravidarum, preeclampsia/ ecclampsia, antepartum hemorrhage, PROM and preterm labor, intrauterine growth restriction, malpresentations, polyhydramnios, anemia and cord accidents (compression, entanglement and prolapse). Intrapartum complications include uterine dysfunction, malpresentation in labour (40% are vertex-vertex, 35% are vertex-breech or vise versa, 10% are breech-breech, 10% are transverse with breech or vertex and rarely both may be transverse), increased operative delivery especially caesarian section, cord prolapse and retained second twin. Postpartum complications include postpartum hemorrhage and puerperal sepsis. Complications unique to multiple pregnancy include discordant twins, intrauterine fetal death of one twin, twin to twin transfusion and conjoined twins. 92
  • 102.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology 6. Differential diagnosis of big for date uterus These are wrong date, macrosomic fetus, polyhydramnios, molar gestation, abdominal tumor with the pregnancy such as fibroids or ovarian masses and in early pregnancy full bladder. 7. Management 7.1. Ante partum management Since multiple pregnancy is a high-risk pregnancy requiring specialized care, diagnosing the pregnancy as early as possible is essential. These mothers are followed as high-risk with more frequent antenatal visits. Tasks to be performed during the antenatal period are · Dietary advice on the need to take more calories, proteins and vitamins · Supplementation with iron and folic acid · Frequent and careful fetal monitoring using fundal height, kick chart and where available serial ultrasound and fetal wellbeing tests · Provision of adequate rest especially after the 24th week · Prevention, if possible, and/or early detection and treatment of complications (including referrals) associated with multiple pregnancies. · Education on the need for hospital delivery · Decision on the mode of delivery, which in the absence of other complications, is determined by the number of fetuses, the presentation of the first twin and the presence of conjoining. Caesarian section is indicated in triplets and above, if the first twin is non vertex and in conjoined twin. 7.2. Intrapartum management Ideally, labour should be attended in a hospital setting with personnel skilled in intrauterine manipulation and neonatal resuscitation and with capacity to monitor both fetuses and with set up to perform emergency caesarian section and blood transfusion and with set up for intensive neonatal care. At least delivery should be in a hospital with facilities for caesarian section. In the first stage, admit the patient in early labor, secure an intravenous line and start infusion of crystalloids. A minimum of two units of blood should be cross matched. Close monitoring of the vital signs, uterine contractions and fetal heart beat of both fetuses should be done. Monitor progress of labour by periodic cervical examination. If labour is prolonged caesarian section must be done. Augmentation is contraindicated. 93
  • 103.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology In the second stage, deliver the first twin. Clamp and cut the cord. Immediately following this perform abdominal palpation to determine the lie of the second twin and auscultate for its fetal heart beat. Assess also the degree of vaginal bleeding. Await spontaneous delivery if the lie is longitudinal and there is no fetal distress or excessive vaginal bleeding. Augment with oxytocin If uterine contractions are not adequate. If the lie is transverse one should attempt external cephalic version. If successful proceed as above. If this fails either perform internal podalic version followed by total breech extraction. This should only be done by persons with considerable expertise in an operating theatre. If this can not be done the second twin should be delivered by caesarian section. In the presence of fetal distress or excessive vaginal bleeding deliver the second twin fast by instrumental delivery (if vertex) or by total breech extraction (if breech) or by internal podalic version and breech extraction (if transverse) or by caesarian section (if the above procedures are contraindicated or have failed). Third stage is managed actively. The placenta and the membranes are delivered with care for subsequent examination. Review Questions 1. Describe the two types of twin pregnancy. 2. List the factors that increase the risk of dizygotic twinning. 3. List the complications of multiple gestation in the antenatal period. 4. Discuss the diagnosis of multiple gestation. 5. Outline the intrapartum management of twin pregnancy. 94
  • 104.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology CHAPTER 12 RH ISOIMMUNIZATION Learning Objectives · To define Rh isoimmunization and hemolytic disease of the newborn · To describe the pathogenesis of Rh isoimmunization · To describe the effects of Rh isoimmunization on the fetus-newborn · To outline the management of Rh negative unsensitized pregnancy. 1. Introduction Many different antigens are found on the surfaces of red blood cells and they may cause important isoimmunization in obstetrics. The most important of these is the Rh group. Next to the ABO system, the Rh system is the second most important blood group system. The Rh antigens are found on red blood cell membrane protein. Although more than 40 different antigens in the Rh system have been described, five determinants account for the vast majority of phenotypes. One of the systems used to designate Rh antigens is the Fishers CDE system. Inheritance of Rh antigens follows Mendellian law, which is an individual is either homozygous or heterozygous for each antigen. The D antigen, also called the Rh factor is the most powerful and important of the Rh antigens. An individual who possess it is labeled as Rh positive and who lack it as Rh negative. Some people react weakly to anti D antibody and are labeled as Du positive. The incidence of Rh negative people varies from population to population (15% in Caucasians and 4% in African blacks). Exposure of these Rh-negative people to even small amounts of Rh-positive cells, by either transfusion or pregnancy, can result in the production of anti-D alloantibody, a condition called Rh sensitization or isoimmunization. 2. Definitions 95
  • 105.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology I. Rh incompatibility is the presence of different Rh types in a woman and her partner. In obstetrics, the significant incompatibility is when the woman is Rh negative and the partner is Rh positive. II. Rh isoimmunization (Rh sensitization) is production of antibody against the Rh factor by an Rh negative woman following exposure to Rh-positive cells. III. Erythroblastosis fetalis is the condition in which large numbers of nucleated red cells are seen in the fetal circulation, occurring in response to excessive destruction of fetal red blood cells. .IV. Hydrops fetalis is generalized edema in the fetus and collection of serous fluid in body cavities of the fetus resulting from a variety of pathologic conditions (immune hydrops and non immune hydrops). V. Hemolytic disease of the newborn is occurrence of progressive anemia and hyperbilirubinemia in a newborn caused by haemolysis of red blood cells, in most cases antibody mediated. 3. Pathogenesis For Rh isoimmunization to occur, the following prerequisites must be fulfilled: I. Rh negative mother carrying Rh positive fetus The chance of having Rh positive fetus from Rh positive father ranges from 50% (if the father is heterozygous) to 100% (if the father is homozygous). Non paternity explains the development of hemolytic disease of the newborn. II. Entry of the fetal Rh positive red blood cells into maternal circulation This occurs following transfusion of incompatible blood (rare nowadays because of screening before transfusion) or more commonly following fetomaternal hemorrhage (through leaks in the placenta). Fetal red blood cells are detected in maternal circulation in 6% in the first trimester, 15% in the second trimester and 30% in the third trimester. It may be silent or may follow obstetric complication. Fetomaternal hemorrhage occurs in more than 50% during delivery especially in the third stage. Conditions that aggravate fetomaternal hemorrhage are spontaneous or induced abortion, ectopic gestation, antepartum hemorrhage especially abruptio placenta, amniocentesis, abdominal trauma, and external cephalic version. Conditions that worsen 96
  • 106.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology fetomaternal bleeding during labour are manual removal of placenta, twin delivery and caesarian section. III. Development of Rh antibodies by the mother The maternal immune system responds by producing antibodies which are initially of Igm type (big immunoglobulin that can not pass the placental barrier). Fetomaternal bleeding in the subsequent pregnancies results in the anamenstic reaction producing an Igg type of antibody (small antibody that can pass the placental barrier). Factors that affect this maternal response are inborn responsiveness of the mother (30% are non responders), volume and rate of hemorrhage (as little as 0.1 ml is enough), and presence of ABO incompatibility (reduces risk by 50 -75%). The overall risk of isoimmunization of an Rh positive ABO compatible fetus is 16%. Antibodies can be detected before the delivery of the first Rh positive fetus in 1% and in another 8% it will be detected within 6 months of delivery and in another 8% the level is so low that it cannot be detected until the early part of the second pregnancy. In addition, for hemolytic disease of the newborn and hydrops fetalis to develop transfer of the Igg type antibody and antibody mediated destruction of fetal red blood cells must occur. The first neonate is usually spared but subsequent Rh positive fetuses are affected, extent worsening with each pregnancy. 4. Effects on the fetus and the newborn Hemolytic anemia develops, the extent of which depends on the amount of antibody. To compensate for the ensuing anemia the fetal bone marrow and later the extramedullary sites that produce RBC (liver, spleen and placenta) are called to produce red blood cells at fast rate. This results in the appearance of young nucleated cells in the blood stream. In severe cases even extramedullary hematopoiesis can not cope with the degree of destruction. This results in progressive anemia which eventually leads to congestive heart failure and tissue hypoxia. The liver parenchyma is replaced by hematopoeitic tissue. Serum albumin falls as the result. Portal hypertension develops from obstruction of the portal veins. The combination of these causes generalized edema of the fetus called hydrops fetalis. Eventually fetal death occurs. Before delivery the bilirubin, mainly of unconjugated type is cleared by the placenta. Following the delivery of the fetus, increasing amounts of unconjugated bilirubin accumulate in the neonatal circulation (because the limited capacity of the liver to clear). The unconjugated bilirubin crosses the blood brain barrier and damages the basal ganglia to cause kernicterus. 97
  • 107.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology The neonate may die of severe anemia or kernicterus. 5. Management of Rh negative unsensitized pregnancy I. Identification of pregnancies at risk at the initial ANC visit Determine blood group & Rh factor and indirect coombs test for antibody screening for all pregnant mothers. The possible outcomes are a. Rh positive with negative antibody screen – no further testing needed b. Rh positive with positive antibody screen – consider atypical antibodies c. Rh negative with positive antibody screen – manage as sensitized pregnancy d. Rh negative with negative antibody screen – manage as unsensitized pregnancy II. Management of unsensitized pregnancy Determine the blood group and Rh factor of the partner Repeat indirect coombs test at 28 weeks and at 36 weeks. If negative consider antepartum prophylaxis with 300 micrograms of anti D gamma globulin at 28 weeks. If positive manage as sensitized pregnancy. Provide anti D prophylaxis in cases with amniocentesis, APH, external cephalic version. Following delivery determine blood group of the newborn and antibody screening. If the newborn is Rh negative no further treatment is needed. If antibody screen is positive monitor the newborn for haemolysis and manage next pregnancy as sensitized. If newborn is Rh negative and antibody screen is negative, provide anti D gamma globulin within 72 hours. The usual dose is 300 micrograms but ideally should be determined by the extent of fetomaternal hemorrhage. This is done by performing Kleihauer Betke test (acid elusion test). For abortion of less than 12 weeks gestation the dose is 50 micrograms. 6. Management of sensitized mother These women need specialized care with measurement of antibody levels in titers at regular intervals, amniocentesis for bilirubin levels, serial ultrasound for detection of hydrops and management of neonatal anemia and hyperbilirubinemia. Therefore, referral of these women is the correct approach at health center level. Important points about ABO hemolytic disease · It occurs when the mother has group O blood (with anti-A and anti-B antibodies in her serum) and fetus is group A, B or AB. 98
  • 108.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology · Unlike Rh isoimmunization, 40-50% of ABO incompatibilities occur in the first-born infant. · ABO hemolytic disease is primarily manifest following birth, when the infant becomes jaundiced within the first 24 hours with a variable amount of anemia and hyperbilirubinemia which is usually mild. Serious complications almost never occur. · The management consists of measurement of bilirubin serially and provision of phototherapy to the newborn. Review Questions 1. Discuss the pathogenesis of Rh isoimmunization. 2. Outline the management of unsensitized Rh negative pregnancy. 3. Describe the important features of ABO hemolytic disease. CHAPTER 13 COMMON MEDICAL DISORDERS IN PREGNANCY Learning objectives To enumerate the common medical disorders in pregnancy. To describe the clinical features of each of the common medical disorders in pregnancy and their causes. To outline the management of each of the common medical disorders in pregnancy. To describe the effect of each of the common medical disorders on the pregnant woman and her child with their implications. ANEMIA IN PREGNANCY 1.1. Definition: Anemia during pregnancy is defined as a hemoglobin level of 11 g/dl or less (hemtocrite of < 33%) except during the second semester, when the cut-off point is reduced to 10.5 g/dl. It is said to be severe if the hemoglobin is less than 8gm/dl. 1.2. Incidence and causes 99
  • 109.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology It affects approximately 5- 50% of pregnant women in tropics and < 2% of in developed countries. It is ore severe in tropics. It is the leading cause of indirect maternal mortality and morbidity. It is the most common hematological abnormality during pregnancy. Majority are nutritional anemias. Iron deficiency anemia account for 80-95 % of nutritional anemias during pregnancy. Megaloblastic anemias from folate and vitamin b 12 deficiency account for only 3-4% of nutritional anemias. Other causes of anemia (hemoglobinopathies, leukemia, hemolytic anemias anemia of chronic illness and the like) are not common during pregnancy. 1.3. Pathophysiology of nutritional anemia The requirement of iron during pregnancy is around 1000mg. (450mg for red blood cells and uterine muscle, 270 mg for fetal iron, 170-200 mg for daily loss and 90 mg for placenta). There are additional needs for blood loss during delivery (190 mg) and lactation (1mg/day). Assuming the stores are adequate a pregnant woman average daily dietary requirement is 3.5 mg/day. Failure to meet this demand eventually ends up in anemia. The sequence of events in the development of frank anemia is depletion of the stores followed by deficient hematopoiesis (microcytic and hypochromic RBC with abnormal RBC indices) and finally reduction in RBC production results in evidences of frank anemia (decreased hemtocrite and pallor). The predisposing factors for iron deficiency anemia are Inadequate intake of iron: food taboos, poor dietary habit, low socioeconomic state Low store at the beginning of pregnancy: short interval between pregnancies, excess menustral flow, hookworm infestation Blood loss during pregnancy: early and late pregnancy bleeding, hookworm Increased demand: multiple pregnancy, chronic infections 1.4. Complications Anemia is associated with adverse pregnancy outcome. Fetal: spontaneous abortion, preterm delivery, low birth weight, intrauterine growth restriction, stillbirth, Maternal: congestive heart failure and pulmonary edema especially in labour and postpartum period, postpartum hemorrhage, puerperal sepsis, delayed wound healing, apathy, increased risk of other infections like tuberculosis 100
  • 110.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology Neonatal: anemia of infancy 1.5. Treatment It depends on the cause, severity and the gestational age. I. Iron deficiency anemia Ferrous sulfate 300mg containing 60 mg elemental iron of which 10%is absorbed, three times per day, orally. Continue treatment for 3 months after the hemoglobin concentration returned to normal. Alternatives are ferrous fumarate and ferrous gluconate. Follow up with weekly hemoglobin and reticulocyte determination should be done. Parenteral route of treatment in cases of intolerance of oral route or refractory to treatment by oral route, and for very severe anemia. Indications for blood transfusion are presence of congestive heart failure, severe anemia with hemoglobin of<4.4 gm/dl, anemia with sepsis and renal failure, anemic patient with hemoglobin of <6-7gm/dl seen for the first time in labour, abortion or in the last 4 weeks of pregnancy. Packed RBC should be used. Underlying causes, if any (like hook worm, malaria and chronic illnesses), other than nutritional deficiency, should be treated also. II. Megaloblastic anemia Folic acid 5 mg three times / day and continued at a dose of 5 mg / day for the rest of pregnancy. 1.6. Prevention of anemia improve diet and dietary habit, socioeconomic status Prevent and treat hookworm (deworming) and malaria Child spacing by family planning Universal supplementation of iron and folic acid to all pregnant women throughout pregnancy iron fortification of staple diet 2. CARDIAC DISEASE IN PREGNANCY 2.1. Introduction A woman with a known cardiac illness can become pregnant or a healthy pregnant woman can develop cardiac illness while pregnant. In a woman with a preexisting cardiac illness, the 101
  • 111.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology increased homodynamic burden of pregnancy, labor and delivery can aggravate the symptoms of the illness and/or precipitate complications. The risk of congestive heart failure is the highest around 24 weeks of gestation, labour and the immediate postpartum period. During each uterine contraction in labor about 200-300 ml blood is squeezed from the contracting uterine muscles, increasing the cardiac output by about 20%. 2.2. Significance Cardiovascular diseases are the most important non-obstetric cause of disability and death of pregnant women, occurring in 0.4-4% of pregnancies. The most common cardiovascular disease that complicates pregnancy is rheumatic heart disease. The reported maternal mortality rate ranges from 0.4% in patients with New York heart association classifications I and II to 68%or higher among patients with class III and IV severity. Patients with valvular heart disease may develop subacute infectious endocarditis. It is also associated with adverse fetal outcome like spontaneous abortion, preterm labour, low birth weight, and intrauterine fetal death. 2.3. Classification The degree of functional disability due to cardiac disease is graded according to the New York Heart Association classification as follows: Class I: No symptoms limiting ordinary physical activity. Class II : Slight limitation with mild to moderate activity with no symptoms at rest Class III: Marked limitation with less than ordinary activity; dyspnea or pain on minimal activity. Class IV: Symptoms at rest or with minimal activity and symptoms of frank congestive heart failure. Note: With rare exceptions, women in class I and most in class II go through pregnancy without morbidity. As much as possible patients in classes III and IV should avoid pregnancy. Therapeutic abortion is an option in early pregnancy. If the pregnancy is continued, prolonged hospitalization or bed rest will often be necessary. These women tolerate major surgical procedures poorly. 2.4. Management Once diagnosed, these patients should be referred for specialized care by obstetrician, internist and neonatologist. The general principles in the management are: 102
  • 112.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology I. Antepartum Bed rest Moderate dietary restriction Provision of diuretics (chlorothiazides are accepted) with potassium supplementation Prophylactic digitalization Frequent ANC for maternal and fetal monitoring II. Intrapartum Unless contraindicated vaginal route of delivery is preferred Conduct labour and delivery in lateral decubitus position Provide adequate pain relief Restrict intravenous fluids Provide oxygen with breathing mask along with continuous pulse oxymetery Provide prophylaxis for SBE for those with structural lesions Shorten the second stage by instrumental delivery Do not use ergometrine in the third stage Prevent postpartum pulmonary edema by keeping the woman in sitting position Provide thrombus prophylaxis by early ambulation and/ or low dose aspirin Note: A patient with a known heart disease should consult her physician before becoming pregnant in order to determine the advisability and optimum timing for pregnancy. In a pregnant woman with a cardiac disease: Recognize the presence of preexisting cardiac diseases. Assess the degree of disability Understand the impact of the added homodynamic changes of pregnancy. Anticipate, prevent, diagnose and treat complications such as arrhythmia, congestive heart failure when they arise. Advise the patient regarding discontinuation or continuation of the pregnancy and risk of future pregnancies. 103
  • 113.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology 3. INFECTIOUS DISEASES IN PREGNANCY 3.1. Tuberculosis in pregnancy It is a commonly encountered medical problem in pregnancy. Its effects on pregnancy include preterm delivery, intrauterine growth restriction and low birth weight which increase the perinatal mortality by 6 fold. Adverse outcome on pregnancy correlate with late diagnosis, incomplete or irregular treatment and advanced disease. Diagnosis and management is similar to nonpregnants. With the exception of streptomycin and pyrazinamide, all the first-line antituberculous drugs are safe to be used during pregnancy. Streptomycin causes congenital deafness in the new born. The safety of the use of pyrazinamide during pregnancy is not ascertained. Therefore, drugs used for treatment of tuberculosis include: isoniazid (INH), rifampicin and ethambutol. However, pyrazinamide can be included into the regimen if there is drug resistance. (Refer to the module on tuberculosis for further detail). Neonatal Tuberculosis Neonates, though rare, can get tuberculosis infection in utero if the mother is suffering from active tuberculosis. The incidence of congenital infection increases if the mother is HIV positive. The tuberculous lesions in the new born are usually found in the liver. This can be prevented if the mother is properly treated while pregnant. 3.2. Malaria in pregnancy Types Stable malaria occurs in endemic areas where there is repeated infection since childhood. Community immunity is well developed and epidemics do not occur. During pregnancy immunity slackens resulting in increased parasitemia and relapse rate of dormant exoerythrocytic stages. Episodes of malarial infection increase by three to four folds during the latter two trimesters of pregnancy and two months postpartum. Severity of falicparum malaria is increased. Unstable malaria occurs in areas with intermittent transmission. Community immunity is poorly developed and epidemics occur. Malarial attacks are severe and cerebral malaria is common especially in nulliparous women. 104
  • 114.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology Effects They are related to pyrexia, haemolysis, placental parasitization (in immune) and transplacental infection (in nonimmune). Maternal: increased number of attacks, anemia from folic acid deficiency induced by haemolysis, cerebral malaria, puerperal pyrexia Fetal: spontaneous abortion, preterm labour and prematurity, intrauterine growth restriction, intrauterine fetal death (stillbirth), congenital malaria in nonimmune in few days after delivery Diagnosis In immune women constitutional symptoms are subtle. Non immune women present with constitutional symptoms with fever and chills. Blood film identifying the plasmodium parasite confirms the diagnosis. Treatment Once diagnosed, malaria should be treated aggressively. Severe forms need inpatient treatment with parentral antimalarials. Drug of choice depends on the type of plasmodium parasite and the degree of resistance in the community. Chloroquine, sulfadoxine-pyrimethamine, mefloquine and quinine are safe to be used in pregnancy. For details refer to modules on malaria. Prophylaxis This is given for nonimmune people traveling to endemic areas. The drug should be taken 1- 2 weeks before travel and continued for4 weeks after return. Depending on the pattern of resistance, drugs like chloroquine, mefloquine or sulfadoxine-pyrimethamine can be used. 3.3. HIV infection and pregnancy I. Epidemiology Since its discovery in 1981, HIV/AIDS has become a serious health problem worldwide. The problem is most prevalent in developing countries. 80% of HIV-infected women are of childbearing age. The prevalence of HIV infection among pregnant women attending antenatal care services in East and Central Africa ranges from 20% to 30%. In Ethiopia it is 10% to 20%. HIV/AIDS is now a common cause of death among young women, most importantly pregnant women. AIDS related maternal deaths are increasing dramatically and are displacing common 105
  • 115.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology obstetric causes. It also increases childhood mortality directly as the result of childhood AIDS or indirectly from neglect off orphans. II. Effects of HIV on pregnancy HIV infection is associated with increased adverse obstetric outcomes like spontaneous abortion, preterm delivery, low birth weight and stillbirth. Another significant effect is mother to child transmission of infection (MTCT), which is by far the largest source of HIV infection in children. There is also increased maternal morbidity and mortality from intrapartum and postpartum infection. III. Effects of pregnancy on HIV Pregnancy induced immune suppression accelerates the progress of HIV infection only in women in late stages of the disease but not in asymptomatic HIV positive women. When comparing changes in CD4 count/percentage over time, there is no difference between HIV-positive pregnant and non-pregnant women, suggesting that pregnancy does not accelerate decline in CD4 cells in asymptomatic carriers. IV. Mother to Child Transmission (MTCT) MTCT of HIV infection occurs during pregnancy (5-10%), delivery (10-20%) and through breast feeding (10-20%). The overall rate of HIV transmission from an HIV positive mother to her child is 25-50% In developed countries 15-25%). Factors affecting MTCT of HIV are General factors: maternal viral load and CD4 counts (more in advanced disease and recent infections), type of virus (HIV2 has 20 times risk than HIV1), treatment with antiretroviral drugs (reduces MTCT by 50%) Antenatal factors: prematurity, obstetric procedures (amniocentesis and external cephalic version), obstetric complications (abruptio placenta and placenta previa), infections (malaria and STI), vitamin A deficiency and smoking Intrapartum factors: prolonged labour, chorioamnionitis, prolonged rupture of membranes (risk increases by 2% every hour after 4 hours) invasive procedures (internal monitoring, scalp sampling, operative vaginal delivery and episiotomy) Note: elective caesarian section reduces risk but caesarian section done after labor has started especially in the presence of rupture of membranes or prolonged labor increases risk. Another problem with caesarian section is increased risk of postpartum infection by 5-7 times. 106
  • 116.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology Breast feeding factors: cracked nipples, acute mastitis, neonatal oral thrush and other gastrointestinal lesions, mixed feeding, duration of breast feeding of ore than 14- 16 weeks V. Prevention of MTCT (PMTCT) For effective PMTCT, a four pronged approach has been developed by WHO. These basic components of comprehensive PMTCT are I. Primary prevention of HIV in women: Provision of VCCT for all women Helping HIV negative women to remain HIV seronegative through risk reduction behaviors (abstinence, limiting partners and safe se by use of condoms) II. Prevention of unwanted pregnancy in HIV positive women: Counseling about the effects of HIV on pregnancy, health of the mother, long-term health of the mother and child and risk of transmission to the newborn Provision of family planning services III. Prevention/ reduction of transmission of HIV virus during pregnancy, childbirth and breast feeding: A. Antepartum: Universal VCCT service for all pregnant women Reduce viral load by short coarse antiretroviral therapy (niverapine 200 mg at the start of labour to be repeated if not delivered in 48 hours and single dose 2 mg/ kg for the neonate within 72 hours of delivery. If delivery occurs less than 1 hour after the maternal dose two doses are given for the neonate one as soon after delivery as possible and the second dose after 48-72 hours of the first dose). Other regimens include zidovudine, lamivudine, combination of zidovudine and niverapine/ lamivudine and finally highly active antiretroviral therapy (see below). Additional measures: risk reduction behaviors including safe sex, treatment of nutritional deficiencies and concomitant STI, prophylaxis for malaria and avoidance of smoking Note: There may be no need to increase the number of visits unless there evidences of obstetric complications and signs/symptoms of advanced infection (opportunistic infection and other AIDS indicator illnesses). B. Intrapartum Improving obstetric practices to prevent avoidable exposure to the virus at birth 107
  • 117.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology Avoid prolonged rupture of membranes and prolonged labour by proper use of partograph Avoid artificial rupture of membranes as long as labour is progressing well. If it is done delivery has to occur within 4 hours. Some use anti septic preparation of the vagina when rupture of membranes is more than 4 hours. Avoid repeated pelvic examinations, internal monitoring of the fetus and fetal scalp blood sampling Treat chorioamnionitis aggressively As much as possible avoid caesarian section after rupture of membranes. Provide prophylactic antibiotics to the mother. Avoid routine pubic hair shaving, unnecessary episiotomy or instrumental delivery Prevent tears by controlled delivery of the fetus Clamp the cord immediately after delivery. Cut the cord after pulsation stopped under light gauze. Do not milk the cord towards the newborn Avoid/ reduce suction by nasogastric tube. If needed do it gently. Provide universal neonatal care to the neonate. Apply universal precautions throughout Educate about the infectiousness of the lochia and how to handle sanitary napkins. C. Breast feeding Modify infant feeding practices. Depending on the resources, two options: exclusive replacement feeding and exclusive breast feeding for 6 months followed by abrupt weaning. Ideally decision should be made during pregnancy and necessary preparations made. Mixed feeding should be avoided. IV. Care and support of the mother (PMTCT Plus): Continued care of the mother after delivery by provision of antiretroviral drugs, treatment of opportunistic infections Social and economic support Other drug regimens in PMTCT I. Zidovudine: Antepartum: treatment is initiated at14-34 weeks and continued throughout pregnancy, being administered 2-5 times per day, depending on the dose. Intrapartum: zidovudine is given IV over 1 hour followed by continuous infusion until 108
  • 118.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology delivery. Postpartum: zidovudine is given orally to the newborn for the first 6 weeks of life, beginning at 8-12 hours after birth. II. Zidovudine/Lamivudine: Antepartum: Zidovudine and lamivudine given orally at the onset of labor followed by Zidovudine orally every 3 hour until delivery with lamivudine orally every 12 hours. Postpartum: Zidovudine orally every 12 hours with lamivudine orally every 12 hours for 7 days III. Zidovudine/Nevirapine: Intrapartum: Zidovudine IV bolus followed by continuous infusion until delivery with nevirapine single oral dose at the onset of labor. Postpartum: Zidovudine orally every 6 hours for 6 weeks with nevirapine single oral dose at age 48-72 hours 3.4. Urinary Problems in Pregnancy I. Asymptomatic bacteruria Definition and incidence It is defined as presence of greater than 105 colony forming units (CFU) of bacteria of single pathogen per ml of clean-catch midstream urine sample with no clinical symptoms of urinary tract disease. Asymptomatic bacteruria occurs in 7% of pregnant women (ranging from 2%-12%). The predisposing conditions are reduced peristalsis and dilatation of the ureters and the bladder causing incomplete emptying and stasis of urine and pregnancy induced glycosuria. Significance If untreated, about 25%-30% of patients with asymptomatic bacteruria will later develop acute pyelonephritis as compared to only 2%-3% of patients who have been treated. It is also associated with preterm labour and postpartum endometritis. Acute pyelonephritis is one cause preterm birth and perinatal death. Etiology In 80 to 90% of cases the etiology is E coli, the other causes are Klebsiella, Proteus, Pseudomonas, S saprophyticus and C trachomatis. Diagnosis and management Sine it has no symptoms and is associated with adverse obstetric outcome, routine urine culture for all women is recommended in ANC. Once diagnosed al women with 109
  • 119.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology asymptomatic bacteruria should be treated with appropriate antibiotics. Urine culture should be repeated to confirm cure. Empirical treatment with antibiotics should be started until culture and sensitivity result is ready. Commonly used antibiotics (since the most common pathogen is E coli) are: amoxicillin, amoxicillin/clavulanate potassium, cephalexin, nitrofurantoin, trimethoprim-sulfamethoxazole or one of the third generation cephalosporins. The antibiotic should be safe to be used during pregnancy and given for duration of 10-14 days. Culture of urine should be done 1-2 weeks after therapy is begun and monthly for the remainder of pregnancy. Treatment failure can be due to resistance and patient non compliance. II. Acute cystitis It is the inflammation of the bladder in this case due to infection. The predisposing factors and etiologic agents are similar with that of asymptomatic bacteruria. Clinical features are urinary frequency, urgency, dysuria, suprapubic discomfort or pain, and suprapubic tenderness. The urine may be cloudy and malodorous. Systemic symptoms like nausea, vomiting, fever and chills are unusual. Diagnosis is made by microscopic examination of urine (shows bacteria, leukocytes and red blood ells) and urine culture. Treatment: similar with that of asymptomatic bacteruria. III. Acute pyelonephritis Acute pyelonephritis is the infection of the renal pelvis and the kidneys. The single most important predisposing factor for acute pyelonephritis during pregnancy is asymptomatic bacteruria. The etiologic agents are similar with those of asymptomatic bacteruria and acute cystitis. Acute pyelonephritis affects 1% - 2% of all pregnant women. Clinical features generally develop rapidly over a few hours or a day. Symptoms include fever (usually > 390C), shaking chills, nausea, vomiting, bilateral flank pain and possibly diarrhea. Symptoms of cystitis may or may not be there. In some hematuria may be evident. On physical examination, there is pyrexia and tachycardia along with costovertebral angle tenderness on one or both sides. Diagnosis is made by urine microscopy showing pyuria (in centrifuged urine >10 WBC per high power field), bacteruria, hematuria (1-2 RBC in centrifuged urine or ≥5 RBC in uncentrifuged urine per high power field) and leukocyte casts, leukocytosis (WBC >15,000/mm3) with left shift and positive urine/blood cultures. 110
  • 120.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology Complications are septic shock, acute renal failure, preterm labour and low birth weight baby. Management: Admit for parentral antibiotics. Start high dose parentral antibiotic until the patient is afebrile for 24-48 hours (usually 3-5 days) then continue orally for 7- 10 days. Antibiotics are initially started empirically but later can be adjusted according to culture results. (Examples: ampicillin 1 gm four times plus gentamycin 80mg three times a day or ceftriaxone 1-2g daily). Supportive care includes correction of dehydration, antipyretic agents as required for control of fever and monitoring vital signs and urinary output. 4. DIABETES MELLITUS IN PREGNANCY 4.1. Definition Diabetes mellitus is a chronic disorder of metabolism affecting carbohydrates, proteins, and fats. It is characterized by an absolute or relative lack of insulin, hyperglycemia and glycosuria. The worldwide incidence of diabetes mellitus during pregnancy is 1-4%. 4.2. Classification I. Pregestational (overt) diabetes: This is diabetes existing before pregnancy. It is further classified into: Type I diabetes: It is also known as juvenile or insulin dependent diabetes mellitus. There is autoimmune destruction of β-cells of the pancreas resulting in absolute lack of insulin in the body. Patients require exogenous insulin for treatment and to prevent ketoacidosis. Type II diabetes: It is also known as maturity-onset or non-insulin dependent diabetes mellitus. In this type there is abnormal insulin secretion and insulin resistance in target tissues. It is hereditary. Most patients are obese. II. Gestational diabetes (GDM or Type III diabetes): This is defined as carbohydrate intolerance of variable severity with onset or first recognition during pregnancy. This definition applies regardless of whether or not insulin is used for treatment. “Gestational” diabetes implies that this disorder is induced by pregnancy, perhaps due to exaggerated physiologic changes in glucose metabolism. An alternative explanation is that gestational diabetes is maturity-onset or type II unmasked or discovered during pregnancy. Actually, some women with gestational diabetes have previously unrecognized overt diabetes. 111
  • 121.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology 4.3. Diagnosis I. Overt diabetes Previous history of diabetes along with symptoms of polyuria polydypsia polyphagia and weight loss and in long standing cases finding of signs of organ damage (retinopathy nephropathy and atherosclerosis) suggest the diagnosis. It is confirmed by finding high plasma glucose levels and / or glycosuria II. Gestational diabetes mellitus The process of diagnosis of gestational diabetes involves a two-step screening and diagnostic glucose tests on patients with risk factors for gestational diabetes. Since 35-50 % of women with gestational diabetes have no risk factors, it is wise to adopt universal screening of all pregnant women. A. Risk factors Maternal age greater than 35 years Bad obstetric history: recurrent abortion, previous unexplained stillbirth, previous macrosomic (>4000g) infant, history of congenital malformed fetus, previous unexplained neonatal death, history of polyhydramnios or PIH in multipara History of pregnancy with GDM Family history of diabetes mellitus in first degree relative Obesity (>90 kg) Recurrent urinary tract infection or vulvovaginal candidiasis Persistent glycosuria. B. Screening for GDM Screening for GDM should be performed between 24 and 28 weeks by giving 50 gm glucose orally and determining plasma glucose after 1 hour. Plasma glucose level of > 140 (135) mg/dl is abnormal and mandates oral glucose tolerance test. If it is < 140 (135) mg/dl no further test is needed. C. Diagnostic test Oral glucose tolerance test (OGTT) performed by administering 100gm of glucose after 8- 14hrs overnight fast and 3 days carbohydrate loading. Blood glucose is determined every hour for three hours. It is abnormal if two or more of the following are found: (FBS > 95 mg/dl, 112
  • 122.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology 1 hour plasma glucose > 180 mg/dl, 2hour plasma glucose > 155mg/dl, 3 hr plasma glucose > 140 mg/dl). 4.4. Complications Unlike GDM, over diabetes has significant impact on pregnancy outcome. The adverse outcome depends on the degree of glucose control and to the intensity of the long term effect of the diabetes on the mother’s health. Some of the effects are: Fetal: spontaneous abortion, congenital malformation, intrauterine growth retardation, polyhydramnios/ oligohydramnios, prematurity, macrosomia, sudden intrauterine fetal death Maternal: preeclampsia, recurrent vulvovaginal candidiasis, urinary tract infection, operative deliveries, worsening nephropathy and retinopathy, increased dose of insulin Neonatal: hypoglycemia, hyaline membrane disease, hypocalcaemia, hyperbilirubinemia, traumatic delivery of macrosomic neonate Depending on the degree of hyperglycemia, the following are some of the adverse effects of GDM. Fetal: macrosomia, polyhydramnios, unexplained intrauterine fetal death, congenital malformations Maternal: preeclampsia, operative deliveries, Urinary tract infection, candidiasis, postpartum endometritis, 4.5. Management I. Overt diabetes Preconception: Counseling on the complications of diabetes, evaluation of the diabetic status, achieving adequate glycemic control. Pregnancy: Target glucose levels to be achieved during pregnancy are fasting glucose of 105 g/ dl (60-90mg/dl preferable), postprandial glucose <130mg/dl at 1 hr or 120mg/dl at 2hrs without development of significant hypoglycemia (plasma glucose <70mg/dL) during the hours of sleep. This is achieved by multiple insulin injection adjusted to bring glycemic control, dietary adjustment and/ or exercises. Optimum glucose monitoring assured by repeated self glucose determination. Insulin requirement increases during pregnancy to reach maximum at 16-18 weeks. Fetal growth and well being is followed by fundal height, kick chart, ultrasound and other fetal wellbeing tests. 113
  • 123.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology Delivery: If the glucose control is optimal and the fetal condition is reassuring, delivery can be accomplished near term. In the presence of arrested fetal growth, intrauterine growth restriction, abnormal fetal well being tests, maternal complications like severe preeclampsia and mature fetus delivery should be accomplished either by induction or caesarian section. Intrapartum glycemic control is achieved by regular insulin and hourly monitoring of the blood glucose levels. Postpartum: Insulin requirements drop drastically. Prevent neonatal complications like hypoglycemia (early feeding). II. Gestational diabetes Glycemic control is achieved in most cases by dietary adjustment. If this fails insulin in low doses is used. Insulin is indicated when FBS>95mg/dL and 1 hr postprandial glucose concentration > 120mg/dL on two or more occasions within a two weeks interval despite attempted dietary control. Fetal growth and well being monitoring is conducted as for overt diabetes. Note: Oral hypoglycemic agents are contraindicated during pregnancy. 4.6. Postpartum consequence of GDM There is a 50% likelihood of women with GDM of developing overt diabetes within 20 years of delivery. If fasting hyperglycemia develops during pregnancy, diabetes is more likely to persist postpartum. Therefore, it is recommended that women diagnosed to have GDM undergo evaluation with 75-g oral glucose tolerance test after 6 to 12 weeks after delivery. Fasting blood sugar ≥140 mg/dl and 2 hr plasma glucose level ≥ 200mg/dl in this 75-g oral glucose tolerance test indicate overt diabetes. Review Questions 1. Discuss the causes and consequences of anemia during pregnancy. 2. Describe classification and general management principles of cardiac disease in pregnancy. 3. Discuss the measures taken to prevent MTCT. 4. Discuss the diagnosis and complications of asymptomatic bacteruria. 5. Discuss the risk factors and screening methods of GDM. 114
  • 124.
  • 125.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology References 1. DeCherney AH, Pernoll ML Current. Obstetrics and Gynecologic diagnosis and treatment, 8th edition, 1994. 2. Lawson J. B, Stewart D. B, Obstetrics and Gynecology in the Tropics and developing countries 3. Scott JR., DiSaia PJ, Hammond CB, Spellacy WN: Danforth’s obstetrics and Gynecology, 8th edition, 1999. 4. Novak’s text of Obstetrics & Gynecology, 10th edition, 1981. 5. Addis Ababa University faculty of medicine department of Obstetrics and Gynecology: Guideline for management of obstetric and gynecologic problems, 1st edition, 2003. 6. Bennett V.Ruth and Brown Linda K.: MYLES text book for mid wives, 13th edition 7. Llewellyn Jones D, Fundamentals of Obstetrics and Gynecology, Volume 1, Fifth edition, 1990 116
  • 126.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology 8. Kenneth R. Niswander, Manual of Obstetrics, diagnosis and therapy, 1st edition, 1982 9. John Cook, Surgery at district hospital, Obstetrics and Gynecology 1991 10. Dreissen F, Obstetric problems, A practical manual, 1991 11. WHO, Department of reproductive health and research, integrated management of pregnancy and childbirth. Managing complications in pregnancy and childbirth. A guide for midwives and doctors, 8. 12. MOH/ FHD, Technical Guidelines in managing maternal and new born care 13 Cunningham F. Gary et. al, Williams Obstetrics,20th edition, 1993 14. King M, Bews P, Karins, Thornton J: Primary surgery, Volume 1 (Non trauma); Oxford medical publication, 1990 15. WHO, Safe Abortion: Technical and Policy Guidance for Health Systems, 2003. 16. WHO, Clinical Management of Abortion Complications: A Practical Guide., 1994. 17. Addis Ababa University, Faculty of Medicine, Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology, The Management of Abortion and Post Abortion Care. September 2001. 117
  • 127.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology PART II NORMAL AND ABNORMAL LABOUR 118
  • 128.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology CHAPTER 14 PHYSIOLOGY AND MANAGEMENT OF NORMAL LABOUR Learning objectives · To define true labour and describe its difference from false labour · To describe the stages of labour · To describe cardinal movements in the mechanism of labour · To discuss the management of normal labour · To list the types and complications of episiotomy I. Definitions True labour (parturition) is a continuous process in which progressive regular uterine contractions result in the expulsion of the products of conception from the uterus through the birth canal after progressive effacement and dilatation of the cervix. Labour can be preterm (if it starts before 37 completed weeks) or term (if it starts between 37- 42 weeks) or post term (if it starts after 42 weeks). It can be spontaneous or induced. Labour is said to be normal only if the following are met. These are: · It starts spontaneously · It starts at term (37- 42 completed weeks) · The fetus presents by vertex · Delivery is effected vaginally spontaneously · It ends in a birth of healthy newborn with minimal morbidity 119
  • 129.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology False labour is a painless irregular uterine contraction occurring in the last 4-8 weeks of gestation and which doesn't result in cervical dilatation and effacement. Differences between true labour and false labour false labour true labour contractions occur at irregular intervals contractions occur at regular intervals with time contractions remain the same or decreases in intensity, frequency with time contractions increase in intensity, frequency and duration contractions disappear with analgesics contractions persist despite analgesics lower abdominal and back pain present only lower abdominal discomfort present can occur in the last trimester occurs when labour commences there is no cervical effacement and dilatation there is progressive cervical dilatation and effacement occurs at night occurs at any time Braxton-hicks contraction is an irregular painless contraction which occurs in the last trimester of pregnancy with no effect on the cervix. Lightening is a sensation (the fetus falling down into the pelvis and emptiness in the upper abdomen) felt by most primigravidas in the last weeks of pregnancy prior to the onset of labour. It denotes engagement of the fetal head. II. Stages of Labour Even though labour is a continuous process, for the sake of management, it is classified into the following four stages. 1. First stage of labour It extends from the onset of regular uterine contractions to full cervical dilatation. It is further subdivided into two phases the latent phase and the active phase. The latent phase extends from the onset of labour to three to four centimeters of cervical dilatation. The active phase extends from three centimeters to full cervical dilatation (10 centimeters). The active phase has acceleration phase, phase of maximal slope (average rate of cervical dilatation is greater than 1.2 cm/hr for primigravida and 1.5 cm/hr for multigravida) and deceleration phase. 2. Second stage of labour 120
  • 130.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology It extends from full cervical dilatation to delivery of the fetus. It is characterized by more frequent and strong contractions. In addition to uterine contractions maternal voluntary efforts play major role. Descent is more during this stage. 3. Third stage of labour It extends from the delivery of the fetus to the delivery of the placenta and membranes. Its duration is equal in multiparas and primiparas. In majority it lasts 15 minutes. 4. Fourth stage of labour It extends from the delivery of the placenta and membranes to one hour postpartum. Mean duration of primigravida and multigravida Stage of labour Primigravida Multigravida Factors Latent first stage 8 hours 4-6 hours parity, uterine contraction, ability of the cervix to dilate, feto pelvic diameter, presentation, position Active first stage 6- 8 hours 4-6 hours Second stage 1 hour 20-30 minutes parity, contraction, soft tissue resistance, feto pelvic diameter, presentation, position, maternal effort Third stage 15-30 minute 15-30 minutes speed of separation of placenta Rate of cervical 1.2 cm/ hr 1.5 cm/ hr - dilatation Rate of descent 1 cm/ hr 2 cm/ hr - III. Theories for initiation of labour (parturition) Many theories have been proposed over the years to explain labour and delivery. The physiological processes in human pregnancy that results in initiation of labour and onset of labor are not defined. The mother, fetus and placenta contribute to the initiation of labour. 121
  • 131.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology IV. The mechanism of labour The mechanism of labour refers to the changes in the positions of the presenting part during its passage in the birth canal. It is a process of adaptation in which the smallest diameter of the presenting part is presented to the various portions of the pelvis. The major force for these changes comes from uterine contractions. There are seven cardinal movements in the mechanism of labour. 1. Engagement: is said to occur when the largest diameter of the presenting part passes the plane of the pelvic inlet. For occiput presentation the largest diameter is the biparital diameter (BPD). In nulliparous engagement occurs in the last weeks of pregnancy and is experienced as lightening by the mother. But in multiparous this usually occurs at the onset of labour. Engagement occurs in occiput transverse or oblique position. 2. Descent: occurs in discontinuous manner. In women with engaged head descent starts in late first stage or in the second stage. In others it starts with engagement with the greatest rate occurring in the deceleration phase. 3 Flexion occurs as a passive movement resulting from the resistance of the soft tissues of the pelvis. Flexion ensures presentation of smaller diameter of the fetus to birth canal. It is important for both engagement and descent. 4. Internal Rotation occurs at the pelvic floor at the level of the ischial spines. The sagittal suture rotates 450 (in left or right occipito anterior position) or 900 (in left or right occipito transverse positions) so that the sagittal suture lies in the anteroposterior diameter. It occurs because of the force exerted by the uterine contraction and resistance created by the v-shaped levator ani muscles. This helps the head to pass the ischial spines. 5. Extension: After further descent and flexion the head reaches the introitus. Delivery of the head is then achieved by extension where the lower border of the symphysis acts as the fulcrum for the occiput and the fetal face sweeps the perineum to be delivered. Following delivery of the head, the head restitutes to the oblique lateral position. 6. External rotation is evidenced when the face starts to look to the side. This indicates internal rotation of the shoulders. 7. Lateral flexion of the body or expulsion results in the delivery of the anterior shoulder under the symphysis to be followed by the posterior. One can remember the cardinal movements by the mnemonic Every Decent Family In Europe Eats Eggs. 122
  • 132.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology V. Physiologic changes in labour Contractions increase in intensity and frequecy as labour progresses. With contractions, the uterus differentiates into an active upper segment (which gets progressively thicker) and a passive lower segment (which gets progressively thinner). In response to the increased hydrostatic pressure of the amniotic fluid and direct pressure of the fetus, the cervix initially undergoes effacement (taking up of the cervix into the lower segment so that 3 centimeters long cervix becomes a circular orifice with paper thin edges) and later dilatation (from closed state to 10 centimeters). The fetal head descends in the birth canal dictated by the mechanisms of labour. Pressure over the leading part of the head results in edematous swelling, called caput succedaneum. Overlapping of the fetal skull bones called molding may accompany the caput. In the second stage, uterine contractions are intense and frequent. At this time most will have the urge to defecate and vomiting along with appearance of beads of sweat on the face. During this stage the most important force to expel the fetus is maternal voluntary expulsive force. In the third stage, sudden reduction in uterine cavity results in decrease in the surface area of the placental attachment. The placenta becomes thicker and eventually gives way at the decidua spogiosa. Separation proceeds through this layer until it is complete. Then, the placenta is delivered by the help of uterine contraction and maternal effort. There are two mechanisms of separation: Schueltz method (central separation with clot behind so that the placenta is delivered by the fetal side like an inverted umbrella) and Mathew- Dunken method (peripheral separation with blood escaping ahead of the placenta so that the placenta is delivered sideways by the maternal side). VI. Diagnosis of labour Labour can be diagnosed if three of the following present: · Presence of regular painful contractions at least 2 in 10 minutes · Bloody show which is expulsion of the cervical mucus plug of pregnancy along with some blood · Cervical dilatation of 3 cm. or more which is progressive · Cervical effacement of 80% or more VII. Management of normal labour 1. Major objectives 123
  • 133.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology · Prevention minimize infection which could be intrinsic or extrinsic · Prevent dehydration and ketosis · Prevent or minimize trauma to the fetus and the mother · Provide pain relief · Avoid asphyxia to the newborn · Prevent postpartum hemorrhage 2. Initial assessment Its objective is to diagnose labour and its stage and identify significant problems. This is done by brief history and physical examination and appropriate investigations (mainly hemtocrite and urine protein). If available, antenatal data should be reviewed. In the history one should get information on time of onset of contractions, status of fetal membranes and time of rupture, presence/absence of vaginal bleeding and show, presence and quality of fetal movement, symptoms of severe preeclampsia (head ache, blurring of vision, epigastric pain), presence of fever, history of allergy, time and content of last ingestion of food or fluid and use of any medications. Information should also be gathered on the presence of ANC and significant problems during pregnancy. Review of past obstetric medical, surgical, personal, social and family history must be made. (Refer to chapter 2) In the physical examination, special attention should be given to vital signs, weight, signs of anemia and dehydration, fetal position and presentation (proper Leopold’s maneuver), fetal heart rate and its pattern, frequency, duration and quality of uterine contractions and estimation of fetal weight. If there is no contraindication digital pelvic examination must be done to assess degree of cervical effacement and dilatation, status of membrane and the color of the liquor, the presenting part , its position and station, in cephalic presentation degree of caput and molding and when indicated clinical pelvimetry (pelvic inlet, mid pelvis, pelvic outlet). Correct diagnosis and identification of high risk patient is made for adequate surveillance through out labour and delivery. 3. Subsequent management This depends on the stage of labour and identified problems. 3.1. First stage of labour 124
  • 134.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology The woman is admitted to the delivery ward. Ambulation can be allowed except in those with ruptured membranes or having vaginal bleeding or are sedated. Left lateral position should be adopted while lying in bed. She should be allowed to take sips of fluid, but not solid diet. Parenteral fluids are reserved for those with vomiting or have prolonged labour of more than 12 hours. Routine use of cleansing enema and pubic hair shaving are not recommended. Monitoring of labour has the following components (refer to annex 2 for partograph). · Monitoring the fetal condition by auscultation of the fetal heart beat every 30 minutes (for high risk every 15 minutes) for 1 minute after the end of contraction · Monitoring the maternal condition by taking the vital signs every 1-2 hours (more frequent in high risk woman) and measuring the urine output · Monitoring the progress of labour by assessing uterine contraction for 10 minutes every 30 minutes and cervical dilatation (and decent of the presenting part) every 4 hours. Vaginal examination is made every 4 hours to assess cervical dilatation, station, degree of caput and molding and status and color of liquor. Vaginal examination has to be done at any time following rupture of the membranes or if there is unexplained fetal distress or if second stage is suspected. 3. 2. Second stage of labour · Position the woman in lateral recumbent or lithotomy position with the knees supported · Monitor vital signs more frequently ( every 30 minutes to 1 hour) · Fetal heart rate is checked every 15 minutes (if high risk every 5 minutes) looking for late decelerations which is common (strong contractions, premature separation, tightening of loops of cord) · Vaginal examination is performed frequently. Prepare for delivery when the head crowns and perineum bulges. If needed, perform episiotomy. · Clean any feces that soil the perineum with sponges soaked with dilute soap solution · Deliver the fetus in controlled way. Deliver the head slowly. This is facilitated by using modified Ritegen’s maneuver (gentle upward pressure at the chin thigh the perineum just in front of the coccyx). Check for nuchal cord. If present slip it over the head or cut it after double clamping. Suction any fluid from the nose and mouth by soft rubber suction bulb or catheter. After external rotation, apply gentle 125
  • 135.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology downward traction by holding to the sides of the head to deliver the anterior shoulder. As soon as the anterior shoulder slips under the symphysis apply upward traction to deliver the posterior shoulder. · Provide immediate neonatal care. Clamp the cord after 15- 20 seconds by two clamps placed 4-5 centimeters from the fetal abdomen and cut the cord using sterile scissors. Later tie the cord tightly. Airway cleared of blood and amniotic fluid by soft suction bulb or catheter. Dry the baby, wrap with blanket and put under radiant heat. Examine for gross malformations and take Apgar score. 3. 3. Third stage of labour A. Expectant or traditional method: controlled cord traction · Determine the height and consistency of the uterus and assess the degree of bleeding. Until the signs of placental separation are observed, frequently assess the tone but do not massage · When the signs of placental separation (gush of blood from the vagina, lengthening of the cord, uterus becomes globular and rises in the abdomen) are observed, deliver the placenta by controlled cord traction using either 1. Pastore technique: Stand on the patient’s left. Hold the fundus by the right hand and put the left hand superior to the symphysis to prevent the uterus coming down. If signs of placental separation noticed, massage the fundus gently to let the placenta into the vaginal canal. 2. Modified Brandt-Andrews technique: This controlled cord traction with the left hand superior to the symphysis to support the uterus. Credes manuvoere of delivering the placenta (traction of the cord with concomitant fundal pressure) is an abandoned technique that predisposes to uterine inversion. After delivery of the placenta give uterotonic drugs as described below B. Active third stage management It is universally recommended method of management of the third stage for all women. Its components are: · Secure an intravenous line; get blood for hemtocrite and blood group and cross match. 126
  • 136.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology · Depending on the presenting part and twin (in vertex: after the delivery of the anterior shoulder, in breech immediately after delivery of the fetus, in twins after the delivery of both fetuses) give uterotonic as below: 1. Oxytocin: 10 IU intramuscular or 10-20 IU added in 1000 ml of IV fluids to run over 1 hour or 2. Ergometrine 0.2-0.5 mg intravenous slowly if not contraindicated. · Apply controlled cord traction without waiting for signs of placental separation. If the placenta is not delivered within 6-10 minutes perform manual removal of the placenta. C. Subsequent management · Examine the placenta, cord and the membranes for completeness and abnormalities. If incomplete or if excessive bleeding occurs perform intrauterine exploration · Examine the genital tract for laceration · If performed, repair episiotomy 3.4. Fourth Stage of labour: It is a critical stage of labour where most maternal deaths occur. · Monitoring of maternal vital signs at least every 30 minutes (blood pressure must be more than 90/60 mmhg and pulse rate must be less than 90/ minute) · Examination of the uterus for its tone and size (it should be firmly contracted and at the level of the umbilicus) · Inspect the vulva for bleeding and hematoma EPISIOTOMY Episiotomy (periniotomy) is an intentional incision made into the perineum with an objective of widening the vulva to allow easy passage of the fetus. The common types of episiotomy are midline (median) and mediolateral, each with its own advantages and disadvantages (see table below). 127
  • 137.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology Median episiotomy is an incision made vertically in the midline of perineum over the perineal raphae starting at the posterior fourchette and ends just anterior to the anal sphincter. Mediolateral episiotomy is an incision made at an angle of 450 from the midline beginning at the midpoint on the posterior fourchette. Medial Mediolateral Technically easier to make and repair relatively difficult Healing better Less Blood loss less more Dysparunia less more Anatomic end result Better Less satisfactory Extension into the rectum relatively more common rare risk of rectovaginal fistula higher lower Routine use of episiotomy is not advisable. Episiotomy should only be done in conditions where perineal tear is imminent or likely. Such conditions include macrosomia, tight perineum, breech delivery, shoulder dystocia, instrumental deliveries especially forceps delivery and destructive deliveries. Procedure I. Incision of episiotomy Infiltrate 5 - 10 ml of local anesthetic agent such as 1% lidocaine into the intended site of episiotomy. Insert the needle at posterior fourchette and give the local anesthetic in fan manner. Perform the incision, preferably when the perineum is thinned out and the presenting part has crowned, by sharp tissue scissors in one go. II. Repair of Episiotomy After the delivery of the placenta, insert a rolled vaginal pad and inspect the episiotomy site for extension. Identify the apex. Start suturing 0.5-1 centimeters above the apex using chromic 2/0 catgut. Suture the vaginal mucosa continuously upto the hymen, the perineal muscles by 2-3 interrupted sutures and the perineal skin by interrupted sutures. Perform rectal examination to check for any sutures that may have passed (If found remove the suture). Remove any vaginal pad. 128
  • 138.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology Proper anatomic approximation of tissues, careful handling of tissues and proper hemostasis are essential for success of the repair. Subsequent care The episiotomy wound should be cleaned with plain water and soap at least once or twice a day and after voiding or defecation. Cool sitz bath can be used for relief of the pain. Simple analgesics like parcetamol relieve the pain. Increasing swelling, persistent/ increasing pain and offensive discharge call for inspection of the episiotomy. Complications · Extensions to upper vagina and even the cervix causing PPH · Extensions to the anal sphincter and rectum · Episiotomy site hematoma manifests with increasing swelling and pain in the first 48 hours. The site must be opened, bleeding points identified and ligated and wound is then resutured. · Episiotomy site infection manifests with increasing pain and swelling along with offensive discharge usually occurring after the third day. Management includes removal of sutures and drainage, wound cleaning and debridement and later secondary closure. Antibiotics are needed only if there are signs of systemic infection. · Episiotomy breakdown/ dehiscence · Rectovaginal fistula and anal incontinence · Dysparunia from vulvar stenosis · Gaping vulva Review Questions 1. Define episiotomy 2. Discuss the types of episiotomy with their advantages and disadvantages 3. List the steps of making an episiotomy and repairing it 4. List the complications of episiotomy and their management 129
  • 139.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology CHAPTER 15 INDUCTION / AUGUMENTATION OF LABOR Learning Objectives To define induction and augmentation of labor To list indications for induction of labor To list contraindications for induction of labor To out line the steps in induction of labor 1. Definition Induction of labor is initiation (stimulation) of uterine contraction artificially for the purpose of delivering the fetus after the fetus has reached viability (after the 28th week of gestation). It can be elective (planned) or emergency. 130
  • 140.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology Augmentation of labor is enhancing uterine contractions that are inadequate to allow normal progress of labour. 2. Indications The decision to induce labor is largely governed by the assessment of obstetric balance. The three factors that should be considered are The risk if the pregnancy continues The risk if the pregnancy is interrupted and The hazards of induced labour Because of associated risks, induction of labour should be performed only upon specific maternal or fetal indications. The following are common indications for induction of labor (not inclusive): Hypertensive disorders of pregnancy Antepartum hemorrhage from abruptio placenta and some types of placenta previa Post term pregnancy Intrauterine fetal death and intrauterine growth restriction Premature rupture of membranes Polyhydramnios and oligohydramnios Gross congenital malformations incompatible with life Recurrent intrauterine fetal death at term Rh isoimmunization Medical disorders like diabetes mellitus, chronic hypertension, cardiac diseases 3. Contraindications I. Absolute contra indications Cephalopelvic disproportion more than border line (macrosomia or contracted pelvis) Transverse or oblique lie, footling breech Previous history of uterine surgery like classical caesarian section, two or lower segment caesarian section, myomectomy entering the endometrial cavity 131
  • 141.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology Diagnosed major placenta previa Extensive vaginal plastic operations like repaired fistulas or pelvic tumors obstructing delivery like cervical cancer and tumor previa Cord presentation Abnormal fetal heart rate pattern Absence of caesarian section facility II. Relative contraindications Elderly primigravida or grand multiparity or Uterine over distention from polyhydramnios or multiple pregnancy One lower segment caesarian section Frank breech These conditions require internal or external continuous monitoring of uterine contractions and the fetal heart beat. In the absence of such monitoring, they become absolute contraindications. Unfavorable cervix is another relative contraindication especially for elective induction. Favorability of the cervix for induction is evaluated by pelvic examination to assess the Bishop score. Bishop score of more than eight is taken as favorable for elective induction. Cervix is said to be unfavorable if the score is lees than five. The chance of vaginal delivery is guarded in unfavorable cervix. The Bishop Score Factor Rating 0 1 2 3 Dilation (cm) Closed 1-2 3-4 >5 Effacement (%) 0-30 40-50 60-70 >80 Station -3 -2 -1,0 +1,+2 Cervical consistently Firm Medium Soft - Position of cervix Posterior Midposition Anterior - 4. Prerequisites 132
  • 142.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology Presence of clear indication No contraindication Presence of caesarian section facility For elective induction screening for iatrogenic prematurity Ripening of the cervix using prostaglandins or folley catheter. 5. Methods of induction 5.1. Medical induction – Intravenous oxytocin administration The goal of oxytocin induction is to get sufficient (adequate) contractions without causing hyperstimulation and fetal distress. The principles of oxytocin induction are Use oxytocin diluted in balanced salt solution or 5% dextrose in water as continuous intravenous infusion It has to be started from the minimum dose capable of causing contractions and increased every 30- 40 minutes until adequate contraction is achieved or hyperstimulation and fetal distress occurs or maximum dose is reached. Continuous bed side attendance by a trained health professional should be provided Close monitoring of uterine contractions and fetal heart beat (intermittently or continuously) should be done If hyperstimulation or fetal distress occurs discontinue the infusion Complications of intravenous oxytocin are uterine hyperstimulation (more than 5 contractions in 10 minutes or contractions that last more than 1 minute) and fetal distress, uterine rupture, water intoxication from antidiuretic effect of oxytocin if high dose is used for prolonged periods, congestive heart failure from fluid overload and atonic PPH. Different protocols to administer oxytocin are in use. Depending on the available resources, some use high dose regimen while others use low dose. In our country the low dose regimen is used. Add 5 IU (for primigravida) or 2 IU (for multiparas) of pitocin in 1000 cc of 5% dextrose in water. Start with 10 drops/ minute and double the drop rate every 20 minutes until 3-4 contractions each lasting 40- 60 seconds is achieved. Rate in drops/min Pitocin in milli units/minute 133
  • 143.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology Primipara Multipara 10 2.5 1 20 5 2 40 10 4 80 20 8 If adequate contraction is not achieved, add another 5 IU (for primigravida) or 2 IU (for multipara) of pitocin into the same bag of intravenous fluid. Start with 40 drops/ minute and proceed as above. Rate in drops/min Pitocin in milli units/minute Primipara Multipara 40 20 8 80 40 16 If adequate contraction is not achieved, add 5 IU ( for primigravida) or 2 IU (for multipara) of pitocin for multipara into the same bag. Start with 40 drops/ minute and proceed as above. Rate in drops/min Pitocin in milli units/min Primipara Multipara 40 40 16 60 60 24 80 80 80 Maintain the drop rate that brought adequate contractions till delivery and continue for one hour after delivery. Note: For augmentation the same regimen using half the dose of the pitocin used for induction. 5.2. Surgical induction - Artificial rupture of the membranes (ARM) ARM stimulates labour mainly by initiating by release of prostaglandins from the membranes. 134
  • 144.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology Contraindications for ARM are high (floating) presenting part, abnormal lie and presentation, cord presentation, intrauterine fetal death, active genital herpes, maternal HIV infection and history of unidentified APH. Complications of ARM are umbilical cord prolapse and compression, chorioamnionitis, abruptio placenta, adverse changes in fetal position and transmission of infection to the fetus (HIV and genital herpes). Rare complications are amniotic fluid embolism and rupture of vasa previa. Procedure can be done either before or sometime after starting medical induction. Discuss the procedure to the mother. Check fetal heart rate pattern, Wear sterile gloves and clean the vulva with antiseptic solution. Perform pelvic examination and check the presenting part, the station of the head and for cord. Introduce one or two fingers through the cervix and pass Kocher forceps along side the fingers towards the fore waters. Hook or scratch the membranes and gently turn it to rupture the membranes. Allow the liquor to drain slowly so that the head settles down. Check thoroughly for the cord and note the color of the liquor. Remove the fingers from the vagina and check the fetal heart for any variability. If there is no adequate contraction in 1- 2 hours start oxytocin. Give prophylactic antibiotics if not delivered in 12 hours. 5.3. Stripping of the membranes 6. Conduct of induction Document the indication Obtain informed consent after discussing about the indication, the methods, and risks including the possibility of caesarian section Thorough evaluation of the mother (to exclude contraindications and detect medical problems). 135
  • 145.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology For elective induction, if there is unfavorable cervix, use cervical ripening drugs the day before. Start induction early in the morning. Emergency induction should be started at any time of the day. Start induction using either medical or surgical method or combination of these methods as described above. Monitor induction by following dose of oxytocin, vital signs every 1 hour, uterine contractions every 30 minutes, fetal heart beat every 20- 30 minutes, pelvic examination for cervical dilatation and station every 4 hours, input output chart and urine output. If labour starts follow with partograph. If the patient develops tetanic type of contraction, stop the pitocin drip, sedate the patient and consider cesarean section. If the patient is not in established labour after 6 hours of maximum dose of pitocin, the induction is said to have failed. Antibiotics cover when membranes are ruptured for more than 12 hours. Continue pitocin drip until 1 hour after delivery. t 7. Complications Besides the complications of oxytocin and ARM, failure of induction and prematurity (known or missed) are other complications. Review questions Define induction of labor Outline the steps in ARM List the maternal and fetal contraindications for induction of labor List the maternal and fetal complications of induction of labor 136
  • 146.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology CHAPTER 16 OPERATIVE DELIVERIES 137
  • 147.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology Learning Objectives To describe the parts of the obstetrics forceps and vacuum extractor To describe the classification of forceps delivery To list the indications, prerequisites and complications of instrumental deliveries. To name the types, prerequisites and complications of destructive deliveries To describe the major types of caesarian section with their advantages and disadvantages To list the major complications of caesarian section INSTRUMENTAL DELIVERY Forceps delivery and vacuum delivery constitute instrumental deliveries. These are techniques used to assist a laboring mother mostly in the second stage of labour. Except for some variations the indications, prerequisites and complications of these procedures are similar. They are entirely different in the type of instruments and the technique used to apply the instruments. 1. Forceps delivery Forceps delivery is a means of extracting the fetus with the aid of paired metallic instrument called obstetric forceps. 1.1. Description of obstetric forceps The obstetric forceps consists of two matched parts that articulate or "lock". It is designed to fit to the sides of the fetal head with primary functions of traction, compression and in some cases rotation of the fetal head. Each part of the obstetric forceps is composed of a blade, shank, lock and the handle. The blade, which may be fenestrated or solid, possesses two curves: the cephalic curve, which permits the instrument to fit accurately to the sides of the fetal head and the pelvic curve, which fits the curved axis of the maternal pelvis. The blades are referred to as left blade and right blade according to the side of mother's pelvis on which they lie after application. After articulation the left blade is held by left hand and the right blade is held by the right hand of the operator. The shank could be short or long depending on the type of forceps. The shanks are either overlapping or separate. The two blades articulate at the lock. Most obstetric forceps possess a fixed type of lock (either English type or French type) where as very few like the Kielland forceps possess sliding type lock. The lock leads to the 138
  • 148.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology most proximal parts of the forceps which are the shoulder and the handle where the hand of the operator rests to apply traction. 1.2. Classification of Forceps Delivery Based on the station and the degree of rotation of the head, forceps delivery is classified as Outlet forceps: head has reached the pelvic floor and is visible at the vulva with the sagittal suture in anteroposterior or one of the oblique diameters Low forceps: head at station +2 cm or lower but has not reached pelvic floor Mid forceps: head is engaged but station is above +2. It should be done as a trial of forceps in an operating theatre. High forceps: head is above station 0 and is not engaged. It is obsolete in modern obstetrics. 1.3. Indications Fetal distress in the second stage of labor Prolonged second stage of labor: inefficient uterine contraction or maternal exhaustion or malpositions. Maternal conditions which need shortening of the second stage of labor, where pushing is contraindicated like cardiac disease, hypertensive disorders of pregnancy and previous cesarean section After coming head of breech 1.4. Prerequisites (for outlet and low forceps) Well documented indication should be present Cervix must be fully dilated Membranes must be ruptured Presenting part must be either vertex, mento anterior face presentation or after coming head of breech Head must be engaged and station should be below +2 Exact position of the head should be determined No gross cephalopelvic disproportion (contracted pelvis or macrosomia) Maternal bladder should be empty Appropriate anesthesia should be given and prophylactic episiotomy done Adequate skill and experience 139
  • 149.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology 1.5. Technique of out let forceps delivery Check the indication and the prerequisites Put the mother in lithotomy position at the edge of the delivery coach. Clean and drape the vulva. Empty the bladder and insure adequate anesthesia (pudendal, local infiltration) Select the appropriate forceps. Articulate the forceps in front of the vulva (phantoms application) in the direction of fetal position. Lubricate the blades with antiseptic solution Hold the left blade with the left hand and insert 2-3 fingers of the right hand into the left side of the vagina. Slide the left blade gently between the head and the fingers in an arc to put it on the side of the fetal head. Initially hold it vertically then bring it to the horizontal position through a smooth arc. Repeat the same step for the right blade holding it in right hand and fingers of the left hand in the vagina Depress the handles and lock the forceps. If difficulty is encountered, remove the blades and recheck the position of the fetal head. After locking, check for proper application. (I. Posterior fontanel should be located midway between the sides of the blades with lambdoid suture equal distance from the blades and one finger breadth above the plane of the shank II. Fenestration of the blades should be barely felt and the amount of fenestration should be equal (in solid blade no more than a fingertip should be able to be inserted between the blade and the head). III. Sagittal suture must be perpendicular to the plane of the shanks throughout its length.) Apply traction along the axis of the pelvis using no more force than a force exerted by flexed forearms. Traction should be applied gradually and sustained at its maximum intensity for not more than 30 seconds. Then relieve for 15-20 seconds. As head crowns make adequate episiotomy After the head is delivered unlock and remove the forceps Following the delivery of the placenta, inspect the lower genital tract for tear and episiotomy for extension. Repair episiotomy and any tear. Provide care for the neonate and check for complications on the neonate. Document your findings 1.6. Complications of forceps delivery 140
  • 150.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology The fetal/ newborn complications are laceration of face and scalp, cephalhematoma, subgaleal bleeding, facial nerve injury, fracture of face and skull, intra cranial bleeding and increased risk of mother to child transmission of HIV. The maternal complications include tears of genital tract (perineal, vaginal, and cervical), episiotomy extension and uterine rupture with or without bladder rupture. 2. Vacuum (vantous) delivery The vacuum extractor is a traction instrument used as an alternative to the obstetric forceps. It is designed to deliver the fetal head by drawing the scalp into the cup forming an artificial caput called the chignon. The vacuum extractor has the following advantages over obstetric forceps The vacuum cup does not take up room in the often limited space in the birth canal The vacuum extractor brings about “autorotation” of the fetal head at the level of the pelvis where this is best, rather than where the person using forceps choose to rotate the fetal head Generally anesthesia is not required and the mother shares in the delivery and helps to push Episiotomy is not always necessary 2.1. Description of the vacuum extractor The vacuum extractor has the cup, hoses that connect the cup to the trap bottle and the pump, trap bottle with manometer and a pump which is either manual or electrical.. There are various types of cups made either from metals or plastics like silastic. The Malmstrom cup is a metallic cup of three different sizes (40 mm. 50mm, 60mm) with narrow rim. It has a hole at the center of the cup through which the chain passes. The chain passes through a hose and gets attached to the metal cross bar. Threading the chain attaching it to the metal bar takes some time. For these reasons the Bird's modification of the cup is developed It has a chain permanently attached to its center on the back and a hole for the hose at the periphery of the cup. This modification eliminates the need to thread the chain through the hose. Later silastic cups were developed. These are soft, easy to manipulate and vacuum is attained more quickly. 2.2. Indications The indications are similar to forceps delivery except after coming head of breech. 2.3. Prerequisites The prerequisites are similar to forceps but need modifications in the following. 141
  • 151.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology · Cervix need not be fully dilated. Vacuum can be applied if cervix is more than 8 centimeters dilated. · Presenting part must be vertex · Position need not be known · It can be applied for higher stations. Head must be engaged station 0 or below (descent of less than 2/5) · Live fetus at term · Need for anesthesia is less and routine prophylactic episiotomy is not a must 2.4. Procedure Check the indication and the prerequisites Put the mother in lithotomy position at the edge of the delivery coach. Clean and drape the vulva. Empty the bladder and insure adequate anesthesia (pudendal, local infiltration) Select the largest cup that can easily be introduced. Introduce the cup unto the vagina and position it over the sagittal suture about 3 centimeters in front of the posterior fontanel. Check the full circumference of the cup for entrapped maternal tissue Create a vacuum of 0.6- 0.8 kg/ cm3. For silastic cups it can be done rapidly over 1 minute where as for metallic cups gradual increment of 0.2 kg/ cm3 every 2 minutes allows adequate caput formation. Check again for tissue entrapment before traction. Apply perpendicular traction using two handed technique (fingers of one hand placed at the rim of the cup and the other hand grasps the traction bar). Sustained traction in the direction of the pelvic curve should be applied coincident with uterine contractions and maternal pushing. As soon as the head is delivered release the cup and complete the delivery of the fetus and the placenta. Following the delivery of the placenta, inspect the lower genital tract for tear and episiotomy for extension. Repair episiotomy and any tear. Provide care for the neonate and check for complications on the neonate. 142
  • 152.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology Document your findings 2.5. Complications The fetal and maternal complications are similar to forceps delivery but generally occur at reduced incidence. Localized scalp edema which disappears in few hours, scalp abrasions and lacerations and necrosis of scalp from prolonged application of the cup is usual. DESTRUCTIVE DELIVERY Destructive delivery is vaginal operative delivery that accomplishes delivery of the fetus by reducing its size in a woman with obstructed labour with dead fetus. The advantages of destructive delivery over caesarian section for a woman with obstructed labour and fetal death are The uterus will remain intact, thus avoids the risk of rupture of the uterus in the subsequent pregnancies. Peritoneal contamination by infected uterine contents is avoided Risks of anesthesia and prolonged postoperative stay in bed are avoided 1. Types of destructive delivery I. Craniotomy is destructive delivery done on the head. It involves reducing the size of the head by removing the brain tissue through an opening made in the skull of the fetus. Depending on the presentation the brain tissue can be approached through the suture lines and fontanel or the palate or the foramen magnum. II. Decapitation is destructive delivery for impacted shoulder presentation with hand prolapse. It involves severing the neck of the fetus allowing the delivery of the rest of the body and later the head. 143
  • 153.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology III. Evisceration is also a destructive operation for impacted shoulder presentation with hand prolapse. It involves removing the abdominal and thoracic viscera through an opening made in wall of the thorax or abdomen. IV. Clediotomy is a destructive operation for shoulder dystocia. It is reduction of the biacromial diameter by cutting the clavicles. Note: Destructive operations should ideally be performed in an operating theatre under general ansthesia with at least two units of cross matched blood available. 2. Prerequisites Clear indication- obstructed labour (gross CPD, impacted shoulder presentation, shoulder presentation) Fully dilated cervix Dead fetus (need to be confirmed by ultrasound or auscultation by three people Accessible presenting part for the type of procedure selected ( head with decent of less than 2/5 for craniotomy, neck for decapitation, axilla or abdomen for evisceration) Imminent rupture or rupture of the uterus ruled out Access for immediate laparatomy and blood transfusion Adequate skill and ansthesia 3. Complications Major complications are rupture of the uterus, genital tract lacerations (perineal, vaginal and cervical), bladder and rectal damage. CAESARIAN SECTION (C/S) Caesarian section is delivery of fetus or fetuses along with the placenta and membranes by an incision made through the abdominal and uterine wall after the fetus has reached viability. 144
  • 154.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology The correct terminology for the surgical delivery of a previable fetus is hysterotomy. Caesarian section is classified as elective (caesarian section that is performed before the onset of labor or before the appearance of any complication that mandates an urgent delivery) and emergency (caesarian section that is performed after the onset of labor or appearance of a complication that mandates urgent delivery). Primary caesarian section is one that is done for the first time while repeat caesarian section is the one that is done for more than one time. 1. Types of caesarian section incision I. Lower segment transverse (Kerr) caesarian section In this type the lower segment is incised transversely after incising and reflecting the vesico uterine fold of peritoneum. This is the most commonly done type of cesarean section and has long been the standard operation because it has the following advantages Less blood loss, easy to repair Good wound healing therefore less risk of future rupture Less risk of adhesion formation because of its peritoneal coverage. The major disadvantages are: Lateral extension with damage to uterine vessels and ureters Bladder injury especially in repeat cases. II. Classic (Sanger) caesarian section In this type uterine incision is made vertically through the corpora uteri (upper segment). It is simple and fast to perform but is associated with a number of disadvantages More blood loss and difficult to close Poor healing of the incision, therefore high chance of future rupture Risk of adhesion formation with bowel and omentum Therefore it is not a routine method of caesarian section and is only done upon specific indications. Inaccessible lower segment because of dense adhesions from previous caesarian section Large myoma over the lower segment Highly vascular lower segment from anterior placenta previa 145
  • 155.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology Fetal malformations like conjoined twin and transverse lie with back down III. Less common types Lower segment vertical (Sellheim) caesarian section Delee incision – J-shaped extension of the lower segment transverse incision Inverted T incision lower segment incision 2. Indications Caesarian section is done in cases in which vaginal delivery either is not possible or would impose undue risks to mother or baby or both. Some of the indications are clear and absolute while others are relative. Common indications for caesarian section include Cephalopelvic disproportion Mal presentations (transverse lie, breech, persistent brow) Cord presentation and prolapse Fetal distress in the first stage of labor Failed induction/ augmentation and instrumental delivery Ante partum hemorrhage (placenta previa, abruption placenta) Conditions with unripe cervix where rapid delivery is needed like preeclampsia, ecclampsia, Previous caesarian section after failed trial of scar or electively Carcinoma of the cervix The X-factor relative indications, which considered separately, might not warrant caesarian section but when taken together constitute a valid indication. Example is post term plus elderly primigravida or prior infertility problem. 3. Procedure and patient care Informed consent should be obtained. An intravenous line is opened and crystalloids started. Hemtocrite and blood group should be determined. Blood should be cross matched and be 146
  • 156.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology readily available. Self or catheter assisted bladder emptying is done. Prophylactic antibiotics, if indicated, are given. Non particulate antacids with gastric decompression by nasogastric tube should be done in emergency cases. Both inhalational (general) and regional (spinal, epidural) ansthesia can be used. Proper preparation of the operative site is done. Abdomen is opened by midline, paramedian or pfannenstein (transverse suprapubic) incisions. The abdomen is then opened in layers. The vesicouterine fold of peritoneum is opened transversely and bladder reflected down. The lower uterine segment is opened transversely and the fetus extracted. The cord is clamped and cut. The placenta is delivered. The endometrial cavity is mopped of any reminants by sterile moist pack. The edges of the uterine incision are caught by Greenarmytage forceps. Uterine incision closed in one or two layers by chromic 0 or 1. Hemostasis secured. Bladder peritoneum closed by continuous chromic 2/ 0. Abdominal wall closed in layers. Postoperatively the level of consciousness, vital signs and degree of vaginal bleeding should be monitored frequently. Intravenous fluids are continued until the woman is taking fluids. Do not give anything orally until bowel sound returns. Antibiotics and transfusion are given if indicated. Encourage early ambulation. Upon discharge ensure that she is taking regular diet, wound is clean, dry and not infected and there is no fever. Counsel on future risks and need to have hospital delivery in future pregnancies. 4. Complications Complications occur during the operation or in the post operative period. Intraoperative complications include bladder laceration especially in repeat cases, ureteral injury, hemorrhage from damaged uterine vessels, anesthetic complications like Mendelsons syndrome, fetal blood loss from incision through placenta or laceration at the time of incision, trauma at time of extraction and fetal hypoxia from venacaval compression and anesthetic drugs. 147
  • 157.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology Postoperative complications include hemorrhage from atonia or incision site, pelvic hematoma, endomyometritis, wound site infection, deep vein thrombosis and future risk of rupture of the scar in subsequent pregnancies. Other post operative complications seen in any surgical patient can be encountered. 5. Vaginal birth after caesarian (VBAC) In the absence of absolute contraindications a woman with caesarian section scar can be given the chance to deliver vaginally. These contraindications which mandate elective caesarian section are Classic or inverted T or low vertical incision with extension to the corpus Two or lower segment incisions or the type of incision is unknown Gross CPD from macrosomia (estimated weight of more than 3500 grams) or any degree of pelvic contracture Multiple pregnancies Malpresentation Conditions that preclude vaginal delivery or need induction Review Questions 1. List the indications of forceps and vacuum delivery. 2. List the prerequisites to forceps and vacuum delivery. 3. List the complications of forceps and vacuum delivery. 4. Name the types of destructive deliveries. 5. List the prerequisites and complications of destructive delivery. 6. Describe the major types of caesarian section with their advantages and disadvantages. 7. List the complications of caesarian section. 148
  • 158.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology CHAPTER 17 MALPRESENTATIONS AND MALPOSITIONS Learning Objectives · To list the types of mal presentations and mal positions with their predisposing factors. · To define breech presentation and describe the varieties of breech presentations with there diagnostic approaches. · To describe the maternal and fetal risks associated with vaginal breech delivery. · To describe the techniques of conducting vaginal breech delivery. · To know how to diagnose and manage the other mal presentations. · To describe the options of management for persistent occipito posterior positions. Introduction Malpresentation and malpositions are essentially abnormalities of fetal position, presentation, attitude or lie. They collectively constitute the most common cause of fetal dystocia occurring in approximately 5% of all labors. Breech presentation is the commonest malpresentation. The other malpresentations are face presentation, brow presentation, shoulder presentation, and compound presentation. 149
  • 159.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology The malpositions include occipito posterior position and persistent occipito transverse positions. Often no cause is identified but any condition that changes the proportional volume of the fetus and amniotic fluid resulting in increased or decreased mobility of the fetus predisposes to malpresentations. These conditions are well known and fall into three major groups. Fetal factors: fetal anomalies like e.g. hydrocephalus, multiple gestation, prematurity, polyhydramnios and oligohydramnios. Maternal factors: uterine anomalies like septate and bicornuate uterus, contracted pelvis, submucus myoma, grand multiparity and past history of malpresentations. Placental factors: placenta previa. 1. BREECH PRESENTATION Breech presentation is a fetal presentation where the fetus lies longitudinally and the buttocks or the fetal lower extremities occupy the pelvic inlet with the cephalic pole occupying the fundus. 1.1. Types and incidence There are four types of breech presentation Frank breech presentation: fetal with flexed hips and extended knees so that the thighs are apposed to the abdomen and the lower legs to the chest. The presenting part is the buttocks. It accounts for 60% - 65%of all breech presentations at term and 40% before term. Footling breech presentation (single or double): fetus with one or both hips and knees extended so that the feet become the presenting part. It accounts for 25%-35% of breech presentations at term and 50%before term. Complete breech presentation: fetus with flexed hips and knees so that the buttocks and the feet become the presenting part. it accounts for 10% of all breech presentations at any gestational age. Knee presentation is a rare form seen in a fetus with extended thighs and flexed knees. Incidence depends on the gestational age and the fetal weight. Breech presentation accounts for 3-4% of all births but occurs in 15% of low birth weight (<2500gm) infants. Its incidence in premature fetuses is high and decreases as gestational age increases. 150
  • 160.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology 1.2. Diagnosis There are no specific symptoms but occasional tightness or discomfort in the upper abdomen may be reported. Leopold’s maneuver reveals round, globular, smooth head occupying the fundus, which will be ballotable if adequate amniotic fluid is there and narrow and softer breech occupies the lower pole of the uterus. Fetal heartbeat will be heard more easily at or above the umbilicus. Pelvic examination in labour identifies the soft irregular mass with anal orifice, the ischial tuberosities, genital groove and external genitalia. In footling and complete breech presentation one or both feet are felt. The important differential diagnosis at this point is face presentation which should be differentiated by the presence of the hard maxilla and if the fetus is alive the presence of suckling. Ultrasonography and plain film of the abdomen can be done to confirm the diagnosis. 1.3. Mechanism of labour (frank breech in left sacrotransverse position) The denominator of breech presentation is the sacrum and the diameter is bitrochanteric diameter. The eight possible positions are recognized: sacrum anterior (SA), sacrum posterior (SP), left sacrum transverse (LST), right sacrum transverse (LST), left sacrum anterior (LSA), left sacrum posterior (LSP), right sacrum anterior (RSA) and right sacrum posterior (RSP). In labour the breech engages as the bitrochanteric diameter passes the plane of the pelvic inlet, usually in one of oblique diameters. Decent occurs with further flexion. Internal rotation ordinarily takes place when breech reaches levator musculature which brings the bitrochanteric diameter to anteroposterior position. Further decent with flexion brings the pelvic outlet. Delivery of the buttocks, first the anterior to be followed by the posterior, occurs by lateral flexion. As the trunk is delivered the shoulders enter the pelvic inlet in the transverse diameter causing rotation of the trunk so that the back faces up. The shoulders descend in the birth canal and at the level of the pelvic floor internal rotation occur causing external rotation of the body. At this point the back is directed to the left side of the mother, which indicates readiness for the delivery of the shoulders. The shoulders are then delivered by lateral flexion, anterior followed by posterior. At the time the shoulders rotate internally the head engages in the transverse diameter of the inlet. The head, after decent rotates internally at the pelvic floor. This causes rotation of the 151
  • 161.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology rest of the body so that the back faces up. Further decent results in the delivery of the head by flexion (the face sweeps the perineum). 1.4. Management I. Antepartum management Breech presentation diagnosed before 32 weeks of gestation should be managed expectantly with frequent follow up. Spontaneous version to cephalic presentation at the latter weeks of gestation is likely. After 36 weeks the chance of spontaneous version is less likely. If the there are no contraindications external cephalic version should be performed. This requires expertise and facilities for emergency caesarian section. If external cephalic version is contraindicated a decision on the mode of delivery (vaginal breech delivery or elective caesarian section) has to be made before labour starts. For these reasons pregnant women with breech after 36 weeks have to referred for hospital management. II. Intra partum management – vaginal breech delivery All breech deliveries should ideally be conducted in a set up with caesarian section facility. In the absence of such facility laboring mothers with breech presentation in whom delivery is not imminent (cervical dilatation of less than 8 cm) should be referred. Women in whom delivery is imminent should be attended in the same health facility. This justifies why all health workers dealing with laboring women need to be skilled in conducting vaginal breech delivery. Vaginal breech delivery trial should be allowed in: Estimated fetal weight of less than 3500gms Frank or complete breech with flexed head Pelvis should be judged to be adequate with favorable shape Live fetus with normal heart rate pattern or gross malformation or dead fetus No other obstetric factor (X factor) Evaluation at admission is like any laboring mother (refer to). This confirms the diagnosis and identifies parameters for allowing vaginal breech delivery. Artificial rupture of membranes should not be done. First stage of labor should be followed as described in chapter 14. Vaginal examination should be done and fetal heart beat checked following spontaneous rupture of membrane to 152
  • 162.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology rule out cord prolapse. Progress of labor in breech presentation is not remarkably different from vertex presentation. The occurrence of in coordinate uterine action, uterine inertia, arrest or delay in cervical dilatation or failure of descent of breech warrants urgent caesarian section. There is no place for augmentation of breech presentation with poor progress of labour. The mother should be instructed not to push till full cervical dilatation is achieved. In the second stage of labour, before conducting delivery, pelvic examination should be done to confirm full cervical dilatation. Bladder must be emptied and the mothered positioned into lithotomy position. There are three types of vaginal breech delivery. 1. Spontaneous vaginal breech delivery where the infant is expelled entirely spontaneously with out any help other than support. This occurs rarely except for premature babies in a multipara. It is associated with higher perinatal mortality. 2. Assisted vaginal breech delivery (Partial breech extraction) where the fetus is delivered upto the level of the umbilicus spontaneously and the rest of the body is delivered with the assistance of the health professional using special maneuvers. 3. Total breech extraction where the entire fetus is delivered from the birth canal by the assistance of the health professional. It is associated with significant maternal and fetal risks. This procedure is only performed for the delivery of the second twin. Third stage is managed actively and the genital tract explored for tears. III. Techniques of assisted breech delivery A. Delivery of the buttocks and legs Instruct the mother to bear down with every contraction. Do episiotomy when the fetal anus is visible and perineum distended. Allow the breech to be delivered with out intervention up to the level of the umbilicus. After the delivery of the buttocks, supporting the baby around the hips without pulling and keeping it below the horizontal is all that is needed. The baby should be grasped with clean towel moistened with warm water. Holding the baby around the hips avoids fetal visceral damage. Ensure the anterior position of the sacrum and the back until the lower border of the scapula is visible. In frank breech, if the legs can not be delivered spontaneously, it can be assisted by splinting the medial thigh of the fetus with the position parallel to the femur and exerting pressure laterally so as to sweep the legs away from the midline (Pinnard maneuver). Apply gentle and steady down word traction until the lower halves of the scapula are delivered. 153
  • 163.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology B. Delivery of the arms and shoulders After the lower border of the scapula is visible pull a length of umbilical cord. Ensure the back is facing to the right or left side before delivering the arms. Introduce two fingers into the vagina over the chest of the fetus and feel for both arms. If the arms are not felt it indicates extended or nuchal arm. If the arms can’t be delivered spontaneously, deliver the arms in one of the following ways: I. Lovset maneuver Holding the baby’s hip rotate the fetus by half a circle (1800) keeping the back uppermost and applying downward traction at the same time. This delivers the posterior arm, which now becomes the anterior arm, beneath the pubic arch. This may be assisted by placing one or two fingers on the upper part of the arm flexing it, which sweeps the arm over the chest. Then reverse the rotation (half a circle (1800) keeping the back upper most to deliver the remaining arm beneath the symphysis. II. Delivery of the posterior arm followed by anterior (or the reverse) Put one or two fingers into the vagina over the back of the baby. Slip the fingers over the shoulders, place them parallel to the humerus and apply downward pressure to deliver the arm. III. Extraction of the posterior arm It is useful for extended arm and the Lovset maneuver is not successful. C. Delivery of the head Allow the baby to hang until the nape of the neck or posterior hairline is visible. Then deliver the head in one of the following ways: I. Mauriceau Smellie Veit maneuver Introduce the non-dominant hand into the vagina over the face of the fetus which is supported by the forearm. Place the first (index) and the third (ring) fingers on the right and left cheek bones and place the second (middle) finger into the baby’s mouth. Pull the jaw down to flex the head. At the same time introduce the dominant hand into the vagina over the back of the fetus. Put the first and third fingers over the shoulders and the middle finger over the occipital prominence. Press down on the occiput to assist in flexion of the head. Ask an assistant to give supra pubic pressure by the base of the hand. Pull gently to deliver the head by making an arc following the pelvic curve. 154
  • 164.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology II. Wigand maneuver The procedure is like Mauriceau Smellie Veit maneuvers but differs by 1. The dominant hand instead of being introduced into the vagina it is put on the supra pubic area to provide supra pubic pressure. 2. An assistant is not needed to apply supra pubic pressure. III. by Pipers forceps D. Difficulties during vaginal breech delivery I. Nuchal arms (extended arms found behind the neck of the fetus) should be managed by Lovset maneuver or by rotating the fetus counter clock wise to deliver the right arm and often clock wise to dislodge and deliver the left arm. II. Extended arm is diagnosed when the arms are not felt on the chest. Management is like the nuchal arm. III. Arrest of the after coming head could be caused by incompletely dilated cervix, extended head, hydrocephalus or cephalopelvic disproportion (contracted pelvis or big baby) 1.5. Complications Breech presentation is associated with high perinatal morbidity and mortality. Possible complications contributing to maternal mortality and morbidity are obstructed labor, genital tract lacerations and increased risk of operative delivery. Fetal complications are cord prolapse, birth injury (superficial tissue damage, edema and bruising, fractures of the humerus, clavicle or femur, dislocation of shoulder or hip, Erb’s palsy, trauma to internal organs especially a ruptured liver or spleen, damage to adrenals, spinal cord damage or fracture of the spine and intracranial hemorrhage) and associated congenital malformations. 2. FACE PRESENTATION 155
  • 165.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology Face presentation is a kind of cephalic presentation where the neck of the fetus is fully extended so that the occiput lies on the back and the face (area of the fetal face between the orbital ridges and the chin. It is a rare condition occurring in 1 in 550 births. 2.1. Diagnosis Antenatal diagnosis is often difficult. Diagnosis is usually made in labour by vaginal examination. Diagnosis by Leopold maneuver is based on finding long ovoid uterus with no bulges in the flanks, S shaped ill defined fetal back with marked depression between the occiput and the back, and palpation of the cephalic prominence on the same side as the fetal back. Fetal heart beat is heard on the side of the feet in mento transverse and difficult to identify in mento posterior. On vaginal examination, with sufficiently dilated cervix, feeling the orbital ridges, eyes, nose and mouth clinches the diagnosis. Confusion may arise with breech presentation in prolonged labor with edema of the presenting part. The mouth may be open and the hard gums are diagnostic and the fetus may suck the examining finger. 2.2. Mechanism of labour The denominator is the mentum (chin). The presenting diameter is submento- bragmatic which is 9.5 centimeters. Eight possible positions exist depending on the relation of the chin to the various positions of the pelvis. Engagement occurs when the submento-bragmatic diameter passes the pelvic inlet. Decent with extension of the head occurs. At the pelvic floor internal rotation occurs. In most rotation of the chin occurs anteriorly so that the fetus assumes mento anterior position. In few the chin rotates towards the sacrum assuming persistent mentoposterior position. For mento anterior further decent with extension occurs till it reaches the perineum. Delivery occurs by flexion so that the sinciput, vertex and the occiput sweep the perineum. Restitution, external rotation and delivery of the shoulders by lateral flexion occur in the same manner as vertex presentation. For persistent mento posterior there is no further mechanism of labour. Unless relieved, further impaction results in obstructed labour. 2.3. Management of labour Caesarian section is indicated in the presence of big baby, contracted pelvis, previous uterine scar like previous caesarian section and elderly primi or woman with bad obstetric history. In labour persistent mentoposterior position, poor progress of labour and fetal 156
  • 166.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology distress are indications for caesarian section. Appropriate evaluation before or at the start of labour and proper follow up of labour is, therefore, essential. Follow up in the first stage of labour is like in vertex. Labour may be slow but as long as it is progressing nothing has to be done. The old saying "if a face is progressing leave it alone” is still valid. Augmentation of labour is generally contraindicated. Low forceps may be needed for mentoanterior position in prolonged second stage. 2.4. Complications These include cord prolapse, facial bruising and swelling which disappear in one week and 1-2 days respectively, cerebral hemorrhage, extensive perineal lacerations, increased operative delivery and obstructed labour. 3. BROW PRESENTATION Brow presentation is a kind of cephalic presentation in which there is partial extension of the fetal head so that the brow (area between the anterior fontanel and the orbital ridges) becomes the presenting part. It occurs in 0.06 % of deliveries. 3.1. Diagnosis Diagnosis by abdominal palpation is possible but unusual. Usually diagnosis is made in late labour. Finding the frontal suture, anterior fontanel, the orbital ridges and the base of the nose on vaginal examination with dilated cervix clinches the diagnosis. 3.2. Mechanism of labour The denominator is the anterior fontanel or the frontal bone. The presenting diameter is mentovertical diameter which is 13 centimeters. Engagement does not occur as this diameter is larger than the diameters of the pelvic inlet. Unless it reverts to either face or vertex presentation, there is no mechanism of labour for brow presentation. Spontaneous delivery of a term brow is unlikely. If no intervention is made the end result is obstructed labor. 3.4. Management In the absence of other conditions that mandate caesarian section, determination of the pelvic capacity and fetal size must be made. Emergency caesarian section is indicated for macrosomia and contracted pelvis. 157
  • 167.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology In early labour, in the absence of such conditions, management is expectant. This is based on the assumption that a brow may spontaneously revert to face or vertex, which occurs in 30 % of the cases. If it persists, the fetus has to be delivered by caesarian section. Augmentation of labour for arrested labour is not recommended. 4. COMPOUND PRESENTATION Compound presentation is a presentation in which an extremity (hand or foot) prolapses or descends along side the presenting part. The most common type is upper extremity prolapsing with vertex. Other varieties are upper extremity with breech or rarely lower extremity with vertex. Incidence is 1 in 1000 pregnancies. Diagnosis is made on vaginal examination in labour by palpating fetal extremity adjacent to the presenting part. If diagnosis is suspected but uncertain, ultrasound or X-ray can be used to locate the position of the extremities and search for mal formations. Management depends on gestational age, type of presentation and whether the hand or foot is prolapsing. Viability of the fetus should be documented prior to delivery since compound presentation is associated with prematurity. Labour should be allowed and delivery anticipated, if the fetus is non-viable (<28 weeks according to our country's protocol) or has gross congenital malformation or is dead. For viable fetus, hand prolapsing with vertex labour could be allowed to continue with the hope of spontaneous retraction of the hand as labour progresses. Any attempt to reduce the extremity by digital manipulation is contraindicated. Persistent cases should under go caesarian section. Vertex with foot and breech with hand are indications for caesarian section. 5. SHOULDER PRESENTATION (TRANSVRESE LIE) Shoulder presentation is a presentation in which the long axis of the fetus is at right angles to the axis of the uterus so that the presenting part becomes the shoulder. It is the most dangerous of the fetal presentations. Occasionally the lie is oblique but this does not persist as the uterine contractions during labour make it longitudinal or transverse. Incidence is 1:300 deliveries at term but is higher in preterm. 5.1. Diagnosis 158
  • 168.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology Diagnosis is easy but can be overlooked. On abdominal examination, the uterus is transversely oval with the fundus scarcely above the umbilicus. The fundal height is less than expected for the period of gestation. There is no fetal pole in the fundus and the pelvic inlet. The fetus lies crosswise with head in one side of the abdomen. These findings may be obscured after membrane rupture in late labour A very high and unreachable presenting part on vaginal examination highly suggests transverse lie. Ultrasound confirms the diagnosis and identifies the possible causes. In labour vaginal examination identifies the shoulders and/ or the ribs or in neglected cases the hand prolapsing through the vulva. 5.2. Mechanism of labour There is no mechanism of labour for an average sized fetus. If labour is allowed to continue obstructed labour develops. In women with capacious pelvis and premature fetus, delivery could occur by doubling up or spontaneous version. 5.3. Management · If transverse lie is diagnosed antenatal, refer the patient to hospital as term approaches. · If shoulder presentation is diagnosed during labour, refer the patient immediately to hospital. · Shoulder presentation diagnosed before term should be managed expectantly since there is a chance of spontaneous version. · Shoulder presentation reaching term can be managed by external cephalic version. 7.6. Complications · Cord prolapse · Uterine rupture with possible maternal death. This is especially true in neglected shoulder presentation. 6. UMBILICAL CORD PRESENTATION AND PROLAPSE It is decent of the umbilical cord into the lower uterine segment. Intermittent or continuous compression by the presenting part compromises the fetal circulation causing fetal hypoxia and eventually death. It may take the following forms: 159
  • 169.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology Overt cord prolapse: presentation of the cord beyond the cervix after rupture of the membranes, so that loop of cod is palpable or visible during examination. Occult cord prolapse: with ruptured membranes the cord has prolapsed along side the presenting part but not in front of it. This is not palpable during vaginal examination Cord presentation: the cord is in front of the presenting part with intact membranes so that it is felt through the membranes during vaginal examination. Incidence varies with the type of presentation. For overt cord prolapse it is 0.5% in cephalic, 0.5% in frank breech, 5 % in complete breech, 15 % in footling breech and 20% in transverse lie. Any condition that provides space between the presenting part and the pelvic inlet predisposes to cord presentation and prolapse. Maternal factors are contracted pelvic inlet, multi parity, tumor previa Fetal factors are malpresentation, long umbilical cord, low lying placenta, prematurity, multiple gestation, conditions that cause rupture of membranes before engagement of the presenting part like in PROM and polyhydraminos Iatrogenic factors are artificial rupture membrane done for fetus at high station Diagnosis of overt cord prolapse is done by finding loops of cord in the vagina or cervix. Feeling loops of cord through the membrane ahead of the presenting part diagnoses cord presentation. Diagnosis of occult cord prolapse is suspected by finding variable deceleration following rupture of the membranes. Management I. Cord presentation- emergency caesarian section if the fetus is mature or is nearing maturity. II. Occult cord prolapse – perform pelvic examination to rule out overt prolapse. Put in a position that corrects the fetal decelerations. If this does not correct it and the deceleration persists deliver the fetus by the fastest route (instrumental delivery or caesarian section. III. Overt cord prolapse – depends on presence of cord pulsation and cervical dilatation. If there is no pulsation await spontaneous delivery with or without destructive delivery. If pulsations are felt deliver by the fastest route (caesarian section if cervix is not fully dilated, instrumental delivery if cephalic and cervix is fully dilated, total breech extraction if breech and cervix is fully dilated). 160
  • 170.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology Note: If fetus is viable (FHB positive and cord pulsating) until the patient is ready for caesarian section put the patient in knee-chest position, apply continuous up ward pressure against presenting part , put the cord inside the vagina and give oxygen to the mother Complications are maternal (complications of operative deliveries) and neonatal (prognosis depends on the degree and duration of umbilical cord compression occurring before the diagnosis is made and neonatal resuscitation is begun. If the duration of complete cord occlusion is less than 5 minutes, the prognosis is good). Prevention and early detection · Artificial rupture of membrane should be avoided until the presenting part is well applied to the cervix. · After spontaneous or artificial rupture of membrane, careful and prompt pelvic examination should be done to rule out cord prolapse. · Before doing ARM, check for the presence of cord. 7. MALPOSITIONS (VERTEX-MALPOSITION) Occipito posterior (OP) may be normal in early labor. Most change by spontaneous rotation to occipitoanterior position. Progress of labor is not different from that of occipitoanterior position. But slow progress is common as the result of minor degrees of disproportion and the long rotation of the fetal head. In 10% it persists in occipito posterior position. Mechanism of labor in right occipito posterior position (long rotation) is the same as that of occipito anterior position except that it undergoes long rotation. In some cases the occiput takes short rotation to assume persistent occipitoposterior position and is delivered with face to pubis. Diagnosis is easily made by manual vaginal examination when one finds the posterior fontanel directed towards the sacrum. Women may complain of continuous and severe backache worsening with contractions. Management of persistent occipitoposterior position is similar to that of occipitoanterior position. One should anticipate prolonged labour from abnormal shape of the pelvis and the long rotation of the head. In the absence of CPD, augmentation of labour is possible for hypotonic uterine action. 161
  • 171.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology Possibilities for vaginal delivery in persistent occipitoposterior position include spontaneous vaginal delivery with generous episiotomy, forceps delivery with or without rotation, vacuum delivery and caesarian section for CPD. Review questions 1. Describe the general causes of malpresentation 2. Describe the techniques used in assisted breech delivery. 3. Describe the mechanism of labour in face presentation. 4. Discuss the diagnostic features of transverse lie. 5. Describe the management of overt cord prolapse. CHAPTER 18 162
  • 172.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology DYSTOCIA Learning Objectives To define dystocia and list its main causes. To discuss the difference between hypo and hyperactive uterine dysfunction. To list the major causes and complications of macrosomia. To define shoulder dystocia and enumerate the steps in the management. To discuss the clinical features and management of hydrocephalus. To describe ideal obstetric pelvis and list the indications for pelvic assessment. To define and classify contracted pelvis. Dystocia is difficult labor, which is characterized by abnormally slow progress of labor. It is the most common indication for primary caesarian section. Dystocia is a consequence of faults in the five P’s operating alone or in combination. · Power (uterine contraction and voluntary muscular efforts) · Passage (bony pelvis and soft tissues of the birth canal) · Passenger (the fetus) · Psyche and physician 1. Faults in the power (Inefficient uterine contraction or uterine dysfunction) Myometrial contractions in normal labor start from one of the pacemakers located in the uterine cornu. These contractions are characterized by triple descending gradient, which constitutes · Propagation of contraction which is downward from the fundus to the cervix. · Intensity of contraction that is stronger in the upper part of the uterus. · Duration of contraction that is longer in the upper part. · Peak of uterine contraction which occurs simultaneously in all parts. 163
  • 173.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology The net result of this is to provide effective uterine contraction, which pushes the fetus downwards, thus dilating the cervix. In normal labor effective uterine contraction should fulfill the following. · Frequency of 3-4 contractions per 10 minutes · Duration of 45-60 seconds during each contraction · Intensity of 20-60 mm Hg with resting tone of 10-15 mm Hg (fundus of the uterus can not be indented at the height of contraction) Any deviation from this pattern results in uterine dysfunction. In majority of uterine dysfunctions the cause is unknown. In the rest the following are implicated: · Minor to moderate degrees of CPD, which result in poor application of the presenting part to the cervix. · Uterine overdistension as in polyhydramnios or multiple pregnancy. · Anxiety and emotions (psychological factors), which depress release of oxytocin from the posterior pituitary. Uterine Dysfunction is common in primigravida than in multiparas (4% vs. 2%). It leads to prolonged labor which intern results in maternal exhaustion, increased risk of intrapartum and postpartum infection of the mother and fetus, fetal distress and operative deliveries. There are two types of uterine dysfunction a. Hypotonic uterine dysfunction (uterine inertia) b. Hypertonic uterine dysfunction (in coordinate uterine action) : Hypotonic UD Hypertonic UD Resting tone decreased Resting tone increased Normal gradient pattern with fundal dominance present Distorted gradient pattern lower segment dominance or complete assynchronism of electrical impulses. Contractions are decreased in intensity with slight rise in pressure therefore, less pain and uterus is indentable at the height of the contraction Contractions are increased in but are disorganized ,therefore, contractions more painful leading to ketosis Responds favorably to oxytocin gets accentuated by oxytocin 2. Faults in the passenger 164
  • 174.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology The fetus may be the cause of dystocia if the presentation is abnormal, if it is big sized or if it is grossly malformed. I- Malpresentation In the absence of contracted pelvis or/and big sized fetus most malpresentations and malpositions do not cause dystocia. Significant dystocia is a rule in shoulder presentation, persistent brow presentation, persistent mentoposterior presentation and breech with extended head, nuchal arm and hydrocephalus. II- Macrosomia Macrosomia is defined as fetal weight exceeding 4000 grams. The general rule is, the larger the size of the fetus the higher the chance of dystocia. There is no clear cut fetal weight limit implicated in causing dystocia. In a woman with normal sized pelvis dystocia is unusual if fetal weight is less than 3500 grams. The causes of macrosomia are maternal diabetes mellitus especially of gestational type and post date pregnancy. Increasing parity, increasing age and size of the mother are associated with macrosomia. Macrosomia should be suspected in a woman with big abdomen, fundal height of the uterus bigger than the calculated gestational age from the LMP, fetus seems large with minimum amount of amniotic fluid and non-engagement of fetal head at term. Fetal weight can be estimated by Johnson’s formula and ultrasound. Fetal weight in gram= fundal height in centimeters –n * 155 n= 12 if the vertex is above the ischial spine n= 11 if the vertex is below the ischial spine The anticipated complications of macrosomia are deep transverse arrest, shoulder dystocia, post partum hemorrhage from uterine atonia or genital tract tears and obstructed labor and its complications. III. Shoulder dystocia Shoulder dystocia is an acute obstetric emergency in which following the delivery of the head the shoulders of the fetus can not be delivered despite the performance of routine obstetric maneuvers. It results from impaction of the anterior shoulder above the symphysis pubis in an antero- posterior diameter. 165
  • 175.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology Risk factors for shoulder dystocia, which are identified in only less than 50%, include fetal macrosomia, maternal obesity; prolonged labor especially prolonged second stage of labor, previous history of shoulder dystocia and difficult operative vaginal deliveries. Diagnostic features include · Turtle sign – following the delivery of the head the neck is retracted and the head recoils against the perineum with the chin pressed against the maternal thigh. · Spontaneous restitution doesn’t occur and the face becomes plethoric. · Failure to deliver the shoulders with maternal expulsive effort and gentle down ward traction on the fetal head. Complications of shoulder dystocia are post partum hemorrhage from genital tract tears and uterine rupture, birth injuries (fractures, brachial plexus injury) and fetal asphyxia and death. Shoulder dystocia requires prompt and skillful management. The following steps are useful. Step1- Stop maternal expulsive efforts. Stop desperate pulling on the fetal head. Call for help. Step2- Disimpact the anterior shoulder by one or combination of the following maneuvers. · McRoberts maneuver (hyper flexion of both legs on the maternal abdomen) · Rubins maneuver (application of suprapubic pressure in lateral direction on the posterior aspect of the anterior shoulder) Step 3- Rotational maneuvers (effective anesthesia needed) · Wood screws maneuver – rotating the posterior shoulder backward through 1800(half circle). · Rubin rotational maneuver-Rotating the posterior shoulder forward through 1800. Step 4- Extraction of posterior arm Step 5- if the above fail perform symphysiotomy and clediotomy IV- Congenital malformations 1. Hydrocephalus 166
  • 176.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology Hydrocephalus is progressive enlargement of the cranium resulting from excess accumulation of cerebrospinal fluid in the ventricles of the brain. It accounts for 12% of malformations at birth and occurs in 1:1000 deliveries. In one third associated defects like spina bifida are found. Breech presentation is found in one third of cases. Significant dystocia from gross CPD is a rule. Clinical features, which may head in diagnosis, are broad firm mass above symphysis in cephalic presentation and in labour finding on vaginal examination of tense large fontanel, widened suture line and indentable thin cranial bones Definite diagnosis requires ultrasound examination, which shows dilated ventricles. Plain x-ray of abdomen may show large globular head with small face and thin cranial bones. The management of diagnosed hydrocephalus is drainage of excess cerebrospinal fluid by cephalocentesis (ventriculocentesis). This procedure involves passing long needle through the dilated suture lines into the ventricles. It can be done vaginally (after 3-4 cm cervical dilation in cephalic presentation or after the body and shoulders are delivered in breech presentation) or transabdominally before the onset of labor. 2. Others Malformations that may cause dystocia include congenital goiter and other neck swellings, abdominal masses including ascitis, distended fetal bladder, enlargement of liver, kidneys and spleen and conjoined twins. Diagnosis is often difficult and should be suspected if dystocia arises after delivery of the head .Often stillbirth is the end result. 3. Faults in the passage 3.1. Bony dystocia The true pelvis has an inlet, mid-cavity and outlet. An ideal obstetric pelvis fulfills the following: · Round or transversely oval pelvic brim (inlet) without undue projection of the sacral promontory. The inclination of the brim should be less than 550 below the horizontal, obstetric conjugate (anteroposterior diameter) of 12 cm and available transverse diameter of 12.5cm. · The cavity should be shallow with straight sidewalls from which the ischial spines do not project unduly and large sciatic notches with sacrospinous ligament accommodating two fingers (3.5cm). 167
  • 177.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology · Outlet with rounded sub pubic angle of 850 or more (two fingers) with inter tuberous distance of at least 10cm (4 knuckles). CONTRACTED PELVIS results if one or more of the critical internal diameters of the pelvis are shortened by 2cm or more. It is classified into: I. Generally contracted pelvis-involves contracture of the inlet, midcavity and outlet. II Inlet contracture – anteroposterior diameter of less than 10 cm OR transverse diameter of less than 12 cm. III. Midcavity contracture – anteroposterior diameter of less than 11.5cm or transverse diameter of less than 9.5cm. IV. Outlet contracture- intertuberous diameter of less than 8cm The causes of contracted pelvis are classified as follows. I. Normal development of the pelvic bones but with abnormal shape: android type pelvis (triangular brim) and platypelloid type pelvis (flat oval brim which is more common in women with short stature). II. Nutritional deficiency from rickets (Vitamin D deficiency) in child hood and osteomalacia in adult. III. Diseases or injury in the spines (kyphosis, scoliosis), pelvis (pelvic tumors, fractures) and the limbs (poliomyelitis in childhood) IV. Congenital disorders of spines (spondtlolistesis, high assimilation pelvis), pelvis (Naegels pelvis and Roberts’s pelvis) and the limbs (congenital dislocation of hips) Pelvic assessment The capacity of the pelvis can be assessed by clinical and X-ray pelvimetry. Pelvic assessment is indicated in: Primigravida at term with unengaged head. Primigravida with height less than 1.5 meters or age less than 18 years. Multipara with history of prolonged labor, stillbirth, early neonatal death or severe neonatal injury. Women to be induced or augmented. Before trial of scar in lady with previous caesarian section. Women with abnormal presentation (face, breech and brow). 168
  • 178.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology Clinical pelvic assessment should be done after emptying the bladder and putting the woman in lithotomy position. Then one should assess the following: Reachability of sacrum promontory. If reachable measure the diagonal conjugate. Smoothness and concavity of sacrum. Straightness of the sidewall and projection of the ischial spine. Size of sub pubic angle and intertuberous distance. Soft tissue masses and strechability of the perineum. Management The management of contracted pelvis depends on the degree of contracture and presence of other obstetric complications notably malpositions, malpresentations and macrosomia. Regardless of other obstetric complications, grossly contracted pelvis should be managed by caesarian section preferably electively. The management of borderline contracted pelvis depends on the presence of other obstetric complications. Caesarian section should be done in the presence of macrosomic fetus, malpresentation in a normal sized fetus and conditions which need induction/ augmentation. In the absence of these a trial of labor should be given before a decision of caesarian section. 169
  • 179.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology 3.2. Soft tissue dystocia Cause Management A. Cervical Dystocia Rigid cervix from stenosis digital dilation, cervical incision Conglutination of the cervix digital dilation, cervical incision Cervical cancer with infiltration caesarian section B. Vagina Septum(transverse or longitudinal) Incision or caesarian section Incomplete atresia caesarian section Annular stricture manual dilatation, incision or caesarian section Extensive scarring manual dilatation, incision or caesarian section Gartner duct cyst Aspirate aseptically Tetanic contraction of levator ani anesthesia Vulvar scar generous episiotomy C. Pelvic masses Myoma, ovarian cyst caesarian section Review Questions 1. Enumerate the causes of dystocia. 2. Discuss the difference between hypotonic and hypertonic uterine dysfunction. 3. Discuss the management of shoulder dystocia. 4. Discuss the classification and causes of contracted pelvis. 5. List the indications for pelvic assessment. 170
  • 180.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology CHAPTER 19 OBSTRUCTED LABOR AND RUPTURED UTERUS Learning Objectives To define obstructed labor and uterine rupture. To list the important causes of obstructed labor and uterine rupture. To enumerate the immediate and late complications of the obstructed labor. To discuss the clinical features obstructed labor and uterine rupture. To outline the management of obstructed labor and uterine rupture. To discuss the prevention of obstructed labor. 1. OBSTRUCTED LABOR 1.1. Definition- Obstructed labor (OL) is failure of descent of the fetus in the birth canal for mechanical reasons arising from either the passage or passenger in spite of adequate uterine contraction. It is an absolute condition, which should be applied only when further progress is impossible without assistance. 1.2. Importance OL is one of the major causes of maternal mortality in developing countries. Its incidence is mainly related to the availability, accessibility and quality of antepartum and intrapartum services in the community and to a lesser extent to the incidence of fetopelvic disproportion in the community. OL should never occur in communities where obstetric care is optimal even if disproportion is prevalent. Therefore, OL is considered as a sign of major failure in obstetric care. 171
  • 181.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology 1.3. Causes Cephalopelvic disproportion (CPD) remains to be the commonest cause of OL. Contracted pelvis (which is prevalent in developing countries where childhood malnutrition and early marriage are common)is responsible for most of the CPD. Macrosomic babies and fetal malformations account for the minor proportion of CPD. Malpresentation is the other major cause of OL. Included in here are neglected shoulder presentation, impacted big breech, and arrested aftercoming head in breech, persistent brow and mentoposterior presentations. In the presence of borderline contracted pelvis mentoanterior and persistent occipitoposterior positions may cause OL. Other rare causes of OL include deep transverse arrest, shoulder dystocia and soft tissue obstruction. 1.4. Complications The immediate and late complications of OL are responsible for the high maternal mortality, stillbirth and early neonatal death associated with this condition. In those who survive significant maternal and neonatal morbidity results in short and long term debility. The impact of these complications is immense in developing countries where health service coverage is low and resources are scarce. The immediate complications include · Atonic postpartum hemorrhage · Uterine rupture (rare in primigravidas) · Intra and post partum infection leading to peritonitis, sepsis and septic shock · Maternal tetanus · Fetal cerebral birth trauma · Fetal distress · Fetal and early neonatal infection and sepsis The late complications include · Fistulas(vesico-vaginal fistula and recto-vaginal fistula) · Vaginal stenosis and stricture · Foot drop(sciatic and common peroneal nerve injury) 172
  • 182.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology · Contracture of joints and ostitis pubis · Perinatal asphyxia & mental retardation 1.5. Clinical features Women with obstructed labour invariably give history of prolonged labor with early rupture of membranes. Usually these women did not receive ANC during pregnancy. On examination they are exhausted, anxious and weak. Invariably there are signs of dehydration and intrapartum infection. In multipara three tumors abdomen is seen prior to rupture (bladder, lower segment and thick upper segment with the Bandls ring in between).Uterus may be hypotonic or may show strong contractions especially in multipara. Bladder is edematous and distended with very little urine in it. Bowels are usually distended from acidosis induced hypokalemia. Fetus may be in distress or dead. Evidence of gross CPD (caput and significant molding) or malpresentation is found on pelvic examination. 1.6. Management The principles in the management of OL are · Obstruction must be relieved without delay. Before doing so, one should rectify the effects of prolonged labor (dehydration, acidosis and intrapartum infection) partially or fully. · Some form of operative delivery is always needed to relieve the obstruction (vaginal or abdominal). · Non-operative methods like oxytocin have no place in the management of OL. I. Resuscitation It should be started as soon as the diagnosis is made using the available facilities and resources. In referral cases, this has to be started at the peripheral clinic and continued during transportation. The components are: A .Fluid and electrolyte replacement to tackle dehydration and acidosis · Open an intravenous line preferably with a wide bore indwelling cannula · Infuse crystalloids fast.(for example 5%dextrose in saline with 50% glucose added ) · Monitor urine output by inserting indwelling plastic catheter (Catheterization may be difficult if the presenting part is impacted and may require digital dislodgement .Never use metallic catheter as this causes urethral injury.) 173
  • 183.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology B. Control infection In all cases infection must be assumed and intravenous broad spectrum antibiotics should be commenced prophylactically. The chosen antibiotics should cover gram positive, gram negative and anaerobic bacteria. Initial loading dose followed by maintenance dose should be given. II. Preintervention preparation · Catheterize the bladder as described above. · Empty the stomach by nasogastric tube. · Determine hemtocrite and blood group. Cross match at least 1 unit of blood · Give antacids orally III. Relief of obstruction One should decide on the best method of delivery because it has an impact on the survival of the mother. Unless there are contraindications vaginal route is preferred route of delivery. The risks associated with abdominal delivery are  Peritonitis from peritoneal contamination by infected uterine contents  Anesthetic risks like aspiration pnumonitis  Bladder and ureteral damage  Bleeding from extension of the incision  Scar on the uterus with risk of future rupture in a mother who may not return next time Abdominal delivery (caesarian section or laparatomy for uterine rupture) is indicated in the following conditions  Alive fetus with incomplete cervical dilatation or preconditions for instrumental delivery not fulfilled  Imminent or definite uterine rupture even if the fetus is dead  Dead fetus when criteria for destructive delivery are not met The modes in vaginal delivery include  Generous episiotomy if the cause is tight perineum or scarring from genital mutilation  Vacuum is of limited value except as an adjunct to symphysiotomy 174
  • 184.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology  Forceps is limited value except in deep transverse arrest  Symphysiotomy –limited experience  Destructive delivery (embryotomy) Vaginal route of delivery is contraindicated in the following conditions  Ruptured uterus (manipulation may extend the tear or removes the tamponade effect )  Imminent uterine rupture (manipulation may complete the rupture)  Alive fetus with high station or incomplete dilatation of the cervix  Dead fetus where the criteria for embryotomy are not fulfilled IV. Post intervention care  Increase intake (parenteral or oral) to reverse dehydration  Continue antibiotics (initially parenteral later oral) to complete full coarse  Institute continuous bladder drainage by indwelling catheter for 5-7 days 1.7. Prevention Even with aggressive management OL is associated with high mortality and morbidity both to the mother and the fetus. Therefore, health programs should focus on prevention of OL, which is considered to be a largely preventable condition. As a general rule, OL should never occur in a patient who has received optimal antenatal and intrapartum care. This can be achieved by non-sophisticated and non-expensive methods tailored to the immediate resources of the community. Where feasible, hospital care for all is ideal. The measures that should be undertaken to prevent OL include  Provision of accessible family planning methods  Provision of universal quality ANC to all pregnant women to identify risk factors  Provision of intrapartum care (includes use of partograph) by skilled personnel who can identify intrapartum risk factors and provide appropriate management (ranges from early referral to provision of treatment).  Provision of a well-organized and fully functional unit (hospital or health center) for delivery of comprehensive emergency obstetric care. This includes availability of functional operation theatre and blood transfusion services. 175
  • 185.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology  Provision of a good referral system for immediate transfer of mothers.  Community education on: · Harmful traditional practices (early marriage, female genital mutilation, harmful maneuvers in labor). · Importance of good nutrition in childhood and pregnancy · Empowering women. · Importance of ANC and supervision of labor by skilled personnel. 2. UTERINE RUPTURE 2.1. Definition and types Ruptured uterus is defined as a tear in the wall of the uterus which commonly occurs in the lower segment of the uterus. The tear could be anterior, posterior, lateral or combination of these. It could be transverse, vertical or combination of these configurations. In most, it occurs in the intrapartum period but antepartum rupture can occur especially in women with classic caesarian section scar or scars related to other gynecologic surgeries like myomectomy. Rupture of the uterus is classified into two categories.  Complete (true) - the tear extends through the whole thickness of the uterus including the myometrium and the peritoneum so that there is free communication with the peritoneal cavity.  Incomplete (occult) - the tear extends through the myometrium but not through the overlying peritoneum so that there is no free communication with the general peritoneal cavity. 2.2. Causes By far the commonest cause of uterine rupture is neglected obstructed labor especially in multipara. The next common cause is rupture or dehiscence of a previous caesarian section scar. Other causes include  Oxytocin or prostaglandin administration  Difficult instrumental delivery like high or mid forceps  Difficult destructive delivery 176
  • 186.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology  Internal podalic version and breech extraction  Difficult manual removal of placenta  Other surgical scars on the uterus(repaired ruptured uterus, myomectomy)  Vigorous fundal pressure and sharp penetrating trauma 2.3. Clinical features Diagnosis of uterine rupture is usually reached using clinical symptoms and signs. But at times it is difficult especially in those with scar on the uterus and those under regional anesthesia. Diagnosis in these cases often needs manual exploration of the uterus and even exploratory laparatomy. Clinical features are variable and are largely dependant on the time elapsed after the rupture, the site and extent of the rupture, the degree of fetal and placental extrusion(the degree of intraperitoneal spill)and the tamponade effect offered by the fetus. Therefore, a high index of suspicion is needed for diagnosis for those not presenting classically. The usual symptoms of impending (imminent) uterine rupture are  Worsening abdominal pain especially suprapubic persisting between contraction  Strange feeling of the fetus moving upwards The usual symptoms in uterine rupture include  Sudden cessation of contraction and fetal movement often following a sharp tearing pain at the height of the contraction  Temporary relief of pain followed by diffuse, continuous abdominal pain  Variable degree of vaginal bleeding depending on the degree of fetal impaction  Gross hematuria in anterior wall rupture with bladder rupture The clinical signs are also variable and include  Normal vital signs to profound shock (tamponade effect and involved blood vessels)  Variable pallor  Variable abdominal tenderness and distension  Absent uterine contraction and fetal heart beat  In anterior rupture, defect in the uterine wall and easily palpable fetal parts  Variable shifting dullness 177
  • 187.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology  Presenting part may be jammed or retracted with variable vaginal bleeding Feeling a defect on vaginal examination or seeing the defect at laparatomy makes definitive diagnosis of uterine rupture. 2.4. Management The life of the patient depends on the speed and efficacy with which hypovolemia is corrected, hemorrage is controlled and infection is treated. In places where surgical intervention cannot be provided, early referral should be undertaken only after resuscitative measures are initiated. A. Supportive management This has the objective of initiation of treatment for impending or full blown shock, intrapartum infection and preparing the woman for laparatomy. Components include · Opening intravenous line with wide bore cannula. · Vigorous infusion of crystalloids. · Initiation of parenteral antibiotics covering the mixed organisms like obstructed labour. · Performing laboratory tests for hemoglobin and blood group/RH status. · Preparing at least two units of cross matched blood. · Inserting naso-gastric tube and folley catheter. B. Definitive management Immediate laparatomy should be performed .The surgical options include · total abdominal hysterectomy · sub- total abdominal hysterectomy · repair of the rupture with bilateral tubal ligation Review Questions 178
  • 188.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology 1. Define obstructed labor and list the important causes. 2. Describe the complications of obstructed labor. 3. Discuss the management and prevention of obstructed labor. 4. Discuss the clinical features and management of ruptured uterus. 179
  • 189.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology CHAPTER 20 FETAL DISTRESS Learning Objectives To define fetal distress and describe its pathophysiologic basis To list the etiology of fetal distress with emphasis to iatrogenic causes To discuss the diagnostic features of fetal distress To describe the management of fetal distress Fetal Distress is the sign of inability to withstand the stress of labor leading to asphyxia, which if prolonged, places the fetus at risk of permanent neurologic injury, multiple organ failure and eventually death .There is no single indicator that definitely diagnoses fetal distress but abnormal fetal heart rate patterns and fetal scalp PH determination (where available) are usually used in the diagnosis. 1. Pathophysiology A normally grown fetus has stored reserves of glycogen and fat to be used at times of stress like labor. In labor temporary cessation of placental transfer of oxygen and nutrients occur during uterine contraction. This results in anaerobic metabolism with accumulation of lactic acid and carbon dioxide that increases as labor progresses. This is normally corrected between each contraction provided there is adequate oxygen carrying capacity of the mother, adequate perfusion of the placenta, adequate relaxation period between contractions (resting tonus), good umbilical blood flow (patent vessels) and adequate fetal energy reserve. Failure to correct this mild form from pathological conditions results in progressive accumulation of lactic acid and carbon dioxide. This results in acidosis and reduction of oxygen ending up in asphyxia .The net effect is change in fetal heart beat, which forms the basis fir diagnosis and in extreme cases passage of muconium. 180
  • 190.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology 2. Etiology In general all forms of fetal distress originate from deficient delivery of oxygen to the fetus. Some occur as the result of sudden catastrophic events like massive abruptio placenta and cord prolapse. Some are iatrogenic in origin. I. Uterine and placental factors  Increased tone and frequency of contraction from oxytocin induction and augmentation and precipitate labor  Decreased placental surface area from abruptio placenta  Uteroplacental insufficiency from post term pregnancy and hypertensive disorders of pregnancy II. Umbilical cord  Cord prolapse either iatrogenic or spontaneous  Cord compression from oligohydramnios and entanglement and knot III. Fetal factors  Limited or exhausted reserve like in intrauterine growth restriction, prolonged labor and fetal anemia (example isoimmunization) IV. Maternal factors  Decreased oxygenation from cardiac and respiratory diseases, severe anemia, smoking  Decreased blood pressure from sudden maternal shock (example APH), supine hypotension syndrome and conduction anesthesia 3. Diagnosis The diagnosis of FD is usually based on I. Abnormal fetal heart rate patterns An abnormal FHR pattern is associated with high false positive rate; therefore, it should be used as a screening method for which additional methods (scalp PH) are needed for confirmation. In the absence of confirmatory tests combination of abnormal patterns should be used to increase the sensitivity. .The abnormal patterns include  Baseline bradycardia is classified as moderate (fetal heart beat of 80-100/min for >3 min) and severe (fetal heart beat of <80 /min for > 3 min) 181
  • 191.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology  Baseline tachycardia is classified as mild (fetal heart beat of 161-180 /min for >15 min) and severe (fetal heart beat of > 180 / min for > 15 min)  Repeated late deceleration  Severe recurrent variable deceleration (drop of FHB to < 70/ min with duration of > 60 sec)  Reduced beat to beat variability II. Fetal scalp blood PH and gas analysis Currently, it is the best method to assess the acid base status of the fetus. It needs special gas analyzer and is not available in all settings. 4. Management The management of fetal distress has two components I. Correction of the potential insults (intrauterine resuscitation)  Put the mother in left lateral position  Start intravenous infusion of fluids(dextrose in saline with 40 %glucose)  Give oxygen by mask at the rate of 8-10 liters/minute  Discontinue oxytocin  Correction of hypotension of regional anesthesia  For cord prolapse put in knee chest position and disimpact the presenting part  Others- amnioinfusion for cord compression -acute tocolysis with terbutaline till delivery II. Remove the fetus from the hostile environment Deliver the fetus by the most expeditious route. This is accomplished by caesarian section (if in the first stage or if prerequisites for instrumental delivery are not met in the second stage) or by instrumental delivery (if in the second stage). Review questions 1. Describe the pathophysiology of fetal distress. 2. Enumerate the causes of fetal distress. 182
  • 192.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology 3. Discuss the management of fetal distress. References 1. DeCherney AH, Pernoll ML Current. Obstetrics and Gynecologic diagnosis and treatment, 8th edition, 1994. 2. Lawson J. B, Stewart D. B, Obstetrics and Gynecology in the Tropics and developing countries 3. Scott JR., DiSaia PJ, Hammond CB, Spellacy WN: Danforth’s obstetrics and Gynecology, 8th edition, 1999. 4. Novak’s text of Obstetrics & Gynecology, 10th edition, 1981. 5. Addis Ababa University faculty of medicine department of Obstetrics and Gynecology: Guideline for management of obstetric and gynecologic problems, 1st edition, 2003. 6. Bennett V.Ruth and Brown Linda K.: MYLES text book for mid wives, 13th edition 7. Llewellyn Jones D, Fundamentals of Obstetrics and Gynecology, Volume 1, Fifth edition, 1990 8. Kenneth R. Niswander, Manual of Obstetrics, diagnosis and therapy, 1st edtion, 1982 9. John Cook, Surgery at district hospital, Obstetrics and Gynecology 1991 10. Dreissen F, Obstetric problems, A practical manual, 1991 11. WHO, Department of reproductive health and research, integrated management of pregnancy and childbirth. Managing complications in pregnancy and childbirth. A guide for midwives and doctors, 8. 12. MOH/ FHD, Technical Guidelines in managing maternal and new born care 13 Cunningham F. Gary et. al, Williams Obstetrics,20th edition, 1993 14. King M, Bews P, Karins , Thornton J: Primary surgery, Volume 1 (Non trauma); Oxford medical publication, 1990 183
  • 193.
  • 194.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology PART IV NORMAL AND ABNORMAL PEURPERIUM 185
  • 195.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology CHAPTER 21 NORMAL PUERPERIUM AND ITS MANAGEMENT Learning objectives · To describe the normal changes of puerperium · To know the conduct of normal puerperium · To detect and manage abnormal puerperium Introduction: Puerperium is the period of adjustment following pregnancy and delivery when anatomic and physiologic changes of pregnancy are reversed and the body returns to non pregnant state. This period of adjustment traditionally extends to six weeks postpartum. It is classified into three phases · Immediate extends from delivery to 24 hours postpartum · Early extends from 24 hours to the end of the first week · Late extends from the end of the first week to complete involution of the generative organs which is traditionally 6 weeks Physiologic changes of puerperium 1. Involution This is a process by which the reproductive organs return to the pre-gravid state. The uterus from a size of 20 weeks (at or just below the umbilicus) just after delivery reduces in size at a rate of one finger per day. By the end of the first week it is 12 weeks, by 10 -14 days it becomes impalpable per abdomen and reaches non gravid state by 6 weeks. Its weight reduces from 1000 grams at the end of delivery to 50- 100 grams by 6 weeks. 186
  • 196.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology In the first 2- 3 days after delivery the uterus contracts strongly causing lower abdominal discomfort and pain. This is called the after pain and is commonly seen in multiparas. It is worse after suckling. The endometrium, besides the placental site, differentiates into superficial and basal layers in 2-3 days. The superficial layer gets necrotic and is cast off as lochia. Regeneration of the basal layer is completed in 10- 16 days. The placental site is reduced by 50% following delivery. Regeneration starts by day 7 and is completed between 3-6 weeks. Lochia is an alkaline discharge of variable amount from the uterus during puerperium. Depending on the color, it is classified as · Lochia rubra reddish discharge from day 1- 4 which rapidly becomes reddish brown and mainly contain blood. · Lochia serosa pink colored discharge from day 5-9 · Lochia Alba thick yellowish whitish discharge starting from day 10 and extends for variable period. It mainly contains white blood cells and degenerated decidual cells The cervix becomes a little more than one centimeter dilated at the end of the first week, and then closes slowly. For those that have delivered vaginally, the external os changes to transverse slit. Complete healing and re epithialization of laceration takes 6-12 weeks. Vagina, perineum and abdominal wall regain their tone but some degree of laxity remains. The torn hymen forms carenculae myrtiformis. Traumatic lesions of the vagina and the vulva heal in 5-7 days. 2. Systemic changes Enlargement of the kidneys persist for moths. Glomerular filtration rate returns to normal in 8 weeks. Ureteric dilatation persists for 12 weeks. Urinary ladder capacity is increased with little increase in intravesical pressure. Incomplete emptying results in more residual urine. Diuresis of the excess extra cellular fluid starts between days2-5 and causes weight loss of 4 kilograms. There is rapid consumption of clotting factors in the first few hours after delivery. But after the first day, there is rapid crease in clotting factors which reaches maximum y days 3- 5 and maintained for 2 weeks. Leukocytosis of upto 25000 per mm3 is common. 187
  • 197.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology Blood volume returns to normal in third week. Blood pressure tends to increase is the first 5 days owing to the increase in peripheral resistance. Cardiac output takes moths to return to normal. 3. Endocrine changes Most protein placental hormones, like human placental lactogen, become undetectable within one day. HCG levels gradually decline and disappear by 11-16 days. Estrogen and progesterone levels also decline to reach their lowest between 3-7 days. The pitutary gland, which has increased in size by 30- 100% during pregnancy, starts to regress after the first week. In non lactating mother, prolactin level returns to non pregnant level by 2 weeks. In lactating mother, it remains above the non pregnant level with dramatic increase during suckling. Depending o the frequency of feeding, this response gradually declines over a period of 6- 12 months. With the disappearance of human placental lactogen, relative hyperinsulinemia develops resulting in lower fasting ad postprandial glucose levels. In diabetic women insulin requirements fall. 4. Return of fertility and menustration Follicular phase level of estrogen is reached in 19- 21 days in non lactating, in 60 – 80 days in lactating and menstruating women vagina up to 180 days lactating amenorrhic women. FSH ad LH levels are very low in the first 10- 12 days in all women Levels then reach follicular phase levels at the end of second and third weeks. Menustration resumes in six weeks in 30% and in 12 weeks in 70% of non lactating women. In lactating women the range for resumption of menustration is 2-18 months, with 70 % starting to have ovulation by 36 weeks. In non lactating women, ovulation resumes as early as 33 days. In lactating women this is highly variable and is largely dependent on the strength of suckling (frequency and duration of each feeding and weaning). The earliest time of ovulation in lactating women is 10 weeks, with only 20 % ovulating in six months. 5. Initiation and maintenance of lactation Two events needed for the initiation of lactation are drop in placental hormones mainly progesterone and estrogen and release of oxytocin and prolactin by suckling reflex (letdown reflex). This reflex is a neuroendocrine reflex. The first milk (colostrum) has high fat and antibody content with little casein. 188
  • 198.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology Advantages of breast feeding includes acceleration of uterine involution, provides postpartum contraception, provides nutrients and antibodies to the neonate, it is ideal food at right temperature and is sterile, does not need preparation and enhances mother to child bonding. Risks are mother to child transmission of HIV in HIV positive mother, development of cracked nipples and mastitis. Lactation suppression can be achieved by tight fitting brassiere, giving estrogen alone or combined with testosterone and bromocryptine. Conduct of normal puerperium (Post partum care) Depending on the practices in different settings, women with uncomplicated labour and delivery can be discharged in 6 to 24 hours. Adequate patient support at home is essential. · Adequate rest during the day and a good night sleep is essential. Insomnia, which is a common during early puerperium, should be treated with sedatives. · Early ambulation as of the second day. This will accelerate involution, helps in drainage of lochia, and reduces deep vein thrombosis and constipation. Usual household activities should be started after three weeks including postpartum exercises. · The importance of nourishing diet with high calorie and high fluid intake should be stressed. · Bathing can be take as soon as the woman is ambulatory. Vaginal douching should be avoided in early puerperium. Perineal hygiene using clean soap and water should be do e twice a day. Perineal pads are used as needed and should be properly disposed. · Encourage periodic voluntary micturition every four hours to prevent acute urinary retention. · Sexual intercourse may resume when bright bleeding ceases, the vulvar lacerations have healed and the woman is physically comfortable and emotionally ready. Physical readiness usually takes three weeks. · Care of the baby which includes breast feeding, immunization, weaning practice and hygiene. · Breast care 189
  • 199.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology · Contraception: Risks of pregnancy with or without breast feeding should e discussed. Family planning methods should be started as early as possible (2-3 weeks) depending on free informed choice of the mother. Abstinence till the postpartum visit is one option. Natural methods can be used in highly motivated couples. But it needs the resumption of normal menstrual cycle. Barrier methods such as condoms and spermicidals can be used except the cervical cup and diaphragm. Hormonal contraceptives mainly progesterone only pills, injectables and implants can be used safely. Intrauterine device can be inserted after 6 weeks. Permanent methods of contraception mainly tubal ligation can be done immediately (within 72 hours) or after 6 weeks. · Danger symptoms that include persistent bloody lochia, offensive lochia, severe perineal pain or swelling, fever, unilateral painful swelling of the legs and playful swollen breast. · Provision of medications: analgesics for afterpain and perineal pain, sedatives for insomnia, sitz bath for episiotomy and perineal lacerations, hemathenics for anemia, anti D gamma globulin for RH negative unsensitized women with RH positive neonate, antibiotics if indicated · Postnatal follow up: It is usually conducted after 6 weeks. Review questions 1. Define puerperium. 2. Describe the physiologic changes of puerperium. 3. Discuss the management of normal puerperium. 190
  • 200.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology CHAPTER 22 POSTPARTUM HEMORRHAGE (PPH) Learning objectives · To define PPH and describe the important causes of PPH · To identify high risk factors for PPH. · To outline the management of PPH. . 191
  • 201.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology · To describe the techniques of manual removal of placenta. · To describe the diagnosis and management of uterine inversion. Introduction Postpartum hemorrhage (PPH) accounts for 25% of direct maternal deaths and affects 5.8% of vaginal deliveries. PPH is a description of an event not a diagnosis; therefore, one should identify the cause before giving specific treatment. It is the second commonest cause of maternal death in Ethiopia. In developed countries, better obstetric care and use of oxytocic drugs has reduced the incidence of primary PPH from over 15% to fewer than 4% of all deliveries. 1. Definition and classification Post partum hemorrhage is defined as blood loss of more than 500ml following vaginal delivery of the fetus and 1000 ml following delivery of the fetus by caesarian section or a fall in hemtocrite of more than 10% from predelivery values or bleeding following delivery causing change in the vital signs. Depending on when it occurs, it is classified into three. Third stage hemorrhage is PPH that occurs between the delivery of the fetus and the delivery of the placenta. Primary PPH is PPH that occurs within the first 24 hours of the delivery of the fetus. Secondary PPH is PPH that occurs between 24 hours of the delivery of the fetus and 6 weeks postpartum. 2. Primary PPH 2.1. Causes and predisposing factors There are four major causes of primary PPH. I. Uterine atonia This account for 50% of primary PPH. Predisposing factors include · Over distended uterus from multiple pregnancy, polyhydramnios and macrosomia. · Exhausted or weak myometrium from prolonged/obstructed labor, chorioamnionitis, induction/augmentation of labor using oxytocin, anesthesia with halothane, precipitate 192
  • 202.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology labour and conditions which decrease nutrient supply to the uterus ( anemia and hypotension of any cause). · Previous history of uterine atony · Others; - full bladder, grandmultiparity (more than five children), uterine liomyoma and APH (ante partum hemorrhage from placenta previa and abruptio placenta). II. Genital tract trauma (lacerations) This causes 20% of primary PPH and includes bleeding from perineal tears, episiotomy extensions, vaginal tears, cervical tears and ruptured uterus. It also includes pelvic hematoma. The risk factors are precipitate labour, difficult instrumental and destructive deliveries, macrosomia, shoulder dystocia, caesarian section and difficult manual removal of the placenta. III. Retained placenta cotyledons and membrane This mainly results from the mismanagement of the third stage of labour (controlled cord traction before the signs of separation of the placenta and failure to properly examine the placenta following its delivery). IV. Coagulation and bleeding disorders The risk factors include severe preeclampsia/ ecclampsia, severe abruptio placenta, prolonged intrauterine fetal death, amniotic fluid embolism, anticoagulant treatment and bleeding disorder before pregnancy. 2.2. Management Call for help! Effective management of primary PPH requires team work. One group is involved in resuscitation and at the same time another group has the task of identifying and treating the cause of the bleeding. I. Resuscitation Establish an intravenous line. Take blood for hemoglobin, blood group and Rh factor determination and cross matching. Start infusing intravenous fluids fast. Rate depends on the extent of bleeding and vital sign derangement. Insert an indwelling bladder catheter and record urine output. Take vital signs frequently. II. Identify the cause and institute appropriate treatment. 193
  • 203.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology Step1. First assess the tone of the uterus per abdomen .If the uterus is firmly contracted; uterine atony is unlikely and proceed to step 2. If the uterus is flabby and soft institute the following management for uterine atony. Make sure that the bladder is empty. Initiate uterine contraction by either rubbing up the uterus and by giving oxytocic drugs like pitocin or ergometrine or prostaglandins. Oxytocin can be given as an infusion of 20 I.U. in 1000 ml dextrose in saline initially run fast until the uterus contracts well then at the rate of 40 drops/min. The dose of ergometrine is 0.25 – 0.5mg intramuscular or intravenous which can be repeated every 5 minutes to maximum of 1.25 mg. Hypertension and cardiac diseases are a relative contraindication for ergometrine use. It may inhibit subsequent uterine exploration because of titanic uterine contraction. If no intravenous access oxytocin 10 IU intramuscular or intramyometrial can be given. If bleeding continues despite the above measures one should perform bimanual compression of the uterus. This is a life saving obstetric procedure which must be performed by all health professionals attending deliveries. The first part of the procedure involves grasping the posterior aspect of uterine fundus and pushing it down to the symphysis by the nondominant hand per abdomen. The second part of the procedure involves inserting sterile gloved other hand into the vagina and placing the first and second fingers on either side of the cervix in the anterior fornix and push it up and anteriorly. Then massage the uterus with both hands while compression of the uterus is maintained. The pressure should be applied continuously for 5 minutes. If the bleeding continues surgical intervention should be taken without delay. The options range from conservative surgery of uterine or internal iliac artery ligation to radical surgery of hysterectomy (subtotal or total). Manual compression of the aorta can be done while preparing for surgery or during referrals. This method can be kept for hours. Step2. Inspect of the perineum, the vagina and the cervix under good light for laceration or tears. Inspection of the vagina is done with the help of vaginal specula and all the walls are inspected. Inspection of the cervix requires placement of two oval forceps on the lips of the cervix which are rotated alternatively to cover the whole circumference of the cervix. Management of genital tears is repair of the tears. Step3. If no tear is found then perform manual exploration of the uterus under aseptic conditions for reminants of the placenta and to detect uterine rupture. 194
  • 204.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology For reminants the management is manual curettage or postpartum curettage by manual vacuum aspiration or postpartum curret, which must be done under the cover of oxytocin. For uterine rupture laparatomy must be done. Step4. If no reminants or uterine rupture is found on manual exploration then consider coagulopathy as a cause of primary PPH. The management is treating the underlying cause and replacing clotting factors by fresh whole blood or fresh frozen plasma. 2.3. Prevention The most important preventive measure for uterine atony is universal application of active third stage management. Prevention of risk factors during ANC (like anemia) and intrapartum period (like prolonged labour) is also equally important. Provision of controlled delivery of the fetus and adhering to the principles of instrumental and other operative deliveries reduces genital tract trauma. Proper third stage management prevents PPH from reminants. 3. Secondary PPH 3.1. Causes Retained placental pieces or blood clot or membrane Sub involution of the uterus Endomyometritis Undiagnosed genital tract tear Uncommon: Necrotic fibroid, choriocarcinoma, chronic inversion 3.2. Management I. General a. Treatment of shock b. Start antibiotics c. Investigations- hemoglobin, white blood cell count, ultrasound for reminants, HCG in titer and others II. Specific 195
  • 205.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology a. Evacuate the uterus under oxytocin. oral ergometrine may be continued for 3-5 days. b. Sitting or semi-sitting position assists in gravitational drainage. c. Treat anemia d. Rarely hysterectomy and exploration may be required. 3.3. Prevention Proper examination of the placenta and membranes. Clean delivery. Prophylactic antibiotics when there are any of the predisposing factors. 4. Retained Placenta Retained placenta is the term used when the placenta is retained with no part of it extracted or delivered after 30 minutes of the delivery of the fetus. Retained placenta causes third stage hemorrhage and if this does not occur it predisposes to puerperal sepsis. The possible causes are uterine inertia, constriction ring, retracted cervix, pathological adherence of the placenta (placenta accreta) and mismanagement of third stage. The management of retained placenta is removal of the placenta. Before removal is attempted, an intravenous line should be opened and blood for hemtocrite, blood grouping and cross matching should be taken. To determine the method of removal of the placenta, first assess the size and tone of the uterus abdominally and perform vaginal examination to assess the degree of cervical dilatation and the presence of placental tissue in the cervix or vagina. Depending on the degree of placental separation and cervical dilatation the retained placenta can be delivered by one of the following methods. · Controlled cord traction as described in chapter · Manual removal of placenta · Postpartum curette in pieces Manual removal of the placenta is a basic life saving obstetric procedure. It is indicated in third stage hemorrhage, retained placenta of more than 1 hour and in active third stage management when the cord is severed or if the placenta is not delivered by controlled cord traction in 5 minutes. 196
  • 206.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology The potential complications are cervical tear, uterine rupture, PPH secondary to remnants of the placenta and puerperal sepsis. Technique Manual removal has to be done after catheterizing the bladder and opening an intravenous line. Some sort of analgesia/ ansthesia has to be used like pethidine 25-50mg and diazepam 10-20 mg intravenous or ketamine. Lithotomy position is adopted. Remove the placenta as follows, The vulva and protruding cord are cleaned with antiseptic solution. Controlled cord traction is tried for last time. Stop oxytocin drip just before manual removal to allow the cervix to relax, so that the fingers pass through it. Hold the cord with the left hand. The right hand traces the course of the umbilical cord through the vagina and cervix into the uterus to palpate the edges of the placenta. Identify the physiologic line of separation by gentle pressure using the ulnar border of the hand. Failure to identify this line suggests adherent placenta and further attempt to separate the placenta should be abandoned at once. Once the physiologic line of separation is identified, gently separate the placenta from the wall of the uterus with a slow sawing movement with the ulnar border of your hand. After full separation of the placenta, remove it by holding it in the palm of the hands. Inspect the placenta for completeness. Reintroduce the hand to explore the uterus for any pieces that may have been left behind and for intactness of the uterus. Following successful removal, give ergometrine 0.25 – 0.5 mg intravenous or intramuscular and continue oxytocin drip. Assess the tone of the uterus. Inspect the lower genital tract for tears. Give prophylactic antibiotics. Monitor the vital signs and observe for vaginal bleeding. 5. Uterine inversion Uterine inversion is the prolapse of the fundus to or through the cervix so that the uterus is in effect turned inside out. It could be incomplete (fundus is inverted but does not protrude through the cervix) or complete (the fundus has prolapsed through the cervix and may even be visible at the vulva) Depending on the duration it is classified into three. 197
  • 207.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology Acute inversion is that occurs immediately after delivery or within 24 hours post delivery (before the cervix retracts). Sub acute inversion is that occurs between 24 hours and before 4 weeks after delivery (the cervix already retracted). Chronic inversion is that occurs after 4 weeks following delivery. Acute uterine inversion Acute uterine inversion is an acute obstetric emergency which occurs 1 in 2000-2500 deliveries. The exact etiology is unknown. For acute inversion to occur the following conditions must be fulfilled. The cervix must be dilated, The placenta must be fundally attached, The fundus must be relaxed (from congenital weakness or prolonged labour or magnesium sulphate induced) and A force pushing down the fundus (strong traction on the cord before placental separation without controlled cord traction or vigorous fundal pressure) The predisposing factors are mismanagement of third stage (pulling on the cord before separation and failure to do controlled cord traction), fundal pressure in a relaxed uterus like Crede maneuver, adherent placenta, vigorous manual removal of placenta and previous history of uterine inversion. Clinical features The patient typically presents with severe or dull aching pain in the lower abdomen (from stretching of the ovaries). Vaginal bleeding is variable and largely depends on the degree of placental separation. Shock, which is out of proportion of the degree of vaginal bleeding, in the third stage or soon after should arouse the possibility of acute uterine inversion (mainly of neurogenic origin). Failure to palpate the uterus and feeling of cup like depression instead on abdominal palpation and feeling of the fundus as a dark red-blue mass in the vagina or the cervix on vaginal examination confirms the diagnosis. The placenta may or may not be attached. Prevention · Proper third stage management (wait for signs of placental separation before cord traction and apply counter pressure). 198
  • 208.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology · Avoid excessive traction on the cord · Avoid excessive fundal pressure. · Avoid excessively vigorous manual removal of the placenta. Management Resuscitation which includes aggressive and prompt treatment of shock by two intravenous lines (crystalloids and later blood are used). Specific treatment is immediate replacement of the uterus by manual repositioning of the uterus. Where available, hydrostatic repositioning of the uterus can be done. If these fail immediate referral for surgical repositioning of the uterus must be done. Review Questions 1. Describe the causes and predisposing factors of primary PPH. 2. Describe the management of primary PPH. 3. Describe the techniques of the following life saving procedures. A. Bimanual compression of the uterus B. Manual removal of placenta C. Inspection of the cervix and repair of cervical tear 4. Describe the diagnostic features and the management of acute uterine inversion 199
  • 209.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology CHAPTER 23 POSTPARTAL COMPLICATIONS Learning Objectives: To define puerperal sepsis and list the predisposing factors To describe the causes and the management of puerperal sepsis To describe the clinical characteristics and management of breast engorgement and acute mastitis To list the clinical features of deep vein thrombosis To describe the psychosocial complications that can occur during post partum period. 1. PUERPERAL SEPSIS 1. Definition and etiology Puerperal sepsis is a temperature elevation of 380c (100.40F) or more occurring at least twice after the first 24 hours and before the tenth postpartum day and ascribed to genital origin. It is a general term which describes any infection of the genital tract after delivery. WHO defines it as infection of the genital tract occurring at any time between the onset of rupture of membranes or labour and 42nd postpartum day in which 2 or more of the following are present: pelvic pain, oral temperature of 38.50c or more at any one occasion, abnormal vaginal discharge or pus, delay in involution of the uterus (<2 cm/day) and abnormal odor of the discharge. In majority, it is an ascending infection caused by the normal polymicrobial flora of the vagina and the gastrointestinal tract. These include aerobes, facultative anaerobes and anaerobes 200
  • 210.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology of both gram positive and gram negative types. Rarely exogenous microorganisms may cause puerperal sepsis like Clostridial and Staphylococcal infections. This occurs by using contaminated instruments and hands or by inserting foreign objects into the vagina. 2. Incidence and risk factors It is one of the most common complications of puerperium occurring in 1-3 % o vaginal deliveries and 25- 50 % of caesarian deliveries. It is still a significant cause of maternal deaths in developing countries. The risk factors could be local or systemic. They include Route of delivery- the single and most important actor (risk is 5-8 times higher after caesarian section as compared to vaginal delivery) Prolonged rupture of membranes of > 12 hours Prolonged labour of > 12 hours Multiple pelvic examinations Chorioamnionitis Intrauterine manipulations like manual removal of placenta Reminants of placenta and genital lacerations Systemic factors like immunosuppressive conditions (diabetes and HIV/AIDS), anemia, Use of prophylactic antibiotics 3. Differential diagnosis The following extragenital infections may cause fever in the postpartum period. These must be ruled out by history, physical examination and appropriate investigations. These conditions are urinary tract infection (cystitis and pyelonephritis mainly caused by E. coli), acute mastitis, breast engorgement, thrombophlebitis, acute febrile illnesses (malaria, relapsing fever and others) and other less common causes of fever like pneumonia. 4. Types of puerperal sepsis 4.1. Endomyometritis It is infection of the endometrium and myometrium. It is the commonest form of puerperal sepsis. It usually starts from the placental site and adjacent endomyometrium. If untreated it progresses to pelvic cellulitis, pelvic peritonitis and generalized peritonitis, pelvic abscess, septicemia/ septic shock and pelvic thrombophlebitis. 201
  • 211.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology Symptoms are fever o variable degree which often starts on the 3rd post partum day, profuse and malodorous lochia (absent in Group B streptococcal infection), lower abdominal pain initially central and later on as the disease progresses may involve the lower quadrants and the rest o the abdomen and constitutional symptoms like malaise. The physical findings are temperature of >38.80c, tachycardia, tachypnea in advanced cases, lower abdominal tenderness and uterine tenderness with sub involution. Signs of pelvic and generalized peritonitis indicate complicated endomyometritis. Evidence of septic shock may be found. Laboratory investigations reveal leukocytosis with let shift and positive blood culture in some cases. Complications include pelvic peritonitis and generalized peritonitis, pelvic abscess, pelvic thrombophlebitis, septic shock and as late complication infertility and ectopic pregnancy. Management, therefore, should be aggressive. All cases should be admitted. Specific measure is initiating multiple broad spectrum parenteral antibiotics covering the causative organisms (gram positives, gram negatives and anaerobes) and continued until the patient is fever free for 24- 48 hours. In our setting the antibiotic regimen uses ampicillin, an aminoglycoside and metronidazole. If reminants is suspected or diagnosed evacuation of the uterus under the cover of oxytocin infusion should be done. General measures like resuscitation with intravenous fluids; maintenance of electrolytes and bowel decompression if paralytic ileus occurs, antipyretics and bed rest in the semi- fowler position should be started. Monitoring for progress can be done by measuring the vital signs four times a day, performing abdominal examination daily and checking white cell count on daily basis. NOTE. If fever is still present 72 hours after initiation of treatment or if the condition of the patient worsens or if abdominal tenderness increases reevaluate the patient and revise the diagnosis (consider peritonitis, pelvic abscess, pelvic thrombophlebitis, other febrile illnesses and drug resistance). Prevention is by following aseptic technique during labor, avoiding traumatic delivery, avoiding repeated pelvic examinations, preventing prolonged labour by using partograph, using prophylactic antibiotics when needed, proper third stage management to prevent remnant and treating systemic illnesses and nutritional deficiency. 4.2. Wound infections 202
  • 212.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology It includes episiotomy site infections, infections of lower genital tract tears, and abdominal wound infections after caesarian section or laparatomy. Episiotomy site infection presents with persistent pain and offensive discharge from the site. Fever is variable. Finding a tender, indurated, swollen and reddened wound edges with or with out discharge clinches the diagnosis. Signs of abdominal wound infection include persistent pain over the wound and tender, indurated, swollen, and reddened wound edges. Fever with no apparent cause which persists to the fifth postoperative day should arouse suspicion of postoperative wound infection. Management is removal of sutures and drain abscess if any and provision of local wound care with antiseptic solutions. Antibiotics indicated only if there are systemic signs of infections. Secondary closure may be needed after signs of infection have cleared. 2. BREAST COMPLICATIONS 1. Breast engorgement It results from lymphatic and venous congestion (not from over distension of the breast with milk). It often occurs within 48 hours of delivery. Most often both breasts are swollen, tender, tense, and warm. Temperature may be mildly elevated but doesn’t exceed 380c. Management includes expression of milk by hand or with a pump or by breast feeding the neonate. If sever and persistent suppression of lactation may be needed. Supporting the breast with a binder or brassiere and applying cold compress to the breast helps. 203
  • 213.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology 2. Acute postpartum mastitis It is an infections condition of the breast caused by staphylococcus aureus. It usually presents near the end of the first week post partum and often involves one of the breasts (unilateral). If not treated it may end up in breast abscess. Presenting complaints include fever, chills, and painful swelling of the breast. Patient has tachycardia with temperature of greater than 380c. The involved breast is hot, tender and swollen. In case of abscess formation there will be tender fluctuant mass. Management is cloxacillin 500 mg orally every six hours for 7 days, antipyretics and support of breast with bra and cold compress. Breast feeding can be continued. If abscess is diagnosed it must be drained. 2. DEEP VEIN THROMBOSIS (DVT) Pregnant women are at increased risk of DVT because of hypercoagulable state o the blood and prolonged immobilization that commonly occurs in the immediate postpartum period. It is an emergency condition that should be treated promptly and aggressively. Symptoms are painful swelling of one of the legs (rarely bilateral) which is occasionally associated with fever. Signs are swollen and tender thighs and calves positive ‘Homan’s sign’ (pain on dorsiflexion of the foot). The feared complication is pulmonary thromboembolism and subsequent death. Management includes immobilization o the leg and immediate referral of the patient to a setting where anticoagulant therapy can be initiated and monitored. 3. PSYCHOSOCIAL COMPLICATIONS Three different types of postpartum psychosocial disorders have been described. 1. Postpartum blues It is characterized by mild mood disturbances, marked by emotional instability (crying spells apparently with no cause, insomnia, exaggerated cheerfulness, anxiety, tension, headache, 204
  • 214.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology irritability, etc). Usually the complaints develop with in the first postpartum week and continue for several hours to a maximum of ten days and then disappear spontaneously. The management is for one of the medical or nursing staff to talk with the women, explaining what is occurring, and restricting visitors. 2. Postpartum depression It is a more protracted depressive mood with complaints of affective nature; the woman is gloomy, depressed, irritable, sad, insomniac, anorexic, poor concentration, and loss of libido. The management is support and encouragement, psychotherapy and use of antidepressants. 3. Puerperal psychosis Symptoms usually start at the end of the first week, sometimes in the second week, seldom later and tend to recur in the next pregnancy. The woman is anxious, restless, and sometimes manic with paranoid thoughts or delusions. She reacts abnormally towards her family members. Management includes psychotherapy, antipsychotic treatment and isolation of the neonate from the mother. Review Questions 1. Define puerperal sepsis. 2. List the risk factors for puerperal sepsis. 3. Describe the complications and the management o endomyometritis. 4. List the risk factors for DVT. 205
  • 215.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology References 1. DeCherney AH, Pernoll ML Current. Obstetrics and Gynecologic diagnosis and treatment, 8th edition, 1994. 2. Lawson J. B, Stewart D. B, Obstetrics and Gynecology in the Tropics and developing countries 3. Scott JR., DiSaia PJ, Hammond CB, Spellacy WN: Danforth’s obstetrics and Gynecology, 8th edition, 1999. 4. Novak’s text of Obstetrics & Gynecology, 10th edition, 1981. 5. Addis Ababa University faculty of medicine department of Obstetrics and Gynecology: Guideline for management of obstetric and gynecologic problems, 1st edition, 2003. 6. Bennett V.Ruth and Brown Linda K.: MYLES text book for mid wives, 13th edition 206
  • 216.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology PART V GYNECOLOGY 207
  • 217.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology CHAPTER 24 THE MENSTRUAL CYCLE AND ITS ABNORMALITIES Learning Objective: 208
  • 218.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology · To characterize the normal menstrual cycle including the phases of endometrial and ovarian cycle · To know the changes observed during climacteric. · To know the clinical importance of menstrual cycle · To describe the different abnormalities of menustration · To discuss the approach in the management of abnormalities of menustration A. THE MENUSTRAL CYCLE 1. Introduction There are periodic physiologic changes in women in reproductive age group. For these changes to occur there should be a well controlled coordination between hypothalamus, pituitary, ovary and end organs to result in menstruation. Cessation of these physiologic changes after reproductive age results in atrophy of reproductive organs, vasomotor symptoms and other health hazards. Menustration is orderly, periodic sloughing of progestational endometrium accompanied by blood. The first menses is called menarche and the last one is called menopause. Characteristics of normal menstrual cycle are: · Duration of flow is on average 5 days( range1-8 days) · Average cycle length is 28 days (range 21 to 35 days) · Amount of flow on average is 30 ml (range10-80ml) · Menustral blood is dark red and non clotting 2. Hypothalamo pitutary ovarian cycle At the beginning of each cycle the hypothalamus secretes increasing amount of GNRH which in turn stimulate the anterior pitutary to secrete increasing amount of FSH (increases from basal level of 5-20 MIU/ml at the beginning of the cycle to reach peak of 12-30 MIU/ml at mid cycle). LH secretion in early part of the cycle also increases but at a much lower level. FSH stimulates the growth of a cohort of primary follicles in the ovary out of which only one becomes the dominant follicle (Graffian follicle). As the follicles grow increasing 209
  • 219.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology amount of estrogen is produced. Estrogen exerts negative feedback effect on the hypothalamus and pitutary, mainly on the secretion of FSH. At around midcycle there is a surge in the production of estrogen (from basal level of 20- 60 pg/ml to more than 200pg/ml at the surge) which positive feedbacks the hypothalamus and the pitutary. As the result, there is an increased production of gonadotrophins, mainly LH (the LH surge- from basal level of 5-25 MIU/L to peak of 25-100 MIU/L). LH finalizes the maturation of the Graffian follicle, which is culminated by ovulation some 24 hours after the surge. Under the effect of LH it is changed into corpus luteum. The corpus luteum starts secreting increasing levels of progesterone (from follicular phase of less than 2 ng/ml to luteal phase levels of 2-20 ng/ml) and to a lesser extent estrogen. Because of the increasing negative feedback, levels of FSH and LH decline. Starting day 20 the corpus luteum regresses and eventually dies. Estrogen and progesterone production declines, thus, lifting the negative feedback on the hypothalamus. Increased secretion of GNRH then starts another cycle. In summary, the ovarian cycle has three phases that are of clinical importance. These are: I. Follicular phase (estrogenic phase) which is of variable length II. Ovulation transient period which occurs at mid cycle III. Luteal phase (progestational phase) which is always 14 days in length. 3. Endometrial cycle Because of the systemic effects of estrogen and progesterone, the endometrium undergoes histologic cyclic changes that culminate in menustration. There are three phases in this cycle. I. Menustral phase starts from day 1 and usually lasts 3 to 5 days. During this phase there is irregular sloughing of the superficial two thirds of endometrium (decidua functionalis) accompanied by blood. This combination forms a coagulum in the endometrial cavity, which under normal circumstances undergoes lysis before expulsion from the uterus. Expulsion is aided by uterine contraction. II. Proliferative phase starts near the end of the menustral phase. During this phase the basal layer of the endometrium (decidua basalis), under the influence of estrogen, proliferates to regenerate the superficial layer that is shaded during menses. This 210
  • 220.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology involves both the stromal cells and the endometrial glands. Histologically, the glands are straight without secretory activity and the stromal cells are compact. III. Secretory phase extends from ovulation to the onset of the next menustration. During this phase the proliferative endometrium, under the influence of progesterone, is changed to secretory type. Glands become tortuous and exhibit secretory activity. Stromal cells are separated by interstitial edema. These changes are maximal between days 20 to 22, after which regressive changes are seen in preparation for menses. 4. Mechanism of menustration In the absence of pregnancy, decreasing levels of progesterone from the dying corpus luteum, result in dehydration of the stroma. As the result there is increased coiling of the spiral arteries, which supply the superficial layer of the endometrium. There is also spasm of these arteries. The resulting ischemia from these mechanisms is followed by necrosis and sloughing of the superficial layer in haphazard manner, which is shaded as menustration. Prostaglandins initiate uterine contraction. B. ABNORMALTIES OF MENSTRUATION 1. Abnormal uterine bleeding (AUB) This is defined as bleeding from the female genital tract that is abnormal in amount, duration, frequency or any combination of these. 1.1. Patterns of AUB · Polymenorrhea is menses occurring regularly at interval of less than 21 days (frequent menses) 211
  • 221.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology · Oligomenorrhea is menses occurring regularly at intervals of more than 35 days · Hypermenorrhea (menorrhagia) is excessive bleeding during a menses with regular intervals. This could occur within the normal flow time or may manifest as prolonged flow time. · Hypomenorrhea is unusually small menustral bleeding during a menses with regular intervals. · Metrorrhagia (intermenustral bleeding) is bleeding occurring at any time between menstrual cycles. · Menometrorrhagia is uterine bleeding, usually excessive and prolonged, occurring at irregular, frequent intervals · Contact bleeding: (Post coital bleeding): is self – explanatory but must be considered a sign of cervical cancer until proved otherwise. 1.2. Causes of AUB Depending on the age of the patient one or more of the following clinical conditions could be cause AUB. Early pregnancy complications like abortion, ectopic pregnancy and hydatidiform mole are the commonest causes of AUB in women during reproductive age. Genital tract infections like vaginitis, cervicitis, endometritis and rarely salphigo oophoritis could be causes of AUB in sexually active women. Tumor conditions of the genital tract (anatomic causes) are usual causes of AUB in women nearing menopause. Malignant tumors often cause AUB in perimenopausal and postmenopausal women. Tumors arise from any part of the genital tract but with differing prevalence. · Uterine: endometrial polyp, endometrial hyperplasia, liomyoma, adenomyosis, endometrial cancer and sarcoma of the uterus. · Cervix: ectropion, erosion, cervical polyp, cervical cancer · Vagina and vulva: varicosities, condylomas, cancerous conditions (rare) · Fallopian tube: rare · Ovaries: functional cysts, polycystic ovaries, endometriosis, benign and malignant tumors 212
  • 222.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology Systemic diseases: endocrine disorders (thyroid, adrenal, anterior pitutary), liver and renal diseases, bleeding disorders, hypothalamic diseases like anorexia nervosa Medication related: hormonal contraceptives, intrauterine contraceptive devices, anticoagulant treatment Trauma related: sexual intercourse, foreign bodies Extragenital causes: urinary tract (hemorrhagic cystitis) and anal canal (hemorrhoids, fissure) lesions are not actually causes of AUB, but should be ruled out to avoid wrong diagnosis Dysfunctional uterine Bleeding is a diagnosis by exclusion 1.3. Approach to a woman with AUB Appropriate history and physical examination as described in chapter 2 supplemented by necessary laboratory investigation will identify the cause of AUB. In the history, emphasis should be given to the age of the patient, parity, the last menustral period (LMP), duration and extent of the complaint (amount and length of menstrual flow, cycle interval, intermenustral bleeding, if sexually active post coital bleeding and associated pain), age at menarche and where applicable age at menopause, vaginal discharge history, multiple sexual partners and history of sexually transmitted infections, past and present medical illness and medication, urinary and rectal symptoms Physical examination should focus on vital signs and signs of anemia, secondary sexual characteristics, abdominal and inguinal masses, thorough pelvic examination (inspection of the vagina, vulva and cervix, digital palpation for the size, consistency and surface of the cervix and uterus, Palpation of the adnexa and pouch for mass). In addition signs for endocrine and other medical illnesses should be looked for. Depending on the findings appropriate investigations should be ordered. These include complete blood count, serum or urine for HCG, cytologic examination (Pap smear), pathologic examination of endometrium after endometrial biopsy or curettage using manual vacuum aspiration or dilatation and curettage, ultrasonography, hysterosalpingography, fractional curettage (curettage of the endocervix followed by dilatation of the cervix and curettage of the endometrium) and others. 1.4. Management of AUB This depends on the specific etiology of AUB. Refer to the different chapters that deal with each cause. 213
  • 223.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology 2. Dysfunctional uterine bleeding (DUB) Exclusion of pathologic causes of abnormal bleeding establishes the diagnosis of dysfunctional uterine bleeding. Virtually, all variations of DUB can be related to disruption in normal ovarian function. Greater than 80% of DUB is anovulatory and the remaining 20% is due to dysfunction of corpus luteum or endometrial abnormalities. DUB most commonly occurs at the extremes of reproductive age (20% of cases occur in adolescence and 40% in patients over age 40). 2.1. Pathophysiology In anovulatory conditions there is continued estrogen stimulation of the endometrium. There are two mechanisms of bleeding. One is estrogen breakthrough bleeding where the endometrium outgrows its blood supply and will desquamate in an irregular manner. The other is estrogen withdrawal bleeding where the endometrium sheds when the estrogen levels decline sharply. The pattern of bleeding is dependent entirely on the duration and level of estrogen stimulation and may take any pattern of AUB. Characteristically, anovulatory DUB is acyclic, unpredictable as to the onset of bleeding, and variable in the duration and amount of bleeding. Ovulatory DUB is usually associated with premenstrual symptoms such as breast tenderness, dysmenorrhea and weight gain, and regular periodicity. It is a result of the dysfunction of the corpus luteum which in most cases has short life span. Abnormalities in endometrial physiology involving chemicals like prostaglandins may be a cause of DUB. Uterine bleeding secondary to such pathologic entities as blood dyscrasia, endocrinopathies, hepatic dysfunction, and other iatrogenic causes with no organic pathologic factors should not be considered as true DUB but rather as pseudo DUB. 2.2. Diagnosis DUB is a diagnosis by exclusion (organic causes of AUB should be ruled out before diagnosis of DUB is entertained). 2.3. Treatment Individualized treatment plan should be designed according to the patient age, the desire for contraception or fertility and the severity and chronicity of the bleeding. 214
  • 224.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology The goals of treatment should be arresting the acute episode of bleeding, preventing recurrences and inducing ovulation if patient desires to conceive. In adolescents pregnancy related complications should be ruled out first. Acute bleeding episode with vital sign derangement should be treated with intravenous fluid resuscitation. Bleeding can be arrested either by dilatation and curettage or suction curettage or administration of high dose estrogen followed by medroxy progesterone acetate. Recurrences can be prevented by 3-6 months coarse of combined oral contraceptives or intramuscular progesterone in oil. Hysterectomy is rarely needed for this group of women. In women in reproductive age group (20-40 years) pregnancy related complications and organic lesions should be ruled out. Management of acute episode and prevention of recurrences is as for adolescents. In addition ovulation induction can be given for those anovulating women who desire pregnancy. For persistent cases hysterectomy can be offered provided that the woman has no desire for future pregnancy. In Perimenopausal women appropriate work up must be done to rule out neoplastic conditions including Pap smear and endometrial sampling. Management includes hormonal treatment using progesterone derivatives or combined oral contraceptives or surgical treatment using dilatation and curettage or hysterectomy. 3. Premenstrual Syndrome (PMS) This is a psychoneuroendocrine disorder with biologic, psychologic and social manifestations. It occurs cyclically prior to menstruation and then regress or disappears during or after menstruation. 3. 1. Epidemiology Premenstrual symptoms have been described to occur in 15% to 100% of women of reproductive age, with 5% to 10% reporting severe symptoms at some point in their lives. The highest incidence is in the late twenties to early thirties. PMS is rarely encountered in adolescents and there is an intercultural variability of the type of premenstrual complaint. 215
  • 225.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology 3.2. Etiology and pathophysiology A single cause for PMS has not been identified. Multiple factors have been proposed of which hormonal hypothesis is widely favored. The other presumed theories include; fluid retention theory, hypoglycemia hypothesis, prostaglandin and psychologic theories. Mittlschmerz (periovulatory ovarian pain), premenstrual molmina, bloating, breast soreness and menstrual cramps are symptoms that usually accompany normal menustral cycle. When these symptoms are severe, the premenstrual syndrome (PMS) and dysmenorrhea result. They occur in the first 7 to 10 days prior to menstruation. During these days, women are more likely than usual to absent themselves from work, to require hospital admission, involved in accidents, to commit crimes, to develop acute psychiatric symptoms and to commit suicide. 3.3. Clinical Features The common symptoms associated with premenstrual syndrome include: Affective symptoms: sadness, anxiety, anger, irritability, labile mood Cognitive symptoms: decreased concentration, feelings of isolation and withdrawal, indecision, paranoia, suicidal ideation Pain: headache, breast tenderness, joint and muscle pain Neurovegetative: insomnia, hypersomnia, libido change Autonomic: nausea, palpitations, alteration in bowel habits Central nervous system: clumsiness, dizziness Fluid / Electrolyte: weight gain, edema Dermatologic: acne, dry hair Behavioral: decreased motivation, poor impulse control, craving for salt and sugar PMS is usually considered significant if the severity of the symptoms interferes with day to day activity of the woman. This general definition serves to differentiate premenstrual molmina from the more severe symptoms characteristic of PMS. 3.4. Diagnosis It relies on a patient’s self reporting of symptoms that she feels increase significantly during the premenstrual period and diminish following menses. A careful history and physical examination are most important to exclude organic causes localized to the reproductive, urinary or gastrointestinal tracts. 216
  • 226.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology 3.5. Treatment alternatives for PMS There is no specific treatment for PMS but a number of treatment modalities have been tried. A. Non pharmacologic modalities like modification of exercise, nutrition and stress. B. Pharmacologic modalities, which are empiric and controversial, include ovulation suppression (GNRH agonists, danazol, combined oral contraceptives and progestins) and anxiolytics/ antidepressants. C. Surgical modality (bilateral oophorectomy) is rarely needed. . 4. Dysmenorrhea This signifies painful menustration which prevents normal activity and requires medication. There are two types of dysmenorrhea, primary and secondary. 4.1. Primary Dysmenorrhea This is a type of dysmenorrhea in which no organic pelvic pathology can be found. Primary dysmenorrhea generally begins with the onset of ovulatory cycles, typically six months to 1 year after the onset of menarche. Incidence varies from population to population. Symptoms include a colicky abdominal pain localized to the mid line or lower quadrants, with radiation often noted to the lower back and legs. The pain usually starts twenty four hours before the onset of menses, and may extend for 24 to 36 hours after the onset of bleeding. Accompanying symptoms may include nausea, vomiting, headaches, anxiety, fatigue, diarrhea, syncope and abdominal bloating. Diagnosis is by exclusion of organic pelvic pathologies causing secondary dysmenorrhea. Treatment options include A. Prostaglandin synthesis inhibitors (non steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs). Reported success rate ranges from 70 – 80 %. B. Ovulation suppression by hormones like combined oral contraceptives. 217
  • 227.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology C. Calcium channel antagonists (verapamil and nifedipine) D. Surgical treatment like presacral neurectomy, uterosacral transection can be done for those who did not respond to medical therapy. 4.2. Secondary dysmenorrhea Dysmenorrhea that occurs in association with organic pelvic pathology is termed as secondary dysmenorrhea. Causes include endometriosis, uterine liomyoma, and intrauterine contraceptive devices (IUCD), pelvic adhesions secondary to chronic pelvic inflammatory disease and pelvic surgery, cervical stenosis, imperforate hymen and transverse vaginal septum. Secondary dysmenorrhea is unusual before the age of 25. The pain is not limited to the menses. It is less related to the first day of flow and may be associated with other symptoms like dysparunia, infertility and abnormal bleeding. Management is directed against the specific cause. 5. Amenorrhea 5.1. Definition and classification Amenorrhea is defined as the absence of menstruation at any time between the usual ages of puberty and menopause. It is classified as Primary amenorrhea: is the absence of spontaneous menses by age 16 regardless of the presence of secondary sexual characteristics or absence of both by age 14. Secondary amenorrhea: is the absence of menses for more than or equal to 6 months in a woman with regular cycles or for a period of more than three cycle length in women with irregular cycle. 5.2. Causes of amenorrhea I. Physiological amenorrhea results from pregnancy, lactation, prior or directly after menarche and after menopause. It accounts for 90-95 % of amenorrhea. Pregnancy is the commonest cause of physiologic amenorrhea. 218
  • 228.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology II. Pathologic amenorrhea results from pathologic conditions affecting the hypothalamus, pitutary, ovaries, uterus and the outflow tract. It accounts for 5-10 % of amenorrhea. Depending on the level of gonadotrophins, it is subdivided into hypogonagotrophic, hypergonadotrophic and eugonadotrophic amenorrhea. Hypogonagotrophic amenorrhea Hypothalamic causes are the most common causes of this type amenorrhea. It is usually a diagnosis by exclusion. Stress (physical, psychological), acute weight loss, anorexia nervosa and strenuous exercise are functional causes of hypothalamic amenorrhea. Drugs like psychotropic drugs, drug addiction and post pill amenorrhea operate at this level. In Kallman syndrome, a rare condition there is congenital absence of GnRH along with anosmia. Pituitary causes include hyperprolactinemia (amenorrhea-galactorrhea syndrome) either drug induced or from prolactinomas, damage to the pitutary (trauma, surgery and irradiation), postpartum ischemic necrosis of the anterior pitutary (Sheeans syndrome) and destruction by craniopharyngioma. Hypergonadotrophic amenorrhea This results from congenital (primary) or acquired (secondary) ovarian failure. Primary ovarian failure is seen in pure gonadal dysgenesis, Turner’s syndrome (45, X0), and testicular regression syndrome, resistant ovary syndrome and enzyme deficiency. Secondary ovarian failure, also called premature ovarian failure (amenorrhea before 35 years of age), results from surgery, radiation, chemotherapy, autoimmune diseases, pubertal mumps, and genetic predisposition. Eugonadotrophic amenorrhea Uterovaginal causes include congenital absence or acquired destruction of the endometrium as seen in Mullerian agenesis, Testicular feminization syndrome, isolated atresia of the uterus, Ashermans syndrome, radiation atrophy, granulomatous infections like tuberculosis and post hysterectomy. Conditions that are associated with obstruction to outflow of menustral blood are cervical and vaginal atresia, transverse vaginal septum and imperforate hymen. Other causes are mild hypothalamic dysfunction, hyperandrogenism (polycystic ovary disease, androgen producing ovarian tumors, adrenal tumors, Cushing’s syndrome and congenital adrenal hyperplasia) and systemic diseases (hypothyroidism, hyperthyroidism, and chronic renal failure). 5.3. Importance 219
  • 229.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology Amenorrhea is important for several reasons: Failure to ovulate causes infertility. Prolonged estrogen deficiency results in health hazards Amenorrhea with some estrogen production can predispose to endometrial cancer. Primary amenorrhea in a girl who has not already developed secondary sexual characteristics may give rise to major social and psycho sexual problems. It may be a sign of other pathologies. 5.4. Diagnosis In majority of the cases diagnosis is reached by history, physical examination and simple laboratory investigations. The rest need sophisticated and expensive investigations. I. History Points to be included in the history are: For physiologic causes – age, pregnancy symptoms, lactation For central causes - life style, general health condition, abnormality with smell and vision, nipple discharge, headache, seizure, vomiting, head injury, medication history, history of PPH, weight changes, For ovarian causes - hot flushes, history of surgery, chemotherapy and surgery, pubertal mumps, family history For outflow causes – cyclic lower abdominal pain, history of curettage, symptoms of tuberculosis, sexual difficulty, abdominal surgery For hyperandrogenism – pattern of hair distribution, voice changes, body habitus change, breast changes For medical illnesses – renal disease, symptoms of hypo and hyperthyroidism II. Physical examination It must assess General - body build, stature, obesity, height and weight HEENT - eyes, hirsutism, temporal recession of hair Glands – lymphadenopathy, breasts (Tanner staging, galactorrhea), thyroid for enlargement, inguinal mass Abdomen - striae, lower abdominal and flank mass 220
  • 230.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology Vaginal examination –clitoral enlargement, vagina (patency, if not patent for bluish membrane at the vulva or septum in the vagina or blind pouch), cervix (presence, texture), uterus (presence, size), adenexa (masses) Rectal examination if vagina is not patent Intgumentary system – hair distribution Central nervous system – visual field examination III. Investigations Pregnancy must be ruled out by urine or serum HCG determination. Depending on the type of amenorrhea and the clinical findings the following investigations can be ordered Hormone assays: prolactin, LH, FSH, thyroid hormones, Ultrasound, skull X-ray and other imaging techniques Buccal smear for sex chromatin and chromosomal analysis Laparatomy/ laparoscopy 5.5. Work up of Secondary amenorrhea I. Rule out pregnancy by history, physical examination and urine HCG. II. Perform progestin challenge test like medroxy progesterone acetate 10mg daily for 05 days. Presence of withdrawal bleeding (positive test) after 2-7 days signifies normal estrogen primed endometrium, normal outflow tract and absence of endogenous progesterone (anovulation). Absence of withdrawal bleeding (negative test) signifies absence of estrogen primed endometrium which may result from either faults in the hypothalamus/ pitutary/ ovary/ or endometrium/outflow tract. Further test is needed to differentiate these. III. Perform combined estrogen- progesterone challenge test by giving drugs like combined oral contraceptives. Presence of withdrawal bleeding (positive test) indicates absence of endogenous estrogen and progesterone arising either from ovarian failure or hypothalamo pitutary failure. To differentiate these, determine LH/ FSH levels. Low FSH/LH levels diagnose hypothalamo pitutary failure. High levels diagnose ovarian failure. 221
  • 231.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology Absence of withdrawal bleeding (negative test) indicates either obliteration of the endometrium by synechia (Ashermans syndrome) or destruction/atrophy of endometrium. To differentiate these hysterosalpingography is needed. 5.6. Work up of primary amenorrhea I. Check for secondary sexual characteristics II. If secondary sexual characteristics of feminizing type are present, check the vagina and for pelvic mass. If there is bluish membrane which bulges with straining and associated pelvic mass – Imperforate hymen If there is a blind ending vagina with pelvic mass – transverse vaginal septum If vaginal canal does not exist and there is pelvic mass – isolated vaginal agenesis Normal vagina with absent cervical os and associated pelvic mass – cervical atresia If there is a blind ending vagina without pelvic mass, two possibilities exist which can be differentiated by Barr body determination. These are testicular feminization syndrome (Barr body negative and presence of inguinal mass) and Mullerian agenesis (Barr body positive). III. If secondary sexual characteristics of virilizing type are present Consider mild form of congenital adrenal hyperplasia, post pubertal adrenal hyperplasia and virilizing adrenal/ ovarian tumors. IV. If secondary sexual characteristics are absent with infantile but normal sexual organs If height is less than 147 cm consider Turner syndrome (XO) and panhypopitutarism. Check for other features of these conditions. If height is greater than 147 cm consider true gonadal dysgenesis (XX or XY) or Kallman syndrome. Refer for karyotyping and LH/FSH levels. It could be an idiopathic delay 5.7. Management The management principles of amenorrhea are: I. Treatment of the underlying pathologic entity 222
  • 232.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology Hyperprolactinemia- Bromocryptine and or surgery/ radiation Craniopharyngioma – surgery Ovarian tumor – surgery followed by hormone replacement Systemic diseases – treatment of the underlying systemic disorder Autoimmune oophoritis – corticosteroids Stress – life style modification (change) Anorexia nervosa - psychotherapy 2. Treatment of the medical needs of the amenorrhic patient Ovulation induction or assisted reproductive technology for infertile couple Estrogen replacement for primary amenorrhea (Reduce risk of osteoporosis, cardiovascular complications and genital atrophy) Cyclic progesterone treatment for those with unopposed estrogen action Plastic surgery or vaginal dilators for blind vagina Gonadectomy for those with dysgenetic Y gonads and undesended testis. Psychotherapy Review questions 1. Discuss the menustral cycle. 2. Describe the patterns of abnormal uterine bleeding. 3. Discuss the causes and the management of primary dysmenorrhea. 4. Describe the work up of secondary amenorrhea. 223
  • 233.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology CHAPTER 25 CLIMACTERIC AND RELATED PROBLEMS Learning objectives To define climacteric and menopause To describe the physiologic changes of climacteric To discuss the health problems of climacteric To enumerate the causes of postmenopausal bleeding Definitions Climacteric is the phase of life for women that marks transition from being able to reproduce to being non-reproductive. Menopause is cessation of physiologic uterine bleeding (the last menustration). It is diagnosed retrospectively. It is the most visible event marking climacteric. The average age at menopause is 51 years and is not affected by race, number of pregnancies, contraceptive use, age at menarche and physical characteristics. In practice these two terms are used interchangeably. Pre-menopause is the period before menopause during which the menstrual cycle is irregular and climacteric symptoms are experienced. 224
  • 234.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology Post menopause is the period after menopause. Perimenopause includes the premenopause and postmenopause and extends from 40-55 years. Pathophysiology As menopause nears, ovarian follicles get depleted and become resistant to gonadotrophic hormones. Estradiol production diminishes which inturn results in elevated FSH and later LH levels. Oligoovulation or anovulation results in menustral irregularity and unopposed estrogen action on the endometrium. Later there will not be any follicles to be stimulated by high levels of gonadotrophins resulting in significant drop in estrogen to a level that is not capable of stimulating the endometrium causing menopause. The hypoestrogenic state that follows menopause results in a number of medical conditions associated with climacteric. Changes in menopause I. Hormonal changes Change in FSH and LH levels is the most striking hormonal change of climacteric. Both exceed 40 IU/liter and continue to rise for 2-3 years and thereafter remain stable or slightly decrease. FSH levels are higher than LH levels for the first time in the woman’s life. Changes in estrogen levels are the last hormonal change in climacteric. Estradiol levels become very low and levels of < 20pg /liter is diagnostic of climacteric. The predominant estrogen in climacteric is estrone, a result of peripheral conversion of androgens. Progesterone levels are very low in climacteric. Levels of androgens like dehydroepiandrosterone sulfate, androstendione and testosterone fall. II. Reproductive organs Effect depends on the level of endogenous estrogen. In typical hypoestrogenic states of climacteric atrophic changes occur. Atrophy of the vagina results in thinning of the epithelium and flattening of the rugae which gives it the appearance of smooth, shiny pale surface. Atrophy of the cervix reduces its size creating shallow fornices. Vaginal dryness results from decreased cervical mucus production. Uterus decreases in size from reduction in myometrial thickness. The endometrium atrophies. The ovaries reduce in size and are impalpable. Supporting structures and muscles lose their tone. 225
  • 235.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology The labia lose fat and flatten. III. Menustral cycle Changes in menustral cycle are the first clinical evidence of climacteric. The usual pattern is gradual increase in cycle length and reduction in amount and duration of flow. Heavy bleeding and abrupt cessation are unusual. IV. Other organs Bladder and urethral epithelium atrophy Breasts decrease in size Generalized thinning and loss of elasticity of the skin results in wrinkling that is prominent on light exposed areas (face, neck and hands). Accentuated bone loss Problems of climacteric These are related mainly to estrogen deficiency and rarely to estrogen excess. Problems of estrogen deficiency Hot flush is the most common and characteristic subjective symptom of climacteric. It is an episodic vasomotor disturbance consisting of sudden flushing (feeling of heat or burning in the face, neck and chest) immediately followed by outbreak of sweating affecting the whole body. It is seen in 75% of women in climacteric. In 25-50% it may persist for more than 5 years. In severe cases it may come as frequently as 1-2 hours. These women suffer from insomnia. For severe cases treatment with estrogens or progestins is recommended. Osteoporosis is the most important health hazard of climacteric. It affects the trabecular bone. It may end up in pathologic fracture of the spines and the other bones. Diagnosis needs special imaging investigations. Treatment is estrogen replacement. It is prevented by estrogen replacement. Atherosclerotic disease of the heart Dysparunia arises from vaginal dryness and atrophic vaginitis. Local treatment with estrogen creams relieves this problem. Psychologic problems may arise from estrogen deficiency or from the effects of other climacteric problems (hot flush and dysparunia). Symptoms include anxiety, insomnia, irritability, depression, dementia and mood changes. 226
  • 236.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology Postmenopausal bleeding It is defined as vaginal bleeding after 6 months of menopause. It is an abnormal condition that always needs proper investigation. It could arise from benign conditions or more seriously it may be a sign of serious malignant conditions of the genital tract. The causes are Atrophic vaginitis Atrophic endometritis Cervical cancer Endometrial hyperplasia and polyps Endometrial cancer Sarcoma of the uterus Vulvar and vaginal cancer Estrogen producing tumors Exogenous estrogen therapy Note: All women with postmenopausal bleeding should be referred for identification of the cause. Review questions 1. Define climacteric and describe the hormonal changes. 2. Describe the problems of climacteric. 3. List the causes of postmenopausal bleeding. 227
  • 237.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology CHAPTER 26 ABNORMAL VAGINAL DISCHARGE AND VULVAR PRURITIS 228
  • 238.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology Learning Objectives To understand physiology of normal vaginal discharge To list the causes of leucorrhea To enumerate the causes of abnormal vaginal discharge To discuss the clinical features, diagnosis and management of candidiasis To discuss the clinical features and management of trichomoniasis To discuss the clinical features and the management of bacterial vaginosis To describe the causes of vulvar pruritis VAGINAL DISCHARGE 1. .Definition Normal vaginal discharge is defined as vaginal secretion which is scanty to moderate in amount, non offensive, non purulent and non irritant. But to declare it to be normal and not an infective one, requires clinical and laboratory investigations. Abnormal vaginal discharge is abnormal condition where by the patient complains of unusual vaginal secretion either in amount, odor, color or associated itching. 2. Physiology of vaginal discharge The physiologic basis involved in normal vaginal secretion is dependent mainly on endogenous estrogen level and to a lesser extent on endogenous progesterone level. During follicular phase of menustral period, there is abundant secretary activity of the endocervical glands, which secrete thin and clear mucoid secretion. In the presence of progesterone it becomes thick and white. In the presence of estrogen, the superficial vaginal epithelium becomes rich in glycogen. Following desquamation of theses cells, the glycogen is changed to lactic acid by Lactobacillus deoderli, commonly called, the doderlein bacilli. The resulting acidic PH of the vagina inhibits the growth of many bacteria. 3. Causes I. Physiologic vaginal discharge - Leucorrhea Excess discharge from the vagina not related to any pathology could occur in a variety of conditions like 229
  • 239.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology Sexual stimulation with or without coitus In the periovulatory period Following menustration Pregnancy Cervical ectropion II. Pathological vaginal discharge Vaginal and cervical infections include candidiasis, trichomoniasis, bacterial vaginosis and cervicitis (acute or chronic). This is the commonest cause of vaginal discharge. Benign and malignant tumors of the vulva, vagina, cervix and the uterus Atrophic vaginitis in climacteric Foreign body with secondary infection Rarely intestinal parasites migrating into the vagina (enterobiasis, amebiasis) 4. Vaginal Infections 4.1. Trichomonas Vaginalis Vaginitis (Trichomoniasis) Etiology This condition is caused by Trichomonas vaginalis, a motile protozoan. It is predominantly a sexually transmitted organism. The male harbors the infection in the urethra and the prostate. Rarely, it may be transmitted by fomites. The incubation period is 3- 28 days. Incidence It accounts for approximately 25% of vulvovaginal infections. About 20 -50% are asymptomatic. Clinical Presentation The primary symptom is profuse and offensive vaginal discharge dating from the last menstruation. It is often yellow – grey or greenish in color and frothy in character. Variable degree of vulvar irritation and itching is present. Significant dysparunia is present. Vaginal examination is painful. Examination will show thin greenish yellow and frothy offensive discharge in the vagina. Vaginal walls are inflamed (red). Punctuate or strawberry spots may be seen on the cervix and the vagina. Variable degree of vulvar soreness may be seen. Abnormal Pap smear is seen in 70 % of the cases. 230
  • 240.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology Diagnosis This made by identifying the flagellated trichomonads on wet mount of vaginal fluid. Culture is only needed in resistant cases. Treatment Metronidazole is the drug of choice. It can be given as a single 2 gram dose or can be given as 500 mg three times /day for 7 days. The partner should be identified and treated. During pregnancy this drug should not be given in the first trimester. For persistent cases higher doses or parenteral metronidazole can be used. Complications If untreated it may serve as a vehicle for STI agents to cause PID. 4.2. Candidal vulvovaginitis (moniliasis or candidiasis) Etiology In more than 80 % of the cases, it is caused by the fungi Candida albicans. This is a dimorphic fungus with yeast and filamentous forms. In 20% Candida glabrata is responsible. These organisms are normal flora of the lower gastrointestinal tract and the vagina in some women. Incidence and predisposing factors 75 % of women develop this infection sometime during their life time. In 40% it recurs. Moniliasis is considered to be an opportunistic infection that arises when there is change in the local or systemic defense mechanisms. The predisposing factors for such changes are Pregnancy Oral contraceptives Diabetes mellitus Broad spectrum antibiotics Suppressed immune system like HIV/AIDS or use of steroids Presence of local warmth and moisture Clinical Features and diagnosis The infection is asymptomatic in 20% of women. Intense vulvo-vaginal pruritis is the primary symptom. Often it is associated with vaginal discharge. Typically the discharge is variable in 231
  • 241.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology amount, thick and curd like consistency, whitish in color and non offensive. The pruritis is often out of proportion to the discharge. There may be superficial dysparunia and dysuria due to local soreness. Examination may show excoriated vulva. In severe cases it is swollen and red. Speculum examination shows curd like discharge in flakes often adherent to reddened vaginal wall. Scraping of these from the vaginal wall reveals bleeding points on the vagina. Vaginal PH is acidic, often less than 5.2. Balanopostaitis may be present in the coital partner. The most common complaints are irritation of the glans penis and prepuce and itching of the scrotum. Diagnosis is made by doing 5-10 % potassium hydroxide staining or wet mount of a sample of vaginal discharge. This will show the yeast or the hyphae. In recurrent cases culture may be needed. Treatment Systemic and local (suppositories or creams) antifungals are used to treat this condition. Systemic antifungals are contraindicated during pregnancy. Local antifungals: Nystatin, clotrimazole, miconazole, econazole Systemic antifungals: Ketokonazole (200 mg / day for 10 days), fluconazole (150 mg once) For recurrent cases treatment of male partner, identifying and treating the predisposing factor and vaginal acidification are management options. 4.3. Bacterial vaginosis This is a condition of the vagina in which there is an overgrowth of anaerobes with paucity of lactobacilli and frequent absence of inflammatory cells. It has undergone nomenclature changes over the years (nonspecific vaginitis, anaerobic vaginitis). Etiology Bacterial vaginosis is caused by a variety of facultative anaerobic organisms. Gardnerella vaginalis is the most frequently associated organism. Others are mycoplasma hominis, Bacteroides, peptostreptoccus and peptococcus. Incidence It accounts for 25- 30 % of vaginal discharges. In 50% it is asymptomatic. Clinical features 232
  • 242.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology The most frequent complaint is a foul smelling, thin homogenous vaginal discharge with a fishy smell. Often it is profuse, frothy and grayish. Pruritis is often minimal. Examination will show normal vaginal mucosa with no sign of inflammation and thin offensive discharge which is easily wiped from the vaginal wall. Diagnosis A positive amine test (the detection of a fishy smell when a drop of 10% KOH is added to a drop of the vaginal discharge on a micro slide) and finding of clue cells on wet – mount preparation made with 0.9% physiologic saline are diagnostic of bacterial vaginosis. Vaginal PH is above 4.5. Gram stain of the vaginal discharge shows absent lactobacilli, numerous gram variable bacteria and minimal leukocytes. The diagnosis is confirmed if 3 of the following 4 criteria are present: A grey – white vaginal discharge, which is sometimes foamy Positive amine fish test Positive clue cells Vaginal PH of .4.5 Treatment Metronidazole is the most effective treatment. The dose is similar to the dose used in treatment of trichomoniasis. Other options are clindamycin and ampicillin. Acidification of the vagina using acid gel or commercial yogurt (lyophilized lactobacillus acidophilus) is an option in recurrent cases. Complications If untreated it is associated with PID, preterm labour, PROM and postpartum endometritis. 4.4. Gonococcal cervicitis It is caused by Neisseria gonorrhea, a sexually transmitted organism. It may not cause any symptoms. When symptomatic it manifests with mucopurulent, usually non offensive and nonpruritic in nature. Speculum examination reveals inflamed cervical os with mucopurulent discharge from the inside of the cervix. Diagnosis is made by finding gram negative intracellular diplococci on gram stain of vaginal discharge. Management is treatment of both the woman and her partner with cephtriaxone 250 mg intramuscular single dose or spectinomycin 2 gram intramuscular single dose. 233
  • 243.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology If untreated it may cause acute PID. VULVAR PRURITIS Vulvar pruritis is significant itching that is confined to the vulva. It is one of the commonest presenting complaints in gynecology. It affects around 10 % of women. In some cases the cause is easy to diagnose but in most arriving at the diagnosis poses considerable difficult. The causes could be systemic illnesses or they could be local conditions. 1. Etiology I. Systemic causes Unstable diabetes Hepatobiliary diseases like biliary cirrhosis and cholestatic jaundice Renal failure Hematological conditions like polycythemia, anemia Fat malabsorption Systemic dermatosis like psoriasis, seborrheic dermatitis Skin infections like scabies, pediculosis and tinia cruris II. Local conditions Vaginal discharge of any cause but mainly candidiasis Atrophic conditions during climacteric Allergic conditions from soap, contraceptive creams Vulvar dystrophies and vulvar cancer III. Psychosomatic Note: Candidal vulvovaginitis is the commonest cause of vulvar pruritis. 2. Diagnostic work up History should identify The exact site of itching (vulvar, perianal or other sites in the body) The duration The nature - intermittent or continuous and progress over time 234
  • 244.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology Severity as related to lack of sleep or presence of excoriations Presence of vaginal discharge Drugs used Medical illnesses and conditions causing allergy Physical examination General dermatologic examination Inspection of the vulva and adjacent area (vagina, cervix, perianal areas) for discharge, excoriation marks, ulcers and masses. Investigations This depends on the suspected cause and include; Potassium hydroxide, gram stain and wet mount examination of vaginal discharge Screening for diabetes, renal, biliary and hematological diseases Work up of dermatologic illnesses For persistent cases referral for biopsy to rule out dystrophies Treatment Treatment of identified systemic, dermatologic and local conditions Appropriate local hygiene is to be taken care of. Avoid washing with soap or application of perfumes. Vulvo – vaginal douching should be avoided. Use loose fitting undergarments preferably made of cotton to keep the area aerated. To prevent the vicious cycle of scratch itch scratch use local cortisol creams and sedation at night. For atrophic conditions use estrogen creams. Persistent cases should be referred. 6. Vulvovaginitis in childhood Inflammatory conditions of the vulva and vagina are the commonest disorders during childhood. Due to lack of estrogen, the vaginal defense is lost and the infection occurs easily. Etiology Non specific vulvo vaginitis 235
  • 245.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology Presence of foreign body in the vagina Associated intestinal infestations, thread worm being the commonest Rarely more specific infection caused by Candida albicans or Gonococcus may be implicated Clinical features and diagnosis The chief complaints are pruritis of varying degree and vaginal discharge. There may be painful micturition. Inspection reveals soreness of the vulva. The labia minora may be swollen and red. Vaginal discharge varies from scanty to copious, at times offensive. If a foreign body is suspected a rectal examination may help in diagnosis. If it fails to detect, examination under anesthesia using an aural or nasal speculum is to be done. In every case, the investigation regarding the cause is to be sought for. The vaginal discharge is collected with a platinum loop and two smears are taken, one for direct examination and the other for gram stain. A small amount may be taken with a pipette for culture. To exclude intestinal infestation, stool examination is of help. Treatment In most cases, the cause remains unknown. Simple perineal hygiene will relieve the symptoms. In cases of soreness or after removal of foreign body, estrogen ointment is to be applied locally every night for 2 weeks. Alternatively, half tablet of ethinyl estradiol 0.01 mg is to be given daily for three weeks to improve the local vaginal defense. When the specific organisms are detected, therapy should be directed to cure the condition. Review questions 1. Describe the causes of vaginal discharge. 2. Discuss the causes, clinical features and management of infectious vaginal discharge. 3. Discuss the causes of vulvar pruritis 236
  • 246.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology CHAPTER 27 PELVIC INFLAMMATORY DISEASE (PID) Learning objectives To define and classify pelvic inflammatory disease (PID) To discuss the pathophysiology of PID To discuss the diagnosis of acute PID To list the complications of acute PID To describe the management of acute PID 237
  • 247.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology Pelvic inflammatory disease (PID) is a clinical syndrome used to describe infection or inflammation of the upper female genital tract above the level of the internal os of the cervix often with involvement of the adjacent tissues. This general term does not specify the site [endometrium (endometritis), fallopian tubes (salphingitis), ovaries (oophoritis) and parametrium (parametritis)] or the stage (acute, subacute, recurrent and chronic) or the etiologic agent. Besides the site and stage, PID can be classified using the antecedent event Postpartum PID (follows delivery) Postabortal PID (follows abortion) Port IUCD or instrumentation (follows IUCD insertion or diagnostic curettage or hysterosalpingography) Post operative (follows pelvic operations mainly after hysterectomy) Post STD (follows sexually transmitted infections) Secondary to other infections like appendicitis and tuberculosis ACUTE PELVIC INFLAMMTORY DISEASE 1. Epidemiology Acute PID is common problem affecting 1-2 % of women between ages 15 -35 years. Incidence is increasing because of increasing antecedent events. Risk groups include menstruating teenagers, those with multiple sexual partners, those using IUCD and those with previous history of PID. 2. Physiological barriers The upper female genital tract above the level of the internal os is sterile, despite the fact the cervical canal and the vagina are colonized by millions of bacteria. The barriers that prevent colonization of the upper female genital tract are Cervical canal that is normally closed and is plugged by mucus Presence of lysozyme and secretory IgA in cervical secretions Cyclic shedding of the endometrium Apposition of the chorion leave to the decidua during pregnancy Downward beating of the tubal celia 238
  • 248.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology Systemic host defense 3. Pathogenesis Microorganisms causing PID are not sufficiently mobile to reach the upper female genital tract. Conditions that cause a breach in the physiologic barriers like childbirth or abortion or IUCD insertion or surgery create conducive situation for PID to occur. But PID occurs spontaneously in a woman having none of these conditions. Two theories are forwarded to explain this Vector transport theory – bacteria use vectors like spermatozoa and Trichomonas vaginalis (a sexually transmitted agent), to transport them to the upper female genital tract Pressure gradient theory – negative pressure in the uterus during orgasm sucks the bacteria into the endometrium Note: Coitus is a prerequisite for PID. It is rare to find PID in virgins, if found it is almost always PID descending infection from appendicitis or pelvic tuberculosis from haematogenous spread. PID in an intact pregnancy is also rare. Once bacteria are inoculated into the endometrial cavity, bacteria proliferate and disseminate to the other parts of the genital tract. Two routes of spread exist. Direct upward canalicular spread (endometrial –endosalphingeal –peritoneal spread) most common way of post STI (non puerperal) PID spread Indirect parametrial - paracervical lymphatic spread is most common way of puerperal/ postabortal PID spread. 4. Etiology It depends on the antecedent event. Acute PID following abortion and delivery is a polymicrobial infection caused by organisms ascending from the vagina. These are normal flora of the vagina which under normal circumstances do not cause infection. Variety gram negative and positive, aerobic and anaerobic organisms are involved. Common aerobic organisms include non hemolytic streptococcus, E.coli, group B streptococcus and staphylococcus. Common anaerobic organisms are Bacteroides fragilis and bivius, peptostreptoccus and peptococcus. 239
  • 249.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology Acute post STI PID is primarily caused by Neisseria gonorrhea or Chlamidia trachomatis. Secondary infection may involve polymicrobial organisms. Rarely exogenous organisms like clostridia may cause PID. 5. Clinical features and diagnosis Clinical diagnosis of acute PID is often difficult because presentation varies widely and symptoms are vague and non specific. Therefore, current criteria for diagnosis use combination of physical signs rather than symptoms. Typical cases of acute salphingitis present with bilateral lower abdominal pain (severe and acute in gonococcal PID and dull and subacute in chlamydial PID) and fever with constitutional symptoms like malaise, headache nausea and vomiting which usually start in few days after menustration. The typical physical findings are pyrexia, tachycardia, lower abdominal direct and rebound tenderness, cervical excitation tenderness and bilateral adenexal tenderness. These findings are less pronounced in chlamydial PID. Laboratory investigations reveal leukocytosis of more than 10,000/cc, an elevated ESR value of more than 15 mm per hour and high white cell count and positive gram stain/ culture in culdocentesis aspirate. In early uncomplicated cases ultrasound and gram stain of vaginal discharge are of little help. According to the Hegar criteria clinical diagnosis of acute PID is made when all major criteria plus at least one minor criterion are found. I. Major criteria: Lower abdominal pain with direct and/ or rebound tenderness, Cervical excitation tenderness, Adenexal tenderness II. Minor criteria: Fever of >380c, WBC count of >10,000/mm3 or ESR of >20 mm/hour, Positive gram stain for gonorrhea or >5 WBC/ oil immersion field from cervical discharge, Culdocentesis shows purulent fluid or WBC with bacteria on gram stain Inflammatory mass or abscess on pelvic examination or ultrasound Clinically acute PID can be graded into three. 240
  • 250.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology Grade I: PID limited to the adnexa Grade II: PID with inflammatory mass or abscess Grade III: Ruptured tuboovarian abscess with generalized peritonitis 6. Differential Diagnosis Clinical conditions that mimic acute PID include appendicitis, ectopic pregnancy, torsion of ovarian cyst, hemorrhage or rupture of ovarian cyst, urinary tract infections and less common conditions like endometriosis. 7. Complications If early diagnosis is not made and aggressive therapy is not given, acute PID progresses to cause serious and debilitating complications including death. The immediate complications are Pelvic peritonitis or even generalized peritonitis with ileus Septicaemia producing metastatic infections, like arthritis and endocarditis Septic shock ending up in multiple organ failure Pelvic abscess and tuboovarian abscess Infectious perihepatitis (Fitz – Hugh – Curtis syndrome) Complications of surgical management The late complications are Infertility – overall rate is 25% but risk increases with the number of attacks. Ectopic pregnancy – increased by 6-10 folds Chronic pelvic pain with dysparunia and dysmenorrhea Intestinal obstruction 8. Management The goals of therapy are controlling acute infection, preventing long term complications and re-infection. Treatment of acute PID can be given as outpatient or inpatient. The indications for inpatient management are: Severe toxic: temperature of >390c with lower abdominal tenderness/guarding Current pregnancy Patient known to have HIV/ AIDS 241
  • 251.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology Suspected or proven tuboovarian abscess Failure of response to outpatient treatment in 48-72 hours Noncompliance or non tolerance to outpatient treatment Uncertain diagnosis in which surgical conditions can not be ruled out I. Outpatient management Apart from adequate rest and analgesic, antibiotics should be prescribed even before the microbiological report is available. Because the infection is poly microbial in nature, combination of antibiotics should be prescribed. There are many different antibiotics regimens, but the spectrum of activity of the antimicrobial agents should cover the following organisms: Neisseria gonorrhea, chlamydia trachomatis, aerobic and anaerobic organisms. Follow up visit should be arranged after 72 hours, 7days and 3 weeks. II. Inpatient management General or supportive care includes intravenous or oral hydration, bed rest in semi fowler’s position and administration of analgesic/ antipyretic. The specific treatment is administration of intravenous combination antibiotics that cover Neisseria gonorrhea, Chlamydia trachomatis, aerobic and anaerobic bacteria. Clinical response is evidenced by remission of temperature, improvement of pelvic tenderness, normal white blood cell count and negative report on bacteriological study. Indications for laparatomy are worsening condition of the patient, generalized peritonitis, pelvic abscess and if other surgical conditions (appendicitis, ectopic pregnancy) can not be ruled out. 9. Prevention Early detection and treatment of STI including asymptomatic cases like gonococcal cervicitis Partner identification and treatment (contact tracing) Safe sexual practices including condoms and avoiding multiple partners Review questions 1. Define and classify PID. 242
  • 252.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology 2. List the major and minor Hegar criteria. 3. Describe the management of acute PID. 4. List the complications of acute PID. CHAPTER 28 FAMILY PLANNING Learning Objectives: To list the different types of contraceptive methods To describe the natural family planning methods To list the different types of barrier methods To describe the side effects of IUCDs To describe the different types of hormonal methods To describe the surgical contraceptive methods Introduction 243
  • 253.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology The term contraception includes all measures, temporary and permanent, designed to prevent pregnancy. On the other hand, the term family planning (fertility control) includes both fertility inhibition (contraception) and fertility stimulation. Rapid population growth is a critical issue in most developing countries. Family planning methods save women’s lives by preventing unintended pregnancies. Slower population growth conserves resources, improves health and living standard. Ideal contraceptive methods should be widely acceptable, inexpensive, simple to use, safe, highly effective and requiring minimal motivation, maintenance and supervision. So far there is no universally acceptable method. Methods of Contraception are divided into Natural family planning method Barrier methods Intrauterine contraceptive device Hormonal contraception Surgical contraception The effectiveness of contraceptive method can be measured by the pearl index. The Pearl Index is a figure which is obtained by using the pearl formula and it indicates the number of pregnancies which would occur if 100 women use a specific method for one year. The pearl index of the pregnancy figure per 100 women years of use = 100 (women) * 12 (ovulations per year) * number of pregnancies / total months of use. Failure rate is further less when methods are used correctly and consistently. Clients have to be counseled about all the available family planning methods and should make their own choice. This is called informed choice and is usually reached by the GATHER approach. G stands for greeting A stands for asking the client needs T stands for telling the client about all the methods H stands for helping the client to make the choice E stands for explaining about the chosen method R stands for return visit or referral to the facility that gives the services 244
  • 254.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology A. NATURAL FAMILY PLANNING 1. Rhythm method (Periodic abstinence) The technique used in this method is confining sexual intercourse to the phases of menustral cycle where conception is unlikely to occur. It needs identification of the fertile (unsafe) and infertile (safe) phases of the menustral cycle. The fertile (safe) period extends from 4 days before to 4 days after ovulation. The rest of the menustral cycle is infertile (safe) period. This is based on the fact that a human ovum can not be fertilized no later than 48 hours after ovulation and the human spermatozoa can not fertilize an ovum 48 hours after ejaculation. Since there is no sign or test to tell the exact time ovulation, various methods are used to determine the approximate time of ovulation and fertile period. These methods include. I. The calendar method This method requires recording the length of 12 consecutive menustral cycles. The beginning of the fertile phase (first unsafe day) is calculated by subtracting 18 from the shortest cycle. The end of the fertile phase (the last fertile day) is calculated by subtracting 11 from the longest cycle. Sexual intercourse is abstained between these dates. User effectiveness is 20- 30 per 100 women. II. The temperature method This method requires measuring the basal body temperature before rising from the bed daily staring from the first day of the menustral cycle. Sexual intercourse is abstained from the start of the menustral cycle to 3 days after the record of temperature rise. User effectiveness is 20- 30 per 100 women. III. The cervical mucus or Billings method This method requires observing the cervical secretions daily by wiping the introitus with white toilet tissue paper. Sexual intercourse is abstained from the onset of menses to 4 days after maximum secretion of the cervical mucus. User effectiveness is 15- 20 per 100 women. IV. Symptothermal method This method is a combination calendar and temperature methods. In this method the first day of abstinence is predicted by using calendar method and the last day by temperature method. 2. Coitus Interruptus (Withdrawal method) 245
  • 255.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology This method requires withdrawal of the penis from the vagina prior to ejaculation which must occur outside the vagina and away from the immediate perivaginal area. This needs high level of motivation and is associated with high failure rates. 3. Lactational amenorrhea method Prolonged and sustained breast feeding offers a natural protection against pregnancy. This is more effective in women who are amenorrhic that those who are menstruating. The risk of pregnancy in the first 6 months in a woman who is fully breast feeding and amenorrhic is less than 2 percent. Higher failure rates are observed in women who are breast feeding and are menstruating. Protection gradually decreases after 6months. B. BARRIER AND CHEMICALS METHODS 1. Condoms These are thin sheaths made of latex. The male condom is put on a fully erect penis and removed after ejaculation before the penis is deflated. The female condom is unrolled into the vagina before sexual intercourse. Concomitant use of spermicidals improves effectiveness. Besides its contraceptive effectiveness, it also protects against STI and HIV/AIDS. It is useful for couple with infrequent sexual intercourse. Disadvantages are condom breakage, condom slippage, occasional allergy to latex and claim of dulling of sexual sensation. User effectiveness ranges from 6- 30/ 100 women and is mainly from improper and inconsistent use. 2. Diaphragm 246
  • 256.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology This is a shallow dome shaped rubber cup with flexible rim. It has different sizes. It is designed to fit behind the pubic bones, the lateral vaginal walls and the posterior fornix, thus covering the external os of the cervix. It is correctly placed in the vagina before sexual intercourse and is removed 6-8 hours after sexual intercourse. Spermicidal jelly is applied to the inside and outside surface before placement in the vagina. It is advantageous to those who practice sex infrequently. The disadvantages are the inappropriateness of the method and the increased incidence of urinary tract infections and vaginal laceration. The user effectiveness is 10- 20/ 100 women. 3. Cervical cup This is a rubber cup with metallic rim designed to fit the cervix. It is applied to the cervix before intercourse and provides continuous protection for 48 hours. It is not frequently used. 4. Spermicidals This method involves deposition of spermicidal chemical (nanoxynol 9) into the vagina 10- 15 minutes before each sexual act. The various preparations include aerosol foams, creams, foaming tablets and contraceptive sponges. They also offer protection against STI and HIV/AIDS. The disadvantages are inappropriateness, allergy, and presumed risk of congenital malformation. The user effectiveness ranges between 2- 40/ 100 women. C. INTRAUTERINE CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES (IUCD) This is a long term reversible contraceptive method involving insertion of a specially made devise into the uterine cavity to offer constant protection against pregnancy. A variety of devises have been used over years. The nonmedicated IUCDs, also called the loop, are no more used nowadays. They have larger size and do not need regular replacement. The medicated IUCDs contain either copper or progesterone that increases their contraceptive effectiveness. They are smaller in size and need regular replacement. Currently used medicated IUCDs are copperT380A (replaced every 8-10 years) and the progestasert (replaced every year). 247
  • 257.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology The mechanism of action is not clear but is believed to be related to the sterile inflammatory reaction in the endometrium, asynchronous development of the endometrium and interference of the enzymes involved in implantation. Altered tubal motility, formation of thick cervical mucus and maintenance of decidualized endometrium are additional mechanisms in progestasert. IUCDs do not inhibit ovulation and fertilization. The absolute contraindications are suspected or proven pregnancy, acute PID or purulent cervicitis, unresolved abnormal uterine bleeding, uterine anomaly or myoma and cervical or uterine malignancy. Relative contraindications are history of dysmenorrhea or hypermenorrhea, valvular heart disease, bleeding disorders, impaired immunity (HIV/AIDS or diabetes), nulliparous woman, previous ectopic pregnancy and women with multiple sexual partners. The side effects / complications are perforation, cramps and syncopal attack during insertion, hypermenorrhea, dysmenorrhea, ectopic pregnancy and PID. Spontaneous expulsion may occur. Depending on the timing, there are three type of IUCD insertion: Interval (insertion made in a non pregnant woman or after 6 weeks postpartum or abortion), postabortal (immediately after abortion) and postpartum (immediately after delivery). Interval insertion can be done at any time of the menustral cycle as long as pregnancy is ruled out, but the best time is during menustration or within 7 days of the menustral cycle. IUCD insertion is an out door procedure and can be done even by a trained paramedical personnel without anesthesia. Indications for removal are suspected perforation, persistent cramp after insertion, hypermenorrhea causing anemia, severe dysmenorrhea, PID, pregnancy, displacement of the IUCD, missing thread and client request. User effectiveness is 1-3 %. D. HORMONAL CONTRACEPTION 1. Combined Oral Contraceptives (The Pill or OCPs) The combined oral steroidal contraceptive is a very effective short term reversible method of family planning. It contains both estrogen and progesterone derivatives in a single tablet. There are two types of formulations. The multiphasic pills have tablets with varying amount of estrogen and progesterone in different rows. The monophasic pills have the amount of estrogen and progesterone in all the tablets. Depending on the amount of estrogen, the 248
  • 258.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology monophasic pills are further subdivided into low dose (if the amount of ethinyl estradiol is < 0.05 mg) and standard dose (the amount of ethinyl estradiol is 0.05 mg). The commonly used progestins are levonorgestrel, norethisterone and lynosterol. The estrogens are either ethinyl estradiol or menstranol. The mechanism of action of OCPs is mainly by inhibition of ovulation but thickening of cervical mucus, decidualization of the endometrium and alteration of motility of the fallopian tubes also contribute. The absolute contraindications are proven or suspected pregnancy, undiagnosed abnormal uterine bleeding, coronary artery disease, history of stroke or thromboembolism, active liver disease, liver adenoma, estrogen dependent neoplasm, breast cancer, and smoking over the age of 35 years. The relative contraindications are breast feeding, migraine headache, history of cholestasis, severe hypertension, diabetes mellitus, varicose veins and elective operation in 4 weeks. Epilepsy, and anti Tb treatment are relative contraindications because of accelerated clearance of the hormones. The side effects are nausea, vomiting, weight gain, headache, breast soreness, acne, chloasma, and mild hirsutism, mood changes like depression, break through bleeding, post pill amenorrhea, leucorrhea, vaginal candidiasis, headache and decreased amount of breast milk. The complications which occur in those with risk factors are vascular thrombosis and embolism, myocardial infarction, stroke, hypertension, liver tumors especially hepatic adenoma and cholelithiasis. The danger symptoms that indicate discontinuation are severe migraine, visual disturbance, sudden chest pain, severe cramps and swelling of the legs, severe right upper quadrant pain or jaundice and breast lump. Additional indications for discontinuation are excessive weight gain, client wish to conceive, client request and planned elective surgery. Non contraceptive benefits of OCPs are relief of menorrhagia, relief of dysmenorrhea, relief of dysfunctional uterine bleeding and premenstrual syndrome, improvement of iron deficiency anemia and endometriosis. It is also associated with marked reduction in the risk of pelvic inflammatory disease (protective thick cervical mucus), benign breast disease, fibroid uterus, carcinoma of the endometrium, carcinoma of the ovary and osteoporosis. 2. Progestin only pill (Minipill or POP) These pills contain only progesterone derivatives in very low dose. The progestins commonly used are levonorgestrel 75 mg, norethisterone 350 mg, ethinodiol diacetate 500 mg, 249
  • 259.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology desogestrel 75 mg, lynosterol 500 mg, or norgestrel 30 mg. They have to be taken continuously with no hormone free interval. They are useful for women in whom estrogen containing contraceptives are contraindicated. The mechanism of action is mainly by cervical mucus thickening, decidualization of the endometrium and changing tubal motility. Ovulation suppression is partial and occurs in only 50 %. The advantages include elimination of side effects attributable to estrogen like thrombosis and change in lipid profile and absence of adverse effect on lactation and milk volume. Because of these advantages POPs can be prescribed to lactating women and women with hypertension, thrombosis, diabetes and smokers. The disadvantages are increased incidence of menustral changes like breakthrough bleeding and in some amenorrhea, very low dose contraceptive with increased failure rate especially if pill is missed or taken late, increased risk of ectopic pregnancy and ovarian cyst formation. Because of the very low dose nature of these contraceptives and the partial suppression of ovulation, patients should be counseled about the importance of taking the pills at the same time of the day and the dangers of missing the pill. A back up method like barrier methods have to used in the first month, if the menustral cycle is regular, if there is delay in taking the pill on time or if missed and if a woman is taking drugs that accelerate clearance of the progesterone from the body like anti epileptics and anti TB drugs. Failure rate is about 0.5 – 2 per 100 women years. 3. Injectables contraceptives These are long acting reversible contraceptives containing progesterone preparations. Preparations commonly used are depomedroxy progesterone acetate (DMPA), also called Depo-Provera and norethisterone enanthate (NET-EN). Both are administered intramuscularly; DMPA in a dose of 150 mg every three months or 300 mg every six months and NET – EN in a dose of 200 mg given at two months intervals. They are administered by deep intramuscular injection. The site of injection should not be massaged. There is a grace period of 2 weeks for Depo-Provera, in which the client may be late for injection without increased risk of pregnancy. This does not work for NET-EN. The mechanism of action is mainly by inhibition of ovulation by suppressing the mid cycle LH peak. Additional effects include cervical mucous thickening and endometrial atrophy which prevents blastocyst implantation. 250
  • 260.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology The advantages are similar to that of the mini pills. In addition injectable contraceptives avoid the need of daily administration of the drugs. It causes amenorrhea thus relieves menustral disorders like menorrhagia and dysmenorrhea. It is not affected by gastrointestinal functions. Because it is not visible, it is culturally acceptable in most settings. It protects against endometrial cancer. Unlike other hormonal contraceptives, it is devoid of drug interactions like antiepileptics. The disadvantages are related to the side effects that it causes. These include weight gain, headache, and back pain, loss of hair and mood changes. There is delay in return of menses and fertility of upto 8 months after discontinuation. The other disadvantage is once the drug is injected it can not be retrieved, thus side effects can not be reversed promptly. Failure rate for DMPA is < 1% per hundred women year. 4. Implants (Norplant) Norplant is a long term, extremely low dose reversible progestin only contraceptive method that is effective for a period of 5 years.. It has six silastic rubber capsules each containing 36 mg of levonorgestrel. This hormone is released by slow diffusion over a period of five years. It is placed sudermally in a fan like manner into the inner aspect of the nondominant arm by sterile minor surgical procedure. The mechanism of action is similar to Depo-Provera. It inhibits ovulation in 90% of the cycles for the first year. This effect gradually wanes as the years of use increase. The advantages are similar with Depo-Provera. Unlike Depo-Provera, it is effects are immediately reversed upon removal. There is no delay in return of fertility. It is suitable for women who have completed their family but do not desire permanent sterilisation. The disadvantages are procedure related like the need for professional for insertion and removal, need for minor surgical procedure, inflamation and infection at the insertion site and visibility of the implants. It has also higher initial cost. Failure rate is increased in women taking anticonvulsants and anyiTB drugs. Breakthrough bleeding may be troublesome. Other side effects like weigh gain, mood changes ,hair loss and back pain are common. The indications for removal are prergnancy, client request, infection at the site of insertion, spontanous expulsion of one or more of the implants, after 5 years of use, and development of serios side effects like migraine headache, bluuring of vision, unilateral leg pain and swelling and chest pain. Failure rate is 0.1 per 100 women years which increases with years of use. 251
  • 261.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology E. VOLUNTARY STERILIZATION (SURGICAL CONTRACEPTION) Surgical contraception is a permanent method of contraception. The operation done on male is vasectomy and that on the female is bilateral tubal ligation (occlusion). It is important to explain to the clients that all operative sterilizations are intended to be permanent. Consent for the operation should be signed after counseling. 1. Male voluntary sterilization- Vasectomy It is a permanent sterilization operation done in the male, where a segment of both vas deferens is resected and the cut ends are ligated. It is a simple outdoor minor surgical procedure requiring minimal training. Immediate and late complications are few. Impotence mainly of psychological nature may develop. It does not increase the risk of testicular cancer. Failure rate is 0.15% and there is a fair chance of success of reversal anastomosis operation (50%). The procedure is not immediately effective. It usually takes 2-3 months or about 20 ejaculations before the semen is free of spermatozoa. Therefore, additional contraceptive protection is needed for about 2-3 months following operations. Confirmation by semen analysis is needed after 3 months. 2. Female voluntary sterilization- tubal ligation Occlusion of the fallopian tubes is the most popular method of surgical contraception, especially in areas where high parity births prevail in a comparatively younger age group. It is also widely accepted in the affluent countries. The procedure is immediately effective. Timing of operation Postpartum tubal ligation - If the patient is otherwise healthy, the operation can be done 24 – 48 hours following delivery. Its chief advantage is technical simplicity. Postabortal tubal ligation - Sterilization performed along with elective abortion. Interval tubal ligation – The operation is done after 3 months following delivery or after 3 weeks following abortion. The ideal time of operation is following the menstrual period in the proliferative phase. It can be done during caesarian section or by minilaparatomy or by laparoscope. Either ligation methods or mechanical occlusion or electro coagulation are used to occlude the tubes. There are various techniques of ligating the tubes, the commonest one being the Pomeroy method. 252
  • 262.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology Failure Rate in tubal sterilization is about 0.7%. F. EMERGENCY CONTRACEPTION This is a kind of contraception that is used in the prevention of pregnancy following an episode of unprotected intercourse during the fertile period. It used to be called morning after pill or post coital pill. There are two types of emergency contraception. I. Hormonal emergency contraception These act by temporarily disrupting ovarian hormone production causing absent or dysfunctional luteal phase. This results in development of out of phase endometrium that is not suitable for implantation. They have to be taken within 72 hours of unprotected intercourse. There are a variety of regimens. The commonest one is Yuzepe regimen. In this method two doses of combination of ethinyl estradiol and norgestrel is taken 12 hours apart. The first dose should be taken as early as possible as but no later than 72 hours after intercourse. The total dose of ethinyl estradiol is 0.2 mg and that of norgestrel should be 2 mg (2 tablets of standard dose pills like Ovral taken 12 hours apart). The side effects are nausea, vomiting, breast tenderness, headache and menustral disturbance. Incidence of ectopic pregnancy is increased. Therefore, women should be counseled to report if they miss their menses and develop lower abdominal pain. II. Mechanical emergency contraception This involves inserting an intrauterine devise within 5 days of unprotected intercourse. Review Questions 1. Describe the GATHER approach. 2. Describe the natural family planning methods. 3. Describe the different barrier methods. 4. List the contraindication for combined pills. 5. Describe the complications of IUCD. 253
  • 263.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology 6. Describe the norplant. 7. Describe the emergency contraception. 254
  • 264.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology CHAPTER 29 INFERTILITY Learning objectives To define and classify infertility To list the causes of infertility To describe the diagnostic work up of infertile couple To list the management modalities of infertility 1. Definition and classification Infertility is failure of a woman to conceive after one year of unprotected intercourse (without contraception) if the woman is >35 years and after two years if the woman is <35 years. There are two types of infertility Primary infertility - if conception has never occurred before. Secondary infertility - if there was history of pregnancy before the current problem, irrespective of its site and outcome. 2. Epidemiology Incidence varies according to the socioeconomic and geographic factors. Globally 8 - 12% couples face problem of infertility in their life time. In sub-Saharan Africa the incidence rises to 20 - 30% where around 8-10 million women are estimated to be infertile. In addition to the personal psychosocial trauma (shock, denial, depression), infertility has an impact in the couple’s relations that can lead to marital disharmony and divorce. 3. Etiology In 85- 90% of infertile couple a probable cause is found. In 10-15% the infertility is unexplained. The causes of infertility could arise either from the female or the male or both. According to WHO, male cause accounts for 8-22%, female cause accounts for25-37% and both partners are responsible for 21 – 38%. Globally the most common causes are: Tubal factor, which accounts for 20- 30 % of infertility, arises from congenital or acquired obstruction of the fallopian tubes. Acute PID is the commonest cause of tubal obstruction. 255
  • 265.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology Male factor, which accounts for 15-25% of infertility, arises either from failure of spermatogenesis (testicular failure) or more commonly from obstruction of the vas deferens. Gonococcal infection is the commonest cause of obstruction of the vas deferens. Ovulatory factor, which accounts for 10-15% of infertility, arises from any condition that cause anovulation. This may arise from disease conditions affecting the hypothalamus, pitutary and the ovaries. Pelvic factor, which account for 10% of infertility, is mainly the result of endometriosis. Cervical factor, which account for 15% of infertility, arises from structural abnormality of the cervix (like cervical atresia and stenosis) and functional abnormality of cervical mucus (like cervicitis, hormone deficiency or colonization by mycoplasma). Immunologic factor occurs as the result of development of antisperm antibodies by the woman or her partner. 4. Diagnostic evaluation The goals are detection of a possible cause, providing accurate information about prognosis, providing guidance on treatment options and providing continuous counseling. The approach should ideally include both partners at the initial assessment. Joint interview of couple should be followed by separate private consultation. Based on the findings a variety of investigations are ordered. I. Evaluation of male partner History: age, previous paternity, sexual history (technical difficulty, history of STI, malformations of penis), medical history (trauma, mumps, chronic medical illness, prolonged febrile illness), drug history (including alcohol and smoking), surgical history (mainly inguinal and scrotal), occupation (toxins, prolonged heat) and review of systems (breast enlargement, headache, exercise), previous tests and results. Physical examination: general appearance, male habitus, hair distribution, breast enlargement, voice, external genitalia (penis and scrotum), rectal examination (prostate). II. Evaluation of female partner History: age, menustral history (including ovulatory symptoms like mid cycle pain, dysmenorrhea, breast pain), contraceptive history (duration, type, date of last use), obstetric 256
  • 266.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology history (especially on abortion, ectopic pregnancy, post partum hemorrhage), sexual history (frequency, regularity, timing around mid cycle, STI, PID), surgical history (especially pelvic operation), medical history (medical illness, breast discharge), drug history (type, duration), review of systems (diet, weight, exercise) Physical examination: general appearance, thyroid, secondary sexual characteristics, breast discharge, uterine/ adenexal mass, uterine position and mobility, adenexal tenderness, visual fields III. Investigations A. Baseline for both partners Hemtocrite, white cell count, ESR, urinalysis, VDRL, fasting blood sugar B. Investigations for the male Seminal analysis This is the most important fertility evaluation for the male. A normal test usually excludes significant male factor. An abnormal result must be repeated after 3 months. The test is done after 3-7 days of abstinence. Specimen should be examined within 60 minutes of collection. Normal parameters are volume of 2- 6 ml, total sperm count 20 – 250 million /ml, sperm motility of > 60% by subjective methods, sperm morphology of > 50% normal and celularity of < 10 WBC / ml without significant agglutination. Of these the most important parameters are the sperm count and motility. Extended tests These are done for those with abnormal seminal analysis. These include endocrine assay (TSH, T3 /T4, FSH, LH, testosterone, prolactin), skull X-ray for sella turcica, sperm antibody testing and others. C. Investigations for female Documentation of ovulation History suggestive of ovulation is midcycle pain, premenstrual molmina and primary dysmenorrhea. Indirect tests of ovulation determine the presence of sufficient amount of progesterone in the body. These tests are recording the basal body temperature for three cycles (biphasic shift), determining midluteal phase serum progesterone level (> 25ng//L), endometrial biopsy at 21st day of the cycle( secretary endometrium), cervical mucus examination after expected time of ovulation ( thick, yellowish with no ferning) and vaginal cytology for maturation index. 257
  • 267.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology Hysterosalpingography (HSG) This assesses tubal patency. It is done in the early part of the follicular phase. Post coital test (Sims Hunner Test) This assesses the cervical factor. It is done by aspirating cervical mucus from the cervical canal at the level of the internal os 2–4 hours after sexual intercourse. A satisfactory result is finding of >10 motile spermatozoa with good forward movement under high power field in the presence of adequate cervical mucus. Other tests These include endocrine assay for anovulatory women (TSH, T3 / T4, FSH, LH, estradiol, prolactin levels), laparoscopy/ laparatomy for assessing pelvic factors), determination of sperm antibodies and others. 5. Management Management depends on the specific cause. Male factor infertility It is directed against the cause. There is no treatment for azospermia from primary testicular failure. Azospermia from secondary testicular failure is treated by hormone replacement (GnRh agonists and human menopausal gonadotrophins). Azospermia from obstruction of the vas deferens can be treated by microsurgical vasovasotomy or by aspiration of the sperm followed by invitro fertilization. A number of interventions to improve the quality of the sperm have been used in those abnormal or border line oligospermia or asthenospermia. These include drags like clomiphene citrate or bromocryptine, surgery for varicocele, exercise modification, change in occupation, abstinence from alcohol and smoking and avoiding hot baths. Treatment with testosterone has limited value. Other interventions include surgical correction of hypospadias and epispadias. Female factor infertility I. Anovulation: ovulation induction by clomiphene citrate. Other drugs like human menopausal gonadotrophins are not available in Ethiopia. Underlying medical causes like hyperprolactinemia and hypothyroidism have to be treated with appropriate drugs. II. Tubal factor: surgical correction by tuboplasty 258
  • 268.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology III. Cervical factor: antibiotics like erythromycin and tetracycline for cervical infection and colonization by mycoplasma, hormonal treatment for inadequate cervical mucus IV. Immunologic factor: modalities of treatment that are tried include occlusive therapy by condom for 6- 9 months, immune suppression by steroids, suppression of spermatogenesis and intrauterine insemination. Other treatment options These should be offered to couple in whom treatment for infertility fails. They include adoption, and where feasible assisted reproductive technology and serrogation. Review Exercises Define infertility and describe its types. Discuss causes of infertility and their diagnostic methods. 3. Briefly describe the management modalities of infertility. 259
  • 269.
  • 270.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology TUMOURS CONDITIONS OF THE FEMALE GENITAL TRACT Learning Objectives To know the epidemiologic features of genital tract tumors To know the approach to patients with genital tumors To understand the general principles and management options genital tract tumors Like any organ system in the body, a variety of benign and malignant tumors develop in the female genital tract. No part of the genital tract is immune for tumors, but the relative frequency varies. In most the exact cause is unknown. The manifestations are varied and range from absence of symptoms to symptoms affecting local or distant organs. Depending on the site, the common presenting complaints are abnormal vaginal bleeding, postmenopausal bleeding, abnormal vaginal discharge, vulvar/ abdominal mass, pruritis and pelvic/ abdominal pain. The diagnostic modalities include cytologic studies, histopathological studies and other advanced investigations like tumor markers and computerized tomography. The management options are surgical excision, radiotherapy and chemotherapy. BENIGN CONDITIONS OF THE FEMALE GENITAL TRACT 1. Vulva White lesions include lichen sclerosis and hyperplasic dystrophy. Hidradenoma: are lesions originating from the apocrine sweat glands. They are seen in women in their twenties and thirties. Pigmented nevus occurs on the vulva. It carries a risk of subsequent malignant transformation due to junctional activity. Thus, excisional biopsy should be performed on all pigmented lesions on the vulva. Fibromas are uncommon and when present in the vulva are usually fibromyomas or fibroangioma. Hemangioma Vulva may be Ulcerative lesions could arise following trauma or may be a manifestation of STI (syphilis, chancroid, granuloma inguinale, lymphogranuloma venereum, and genital herpes) or may be 261
  • 271.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology a sign of systemic condition (Crohns disease and Bahcets disease). Persistent ulcerative condition of the vulva should arouse suspicion of vulvar cancer and should be biopsied. 2. Vagina Inclusion cyst Gartner (mesonephric) duct cyst Endometriosis Adenosis 3. Cervical polyp Cervical polyp is a localized overgrowth of the endocervical glands. It manifests with abnormal vaginal discharge, intermenustral bleeding and contact bleeding. Speculum examination shows a polypoid soft mass protruding through the cervical os. Management is polypectomy. 4. Endometrial polyp Endometrial polyp is a localized growth of the endometrium which could be sessile or pedunculated. In some cases it may be long enough to protrude through the cervix where it may be confused with cervical polyp. It may be asymptomatic. Symptoms include intermenustral bleeding, menorrhagia and if it protrudes through vaginal discharge. Physical findings are minimal. Diagnosis is made by hysterosalpingography or hysteroscopy. Removal by dilatation and curettage is the treatment. 5. Uterine liomyoma (Fibroids, Myoma) 5.1. Definition and classification Liomyoma is a benign tumor of the smooth muscle cells of any mullerian duct organs especially the myometrium often with some admixture of fibrous tissue. It could be single or multiple. Size ranges from 1mm to 20 cm in diameter. Depending on the location liomyomas are classified as Interstitial or intramural myoma is located in the myometrium and accounts for 70 % of myomas. Submucus myoma is a myoma that grows into the endometrial cavity. When a submucus myoma protrudes into the cervical canal and the vagina it is called delivered myoma. Subserous myoma is a myoma that grows to the serosal surface, thus distorts the surface of the uterus. Sometimes a subserous myoma gets detached from the uterus and gets its blood supply from another intraabdominal organ especially the omentum. This kind of 262
  • 272.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology myoma is called parasitic myoma. A subserous myoma that grows between the leaves of the broad ligament is called intraligamentary (broad ligament) myoma. Cervical myoma is a myoma that grows on the cervix. 5.2. Epidemiology and etiology It is the commonest tumor of the uterus. It is found in 20-25 % of women in reproductive age group. It is more common in blacks. The etiology of myoma is unknown. But translocations and additions of several chromosomes, mostly affecting chromosome 12 is observed in myomatous cells. Growth of myoma is related to the presence of estrogen. This explains why myomas are rare before puberty and why they atrophy after menopause. 5.3. Secondary changes Myomas usually have a firm consistency and are non tender. But with subsequent growth, they undergo secondary changes, which give them a varied consistency. Hyaline degeneration gives it a soft consistency. Cystic degeneration gives it a cystic consistency. Fatty degeneration usually occurs after menopause and is a precursor for calcareous degeneration. Calcareous degeneration (womb stone) occurs when calcium is deposited in the myoma. This gives it a hard consistency. Red (carneous) degeneration occurs as the result of ischemic necrosis from obstruction of the venous return during pregnancy. This results in tender swelling of the myoma. It resolves in 1-2 weeks. Sarcomatous degeneration is a malignant transformation of a myoma. It should be suspected when there is significant growth of a myoma in a short period associated with pain. It usually occurs in postmenopausal women. The incidence is 1:1000. Suppurative (infective) degeneration usually occurs in submucosal types. 5.4. Clinical features Symptoms depend on the site of the myoma. Approximately 35- 50% of myomas are asymptomatic. Symptoms are varied and include: 263
  • 273.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology Abnormal uterine bleeding is the commonest presenting symptom. It usually takes the form of menorrhagia and may cause significant anemia. Intermenustral and contact bleeding may occur in delivered myoma. Pressure symptoms like frequency of urination, intermittent overflow incontinence (urinary bladder), constipation (rectum), pelvic pain (pelvic nerves, torsion, red degeneration), edema of the extremity (vena cava or iliac vein) or flank pain (hydronephrosis from ureteric obstruction). Painless gradually enlarging suprapubic mass Abnormal vaginal discharge in submucus type Pelvic pain from torsion, infection, red degeneration or pressure on pelvic nerves Reproductive symptoms like Infertility, recurrent abortion and preterm labour The physical findings depend on the site, size and number. Submucosal myomas cause symmetrical enlargement of the uterus while interstitial and subserosal ones cause asymmetric enlargement of the uterus. The typical finding is a firm, irregular, non tender mass attached to the uterus (moves with the cervix). Degenerative changes may give a myoma varied consistencies. Diagnosis is reached with history and physical examination in 95 % of cases. Additional diagnostic modalities are ultrasound, hysterosalpingography and hysteroscopy. 5.5. Complications Medical complications are anemia, uremia and rare reports of hypoglycemia and polycythemia. Gynecologic complications are torsion with gangrene, sarcomatous change, rupture of surface vessel with intraperitoneal bleeding, chronic inversion and infection of delivered myoma. Obstetric complications are infertility, recurrent abortion, preterm labour, red degeneration, malpresentation, uterine inertia, obstructed labour, postpartum hemorrhage and postpartum necrosis. 5.6. Differential diagnosis Pregnancy, adenomyosis, congenital malformation of the uterus, tuboovarian inflammatory and neoplastic conditions and conditions that cause abnormal uterine bleeding 5.7. Management There are two types of management for myomas. 264
  • 274.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology I. Conservative medical management This is indicated for asymptomatic myomas of less than 12 weeks. Monitoring of the growth of myoma by biannual pelvic examination and serial hemtocrite determination is done. Where available, drugs like GnRh agonists are given to reduce the size and amount of bleeding. Another indication for medical management is red degeneration during pregnancy. The treatment includes bed rest, analgesics and/or tocolytics. Laparatomy is only done if the diagnosis is uncertain. II. Surgical management The indications are AUB leading to anemia, size of more than 14 weeks, and rapid increase in size especially after menopause, hydronephrosis from myoma, infertility and recurrent abortion resulting from myoma, uncertain nature of the tumor and severe pain from torsion. The type of surgery is determined by the site and the desire for future fertility. It ranges from conservative abdominal or vaginal nmyomectomy to total abdominal hysterectomy. Hysterectomy is the definitive treatment of myomas. 6. Ovaries I. Functional (physiologic) cysts Follicular cysts result from failure of ovulation and are usually multiple with average size of 2 cm in diameter. Besides causing abnormal uterine bleeding (usually Oligomenorrhea with menorrhagia), they rarely cause symptoms. They regress within 8 weeks. Corpus luteum cyst is usually unilateral and rarely exceeds 4 cms in diameter. It causes AUB in the form of oligomenorrhea. In most they are asymptomatic. Symptoms are related to size and complications like hemorrhage, rupture and torsion. It resolves spontaneously within 8 weeks. Theca luteum cyst is the least common functional cyst. It occurs in women with hydatidiform mole and choriocarcinoma. It is usually bilateral with size ranging from microscopic size to more than 15 cm in diameter. Symptoms are continued pregnancy symptoms and occasionally pelvic and lower abdominal discomfort. It regresses after successful treatment of the associated conditions. II. Inflammatory lesions 265
  • 275.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology Tubo-ovarian complex or abscess and post vaginal hysterectomy ovarian abscess often cause tender masses. III. Hyperplasic lesions Polycystic ovaries are found in Stein Leventhal syndrome (polycystic ovarian syndrome) which manifests with obesity, oligomenorrhea /amenorrhea, hirsutism and infertility from anovulation. Others include leuteoma, serous inclusion cysts and endometrial cysts. IV. Benign ovarian neoplasms Depending on the histology the various types of benign ovarian neoplasms are epithelial neoplasms, gonadal stromal tumors, nonintrinsic connective tissue tumor and germ cell tumors. Epithelial tumors are the commonest benign ovarian tumors. They usually occur during the reproductive age. Thecoma and Brenner tumors usually occur in postmenopause. Size varies and may reach upto 30 cm in diameter in mucinous cystadenoma. They usually present as pelvic or abdominal mass. Those secreting hormones present with AUB. Peculiar features of some benign ovarian tumors “Pseudo mamma bodies” which are calcified concretion apparent on plain x-ray is seen in serous cystadenoma. “Abnormal sexual development” is seen in gonadoblastoma. Thus, gonadal removal after puberty is recommended as there is a 25% risk of developing malignancy “Meig’s syndrome”, is occurrence right side pleural effusion and ascitis with Brenner tumor. Cystic teratoma (dermoid cyst) – contain sebaceous material, teeth; sweat glands, nervous tissue and skin. “Struma ovari” is a variant of cystic teratoma that has a thyroid tissue and manifests with thyrotoxicosis Surgical emergencies in benign ovarian tumors Torsion of an ovarian cyst is more common in right ovary especially in pregnant and children Hemorrhage into the ovarian cyst Rupture of and ovarian cyst may occur due to bleeding, torsion or trauma 266
  • 276.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology Management Surgical removal is indicated for any of the following: Premenarchal or postmenopausal palpable adenexal mass whether cystic or solid Solid adenexal mass during reproductive age Cystic adenexal mass that is more than 8 cm in diameter Cystic adenexal mass of < 8 cm that persists for more than 8 weeks Development of surgical emergencies Observation with close follow up (clinical examination and serial ultrasound) is indicated for cystic adenexal masses in reproductive age with size of < 8 cm in diameter. 7. Endometriosis 7.1. Definition It is the presence of functioning endometrial glands and stroma outside their usual location in the uterine cavity, resulting in pelvic adhesion. Common sites of endometriosis are ovaries, tubes, uterosacral ligament, recto sigmoid colon, and bladder. 7.2. Epidemiology and pathogenesis It affects women in their reproductive age years and regresses after menopause. The different theories in its pathogenesis are Retrograde menstrual flow Metaplasia of coelomic epithelium Vessel spread ( blood vessels or lymphatic vessels) Genetic and immunologic influence 7.3. Clinical features Symptoms are secondary dysmenorrhea, dysparunia, chronic pelvic pain; Infertility Signs are fixed reteroverted uterus adenexal mass and indurations of the rectovaginal septum. Diagnosis is made by pathologic examination of biopsied tissue obtained at laparatomy/ laparoscopy. 7.4. Management This is dictated by age, extent of the diseases, and desire for future fertility. The options are medical treatment (nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs, danazol, OCP, progestins and GnRH agonists) and surgical treatment (conservative or radical surgery). 267
  • 277.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology MALIGNANT CONDITIONS OF THE FEMALE GENITAL TRACT 1. Vulvar cancer It is an uncommon tumor accounting for 3- 5 % of primary genital tract cancers. It is a disease of postmenopause with an average age of 60-65 years. Etiology is unknown STI agents like human papilloma and herpes simple type 2 viruses are implicated. Conditions that cause chronic vulvar irritation like diabetes mellitus, vulvar dystrophy and granulomatous STIs (LGV) predispose to vulvar cancer. More than 90% of primary vulvar cancer is squamous cell type. Others include melanoma, basal cell carcinoma and verrucous carcinoma. More than 65% arise from the labia majora and minora. Squamous cell carcinoma usually starts as dysplasia of the vulvar skin in the third and fourth decades of life. This usually manifests as pruritis or lump on the vulva. It spreads by direct extension and by lymphatics to involve the inguinal, femoral and pelvic lymph nodes. Despite its anatomic location late diagnosis is common mainly from reluctance of elderly patients to seek medial advice and neglect of the health care worker to investigate vulvar pruritis and lesions. The main symptoms are long standing pruritis, vulvar mass and ulcer. Diagnosis is made by biopsy. Note: All women with grossly suspicious vulvar lesion, confluent wart like mass, ulceration that persists for more than 1 month should be referred for biopsy. Surgery is the main stay of management with or with out adjuvant radiotherapy and chemotherapy. 2. Vaginal cancer Primary vaginal cancer is not common. The variants of primary vaginal cancer are epidermoid (accounts for more than >75%), clear cell adenocarcinoma, sarcoma and melanoma. It accounts for 2 – 4% of genital canal cancer. The mean age of occurrence is 55 years. Secondary vaginal cancer is the common form of cancer affecting the vagina. The commonest primary site is the cervix followed by endometrium. Clinical features are bloody vaginal discharge, ulceration or/and exophytic vaginal lesion, pelvic pain and edema. Diagnosis is made by histologic examination of biopsied material from the vaginal lesion. Differential diagnosis includes granulomatous infections like LGV and genital tuberculosis, chemical/ trauma induced ulcerations and endometriosis. 268
  • 278.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology Treatment options include surgery and radiation therapy. 3. Cervical cancer 3.1. Classification and staging 70-80% of cervical cancer is squamous cell type. It almost always (>90%) arises from the transformation zone of the cervix at the squamocolumnar junction. It starts as dyplastic change which eventually progresses to cervical cancer in situ and finally to invasive cancer. This is a slow process which takes 7-10 years. The next common type of cervical cancer is adenocarcinoma which arises from the endocervical glands. Cervical cancer spreads mainly by direct extension (vagina, uterus, parametrium, bladder and rectum) and by lymphatic spread (pelvic lymph nodes, paraaortic nodes). Depending on the progress it is staged clinically into four stages. Stage O: Carcinoma in situ: Intraepithelial carcinoma Stage I: Confined to the cervix Stage- II: Extends beyond the cervix onto either the vagina or parametrium but not to the lower 1/3 of the vagina and not to the pelvic wall. Stage III: Extension either to the lower third of the vagina or to the pelvic wall. Hydronephrosis or non-functioning kidney with no apparent cause necessitates allocation to III B. Stage IV: Extension beyond the true pelvis or involvement of mucosa of bladder or rectum 3.2. Premalignant lesions of the cervix (Cervical intraepithelial neoplasia) Squamous cell carcinoma of the cervix develops from precursor lesions of the cervix called cervical intraepithelial neoplasia (CIN), previously called cervical dysplasia. This is an abnormal growth of cells in the transformation zone of the cervix that develops from the squamocolumnar junction of the cervix. Depending on the depth of the cervical epithelium, there are three types of CIN namely CIN1 (mild dysplasia), CIN2 (moderate dysplasia) and CIN3 (severe dysplasia or carcinoma in situ). Majority of CIN1 remain static or regress with only few progressing to CIN2. Significant proportions (20-25%) of CIN2 progress to CIN3, the rest remain static or regress. CIN3 is universally agreed to be a true cancer precursor with 30-70 % developing cervical cancer over 10 years time. 269
  • 279.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology CIN lesions are characteristically symptomless. On naked eye examination, the cervix is normal. Diagnosis is only made after biopsy. Detection needs special examinations. These include Pap smear (cervical exofoliative cytology), which is an ideal screening test for cervical cancer. It should be done periodically (every 1 to3 years depending on the risk factors) in all sexually active women. Colposcopy If the above tests show abnormal result biopsy is recommended. Management includes ablation (destruction) of the transformation zone or conization of the cervix or hysterectomy. 3.2. Etiology and risk factors The exact cause of cervical cancer is unknown. But it is known to be a sex associated disease, being rare in virgins. A number of sexually associated factors were implicated. Of these, human papilloma virus types 16, 18 and31 are strongly associated with cervical cancer. The risk factors for development of cervical cancer are Sexual intercourse at an early age Multiple sexual partners High risk male partner (promiscuous partner, contact with cervical cancer patient) Immunosuppression like HIV/AIDS Smoking Young age at first pregnancy 3.3. Epidemiology Previously cervical cancer was the leading cancer of the genital cancer. But now its incidence is decreasing because of early detection of preinvasive stage of the cancer. In areas where regular screening is not available it is still a common gynecologic cancer. Cervical cancer is the third most-common cancer world wide and the leading cause of death among developing country women. An estimated 466,000 new cases of cervical cancer occur annually among women world wide; about 80% occur in developing countries. 270
  • 280.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology 3.4 .Clinical features and diagnosis In early stages, cervical cancer is usually asymptomatic emphasizing the importance of cytological screening to detect a cancer as early as possible. Early symptoms include abnormal vaginal discharge which is offensive and watery and abnormal uterine bleeding. Intermenustral bleeding post coital and contact bleeding and postmenopausal bleeding are the usual forms of AUB. In advanced cases the patient presents with pelvic and back pain and symptoms of uremia. Some times leg edema develops. In early stages the cervix appears normal. As the disease advances two types of appearance may be seen depending on whether the lesion is endophytic or exophytic. In exophytic lesions the cervix develops an ulcer and later cauliflower like growths into the vagina which easily bleed to touch. In endophytic type the cervix is hard and nodular with variable surface ulceration. In advanced cases there is infiltration of the vagina and necrosis of the tumor on the cervix. Involvement of the rectum and the parametrial tissues is found on rectal examination. Diagnosis is made by pathologic examination of the tissue taken from the transformation zone or from grossly abnormal sites on the cervix. Whenever a gross cervical lesion is present, referral for a biopsy is indicated. 3.5. Complications Uremia is the leading cause of death. Other complications are severe bleeding, sepsis and pulmonary embolism. 3.6. Management There are two options of management. Surgical management - (total abdominal hysterectomy and pelvic lymphadenectomy) for stages upto IIb Radiotherapy – for all stages 3.7. Prevention Invasive cancer of the cervix is considered a preventable cancer because it has a long preinvasive state, a sensitive screening method to detect preinvasive stages and effective the treatment for pre-invasive lesions. 271
  • 281.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology Papanicoaus smear is a cervical cytology study that should be done in all sexually active women every 1-3 years. It is an ideal screening test for detection of precancerous stage of cervical cancer. 4. Endometrial cancer 4.1. Classification and staging Endometrial cancer is an adenocarcinoma of endometrial glands. There are different histologic variants with different impact on the prognosis. Some of these variants are endometriod type carcinoma, adenosquamous carcinoma, clear cell carcinoma, papillary carcinoma and secretory adenocarcinoma. It spreads mainly by direct contagious and lymphatic routes. In late cases haematogenous spread occurs. Unlike cervical cancer, endometrial cancer is staged surgically. 4.2. Etiology and risk factors Most develop in hyperestrogenic states with unopposed estrogen action without cyclic influence of progesterone. Antecedent endometrial hyperplasia is found in most endometrial cancers. The risk factors are Age of 55- 65 years (postmenopausal), rarely occurs before 40 years Early menarche, delayed menopause Infertile or history of repeated abortions, nulliparity Obesity , hypertension, diabetes and middle class life style Hyperestrogenic states like chronic anovulation (Stein Leventhal Syndrome), estrogen secreting tumors, exogenous estrogen use 4.3. Epidemiology The incidence is 12-15 /100000 women and increasing over the years. The peak age is 60- 70 years. It is mainly a disease of post menopause which accounts for 75% of the cases. 15% occurs in the perimenopausal period and the rest in the premenopausal time. 4.4. Clinical features and diagnosis The principal symptom is abnormal uterine bleeding. It is usually of postmenopausal type with scanty, small and recurrent bleeding. In the premenopausal period it may take the form of menorrhagia, polymenorrhea and intermenustral bleeding. The second common symptom 272
  • 282.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology is abnormal vaginal discharge which is usually offensive. In advanced disease pelvic pressure from hematometra/ pyometra, weight loss and debility occurs. The usual finding on physical examination is moderately enlarged uterus. Diagnosis is reached by histopathological examination of endometrial tissue. This can be done by simple endometrial biopsy/ curettage/aspirate or commonly by fractional curettage which is considered to be the gold standard for diagnosis.. Note: All women with abnormal uterine bleeding in the perimenopausal and postmenopausal period should be referred for diagnostic curettage and surgical staging. 4.5. Management The definitive management is surgery (total abdominal hysterectomy + bilateral saphingeophorectomy + pelvic lymphadenectomy) supplemented by radiation and/ or chemotherapy. 4.6. Complications These include hematometra, pyometra and perforation / rupture of uterus. 5. Ovarian cancer 5.1. Classification and staging Ovarian cancer is classified by the histologic types. Epithelial tumors are the commonest accounting for 90% of all ovarian cancers. The remaining 10 % include germ cell, gonadal stromal, nongonadal stromal and unclassified tumors. Ovarian cancer spreads mainly by transperitoneal route and by direct extension. It also uses lymphatic and in advanced cases haematogenous routes. Staging is done surgically during laparatomy. 5.2. Epidemiology and risk factors Risk for epithelial cancers increases upto 80 years of age. It accounts for 4% of cancers in women and contributes for 40% of deaths related to gynecologic cancers. It is called the silent killer because of nonspecific symptoms and difficulty in accessing the ovaries by physical examination and absence of reliable screening test for detection of early lesions. Some of the risk factors for epithelial ovarian cancer are high fat diet, early age at menarche, late menopause, and history of premenstrual syndrome, nulliparity, celibacy and repeated abortions. 273
  • 283.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology 5.3. Clinical features Symptoms are non specific and are usually absent in early stages. These include nausea, vomiting, bloating abdominal fullness constipation and flatulence. Hormone secreting tumors are associated with AUB. Weight loss is a late manifestation. In early stages there will not be any abnormal physical finding but later one may find ascitis, pelvic or abdominal mass, hepatomegally pleural effusion and lymphadenopathy (inguinal or supraclavicular). Definitive diagnosis is made by histopathology of a biopsy made during laparatomy. 5.4. Management Surgery (total abdominal hysterectomy, bilateral saphingeophorectomy, omentectomy, appendectomy along with resection of grossly visible lesions) supplemented by chemotherapy and or radiotherapy Review questions 1. Discuss the degenerative changes and clinical features of myoma. 2. Discuss the risk factors, complications and prevention of cervical cancer. 3. List the indications for surgery for an adenexal mass. 274
  • 284.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology CHAPTER 31 UTEROVAGINAL PROLAPSE AND URINARY INCONTINENCE Learning objectives To discuss the anatomic supports of the uterus and vagina To classify uterovaginal prolapse To discuss the causes of uterovaginal prolapse To discuss the diagnosis and management of uterovaginal prolapse To list the different types of urinary incontinence and their clinical features To discuss the different tests used in the diagnosis of urinary incontinence 1. UTEROVAGINAL PROLAPSE Anatomic supports of the uterus and vagina A condensation of the parietal endopelvic fascia running from the back of the symphysis pubis to the ischial spines provides the origin of the levator ani muscle. The parietal endopelvic fascia over the levator ani is condensed in certain areas to forming ligaments that are very important in supporting the uterus. Of these ligaments the cardinal ligament or Mackenrodt’s ligament is the most important one. It runs from the lateral sides of the cervix to the lateral pelvic wall. The others are uterosacral ligament and pubocervical fascia. In addition to the facial supports of the cervix, the uterus receives from the round ligaments, which keep it anteverted and the infundibulopelvic ligaments. Another significant aspect to 275
  • 285.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology the anatomic support of the uterus is its anteverted and anteflexed position in relation to axis of the vagina. The levator ani and the perineal muscles along with the rectovaginal septum provide the most important muscular support for the vagina. Definition and types Uterovaginal prolapse is the downward descent of the uterus and the vagina from their normal pelvic positions. Fundamentally, there are two types of genital prolapse I. Vaginal prolapse Anterior vaginal wall prolapse – may exist in the form of cystocele (herniation of the bladder base into the upper vagina), urethrocele (herniation of the posterior wall of urethra into the lower part of the vagina) or cystourethrocele (herniation of the entire anterior vaginal wall). Posterior vaginal wall prolapse – can present as a rectocele (herniation of the rectum into the vagina, usually involving the lower one half or two thirds of the posterior vaginal wall) and/or enterocele (herniation of a peritoneal sac of Pouch of Douglas into the upper part of the posterior vaginal wall that may contain loops of small bowel). Vault prolapse: refers to a herniation of a peritoneal sac at the vaginal vault after abdominal or vaginal hysterectomy II. Uterovaginal prolapse The uterine component of the uterovaginal prolapse is measured in relation to the degree of prolapse of the cervix below the level of the ischial spines (the normal station of the cervix in the pelvis) First degree prolapse – refers to descent of the cervix below the ischial spines as far as, but not beyond, the introitus Second degree prolapse – descent of the cervix (but not the entire uterus) beyond the introitus Third degree prolapse (procidentia) is herniation of the entire cervix and uterus beyond the introitus. Etiology The causes of uterovaginal prolapse are 276
  • 286.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology Childbirth related trauma to the pelvic support and improperly repaired genital tract tears Climacteric related atrophy of the pelvic supports Chronic increase in intra abdominal pressure from chronic cough and constipation Congenital weakness of the pelvic supports Neurologic problems affecting the pelvic musculature Clinical Features The symptoms of genital prolapse could be general or specific. The general symptoms are Painless mass bulging through the introitus which is prominent when standing or straining Pelvic pressure or bearing down sensation in the pelvis or sensation of something coming down or dragging discomfort and low back pain The specific symptoms are For anterior vaginal wall prolapse: stress incontinence, symptoms of urinary tract infection, sense of incomplete emptying and urinary retention For posterior vaginal wall prolapse: constipation, rectal fullness, difficulty in emptying the bowel, sense of incomplete emptying which necessitates splinting or digital removal For enterocele: usually nonspecific symptoms resulting from traction of the abdominal viscera For uterine prolapse: abnormal uterine bleeding, abnormal vaginal discharge The physical findings are For anterior vaginal wall prolapse: soft, reducible mass bulging into the anterior vagina and distending the vaginal introitus (best demonstrated by means of Sim’s specula with the patient in left lateral position). With straining or coughing it bulges more and may be associated with stress incontinence. For rectocele: soft, thin walled mass projecting into the posterior vaginal wall. On rectal examination, the rectovaginal septum projects well into the vagina and there is anterior sacculation of the rectum into the vagina. For enterocele: rectovaginal examination, especially with the patient standing, reveals a reducible thickness or bulging of the upper recto vaginal septum. Occasionally loops of bowel may be felt in the mass. For uterine prolapse: Almost always there is an associated anterior and posterior vaginal wall prolapse. In addition, visualization or palpation of the cervix with or 277
  • 287.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology without the patient straining and palpation of the uterus grades the degree of uterine prolapse. In long standing cases decubitus ulcer and thickened cervical/ vaginal epithelium is seen. Complications Keratinization of the vagina and cervix Decubitus ulcer on the cervix Urinary tract infection and urinary obstruction (angulation of the urethra or constriction of the ureters in procidentia) Incarceration of the prolapse Sexual dysfunction Management I. Medical measures: Small or moderate sized cystocele and rectocele and first degree uterovaginal prolapse requires reassurance, explanation and pelvic exercise (Kegel’s exercise) for 6-12 months. Other medical measures are vaginal pessaries, estrogens for postmenopausal women. Note: Kegel’s exercise is done by repeatedly contracting the pubococcygeus muscle as if one is trying to stop urination (150 – 200 x /day) II. Surgical measures For cystocele: anterior colporrhaphy For rectocele: poteriorcolpoperineorraphy For uterovaginal prolapse: The standard surgery is vaginal hysterectomy combined with anterior colporrhaphy and posterior colpoperineorraphy. Other options are Manchester operation (combines anterior colporrhaphy, cervical amputation, posterior colpoperineorraphy and suturing of cardinal ligaments in front of the cervix) and Lefort’s partial colpocleisis (partial suturing of anterior and posterior vaginal walls together). Prevention Encouraging postnatal perineal exercises Proper suturing of perineal and vaginal lacerations with proper anatomic restoration Avoidance of excessive fundal pressure during delivery Treatment of chronic cough and constipation 278
  • 288.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology 2. URINARY INCONTINENCE Definition and classification Urinary incontinence is an involuntary leakage of urine due to involuntary reversal of the pressure gradient between the bladder and urethra. The various types of urinary incontinence are Genuine stress incontinence Motor urge incontinence (unstable bladder) Sensory urge incontinence Overflow incontinence Bypass incontinence Psychogenic incontinence Etiology When the urinary tract is intact, continence is maintained as long as the pressure closing the urethra is greater than the intravesical pressure. When this pressure gradient is reversed, urine passes to the urethra. This occurs in voluntary micturition due to the urethral relaxation and detrusor muscle contraction. Urinary incontinence may be due to any of the following, alone or in combination Lowered urethral pressure (momentary or continuous) Detrusor contraction Greater transmission of intraabdominal pressure to the bladder than to the urethra Passive increase in intravesical pressure due to distension beyond the elastic units of the bladder Bypassing of the continence mechanism Tests and investigations Urinary stress test is done by instilling 300 ml of saline in the bladder and the patient performs Valselva maneuver eight to ten times while standing with feet spread as wide as 279
  • 289.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology the shoulders and the perineum is inspected for leakage of urine. It provides gross quantization of degree of incontinence. In 20% false negative results are found. Pad test is done when the stress test is negative (no urine leakage). In this procedure the patient wears preweighed sanitary napkin, does some exercise and then the pad will be reweighed to determine how much urine has been lost. It is used to assess degree of incontinence. Cotton – tipped applicator ( Q-tip) test - assesses the degree of bladder or urethral descent during straining by measuring the angle formed by the applicator stick and an imaginary line parallel to the floor while patient is in lithotomy position and doing Valselva maneuver. An angle of < 15O both during rest and the Valselva maneuver shows good anatomic support. An angle of > 30O during the Valselva maneuver shows poor anatomic support. An angle of 15 – 30O is considered inconclusive. Bonney test- assesses support of proximal urethra. It is performed in a woman with stress incontinence by putting the index and middle fingers in the vagina, lifting the bladder base towards the pubic bone and asking the woman to strain or cough. If there is no incontinence then the diagnosis of poor urethral support is made. If there is incontinence then other causes of stress incontinence are looked for. Dye (cotton ball) test- this is a test to detect small vesicovaginal fistulas and differentiate vesicovaginal fistula from other types of urinary fistulas (urethero and ureterovaginal fistula). It is done by putting three cotton balls into the vagina and instilling diluted methylene blue into the urinary bladder through a bladder catheter. If the dye stains the upper cotton balls then the diagnosis of vesicovaginal fistula is made. If there is no staining with the dye then consider ureterovaginal fistula as a cause. are Urine analysis and culture cystoscopy/ urethroscopy 1. Genuine Stress incontinence (GSI) GSI is the involuntary loss of urine through the urethra occurring simultaneously with an increase in intraabdominal pressure but in the absence of detrusor muscle contraction. Pathophysiology Normally at rest the intraurethral pressure is greater than the intravesical pressure. The pressure difference or urethral closure pressure represents the margin of continence. 280
  • 290.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology Therefore, if the resting intravesical pressure plus any increase in pressure generated during stressful activities (coughing, exercise) exceeds the intraurethral pressure at rest plus any increase in urethral pressure generated during the activities, the urethral closure pressure will decrease to zero, and genuine stress incontinence will result. Etiology Two possible causes exist Anatomic descent of the proximal urethra below its normal intraabdominal position during stressful activities, altering the vesicourethral angle: This occurs in anterior vaginal wall prolapse, especially with urethrocele. Failure of neuromuscular mechanisms that increase intraurethral pressure which result in the dysfunction of the extrinsic or intrinsic urethral sphincter. Clinical Features and diagnosis Classic symptom is involuntary loss of urine which occurs simultaneously with stressful activities like coughing, sneezing and laughing. It stops as soon as the stressful act is over. Examination will usually show variable degree of cystourethrocele in 75 % of the cases. In cases of anatomic descent of the urethra, poor support of urethra can be demonstrated by clinical tests like Q-tip test which is abnormal in 95% of GSI. Criteria for diagnosis of genuine stress incontinence are Normal neurologic examination Poor anatomic support (Q – tip test, X-ray or urethroscopy) Demonstrable leakage with stress (stress or pad test) Normal urine analysis, negative urine culture Normal cystometrogram or urethrocystometry Management I. Medical measures For poor anatomic support: Kegel’s exercise, estrogen for postmenopausal For intrinsic sphincteric defect: a adrenergic agonists II. Surgical measures for severe cases either by abdominal or vaginal approaches 281
  • 291.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology 2. Motor urge incontinence (detrusor instability, unstable bladder) This Is the result of involuntary uninhibited detrusor muscle contractions in most cases idiopathic in origin. It may be associated with cystitis. In most it is idiopathic. It is the second most common cause of urinary incontinence. Because of its unpredictability and loss of large volumes of urine, it has greater detrimental effect on patients than GSI. Pathophysiology Normally increasing detrusor contractions occur when the bladder contains more than the cystometric capacity (the bladder volume that can be tolerated in the awake, unanesthetized state). Micturition occurs because of the increase in the intravesical pressure and along with simultaneous voluntary relaxation of the external urethral sphincter. This process can be inhibited voluntarily at any time. In unstable bladder uninhibited detrusor contractions typically occur spontaneously or upon provocation (as coughing, exercise, tactile or auditory stimuli) at bladder volumes below normal resulting in incontinence. Clinical Features and diagnosis Symptoms are usually multiple. Patients usually have a strong urge for urination moments before incontinence. If associated with stressful activities, incontinence occurs seconds after the stress has started and will continue after the stressful activity is over, despite the patients effort to stop it. Symptoms of urinary tract infection may be present. The physical examination may be normal. Anatomic support of the bladder and urethra may be good or poor. Neurologic signs are typically absent. Diagnosis is based on finding delayed urinary leakage or continuous heavy flow despite the patient’s effort to stop during the urinary stress test and simultaneous urethrocystometry confirms the diagnosis. Management I. Medications Anticholinergic agents are the most effective 282
  • 292.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology Others include smooth muscle antispasmodics, calcium channel blockers and prostaglandin synthase inhibitors II. Behavior modification: bladder retraining and psychotherapy III. Surgery is the last resort in the management: denervation, cystoplasty and urinary diversion are the procedures 3. Sensory Urge Incontinence It is leakage of urine (in association with great urgency) that occurs in a stable bladder without excessive descent of the urethra or bladder. It is associated with bladder irritation as it occurs in cystitis, bladder stone or neoplasia. Psychological factors may also play a role. This stimulates the afferent arc of micturition reflex resulting in strong urgency to micturate. has the ability to inhibit detrusor contraction and does so when instructed showing that her bladder is stable. Clinical Features and diagnosis Incontinence is associated with frequency, urgency, dysuria and /or hematuria. Urine analysis and culture show urinary tract infection. Urethroscopy and cystoscopy are important to diagnose underlying pathologies like calculi and neoplasms. Cystometric findings are usually normal. Management Treatment of infections Treatment of the specific underlying cause 4. Overflow Incontinence Etiology Urinary retention and subsequent overflow incontinence can be caused by Lower motor neuropathies and diabetes Obstructive causes in postoperative period or by pelvic masses Pharmacologic causes: ganglionic blocking agents, anticholinergics Treatment Treatment of the underlying cause 283
  • 293.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology Medical management directed towards reducing urethral closure pressure and increasing detrusor contractility 5. Bypass Incontinence Urinary leakage occurs as a result of bypassing of the normal anatomic urethral continence mechanism. It is characterized by continuous leakage of urine. Commonest cause is urinary fistula. Others are ectopic ureter (leakage starts from early age) and urethral diverticula’s (leakage occurs with change of position minutes or hours after urination). Treatment is usually surgical depending on the specific cause and the prognosis is generally good. 6. Urinary Fistula Definition It is a direct communication between the urinary and genital tracts. It could be vesicovaginal (commonest between the vagina and the bladder), ureterovaginal (between the ureters and rthe vagina), urethrovaginal (between the vagina and the urethra) and vesicouterine (between the uterus and the bladder). Etiology Obstructed labor is the commonest cause of urinary fistulas. The other causes are advanced genital cancers (cervix, vagina, and endometrium), trauma (rape, ghorning accident), radiotherapy and lymphogranuloma venereum. Clinical features Continuous leakage of urine per vagina is the hallmark of urinary fistulas. Speculum and digital examination may identify hole in the anterior vaginal wall with urine coming through. Small ones can be identified by doing dye test or cystoscopy or intravenous pylogram. Management I. Fistulas following obstructed labour Small ones may close spontaneously. In these cases, continuous catheter drainage (bladder or ureteric) should be tried for three weeks. If it persists then surgical closure after three months should be planned. This will allow adequate healing of the surrounding ischemic tissue. Ample fluid intake during this time will prevent calculi formation at the fistula site. Method of repair depends on position of fistula, size of the defect and degree of fixity. 284
  • 294.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology Note: Unless the fistula is very small, women with repaired fistulas should be delivered by elective caesarian section. II. Other types of fistulas Surgical closure is the method of management. Success depends on the cause. 7. Psychogenic Incontinence It can take any form of the incontinences discussed above. It is commonly diagnosed in patients with significant psychologic or psychiatric disorders. Review questions 1. Describe the classification, causes and diagnosis of uterovaginal prolapse. 2. List the complications of uterovaginal prolapse. 3. List the different types of urinary incontinence. 4. Describe the different tests used in the diagnosis of urinary incontinence. 285
  • 295.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology References 1. DeCherney AH, Pernoll ML Current. Obstetrics and Gynecologic diagnosis and treatment, 8th edition. 2. Larry J. Copeland, Text Book of Gynecology 286
  • 296.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology 3. Lawson J. B, Stewart D. B, Obstetrics and Gynecology in the Tropics and developing countries 4. Scott JR, Danforth’s text book of Gynecology & Obstetrics, 1996 5. Novak’s text of Obstetrics & Gynecology, 10th edition, 1981. 6. Department of Obstetric and Gynecology, The management of infertile couple protocol. AAA, Faculty of Medicine, 2000 287
  • 297.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology ANNEX 1 EPIDEMIOLOGY OF OBSTETRICS AND GYNECOLOGIC PROBLEMS 1. OBSTETRIC BASIC STATISTICS 1. Birth - Complete expulsion of a fetus from the mother 2. Live birth - Any fetus that is born with any sign of life regardless of fetal weight or gestational age. 3. Still birth - The birth of a fetus with no sign of life (WHO weight greater than 500grams or greater than 20 weeks of gestation and in Ethiopian context weight greater than or equal to 1000 grams and greater than 28 weeks). 4. Still birth rate- Number of stillbirths /1000 live births. 5. Neonatal mortality rate - number of live born infant death within first 28 days per 1,000 live births · Early neonatal death – Live born infant deaths within first 7 days of life · Late neonatal death- Live born infant deaths within first 28 days of life excluding the first 7 days of life · Neonatal period I - From birth through 23 hours and 59 minutes. · Neonatal period II- 24 hours through 6 days, 23 hours and 59 minutes · Neonatal period III- from 7 days through 27 days, 23 hours and 59 minutes 6. Perinatal mortality rate (PMR) - Number of still births and number of neonatal death in 1st 7 days of life per 1000 live births. · In developing countries, 3 million neonates die in first week after delivery and 4 million are still births. · PMR in developing countries ranges from 40 to 60 /1000 live births, but it is between 6 to 10 /1000 live births in developed countries. · Major causes of perinatal death are mechanical trauma during delivery, hypertension in pregnancy, antepartum hemorrhage, fetal malformations, low birth weight and Infections. 7. Fertility rate - Number of live births per 1000 women between age of 15 and 44 years of age. 288
  • 298.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology 8. Reproductive mortality: - Death due to direct result of pregnancy or use of contraceptive per 1000 women 9. Maternal mortality - Death of a woman while pregnant or within 42 days of termination of pregnancy irrespective of the site & duration of pregnancy, from any acutely related to or aggravated by the pregnancy or its management but not from accidental or incidental cause. 10. Maternal mortality rate - Number of maternal deaths due to reproductive process per100, 000 live births · 500,000 maternal deaths occur each year world wide · 99% of maternal death occurs in developing countries · In Africa maternal death is 630/100,000 live births · East Africa maternal death is 680/100,000 live births · Lifetime risk of maternal death in Africa is 1 in 21 According to the etiology maternal deaths are subdivided into: Direct maternal death: Maternal death is directly attributable to obstetric causes or the quality of obstetric care. Indirect maternal death: Maternal death is attributable to a concomitant disease & conditions aggravated by the pregnancy. Non maternal death: Maternal death due to accidents & not related to pregnancy. Major causes of maternal death in the developing countries include · Hemorrhage 25% · Infection (sepsis)15% · Unsafe abortion 13% · Hypertensive disorders 12% · Obstructed labor 8% · Indirect causes 19% · Others 8% 289
  • 299.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology 2. DEMOGRAPHIC STATISTICS 1. Crude birth rate (CBR) = Number of total births per 1,000 total population per year at midyear. 2 Crude death rate (CDR) = Number of death per 1000 total population per year at mid year. 3. Crude rate of natural increase (CRNI) = CBR-CDR per1000 population per year 4. Population growth rate (PGR) = CRNI + the sum of the migration of people in and out of the population. 5. Life expectancy (LE) = Average number of years of life remaining in individual at a specific age. Population Trend · World population growth increase at a rate of 2% per year and doubles every 35 years. · World population 1980 was 4.4 billion; at 2000 it was 6.2 billion. At the time of Christ, it was about 250 million. · If the trend continues, there may be 12 billion people in the world by the year 2035. 3. HEALTH INDICATORS FOR THE STATUS OF WOMEN IN ETHIOPIA · Fertility rate 6.2 · Antenatal care utilization 20% · Assisted deliveries by trained health worker 14% · Family planning coverage less than 10% · MMR= Average 500-700 /100,000 4. EXPOSURE & DISEASE IN GYNECOLOGY Exposure to some factors may cause female genital organ disease. 290
  • 300.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology 4.1. Exposure 4.1.1. Reproductive events Age at menarche, character of menstrual cycle, gravidity and age of menopause have impact on endometriosis, myoma, heart disease, and osteoporosis, cancer of breast, endometrium and ovary. 4.1.2. Contraceptive and sterilization Barrier methods are protective of pelvic inflammatory disease, tubal infertility, ectopic pregnancy and cervical cancer. Intrauterine devices - increases pelvic inflammatory disease, tubal infertility and ectopic pregnancy Oral contraceptives- increase the risk of thromboembolism, hypertension, myocardial infarction and liver adenoma. They are protective against benign breast disease, ovarian cancer and pelvic inflammatory disease Sterilization- induces early menopause and protective for ovarian cancer. 4.1.3. Menopausal hormones Increase endometrial cancer, protective effect on heart disease, osteoporosis and Alzheimer disease. 4.1.4. Sexually transmitted infections Predispose for HIV, syphilis, pelvic inflammatory disease, chlamydia and gonorrhea. 4.1.5. Life style Smoking – increase heart and lung disease, tubal infertility, ectopic pregnancy, cervical cancer and early menopause. Alcohol- Decrease cardiovascular disease, risk of breast cancer increased, Increases circulating estrogen Exercise and nutrition : lean athelets and anorexia nervosa cause amenorrhea, obesity causes menstrual difficulty and endometrial cancer Talc use- increases risk for ovarian cancer 4.2. Disease 291
  • 301.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology · Mortality caused by cancer in decreasing order: lung cancer, breast, colorectal, pancreas and ovary. · Incidence of gynecologic cancer in decreasing order: cervical, endometrial and ovarian cancer, but mortality is higher in ovarian tumor. · Incidence of benign gynecologic conditions varies from place to place: pelvic inflammatory disease, benign ovarian cyst, endometriosis, myoma, ectopic pregnancy. ANNEX 2 THE PARTOGRAPH The partograph is a tool to assess and interpret the progress of labour. Its central feature is graphic record of cervical dilatation but descent of the fetal head and uterine activity are also indicators of progress of labour. It also detects other problems developing in the mother and the fetus. Advantages include It gives comprehensive view of all major events of labour It allows early detection and management of abnormal labour patterns 292
  • 302.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology It simplifies handover to other health professionals It saves time and is more efficient It is simple (only symbols and letters are used) and skill in its use is quickly attained. It helps in research and teaching Parts The WHO model partograph has three parts that assess different parameters. I. Labor progress Cervicograph: Four hourly digital pelvic examination is done and cervical dilatation is plotted by mark X on the graph whose vertical arm shows the cervical dilatation in centimeters and horizontal arm shows the time. The graph has a latent phase which has 8 hours limit and an active phase which takes the rest of the graph to the right of the latent phase. A vertical line drawn at 8 hours mark separates the two. A horizontal line drawn at 3 centimeters of cervical dilatation separates the latent and active phases. On the active phase there are two parallel diagonal lines set at four hours apart. They are named the alert line (the one found on the left side) and the action line. Labour is said to be progressing normally if the cervical dilatation curve stays to the left of the alert line. Strict observation (in a health center preparation for referral) is indicated if the curve crosses the alert line. Action in the form of augmentation or caesarian section or referral for these measures must be done if the curve crosses the action line. Descent of the fetal head is assessed by abdominal examination in fifths and plotted on the cervicograph with a mark 0. Uterine contraction is assessed by abdominal palpation for 10 minutes every 30 minutes. The number of uterine contractions in 10 minutes and their average duration is then plotted on the squares provided. Corresponding number of squares are shaded to indicate the number of uterine contractions. The average duration of contraction is plotted by filling the squares with different shades. If the duration is less than 20 seconds the squares are filled with dots. If between 20- 40 seconds fill with striped lines. If greater than 40 seconds completely shading of the squares is done. II. Fetal condition 293
  • 303.
    Obstetrics and Gynecology Fetal heart rate is counted by intermittent auscultation every 15 minutes. It is recorded in by writing in numbers in the square provided. Molding of the fetal head is obtained during pelvic examination. According to its degree it is given different codes. If the bones of are separate it is recorded as 0. If they are touching each other but not overlapping it is recorded as +. If they are overlapping but can be separated by digital pressure it is given ++. If they are overlapping and can not be separated digitally it is given +++. Color of the liquor is observed during pelvic examination. The letter I is used for intact (unruptured) membranes. The letter C is used for ruptured membranes with clear liquor and letter M if the liquor is muconium stained. III. Maternal condition Blood pressure is measured every 4 hours or more frequently if there is hypertension. It is on the vertical lines using to v indicate the systolic pressure and ^ to indicate the diastolic pressure. Pulse rate and temperature are measured every 1-2 hours and the number is entered into the square provided. Urine volume, dipstick (for glucose and ketone) and microscopy is performed and recorded in space provided. Drugs given to the mother along with the doses is also recorded. 294